《王臣相从教50年中学英语教育教学论文
校本教材讲义课件集锦目录》
第一编 英语教育教学论文集锦
第一章 做人篇
做人就做这样的人
第二章 为师篇
1、好教师 好习惯 我们终生努力的方向
2、王臣相从教43年中学英语教学鲜明特色18条---退休两周年纪念抒怀
第三章 教学篇
高中英语高效课堂教学模式探究
第四章 课改篇
1、高中英语新课改，几多欢喜几多忧
2、新课改背景下高中英语“复习巩固课”课堂教学模式初探
3、对导学案的领悟
4、学情研究方法初探
5、高中英语写作理论与实践
6、甘肃省中小学外语教师新课程优秀课例比赛作品
第五章 高考篇
1、我的高考观
2、立足学情抓基础 践行课改促高考
--平凉二中2014年高考英语学科成绩分析报告
第六章 学法篇
1、英语难学好，难在何处？如何应对？
2、要想学好英语，先从习惯入手
3、记英语单词 有方法窍门
4、八步骤十六字诀难长复杂句式剖析法
5、高考英语“语法填空”解题诀窍
6、高考英语听力理解考试强化训练技巧与策略
7、高考英语新题型---“读后续写”夺高分秘诀专题讲座
8、“三新”英语试卷应用文写作和读后续写专题讲座
第七章 家庭教育篇
家庭子女教育漫谈
第八章 英语篇
1、The Two Foreign Teachers Have Arrived at Our School！
2、Exchange Teaching Methods with Oliver and Andrew
第二编 校本教材系列之一
<<王臣相高中英语新课标教材第一模块-——第八模块语言知识整合:经典句式剖析>>
第三编 校本教材系列之二
<<高中英语写作入门>>
第四编 校本教材系列之三
《王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中<英语>教科书解读讲义经典句式剖析》
第五编 校本教材系列之四
《五三书北师大版王蔷主编普通高中教科书<英语>课文梗概/课文语法填空》
第六编 校本教材系列之五
《<京师好题天天练>配套练北师大版王蔷主编普通高中教科书<英语>课文梗概/课文语法填空》
第七编 校本教材系列之六
《<高中必刷题>教辅资料北师大版王蔷主编普通高中教科书<英语>课文梗概/课文语法填空》
花甲古稀著书立说
《王臣相从教50年中学英语教育教学论文
校本教材讲义课件集锦目录》
第一编 英语教育教学论文集锦
第一章 做人篇
做人就做这样的人
一、引 子
一个人从降临人世到悄然谢世，穷尽一生，无论是伟大还是平凡，不管是高贵还是普通，都自始至终扮演一个永恒不变的角色——做人。我们经常说:“先学会做人，再学做事。”、“先学会做人，再学做学问”、“先学会做人，再学做官。”、“做官一时，做人一世。”正如孙中山先生所言：“为官先做人，做事先做人。”教师的天职是“教书育人”，其中一个重要的途径便是“身教重于言教”。教育的最终目的也是“培养什么样的人”的问题。那么，我们应该做什么样的人？育什么样的人呢？如何做人？如何育人呢？
二、总 论
古今中外，关于做人育人的理论和学说可谓百花齐放，百家争鸣，浩如烟海。为行文方便，我首先将下列这些著名的、重要的做人育人的学说逐一列举出来，以帮助启迪思路、拓宽视野。
1、中国儒家文化的君子说。
2、西方文化，特别是英国文化的绅士（gentleman）和淑女（lady）说。
3、美国人推崇的well-rounded person（饱满的全面发展的人格）论。
4、哲人冯友兰“人生境界的四种类型”学说。
5、马克思关于人的全面发展的论述。
6、毛泽东号召“向雷锋同志学习”，雷锋事迹、雷锋形象、雷锋精神——做人的楷模和榜样。
7、胡锦涛提倡的“八荣八耻”理论是对全民做人的根本和总体要求。
8、党和国家 “德智体美劳全面发展的建设者和接班人”的教育方针。
9、素质教育理论的内涵：道德素质、文化素质、身体素质、心理素质；健全人格，全面发展；“十学会”（学会做人、学会自律、学会学习、学会思考、学会乐群、学会审美、学会创造、学会健身、学会生活、学会劳动）。
10、邓小平二十世纪八十年代倡导的“四有”新人论。（有理想、有道德、有文化、有纪律）
11、政党、宗教、种族对做人提出的相关特殊的标准与要求。
如，《中国共产党章程》和《论共产党员的修养》
12、做人做事的职场和行业的标准，如，针对学生，有“品学兼优”和《中学生守则》；针对教师，有“学高为师，德高为范”和《中小学教师职业道德规范》；针对领导干部，有“德才兼备”；针对艺人，有“德艺双馨”等。
13、二十世纪六十年代，大庆人首创的“三老四严”做人做事原则（对待事业，要当老实人，说老实话，办老实事；对待工作，要有严格的要求、严密的组织、严肃的态度、严明的纪律）仍然有其生命力和借鉴价值。
14、干部“四化”方针（革命化、年轻化、专业化、知识化）、人才“八字”标准（品德、知识、能力、业绩）和“四不唯”选任机制（不唯学历、不唯职称、不唯资历、不唯身份）。
15、二十世纪八十年代初，全国开展的“五讲四美三热爱”活动（讲文明、讲道德、讲礼貌、讲卫生、讲秩序；心灵美、语言美、行为美、环境美；热爱祖国、热爱社会主义、热爱中国共产党）。
三、分 论
为节省篇幅，反复出现在教科书、官方文件、主流媒体和频频见诸报端并为读者耳熟能详的做人育人理论，本文不再赘述.本文拟重点介绍探讨下面几种学说和理论。
1、对君子说的粗浅认识和理解
做一个正人君子是中华传统文化提出的做人的道德高标、理想状态和最高境界，是一个人毕生努力的做人的总方向和总目标。
孔子曰：“君子之道四焉,强于行义,弱于受谏,怵于待禄,慎于治身”。这是对君子的总体要求和概括总结，我们不妨把它用 作君子的定义。
君子的天职是修身、齐家、治国、平天下。贫贱不能移，富贵不能淫，威武不能屈是对君子的统揽和总刚性的要求。
抵达“至诚”人性的君子境界的五种修养方式：“博学之，审问之，慎思之，明辨之，笃行之”。
君子以自强不息，君子当厚德载物，诠释的是君子与天地之间的和谐合一。
君子欲讷于言而敏于行，揭示的是言与行的关系，也就是说，少说话，多做事。
《说苑》曰：“君子之言寡而实，小人之言多而虚”。话不在多，而在贴切与恰当。
君子坦荡荡，小人长戚戚，说明做人要光明磊落，胸怀坦荡，泰然处之。
诸葛亮说：“夫君子之行，静以修身，俭以养德，非淡泊无以明志，非宁静无以致远。”很多人至今把“淡泊明志，宁静致远。”当作自己人生的座右铭，足以证明其影响深远。
司马光说:“侈则多欲。君子多欲则念慕富贵，枉道速祸”， 阐述无欲则刚，不能贪图虚荣、爱慕富贵。
子曰：“君子和而不同”，教导世人做人既要有“海纳百川，有容乃大”的气度和胸襟，又要有独立思考、独善其身、坚持原则、不随波逐流的勇气和坚守。
子曰：“君子不重则不威”。重为庄重，不是自命贵重；威乃威严，绝非八面威风。
子曰：“行有余力，则以为文。”孔子是说为君子者，做好了份内的事，倘有多余的能力，才可以在文字上用些心。千古圣训，应当铭记，看来著作等身，并非全是好事。
君子慎独的含义是君子在独处时，同样也要保持应有的道德操守，修身自省，自我教育，严于律已，表里如一，人前人后一个样，“一把手”在与不在一个样。
孔子说：“君子不器”，这里“器”就是指囿于某一专业，不关心世道人心。整句话是奉劝知识分子在学问背后，还有活的生命法则和真理法则。
君子不党是说君子不结党营私，不投机钻营，不拉帮结派，不搞小集团。应该天下为公，以天下为已任。
“君子忧道不忧贫”、“君子修身立德，不因穷困而变节”和“穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下。”皆是同样的意思。
君子爱财，取之有道，指明了君子对待钱财而应该采取的态度：合法、合理、合情。只要是合法所得，诚实劳动所获，能说明财产来源，就应该慷慨而受用。
君子之交淡如水，小人之交甘若醴，规范的是处世交友之道，也就是君子的友谊观和处世哲学。
君子喻于义，小人喻于利，则表明要重义轻利，要超脱、脱俗、清高。
《增广贤文》说：“雪中送炭君子少，锦上添花小人多”，这向人们昭示：要助人救人于危难之中，扶困济贫，相当于英语谚语：“A friend in need is a friend indeed。”做人不应该乘人之危，落井下石，墙倒众人推，也不应该趋炎附势，攀龙附凤。
君子一言，驷马难追的含义是说话要负责任，要算数，千万不可信口开河，说出去的话，泼出去的水，不能出尔反尔，背信弃义。
君子勿夺人之所爱和君子以成人之美是君子与他人相处和处理人际关系的原则要求，人不能只贪图满足自己一时的私欲，还要考虑到他人的感受，尊重他人的意愿，多替别人考虑，把别人看大一点，把自己看小一点，善解人意，成全他人。
君子生非异也，善假于物也，指君子别无长处，就是善于利用外物，扬长避短，善于分析客观环境，因势利导。
民谚曰：“宁跟君子吵架，不和小人说话”，告诫人们要多和历害人打交道，要和讲道理的人多交流，才会对你有提升、有帮助，即，所谓“见贤思齐”。
“君子协定”更是如何了得，证明君子一诺千金，一言九鼎，重义气，守信用，讲诚信达到了法律效力，等同于法律文书和合同。
君子兰不正是君子高贵的品质的象征和寄托吗？
至于“窕窈淑女，君子好逑。”、“君子报仇，十年不晚。”、“量小非君子，无毒不丈夫。”、“锁子防君子，不防小人。”中的“君子”，此“君子”非彼“君子”，两者不可相提并论，也不在本文讨论的范围之列。
君子说对后世和周边国家以及西方文化产生了如此长久深远的影响，以致于至今在日本国，把高尚的人、值得尊敬的人、有身份、有地位的人尊称为“某某君”，例如“铃木君”、“田中君”，你能否认这和君子说没有丝毫的历史渊源和千丝万缕的联系吗？
英语中的gentleman就等于汉语的“君子”，要不然为什么把汉语的“君子协定”翻译成英语的“a gentleman’s agreement”呢？
最后,我们用毛泽东的语录来给君子作一个概括性的归纳，即，“一个人能力有大小，但只要有这点精神，就是一个高尚的人，一个纯粹的人，一个有道德的人，一个脱离了低级趣味的人，一个有益于人民的人。”
2、西方文化绅士淑女学说
绅士（英文：a gentleman； the gentry）该词最早出现在英国，一般说来当时的绅士通常会手拿文明棍，头戴大礼帽，身着 笔挺的西装，足登亮皮鞋。
什么是绅士风度，彬彬有礼，待人谦和，衣冠得体，谈吐高雅，自身修养，知识渊博，见多识广，有爱心，尊老爱幼，尊重女性，无不良嗜好，人际关系良好。是心地善良、举止优雅的男士。
“绅士”源于17世纪中叶的西欧，由充满侠气与英雄气概的“骑士”发展而来，后在英国盛行并发展到极致，绅士风度既是英国民族文化的外化，又是英国社会各阶层在看齐上流社会的过程中，以贵族精神为基础，掺杂了各阶层某些价值观念融和而成的一种全新的社会文化。
骑士精神是西方上流社会的文化精神，其制度产生于中世纪欧洲的上层社会,它构成了西欧民族中所谓的“绅士精神”,形成了现代欧洲人对于个人身份和荣誉的注重；对于风度,礼节和外表举止的讲究；对于崇尚精神理想和尊重妇女的浪漫气质的向往；以及恪守公开竞赛,公平竞争的费而赖精神品质。总之,它使现代欧洲人民族性格中既含有优雅的贵族气质成分,又兼具信守诺言,乐于助人,为理想和荣誉牺牲的豪爽武人品格。骑士的八大美德:谦恭、正直、怜悯、英勇、公正、牺牲、荣誉、灵魂！
其实欧洲的绅士和中国的君子是同一种人。在中国古代，君子就是有文化、受过高等教育的人。
早在17世纪后期，英国就开始实施“绅士教育”。它由英国哲学家、政治家、教育家洛克提出。“绅士教育”的目的在于培养“绅士”。这种“绅士”必须是“有德行、有用、能干的人”。即必须具有上层社会所理解的道德思想与行为；具有开拓资本主义事业的广泛能力、机敏与自信；具有高贵的文明的礼貌与仪态；具有多方面的学识，足智多谋。“绅士教育”传统至今仍有较大影响。
英国人心中的淑女标准很重要的一条是注重修养，举止有仪。她们大多出身名校，忠于职守，默默工作，礼貌文雅，生活简朴，却没有飞黄腾达的升迁之心，对同事不说三道四，对上司不巧言令色。
3、美国人推崇的“well—rounded person”论和中国君子说的联系
我对这里讲的“君子”，有一个自己的定义，那就是well—rounded person（饱满的全面发展的人格）。我用英文来定义，是因为中文世界的教育早忘了这一点，没有相应的现代词汇；而美国人则天天把这个well—rounded person挂在嘴边。这样的君子所指的，其实就是一种人生的品格：有独立的道德判断和意志，有自己对生活和世界的理解，知道怎么应付挑战，怎么自我发展，怎么创造自己生命的价值。
从这个角度来理解，孔子所谓的“君子居之，何陋之有”中的“君子”，就是这种能够自主自立的人。大学是学本事的地方，更是学做人的地方。你在大学毕业时，就应该成为一个君子，不管处在什么环境，都应该坚持自己的原则和理想，有改变社会的能力。
培养君子，是所谓“通识教育”的基本理想和目标。
人永远不可能对自己的环境感到满足。但如果在别人“不堪其忧”的时候，你能居陋而不改其乐，你就会享受真正属于你的高等教育，你也会成为一个真正的君子。
4、哲学老人冯友兰留下的“人生境界的四种类型”学说，实质上也是为人处世的学说。
冯友兰将人生境界区别为“自然境界”、“功利境界”、“道德境界”、“天地境界”四种类型，并依照人生境界的差别，来论释他所理解的人生意义或人生价值。
“自然境界”是人生境界中一种层次最低的境界。“功利境界”在人生境界中高于“自然境界”。“道德境界”是冯友兰认定的一种较高的精神境界。“天地境界”不同于“道德境界”，这种境界是人生的最高境界。
冯友兰曾经说过：“儒家墨家教人能负责，道家使人能外物。能负责则人严肃，能外物则人超脱。超脱而严肃，使人虽然有‘满不在乎’的态度，却并不是对于任何事都‘满不在乎’。严肃而超脱，使人于尽道德底责任时，对于有些事，可以‘满不在乎’。有儒家墨家的严肃，又有道家的超脱，才真正是从中国的国风养出来底人，才真正是‘中国人’”。
这种“真正的中国人”亦即是他所肯定的具有“道德境界”或“天地境界”的人，这种人正是中国传统文化的产物。
综上所述，我们不难看出，君子、绅士、饱满的全面发展的人格和“真正的中国人” 在许多方面是相通的、相同的。我们从中可以获取许多普世的、共认的人生观、价值观和做人观。
四、理 论 联 系 实 际
——做人育人之吾见
借鉴上述各种学说理论，吸收其合理内核，结合目前社会现实，针对我国做人育人缺失的观状，根据自己粗浅的理解和人生阅历，现提出下列做人的原则和目标，从而起到抛砖引玉和与君共勉的作用。进而达到“自立立他，德行天下”的境界。
1、做一个有目标、有追求的人。 2、做一个有真才实学、有一技之长的人。
3、做一个有责任感、讲原则的人。 4、做一个有人格、有骨气、有气节的人。
5、做一个正直善良、诚实守信的人。 6、做一个有道德、守规矩的人。
7、做一个勤奋执着、自立自强的人。 8、做一个孝敬父母、知恩图报的人。
9、做一个身心健康、有生活情趣的人。
1、 做一个有目标、有追求的人
人之所以能够区别于其它动物就是因为人能够过一个有目的、有意识的生活，也就是说，人是有思维、有理性的高等动物。通俗一点讲，人生在世，就应该有点奔头、盼头和活头，不但要知道今天在做什么，还要清楚明后天要干什么。因此一个人从懂事开始，就应该选择一条有意义的人生道路。第一步就是要树立生活的目标或人生的理想。正如我们六0后从小所接受的教育那样，从小就要树雄心，立壮志。毫无疑问，确立理想和报负本身无可指责，关键是一个人的理想要客观、切合实际、有可操作性、不能过于虚无飘渺、遥不可及、高不可攀。
在当前多元和包容的社会中，理想可以是多元的、多层次的、丰富多彩的。只要在法律和道德允许的范围之内，各种理想或梦想都会得到社会的认可和接纳。理想应该和国家的前途、民族的命运、人民的利益和全社会的核心价值取向保持一致，只有这样个人才能将自己融入整个社会，和国家民族同呼吸，共命运，才能做到以天下为已任。在确立了理想以后，就要为之而不懈地努力，朝着这个理想而奋斗。在大理想、总目标之下，还要制订长计划、短安排，不同阶段各有侧重，对自己的人生有一个自我设计、自我规划、自我实现。有了目标，才会有动力，有了动力，才会有计划、有意识、有步骤地、一步一个脚印朝着目标迈进。总而言之，志存高远，脚踏实地是理想和行为的最佳结合。
理想是人生航行的灯塔，理想是人生道路的路标，理想是打开成功大门的金钥匙。少年周恩来正是胸怀“为中华之崛起而读书”的远大理想，才排除万难东渡日本，远赴西欧探索救国救民的真理，毕生百折不挠地为民族的振兴，国家的富强而鞠躬尽瘁，死而后已，从而得到了万民的敬仰，流芳百世。
一个胸无大志，浑浑噩噩，今朝有酒今朝醉而生活的人，无异于行尸走肉。一个碌碌无为，无所追求，哪里天黑哪里住店而生活的人，是永远体会不到追求和奋斗的乐趣的，生活只有空虚和无聊。球王贝利为什么跑得那么快？因为他一直在不停地追“球”。锐意进取，富于开拓，有上进心，有争强好胜的个性应该是贯穿于终生的主旋律。革命先行者孙中山是一生有理想、有追求、生命不息、奋斗不止、跌倒再爬起来、不断追求真理、追求光明、追求进步的最佳榜样。
在当下，似乎人们的理想和追求只被狭隘化和矮化为这么几个通道（1）从政做官入仕途，追求权势地位。（2）经商做生意，追逐金钱利润。（3）入演艺圈当明星，追求艺术，名利双收。（4）读书求学搞学术，钻研学问，再顺便捞一把。（5）吃专业饭、吃技术饭、吃力气饭的工薪阶层、手艺人、体力劳动者和自由职业者，糊口养家，只求温饱和平安。
现在的青少年好像越来越世故、越世俗，越实惠。如果你问一个中学生“读书是为什么？”你得到的答案十有八九会是“考上一个好大学，毕业后找一份好工作，拿一份高薪水，买一套好房子，娶一个好太太，最好能有一部好车子，这样舒舒服服过一辈子。”堪称“本子、位子、票子、房子、娘子、车子”六子登科。就这么实实在在、具体明确的人生目标，没有一项是不靠老子就能够自己实现的。所以，在目前中国的教育体制下和社会大环境中，我们培养出了多少“胸怀祖国，放眼世界，以天下为已任，有雄心壮志，有远大抱负，志存高远”的人才呢？
2、做一个有真才实学、有一技之长的人
一个人不能只做空头政治家，空头道德卫士，不能只空谈理想，坐而论道，而应该实干、实践、付诸行动。要想在社会上立稳脚根，生存下来，就必须有求生的本领，有一技之长，否则你连谋生的手段都没有，连衣食住行的生存问题都解决不了，其它一切那不是枉然吗？那么如何才能获得真才实学或一技之长呢？答案就是好好读书，在求学阶段，在学知识、长才干的黄金时期就必须发奋努力，为日后报效社会奠定坚实的基础。小学、中学、大学一口气念下去，以便接受系统的、扎实的、良好的教育。学士、硕士、博士一路读下去，这是一条公认的、普遍的接受谋生手段训练的阳关大道。
古人讲“少壮不努力，老大独伤悲。”、“书到用时方恨少”。特别是在目前这个知识经济时代，更应该好好学知识、学技术、学本领。只有有了真才实学和一技之长，你才能够谋生存，求发展，为社会做贡献，你才能在竞争日益激烈的社会中争得一席之地，英雄有用武之地，社会才会认可你，回报你。知识改变命运是再正确不过的一个命题了，凡经历过十年浩劫，在高考招生制度恢复后，从农村考上大中专院校，从而跨入了国家干部序列的中老年人，对这个命题的立意更有刻骨铭心的体会，贫下中农的子女,祖祖辈辈目不识丁，如果不是傻乎乎地听父母、老师的话，多读些书，做梦也想不到会吃上国家的商品粮。当然这得感谢改革开放政策好，感谢伟人邓小平。放眼望去，现在社会上各行各业有成就、有建树的精英和栋梁，如，马云、喻洪敏、李阳等，哪一个不是高学历、高技能、高学识的人才呢？
当然并不是每一个人都有机遇、有条件成为高学历的幸运儿，也不是每一个人都要从事脑力劳动，但是，最起码一定的职业技术和谋生手段是必须的。国家在不断地加大职业教育和技能培训的投资力度，提倡多渠道的成才途径，所以，掌握一门技术，学一门手艺，也可以自谋职业，通过诚实劳动，合法经营，同样也是为社会做贡献，俗话说：“艺高不压身”、“家有手艺人，一辈子不受穷。”要害是技术要精，手艺要高。“三百六十行，行行出状元。”无论你从事什么行当，只要你能做到极致，敬业受岗，就一定会成为一个对社会有益的人，民谚说得好“有智者吃智，无智者吃力。”就是这个道理。“吃力”可能指的就是从事体力劳动，这同样需要窍门、手艺和技术，干好了也能得到世人的尊敬和爱戴。
一般而言， 一个人日后的生活质量如何、在社会上处于一个什么样的位置、在人生的道路上能走多远，很大程度上取决于其学识、才能本领、技能的高低。
3、做一个有责任感、讲原则的人
学者季羡林说过：“如果人生真有意义与价值的话，其意义与价值就在于对人类发展的承上启下、承前启后的责任感。”
责任感是一个人对自己、他人、公共事物、后代、历史和自然界、人类社会主动施以积极、有益作用的体现。有了责任感，作为商人，就能合法经营，兼顾经济效益与社会效益；作为知识分子，就能专注学术，不为金钱权力所诱惑；作为教师就能抛却功利的升学率，真诚用心地因材旋教；作为领导者，就能殚精竭虑，公正执法，造福一方。
一生中，不同的时期，肩负着不同的责任。在求学的青少年时代，最大的责任就是学有所成，练就一身真才实学。荒废学业，虚度光阴，辜负了家长、老师、社会的殷切期望就是对自己、他人、社会最大的不负责任。参加工作，走上工作岗位以后，就要敬业爱岗，兢兢业业，勤勤恳恳，恪守职责。玩忽职守、草菅人民、事故人祸就是对人民的事业和生命财产最大的不负责任。成家以后，就应该对家庭、配偶、子女负责，有家庭责任感。只有每一个社会成员都各司其职，各行其是，各负其责，整个社会才会安宁、美好、和谐。
古今中外历史上许多仁人志士都以天下为已任，倡导“国家兴亡，匹夫有责。”中国知识分子的传统是把修身、齐家、治国、平天下当作自己神圣的职责，身处陋室，胸怀天下。青年毛泽东因为当仁不让地肩负起了“谁苍茫大地，谁主沉浮”的历史重任，才成就了他建党、建军、建国、治国的丰功伟绩和救民于水火、救国于危难之中的千秋伟业。可见，责任来源于理想，责任成就伟业。
做人做事要讲原则，哪些话不能说，哪些事不能做，心里面要有一杆秆，嘴上面要有一把锁，最低的道德底线不能突破，手莫伸，伸手终被抓。讲原则要求我们独立思考，明辨是非，凡事凡物应该有自己独到的见解和态度，不人云亦云，不曲意奉迎，不从众，不盲目服从，坚持自我，外圆内方，有自己独立的人格，走自己的路。在任何情况下都不用原则做交易，不献媚，不出卖他人，不变节，不出卖自己的灵魂和良知。
4、做一个有人格、有骨气、有气节的人
我格外敬仰崇拜方孝儒、布鲁诺、谭嗣同、刘胡兰、彭德怀、张志新等悲剧性人物。在俗人和凡人眼中，我们给他们贴上了“悲剧性”的标签，但我敢斗胆猜测，如果他们在天有灵，肯定会很幸福，也很欣慰，肯定是含笑九泉，因为他们做了真人，做了自我，终归为自己活了一遭。世俗成全了他们，从而使得他们完成了人格的升华，在道义上升入了天堂，他们才是真正的动天地、泣鬼神的伟丈夫和铁骨铮铮的硬汉子。他们保全了气节，从而使历史和人类蒙羞，使同辈和后世渐愧汗颜，使见风使舵、明哲保身、苟且偷生的人暗然失色。
当今中国的知识分子和文人，不缺高薪，不缺职称、职务，不缺待遇，不缺学术专著，不缺科研成果，不缺美女，不缺“百家讲坛”，而恰恰缺乏的是豆制品和高钙片，因为他们患了严重的软骨症和侏儒症，所以立不起来，大不起来，硬不起来。以跪请灾区人民停止上访为典型代表，有些人一厢情愿地欲将其排在鲁迅名后的大学者，尽其献媚邀宠之能事。岂不知中国知识分子的传统核心价值就两个字：骨气。不为五斗米折腰的陶渊明、不催眉折腰事权贵而愤然拂袖而去的李白、不愿同流合污而投江自尽的屈原，宁肯饿死也不愿吃美国救济面粉的朱自清，为争取自由民主而誓不低头，倒在血泊之中的李公朴、闻一多等民族的脊梁，用贫困潦倒、鲜血和生命向后世昭示了什么是人格,什么是骨气,什么叫气节,什么叫知识分子。他们的就义是何等凛然!何等慷慨!何其绝决!何其义无返顾，气贯长虹啊！
男子汉大丈夫敢做敢为,顶天立地,该拍案而起的时候就要拍案而起,该挺身而出的时候就要挺身而出,该“我以我血荐轩辕”的时候就要“荐轩辕”。该上菜市口就上菜市口,该诛连九族的时候,诛连十族有何妨?国家民族难道不需要这样的英烈和壮士吗？责任感、使命感、危机感是中国知识分子的第一要义。
“书生意气，挥斥方遒。”，现在中国的书生就是太少书生意气，太多市侩气和铜臭味。国家之大不幸,民族之悲哀就在于中国知识分子许多都没有血性，没有骨气、奴颜媚态，没有大爱，也没有大恨。虽然队伍庞大,为数不少,但就是很少大师,很少集大成者,原因就是奴才、庸才、蠢才所占比例太大。知识分子的独立意识和批判精神，对真理、正义、良知的信仰，同情怜悯的人文情怀在他们身上荡然无存。一部分知识分子为达到“一朝选到君王侧”的目的，终生都在“回眸一笑百媚生”。为了讨好、巴结心目中的“楚王”，为了得到“楚王”的宠幸，一辈子都在“细腰”，直至饿死。
5、做一个正直善良、诚实守信的人
英国哲学家罗素说得好，“在一切道德品质中，善良的本性是世界上最需要的。”善良是人的天性和世界的曙光。善良让人感动,给人温暖,令人期待。在我们身边,善良是常态,越底层的人善良的时候越多。世界上主要的宗教，如基督教、佛教、伊斯兰教都是劝化教诲人们要人心向善，与人为善，积善行德，慈悲为怀。《三字经》开宗明义，“人之初，性本善。”，坚持人性善的观点。中国古人刘备告诫人们“勿以恶小而为之，勿以善小而不为。”
我的理解，善良就是不忍心伤害他人，做人起码要无害人之心，心存善念。如果你能日行一善，热心公益，投身慈善事业，那么你一定会生活得很充实，很幸福，上帝和神灵必将保佑你，赐福于你。中国古语说，“恶有恶报，善有善报。”、“送人玫瑰，手留余香。”、“好人一生平安”。这些都是对善心、善举的祝福和褒奖。
善良和正直本身是一对孪生兄弟。正直就是心术正，要坚持真理，明辨是非，对就是对，错就是错，仗义执言,一身浩然正气,刚直不阿。不唯上,不唯书,不唯主义，只唯实。不颠倒是非,不混淆黑白,不指鹿为马,不阿谀奉承。
史铁生以近六十年的人生阅历悟出：“到了晚期这才相信,诚实与善思乃人之首要。”“何谓诚实？见谁都一倾私密而后快吗？当然不能，也不必。诚实就像忏悔,根本是对准自己的。某些不光明、不漂亮、不好意思的事或可对外隐瞒到底,却不能跟自己变戏法儿,一忽悠它就没了。所以人要有独处的时间,以利反思,默问和反省。”史铁生还说：“诚实，或已包含了善思。善美之思不可能不始于诚实。而不思不想者又很难弄懂诚实的重要，君不见欺人者常自欺？”史铁生的这些论点和狄更斯的论断不谋而合、所见略同。英国大文豪狄更斯说：“诚实乃上上之策（Honesty is the best policy）。”
诚实就是从小不说谎，考试不舞弊，不弄虚作假，不欺上瞒下，不虚报浮夸，不搞形式主义，不搞学术造假，不盗版、不抄袭、不剽窃。不假冒伪劣，不造假贩假，不做假账，不假唱等。美国人不依不饶，不能原谅克林顿的并不是他和莱温斯基的那点风流韵事，而是他向美国人民撒谎的不诚实的行为。林肯有句名言，“你能愚弄几个人一辈子，愚弄所有人一阵子，但不能愚弄所有人一辈子。”
可以这样说，中国目前官场、公检法、学术界、商界、文坛、演艺圈、民间出现的一切丑恶现象和黑暗面都是诚实守信的缺失的恶果。市场经济就是法制经济，法制要求公民守法、诚实、守信，按套路出牌，遵守游戏规则。守信用、讲义气在西方文化中显得尤为重要。在市场经济社会更应该大力弘扬诚信的美德。陶行知揭示了教育的真谛：“千教万教教人求真，千学万学学做真人”。“求真”和“真人”不就是诚实守信吗？
笔者也深知，在当今社会，做一个正直善良、诚实守信的人的确不易，甚至不能。毕竟理想与现实、理论和实际悬殊太大，反差太大。有些青少年认为做正直人倒霉，做诚实人吃亏，做善良人受欺负，做守信人上当受骗。我们必须承认，现实中确实存在这些支流暗流。但是尽管如此，我们还是要无怨无悔、旗帜鲜明地弘扬倡导这些古今中外普世认同的价值观和美德。它们是人类历史数千年的主流、主旋律和大势所趋。我们必须尽可能做到“出污泥而不染，同流而不合污。”独善其身，洁身自好。
6、做一个有道德、守规矩的人
我们有必要借鉴中国古代优秀的传统文化和伦理道德，如“长幼之序，孝悌之义，夫妇之伦，儿女之道”等这些儒学基本理念和精神基石。陶行知把道德区分为公德和私德两种类型，他指出：“私德为立身之本，公德为服务社会国家之本。”，看来公德就是个体与群体相处的行为准则。
讲公德我的理解是个人的言行不应该损害到他人、周围的人、左邻右舍、集体、公众、社会的利益。人具有社会属性，是群体动物，必须生活在一定的社交、交际圈中间，那么，在这特定的人际圈中，就必须有一套约束规范个人行为的规则和标准，以维护公众的利益，保障这个圈子有序健康地运行。这样就产生了人们必须自觉、共同遵守的社会秩序和公共秩序。人类社会经过上下五千年的发展、演变、进化，已形成了一系列源远流长的法律、道德制度和标准，它们成了不同文化背景的人们在生活中必须遵守的行为规范。比如，为了保障交通安全，人们必须遵守交通法规；为了不影响他人，在公共场所不应该大声喧哗；为了构建和谐社区，人们必须遵守市民、村民公约；为了高效、文明，等车、购物、用餐要自觉排队；为了卫生健康，必须保持公共场所的卫生清洁；为了尊重他人，不干扰他人的作息，要做到走路轻、说话轻、关门轻等。这些都是为人处世的最起码的常识。但就是这些小事和基本要求，国人普遍能做到还任重而道远。不是经常有媒体报道，到西方国家出访考察、留学观光的国人惊奇地发现，有关这类的警示语都是用简化汉字印制张贴的吗？外国人真是善解人意，考虑周全！这难道不是对我们这个“文明古国，礼义之邦”的莫大的讽刺吗？
道德是一种修养,不是一种权力,道德最适合拿来约束自己,不适合拿来压制别人。人们之所以尊重道德，就因为道德对他们无害。人们之所以提倡道德,是因为道德可以增进社会的安宁和谐，不希望引起纠纷，造成风波。
“无以规矩不成方圆”。十三亿人口，九百六十多万平方公里的幅员，五千多年的历史，五十六个民族的大国，如果没有整套全民坚守的法律制度和伦理道德体系，就很难稳定和谐、发展复兴。有一句俗话说“丑行当有丑规矩”，就是说，无论你从事什么行当，终归是有一定的规矩。各行各业的人都应该恪守职业道德，这个职业道德和操守的共性和核心就是责任感。
责任感是衡量社会道德水准的标志,责任感的培养和提升关乎个人的素质修养,更是整个社会稳定和进步的保障,于个体而言,为人父母,对子女有教育之责;为人子女，对父母有赡养责任；为人师，应以传道授业解惑为已任而非其他;为官者、为商者、为医者、为专家者等等都应秉挥对公众负责之理念；于集体而言，企业、媒体、政府职能部门等应以尊重客观规律，维护个体生命尊严的责任意识为前提经营、运作、执法……。当个体与集体各尽其责时，某种程度上可以避免社会诚信、安全、信仰等危机的产生，社会也更有希望和谐发展。
7、做一个勤奋执着、自立自强的人。
著名科学家华罗庚有名言曰：“天才在于积累，聪明出于勤奋。”爱迪生有警句曰：“天才就是百分九十九的汗水加百分之一的灵感”。中国古人云：“业精于勤而荒于嬉”、“天道酬勤”、“以勤补拙”，英语中有谚语：“The early bird catches the worm.（早起的鸟有虫吃）。”这些名言、警句、谚语都是诠释勤奋在成就事业方面所起的重要作用。
勤奋就是从小要树立劳动观念，力所能及地干家务活，自己的事情自己做。同时，还要培养孩子独立自强的意识，使青少年认识到劳动最光荣，不劳动者不得食。正如教育家陶行知所言：“流自己的汗，吃自己的饭，自己的事自己干”。达·芬奇说：“劳动一日，可得一夜的安眠；勤劳一生，可得幸福的长眠。”
在求学阶段，学习要勤奋刻苦，因为“不吃苦中苦，难为人上人。”要为日后走向社会，自谋职业，自谋生路做好智力、本领、劳动技能方面的储备。在走上工作岗位以后，也要勤快、勤劳、勤奋。但凡在事业上有成就的人，其智商，本事和业务水平不一定是最高的，但他们往往是最勤奋的、最努力的。居家过日子更要勤快，家务活双方都要抢着干，不能一个靠一个，不要因为干家务而影响夫妻感情或家庭和睦。退休以后，也不能闲着，帮助带孙子，争取做到老有所为，老有所乐，继续利用一技之长，为社会发挥余光余热。总而言之，从小到大，从大到老都要腿勤、手勤、脑勤，做一个闲不住的人。科学研究发现一生操劳的人往往长寿，幸福指数更高。全国劳模、全国人大代表申纪兰老人家80多岁，仍然坚持生产劳动，为集体的事奔波操劳。老寿星中，眼亮耳聪者都是长期坚持生产劳动，脚手不闲的人。
勤奋就是珍惜光阴，惜时如金，不蹉跎岁月，不虚度年华，不荒废学业，莫让年华付水流。爱迪生发明灯泡的过程，总是被人们百说不厌，津津乐道。据说，为了寻找耐高温又经久耐用的灯丝材料，他作了1200次试验，也失败了1200次。面对上千次的失败，也许很多人会知难而退，但爱迪生不但迎难而上，还调侃了一番这种“失败”：“我并没有失败，我已经发现了1200种材料不适合做灯丝。”从中可以看出这位大发明家的勤奋、执着、坚韧、智慧、自信和乐观。
许多中学生天资聪颖，家庭富足，学习生活条件优越，但就是不珍惜青春年华，不热爱学习。本来通过勤奋学习可以成为国家的有用之材，但是因为生性懒惰，家庭教育不当，启蒙老师要求不严格，结果错过了长知识、长才干的黄金年龄，这岂不惋惜！有些学生的懒惰简直到了令人发指的地步，例如，有学生上课不伸手翻书，而是用舌头舔着翻书，不知这些学生日后会不会追悔莫及。
纵使有千条万条客观和社会根源，我们还是要立场坚定、理直气壮地把我们的后代培养成自立自强的人，让我们国家的“啃老族”、“月光族”、“白领族”、“蚁族”人数尽量少一些，使他们成为自食其力的劳动者，教育他们不要过分依赖父母，不要太轻信政府，不要怨天忧人，靠山山会倒，靠水水会断。“从来就没有什么救世主，也不靠神仙皇帝。”、“世界上没有免费的午餐”、“天上不会掉馅饼”。在培养孩子自立自强方面，我们必须学习美国人、日本人的一些科学方法和先进理念。
8、做一个孝敬父母、知恩图报的人
“百善孝为先”是中国几千年流传下来的古训，也是中国伦理道德的第一位的美德。古人讲：“天地君亲师”，亲就是父母亲。要行善，先从行孝开始，敬天敬地敬神灵不如敬自己的父母，父母就是活佛和活菩萨。连动物界都有乌鸦反哺、羔羊跪乳的报恩现象，更何况万物之灵的人呼？一个连自己的亲生父母都不孝敬、不报答的人，你就别指望他热爱党、热爱祖国、热爱人民、热爱本职工作了。
父母要把一个呱呱坠地、咿呀学语、蹒跚学步、懵懂无知的婴幼儿抚养拉扯成一个知书达礼、身心健壮的成年人,不知要奉献多少艰辛和心血啊!一个人无论多么孝顺,都无法报答父母的养育之恩,都无以回报父母的比山高、比海深的无私的爱。所以，在几千年的中国历史上，许多孝敬父母的感天动地的人物和事迹在民间广为流传，广为效仿。例如,二十四孝中的丁兰刻木事亲、王祥卧冰求鲤、黄香扇枕温衾、朱寿昌弃官寻母等故事可谓妇孺皆知，流芳百世。古代读书人、做官的人最理想的生存状态就是“忠孝两全”，既要忠于皇帝，忠于江山社稷，忠于国家的事业，干好本职工作，又要兼顾尽孝道，照顾好，赡养好自己的父母亲大人，为他们养老送终。
目前，中国的大多数家庭都只有一个孩子，如果孩子在外地工作而不能和父母一起生活，那么就会有许多留守老人，这些老人的生活难免会有一些困难、孤独、寂寞，无论是物质上的、精神上的还是情感上的，因此提倡“孝敬老人”就显得尤为重要，孝敬父母不仅要安排好父母的物质生活，衣食住行，有病医病，“常回家看看”，还要尊重老人，和老人在思想上、感情上多交流、多沟通，在情感上予以慰藉，惯着宠着老人，就像小时候父母惯我们宠我们一样。
在孝敬父母方面，老一辈无产阶级革命家朱德、陈毅和许世友为我们树立了楷模和榜样。朱德一篇《母亲的回忆》情之深、意之切、感人至深，不知教育了多少为民族解放、国家独立而奋斗的中华儿女。陈毅亲手为病重的老母洗内衣内裤更是以实际行动诠解了孝顺的内涵。许世友身居高位，将老母接到身边，早晚奉待，问寒问暖，堪称忠孝两全、忠义两全。
随着世界和中国人口老龄化问题的日益加剧，提倡“以孝冶天下”更是具有重大的现实意义。
中华民族是一个拥有“滴水之恩，涌泉相报。”的优秀传统和美德的民族。这一方面说明中国人重情重义、助人为乐、仗义行侠、不求回报，另一方面说明中国人知恩图报、不忘恩负义。美国人也讲究报恩，为此他们还有一个专门的节日——感恩节。当第一批来到美洲拓荒创业的欧洲人，历尽千难万苦在美洲站稳脚根，衣食无忧的时候，他们才意识到是上帝的慷慨给与才使他们渡过了难关，生存了下来。所以他们就对大自然感激不尽，永远纪念。通过庆祝这一节日，来感谢上帝的恩赐和给与。
我们应该对于那些，在我们人生的紧要关头和关键阶段，助过一臂之力、提携过、关心过、扶持过我们的父母、老师、兄长、领导、朋友等常怀感激之情，感念之情，并力所能及地回报他们。知恩不报，恩将仇报，以怨报德那是不齿于人类的行为，那是猪狗不如的恶行，必遭有良知、有正义感的人们的唾弃和谴责。
9、做一个身心健康、有生活情趣的人。
生理和心理健康是做人做事的载体，也是做人做事最起码的物质、精神基础。如果没有一个健康的体魄，做人的要求和标准就会成为无本之木，无源之水。皮之不存，毛将附焉？只有有了健康的身体，才有条件、有前提谈有理想、有才能、有道德、有追求，有一句俗话说：“身体是革命的本钱”。如果没有本钱，何谈盈利呢？怎么样才能拥有健康的体魄呢？首先，从小就要养成良好的生活习惯，饮食起居要有规律，按时作息，定时定量用餐，特别要有吃早餐的习惯，早睡早起，最起码不应有陋习或不良嗜好，例如，不吸烟、不酗酒、不通宵熬夜等；其次,要长期坚持体育锻炼,喜欢做运动,增强体质;再次,要相信科学,身体不适或患病，要及时诊治,听从医生的嘱咐,积极配合医护人员的治疗,争取早日康复。
美国学者坎布斯（A.W.Combs）认为，一个心理健康，人格健全的人应具有四种特质：一是积极的自我观念；二是恰当地认同他人；三是面对和接受现实；四是主观经验丰富，可加以利用。心理健康的人，虽然也会面对悲伤、忧虑、生气、郁闷等负面情绪，但愉快、乐观、开朗、满意等积极心态总是占优势的。他们能适当地表达和控制自己的情绪，喜不狂、忧不绝、胜不骄、败不馁、不卑不亢，自尊自强。
要保持心理健康，最重要的是做到“心底无私天地宽”、“知足者常乐”、“心宽体胖”。你可以羡慕别人，但不可以嫉妒别人，你可以不比别人高贵，但不可以不比别人高尚。做人要想得开，看得开，乐观豁达，心态要平和，百姓自有百姓乐。适当地来点阿Q的精神胜利法而聊以自慰,又有何妨呢?安贫乐道、知天乐命、安份守已、甘于清贫、甘于寂寞、有何之错呢？顺其自然，无为而治不失为一种洁身自好，不同流合污的处世为人的哲学。
有生活情趣指一个人不但要会学习，而且还要会玩、会娱乐，不但会工作，而且会享受生活，做到学习、工作、创造、享受。社会不需要书呆子、工作狂、清教徒、苦行僧。除过精通专业知识和技能，尽职尽责干好本职工作外，还要培养一些高雅、健康、有益身心的情趣和爱好，如，打球照相、弹拉跳唱、琴棋书画、种草养花、集邮收藏、手工制作、读书上网等，既可以开阔眼界，拓宽视野，又可以陶冶情操，娱悦身心，何乐而不为呢？
五、结 束 语
可以用18个字来概括我提出的做人育人的这些不成熟的想法：追求、才能、责任、气节、诚信、品德、勤奋、感恩、健康。而我们的古代圣贤以更精练、更精确的措辞早在几千多年前，就已经给我们指明了做人的准则，那就是孝、悌、忠、信、礼、义、廉、耻。我们不但要牢记这些圣训，而且还要身体力行，发扬光大，并且赋予其鲜明的时代特色，注入崭新的内涵。
第二章 为师篇
1、好教师 好习惯 我们终生努力的方向
人们常说“习惯决定命运”或“习惯成就未来”，我们反复强调要培养学生良好的学习习惯。那么一个好教师应该具备或养成哪些良好的习惯呢？
一、要有研究学情，认清教育对象的习惯
研究学情、了解受教育者的现状是备课、制定教学方案、撰写讲义的前提条件。如果不深入地分析学生，不熟悉教育对象的根底，那么备课只能是纸上谈兵，闭门造车。
备课首先而且重点应该备学生，这样就可以根除“千人一案，多年一案”的弊端。有一个故事很能说明问题，某大学的礼堂座无虚席，司密斯教授正在上哲学课，他时尔口若悬河，时尔在黑板上奋笔疾书。学生洗耳恭听，埋头抄写。正当他讲到神采飞扬时，却发现前排一男生非但不做笔记，还伏案假寐，手头放着一撂本子。教授走上前去关切地问道“同学，你为什么不做课堂笔记呢？”男生略显窘迫，但从容作答道“我带来了我爸爸的课堂笔记本。”教授信手翻阅后，感慨万分地说“汤姆的儿子都成人了，看来我该退休了。”男生安慰道“教授，其实我还是很折服你的记性。”
研究学情应从五个主要方面入手，即分析：（1）学生的智力因素；（2）非智力因素；（3）知识基础；（4）主观努力程度；（5）个体差异。
只有在充分掌握学生学情，深入钻研教材的基础上，才能制定出切实可行的教学方案，才能做到因材施教，对症下药，教学才有针对性、目的性，分层次施教才能得以落实。为了找准教学的起点、切入点、突破点、落脚点，教师就必须从分析学情入手。
一个教师最大的悲哀莫过于不了解自己的教育对象而夸夸其谈，对牛弹琴，其结果当然是劳而无功，出力不讨好。
二、要有终生学习，与时俱进的习惯
“学而不厌，诲人不倦”是一个好教师不懈追求的目标和座佑铭。二十一世纪是一个科技日新月异、知识改变命运、信息爆炸的时代，这就要求教师不断地“充电”，钻研业务，提高自己的专业水平，以便跟上时代发展的步伐而不被淘汰。教师要善于接受新事物，吸收新知识，做一个时尚前卫的学习者，并且要终生学习，做好知识的更新、换代、升级。真可谓“生命不息，学习不止”，“活到老，学到老”。
学习的内容涉及到：（1）专业知识；（2）教育教学理念；（3）教学法理论；（4）升学考试动态；（5）百科知识；（6 ）现代化的教学手段。
在此，我着重强调，在现阶段一个教师一定要熟练掌握并习惯利用网络、多媒体等现代化教学手段，在制作课件上狠下功夫，有所作为。只有利用直观生动的教学手段，才能把某些抽象、枯燥的知识教活。
一个好的教育者首先应该是一个优秀的学习者，所以让我们立志成为一个学习型的教师。俗话说“打铁先要本身硬”，本身怎样才会硬呢？那就要学习、学习、再学习。
三、要有良好的课堂教学习惯
课堂教学是传授知识的主渠道，也是获得知识的主阵地。提高教育教学质量说穿了就是提高课堂教学的效率。这包括教和学的效率两个相辅相承的方面，其中授课习惯和听课习惯在课堂教学效率中起着举足轻重的作用。 一个好的教师应该具备哪些良好的教学习惯呢？在此，我重点强调这几方面的习惯：（1）把激发培养学习兴趣贯穿于课堂教学的始终；（2）大胆管理学生、巧妙组织教学、高效驾驭课堂；（3）师生积极互动，学生先动起来；（4）时刻牢记效率概念；（5）习惯使用直观教具或直观教学手段；（6）板书的习惯；（7）得体规范的教态。
知识是一辈子教不完的。一个教师最大的成功是培养学生终生对这一门功课保持着浓厚的兴趣，并坚持探索钻研下去，因此兴趣教育乃是第一要务。在某一门课程中，老师只是一个领路人而已，正如熟语所言，“师傅领进门，修行在各人”；教师授课应该有脉胳清楚、特色鲜明的板书，板书是教师授课的忠实记录和缩影，也是体现直观教学的最简单易行的措施。学生必须有完整准确、整洁美观的听课笔记，课堂笔记是老师送给学生受益终生的礼物；课堂教学中的“满堂灌”、“独角戏”、“自娱自乐”是多年来学校教育的第一大顽疾，所以与学生在情感上产生共呜，在环节上形成互动，在目标上达成共识，在过程上默契配合，就成了我们教改上要实现的首要目标。一个老师高明不算高明，学生高明才是真正的高明。一个优秀的教师肯定是一个让学生处于高度紧张状态、忙得不亦乐乎、脑、眼、耳、嘴、手并用的教师。
四、具备指导学法、培养学习习惯的习惯
长期以来，在中国的基础教育阶段顽固地存在着“重教轻学、重教法的研究轻学法的研究、重知识的灌输轻习惯的培养、重主导作用轻主体作用、重内容轻学法”这一被动局面，扭转这一局面刻不容缓，势在必行。好在洋思中学已经走在了教学改革的时代前列，并为我们提供了经验。
学法指导点拨有多种渠道和方法：（1）课内课外，科任老师有意识、有计划地向学生介绍学习方法；（2）利用主题班会，组织学习效果显著的学生交流学习方法、经验和心得；（3）学校牵头定期地、经常性地举行学习方法讲座或交流会，主讲人既可以是学生也可以是教师；（4）邀请学科带头人、骨干教师撰写学习方法论文，归纳总结切合学生实际、行之有效、经得起时间和实践考验的学习方法，并推广试用。
要培养良好的学习习惯，首先要界定清楚学好某一功课最起码应该具备哪些习惯，然而才谈得上培养这些习惯。我认为在良好的学习习惯中，最关键、最根本的一条是学生首先要爱学、乐学、善学、先学、自学。然而老师再点拨启发、指点迷津、鼓励拨高。归根到底就是洋思中学的一句话“先学后教，当堂训练。”
五、要有从事教研教改的习惯
绝大数教师都具备教学研究的水平和能力。关键是要把这种水平和能力发挥到极致，转换成习惯。人们常说“习惯成自然”，要把教研教改变成教师的自觉行动，形成条件反射，成为教学不可分割的一部分。二十一世纪的教师不应该甘作“教书匠”，而应该成为研究者、学问家，要作研究型的教师。
对于教研教改问题，首先应该解决的是思想认识和理念问题，相当一部分教师认为教研教改太神秘、太深奥、太神圣，自己的学识、资历、经验还达不到研究的程度，教研教改是专家、教科所的专利，吾辈只要能上好课就已经功德圆满了，这些认识显然有些偏激。我认为只要有教学实践、专业知识，教育教学理论等作基础，当一个有心人，善于发现问题、分析问题、解决问题、反思教学实践，每一个教师都可以搞教研、写论文、出成果。
那么研究什么呢？（1）反思教学的得与失；（2）探讨学法教法；（3）研究教材内容；（4）关注升学考试动态；（5）丰富教育教学理论。
那么如何研究呢？（1）大胆实践；（2）及时反思；（3）归纳总结；（4）理论武装；（5）解决问题；（6）推广成果。
六、既教书又育人的习惯
传授科学文化知识固然重要，但是做人的教育更应该加强。教育的最终目的是把受教育者培养成品学兼优、又红又专、德才兼备的人材。很大程度上育人比教书还重要，一个精通专业知识而没有操守和德行的人对社会所产生的毒害更大，更具灾难性，例如，化学博士制造冰毒。因此结合目前的社会现实、结合青少年的身心发展规律、结合学生的现实表现，不失一切时机地对学生进行做人教育是一个教育者所肩负的职责和义务。教育的内容包括：（1）前途理想、报负志向教育；（2）社会公德教育；（3）守法诚信教育；（4）待人接物、为人处事教育；（5）日常行为规范教育。实践反复证明：一个学生如果在思想境界、处事为人方面达不到一定的标准，他是很难成才、成功、成人的。先学作人，再作学问。
“重教书轻育人”的倾向在科任教师身上表现得尤为突出。他们误以为“育人”是班主任、德育处、行政领导的份内事，所以他们只管教好每天的两节课，对学生的思想品德教育不闻不问，漠然视之。这难道不是一种渎职吗？一种悲哀吗？
一个好老师首先应该是学生的必灵鸡汤，是学生成长道路上的路标，是学生修身作人的导师。
七、合作、请教、交流的习惯
教育教学是教师与领导、同事、学生、家长等同力合作、良性互动的多边活动，而不是孤军奋战、单打独斗的游戏，所以良好的团队精神和合作习惯就成了最基本的素质。协调教育者和受教育者诸多因素之间的关系和合作更是对一个教师的能力的考验和挑战。
向前辈、同仁虚心请教、学习他们的强项和经验是中青年教师脱颖而出、快速成长的捷径。如果能认识到这些，学校倡导的相互听课、集体备课、学习外地的经验、“青蓝”工程师徒结对等活动还会成为我们的负担而流于形式吗？
交流是双向的。中老年教师要以大局和长远为重，以发现、帮助、扶持青年教师中的后起之秀为已任、毫不保留地把自己成功的经验或失败的教训传授给后来者。青年教师要主动地、经常地向中老年教师倾诉自己的困惑和迷茫，以求得他们的开导和指点。同时中老年教师更要学习青年人的新知识、新理念、新方法，以达到互相学习、取长补短，共同提高的目的。教育应该是集体智慧的结晶，这就要求同一年级组、同一教研组之间的教师多交流、多探讨、共同商量、携手共进。
八、身教示范的习惯
“身教重于言教，行动高于空谈”。与其苦口婆心、语重心长地唠唠叨叨，倒不如以身作则，率先垂范，用自己的一言一行、一举一动去影响学生、感染学生、和风细雨般地滋润学生的心田，以高尚的人格魅力、渊博的学识、精湛的教学艺术、严谨的治学态度、文明的生活习惯给学生树立一个活生生的典范和楷模。
要求学生做到不迟到、讲信用、勤奋刻苦、严谨，老师首先应该做到提前候课、说话算数、敬业爱岗、严格要求、为人师表，并且只能比学生做得更完美。农村有一句土话说“婆婆跳下炕，儿媳紧跟上”，可能说的就是身教和榜样的力量。
身教在家庭教育中也发挥着重要的作用。有些家长自己胸无大志、游手好闲、不务正业，从这样的家庭中能走出什么样的“半成品”呢？所以无论是老师还是家长，最好用事实和行动教育孩子，做一个行动型的教育者。
九、创新求索的习惯
“创新能力是一个民族的灵魂”。培养创新型人才是国家在新的历史时期对教育提出的光荣而艰巨的任务。要培养创新人才，教师首先应该是创新人才。教师要自觉地、积极地从事教育理念创新、教学方法创新、教学内容创新、课堂教学模式创新、学校管理机制等创新。要创新，教师就必须打破惯性思维，克服经验主义，锤炼发散思维、求异思维、逆向思维，富于冒险精神，大胆尝试，勇敢实践，不怕失败，敢为天下先，上下求索。
教学中要鼓励学生的想象力和创造力，格外呵护学生创造性的智慧，弘扬创新精神，善于发现并扶持逆向思维能力强的学生。在此，我举一个扼杀儿童想象力的例子，望老师引以为戒。课堂上，老师提问：“雪化了变成什么？”“变成水！”大家异口同声。一个小女孩回答：“变成了春天！”这个回答是多么富有想象力，又是多么富有艺术性，可居然被判为零分。因为老师认为，这不是标准答案。
试设想一下，全中国的小学、中学、大学里的教师，每人只要作出一项创新成果，那我们的国家将会是何等地辉煌啊！一人一生作出一项创新成果真的很难吗？
综上所述，一个好教师应该具备的好习惯，概括起来讲就是：“学而不厌、诲人不倦、学高为师、德高为范”，作一个学习型、研究型、行动型、导师型、创新型的教师，为国家的崛起、民族的振兴贡献聪明才智。
2、 王臣相从教43年中学英语教学鲜明特色18条---退休两周年纪念抒怀
笔者从1982年7月，当年19岁开始，到2023年5月退休，时至2025年4月底，退休已经整整两年，从事中学英语教学工作43年，摸爬滚打，磕磕绊绊，一路走来，摸索出了一条实用高效独特的教学路子，其中有18条与众不同的鲜明特色和亮点，经过追忆酝酿，构思撰写，修改润色，成文如下，愿与诸君共享共勉，希望不吝赐教，在下洗耳恭听，虚心领教。
第一、国际音标是为至要，语音教学置于首位
国际音标和语音是打开英语圣神殿堂的第一把金钥匙，所以系统扎实科学地教授国际音标是英语启蒙的首要任务，下载专项教授音标的网络音频或视频，组织学生观看，跟读跟学是一条高效的途径，建议采用上海外国语大学语音专家柴明炯教授主讲的音频视频资料；48个国际音标，20个元音音素，28个辅音音素要逐个手把手地教，面对面地练；在国际音标教学中，笔者常年忠实地践行北京教育学院马承恩师的“字母-音素-音标三位一体教学法”，教学效果事半功倍。在新教每个单元的生词时，教会学生读准读熟每个生词是最基本的要求，讲解发音要领，示范发音口型，介绍语音知识，失去爆破，意群，停顿，连读等，严格训练语音语调，升调，降调等。八十年代初，主要依靠老师，利用早晚自习课，深入班级，逐班不厌其烦地带读单词、句子、对话和课文；随着电化教学手段的飞速发展，通过播放录音机、电脑音频设备、投影仪、电子白板、手机蓝牙音响等，组织学生跟读生词、句子和课文，多快好省。
第二、“五课”主线贯穿始终，课文不离口，课本不离手
自始至终贯穿一条主线，“课文→课本→课堂→课程→课标”，精讲细讲课文，归纳总结积淀高频语言点考点知识点，课文是语言的主要和重要载体；紧扣课本，课本是课标的分解、具体化和细化；向课堂45分钟要质量，课堂是传授知识的主阵地和主渠道；竭尽全力挖掘课程资源，优化课程资源，构建课程框架；刻苦钻研新课程标准，落实课标的意图和实质，实现课标的要求和目标。无论在高考总复习的哪个阶段，都不丢弃课本，不抛开课文，不脱离课堂；以“本”为本，以“标”为标。
第三、夯实“双基”，强化“六能”
一步一个脚印夯实“双基”，巩固基础知识，培养基本技能；听说读写看译六项能力缺一不可，齐头并进；核心词汇、基本句型、基础语法必须认认真真地教，扎扎实实地学；在集中专项强化训练听力方面，首创独创一套方法，总结归纳整理收录在论文《高考英语听力理解考试强化训练技巧与策略》中。在培养学生英文写作能力领域，首创独创“王臣相高中英语七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”： 所谓的“七步骤”是指在写作过程中，要一步一步地遵循七个环节， 即， 步骤一 审题立意巧构思；步骤二 遣词造句备语料；步骤三 谋篇布局列提纲； 步骤四 奋笔疾书著文章；步骤五 千锤百炼多修改；步骤六 一丝不苟誊定稿； 步骤七 孤芳自赏总复核 。 所说的“三节式”是指一篇完整的习作一般应该包括“引入话题+文章主体+ 总结或升华中心”三个组成部分，或曰“总写+分写+总写”。 所谓的“三层次”是指写作过程中的三个层面，即，连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。在中学英语写作领域的成果还包括，有校本教材《高中英语写作入门》小册子传世。
第四、语法翻译法和情景交际法水乳交融，发挥到淋漓尽致
学习外国语，外语和母语之间的互相翻译，对谁来说，都是一个绕不过去的坎儿，所以，注重英汉互译能力的培养是明智之举，翻译本身是一门博大精深的学问，我把能否准确通顺流畅地翻译课文，当作衡量学生语言水平的一项根本标准。试这样设想，当学生解答阅读理解试题时，如果能够把原文、题干和选项逐词逐句、一词不落、准确熟练地翻译成汉语，他们还有什么阅读理解题做不对呢？是不是把英语考试转化成了语文考试，把外语转化成了母语？这还有什么困难的呢？当然前提条件是准确熟练快速。所以，在本人看来，英汉互译能力的培养不仅不能削弱，而是应该强化，这是一举多得的双语教学，这是学贯中西的必经之路。
第五、句型教学炉火纯青，独树一帜
在四十三年的中学英语教, 学实践中，句型教学，句法分析，句型转化，造句能力的培养，长句难句复杂句式的剖析是我教学的一大特色和亮点，为此，笔者还总结归纳了一个模式，八步骤十六字诀长句难句复杂句式剖析法： 诵读；翻译；分析；举例； 造句；仿写；背记；默写。同时有校本教材《王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中英语教科书经典句式剖析解读讲义》和学术论文《八步骤十六字诀难长复杂句式剖析法》传世。看看这些句子，分析分析，它们包含了多少句法知识？是不是可以以一当十？你品，你细细品。例一，Listening to English is a very important skill because it is only when we understand what is said to us that we can have a conversation with somebody.（人教版刘道义主编 普通高中课程标准实验教科书《英语 1》 P32）；
例二，Many people fear it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.（北师大版王蔷主编 普通高中教科书《英语》选择性必修第3册 P58--- P59）;
例三，And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need,not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.（北师大版王蔷主编 普通高中教科书《英语》选择性必修第3册 P9）; 例四，John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television,says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.（北师大版王蔷主编 普通高中教科书《英语》选择性必修第2册 P15）;
例五，But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire,to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy,although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not! （北师大版王蔷主编 普通高中教科书《英语》选择性必修第2册 P23）。
第六、狠抓盯背是看家本领，书读百遍，其义自现
以水滴石穿、绳锯木断的精神，锲而不舍、持之以恒地盯背学生每单元的单词短语、对话、课文、优秀美文时文范文和中考高考真题作文范文，加强语言输入，培养英语思维能力，增强语感，仿写套写百词短文，为培养写作能力奠定坚实的基础。强烈建议，要求高中生利用早自习晚自习时间诵读背记默写《新概念英语》第二册百词课文；在落实督促检查反馈盯背单词对话课文事宜上，本人狠下功夫，精心印制专门表格，按日期，分单元，逐生记载单词、对话、课文和作文背记情况，评定等次，定期张榜公示，表扬先进，激励后进。根据我高中曾经教过三年，在美英法俄意等国家留学工作定居的学生反馈过来的信息，他们一辈子得益于我逼着他们抄写的一摞摞课堂笔记本，他们一辈子受益于我逼着他们背记下的一篇篇英语课文，这些对他们的听力、口语和写作帮助太大了！
第七、良好的教学习惯，师生受益无穷
在课堂上讲解阅读课文和核心语法项目时，适量及时地板书关键知识要点，自以为是我最好的教学习惯之一，我能做到凡讲必写，凡写必讲；在讲解经典传统优秀课文时，一节课四十五分钟，我在黑板上能归纳总结板书四、五十条高频知识点。
有设计、有条理、清晰、直观的板书帮助学生构建知识体系和框架，帮助学生永久记忆考点，随时随地复习所学知识提供了极大的方便，深受学生欢迎。
第八、看重课堂笔记胜过家庭作业，好记性不如烂笔头
我讲课时非常注重板书，所以就格外重视学生记听课笔记，对记课堂笔记探索出了一套具体的标准，即，完整准确整洁美观实用，老师定期收阅，评定等次，传阅欣赏优秀课堂笔记本。学生必须做到“凡听必记，只能比老师的板书记得多，不能比老师的板书记得少。”从高一入学到高三毕业，我赠送给学生最为珍贵的礼物就是，三年跟着我在课堂上写下的一本本课堂笔记本，有些学生在报考大学四六级英语考试时仍然在参阅使用，成了美好的回忆和永恒的记忆。
第九、听说训练领先，常抓不懈
只有听清听对听懂英美人士的说话，才能和外国人对话攀谈交流沟通，倘若你连对方在说什么都听不清，何谈交流？所以培养听力理解能力是我高中英语教学的第一个步骤，万里之行，始于足下；利用电脑多媒体音频设备，有计划、有目标地常年组织学生听课本上的单词、对话、课文的录音；利用手机蓝牙音响，采用《英语周报》、《英语辅导报》、《学生双语报》等教辅资料上的听力理解考试套题，集中强化训练英语听力，所带班级学生在各级各类听力竞赛和考试中，成绩名列前茅，听力题型得分是优势题型，为日后深造奠定了战略基础。采用《新概念英语》第二册教材，通过复述课文、角色扮演对话、一问一答对话、盯背百词短文课文、pair wok、group work、duty report、discussion、debate、speech contest等活动，训练学生的口语交际能力，学校聘请的英美籍外教反馈，笔者所带班级的学生相比较发音和口语水平Wonderful!!!
第十、学习方法指导和习惯培养，渗透于每一节课每一个环节
在四十余年的教学实践中，坚持“授人以鱼不如授人以渔”和“教育教学不是输血。而是构建造血功能”的原则，不仅注重知识的灌输，而且更加侧重学习方法的点拨和学习习惯的培养。多次受学校委托和安排，给全校学生做学习方法的讲座；多次受年级组委托和安排，给全级学生做学习方法的讲座；讲座别开生面，师生互动，气氛热烈，效果极佳，给全校师生留下了永久的难忘的深刻的印象；在课堂内，结合教学实际，因时制宜，因地制宜，因材施教，长期渗透单词记忆方法、对话课文背诵方法、语法项目理解掌握巩固方法的点拨；在不断探索实践和总结经验的基础上，撰写专项高考中考经典题型解题技巧的论文，发表在学术刊物、官方网站、微信公众号、自媒体抖音或快手上，笔者对“听力理解、单项填空、任务型完形填空、任务型阅读理解、词汇考查、完成句子、情景对话，完形填空。语法填空、短文改错、书面表达、读后续写等的解题方法和诀窍” 都有涉猎、论述和著述。例如，《“三新”英语试卷应用文写作和读后续写专题讲座》、《高考英语新题型---“读后续写”夺高分秘诀专题讲座》、《高考英语听力理解考试强化训练技巧与策略》、《高考英语“书面表达”怎样才能够上档次？》、《高考英语“语法填空”解题诀窍》和《记英语单词 有方法诀窍》等等。
从启蒙阶段起，就着力刻意培养学生“开口读说、耳勤多听、动手写记、背诵默写、模仿联想、质疑好问、预习自学、勤查词典、博览群书”九大良好习惯。
第十一、敬业爱岗，热爱专业，酷爱职业
崇高的敬业态度，高超的人格魅力，精湛的教学艺术，无私的奉献精神，高尚的师德修养，极端热爱教学岗位，慈爱每一位学生，一视同仁，喜爱教师职业，酷爱英语专业，安贫乐道，淡泊名利，甘于清贫，是支撑我四十余年终身从教的精神支柱和力量源泉。时至今日，我可以问心无愧地说，没有敷衍了事过一节课，没有另眼相待过一位学生，逐词逐句讲解每一篇课文，扎扎实实上好每一堂课。退休整整两年了，依旧念念不忘，依依不舍，留恋怀念神采飞扬的讲台生涯。自从2023年4月26日星期三退休至2025年4月26日星期六今日，终身坚守这么一条底线---不可一日荒废英语专业；不可一日中断英语教学；不可一日停止教育探究；不可一日放弃高考辅导；不可一日脱离英语学习者和爱好者，生命不息，奋斗不止；学而不厌，诲人不倦。
第十二、千锤百炼，练就扎实过硬的基本功
笔者具有丰富多彩的求学经历，从16岁初中毕业，考上三年制中师英语班，开始学习Longman出版公司全球畅销的驰名中外的经典全英文教材Essential English 《基础英语》，英语启蒙阶段练得童子功；从22岁离职脱产，在教育学院英语系进修大专两年，攻读《许国璋英语》6册教材；从33岁再次离职脱产，在外国语大学英语学院深造英语教育专业，苦读莎士比亚、狄更斯、马克吐温、海明威的作品；有幸聆听虞建华教授的英美文学作品课程。因为英语专业知识基本功扎实雄厚，所以在中学英语教学中，得心应手，游刃有余，后劲十足。
笔者发音准，口语棒，语法精，词汇量大，知识面广，博览群书，博闻强记，幽默风趣，机智灵活，见多识广，德艺双馨。既有国际视野，又具家国情怀。是一位称职的、合格的、不可多得的中学英语教师。
第十三、灵活多样的教学方法，轻松愉快的课堂氛围
从语法翻译法，听说法，到直接法，情景交际法，再到近十年的三维目标法，核心素养法，笔者亲身经历了大大小小的教育教学课堂改革数不胜数。每次课改本人都认识明确，态度端正，积极参加，大胆实践，勇于创新，博采众长，兼收并蓄，积累了丰富的教学经验，吸收借鉴了许多古今中外的行之有效的教学方法和技巧；我讲课最显著的特点，正如绝大多数学生反馈，同样的知识内容，同样的难点重点，同样的试题题型，由我来讲解，学生更容易听懂，学生能轻轻松松地理解，学生可以牢固永久掌握，究其主要原因是因为，我思维缜密，口头表达能力强，口才好，表述言简意赅，讲述深入浅出，脉络清晰，归纳总结条理清楚，重点难点举重若轻，迎刃而解，举一反三，触类旁通，事半功倍。加之，教学风格幽默风趣，轻松活泼，和蔼可亲，亲和力超强，很容易和教育对象打成一片。例如，在讲解传统经典核心语法项目时，利用一些口诀、儿歌、顺口溜等，化繁为简，化难为易，喜闻乐见，学生易于接受，易于背记，例如，英语中有些及物动词要求后面接宾语从句，宾语从句中动词用虚拟语气,虚拟语气用should加动词原形表示,且should经常被省略，常见的动词编成一个口诀是：一个“坚持”、两个“建议”、三个“命令”、四个“要求”，这些动词是：insist、 suggest 、propose、 order 、command、 ask 、demand 、request、 advise、 require.
第十四、立足岗位，终身学习，坚持业务进修，提高英语专业水平
笔者学历文凭起点低，先天不足，后天弥补。中师三年制英语班毕业，十九岁登上高中英语教学讲台，深感力不从心，矮人一等，已经输在了起跑线上。好在赶上个中国改革开放的大好美好新时代，它为青年人成才提供了广阔的途径，加之八十年代初国家风清气正，领导一心为公，任人唯贤，器重看好锐意进取、德才兼备、又红又专、品学兼优的青年人，因此，在本人的积极努力下、加上由于常年坚持自学，领导和组织信得过我，慷慨地两次把报考全国成人高考的宝贵机会赐给了我，我才有机会先后在北京教育学院英语系和上海外国语大学英语二系进修深造大专和本科课程，为终身从教奠定了知识和智力基础，终生感恩社会主义制度的优越性，带着薪水工资两度圆了我的大专梦、大学梦；祖祖辈辈世世代代感激改革开放的好政策，何以回报？只有终身从教！！！
我通过多种渠道，加强业务进修，提升专业水平，包括广播电视讲座，高等教育自学考试专升本，报考成人高考中专升大专和专科升本科；在大专院校离职脱产进修，报考上海海运学院英语翻译理论与实践专业研究生名落孙山，总而言之，不失时机地、如饥似渴地、争分夺秒地进修赋能。
第十五、与时俱进，掌握现代电化多媒体教学手段
勤学好问，善于接受新鲜事物，数十年如一日，学习掌握现代电化多媒体教学手段，从最初收听收音机英语广播讲座，运用笨重的老式录音机练习听力，使用日本三洋砖头块录音机训练口语，收看电视英语讲座，到利用电子计算机撰写电子版教案，制作PPT课件，从国际互联网上下载课程资源，在课堂上使用电子白板播放课件等电子设备；再到应用智能手机，微信视频授课，钉钉网课教学，电脑版直播伴侣手机投屏直播讲学；这活脱脱就是一部活到老学到老、终身学习、与时俱进、时尚摩登的奋斗历史。
第十六、教学和教研双丰收，硕果累累
笔者不但是一位教学型的教师，而且也是一位教研型的教师，醉心学术，笔耕不辍，多次参加省、市、区级高中组课堂教学大奖赛，并且名列前茅；在《甘肃教育》《平凉教育》《崆峒教育》等核心学术期刊发表论文多篇；在总结教学实践经验的基础上，编著校本教材《高中英语教材经典句型集锦剖析》和《高中英语写作入门》两套，被学校校本教材审查委员会审查通过，并且编辑成册，印刷出版发行，由学校教务处排课，由本人亲自执教，在高一年级十八个班推广教授这两门课程，好评如潮，广受热捧，盛况空前；两套校本教材被学校图书馆和校史展览馆收藏陈列展出，并向师生借阅；数次参加省、市、区教育科学研究所组织的教育教学科研成果大奖赛，曾经荣获一、二等奖；在高考英语辅导领域，有相当的研究和造诣，曾经荣获区级高考辅导一、二、三等奖。
第十七、性情温和， 隐忍耐心
俗话说得好，性格决定命运，性格成就未来，性格影响成功。我的性格以温顺平和为主，对待学生苦口婆心 循循善诱。性情温和就能保证学生喜欢亲近老师，师生容易沟通交流，及时得到教学效果的反馈，建立民主平等和谐健康的师生关系，学生愿意倾吐自己真实的心声，老师能听到真话，这极其有利于提高教学质量；不生气，不动怒，不发火，不呵斥，不咆哮，心平气和，镇定自若本身就是一种言传身教，耳濡目染；如果一个老师动辄就暴跳如雷，怒火万丈，那么，日久天长学生就会形成唯唯诺诺，缩手缩脚，噤若寒蝉的秉性，在课堂上连大气都不敢出一口，那怎么配合老师教学呢？学生的创造性思维能力受到了极大的抑制，脾气暴躁的老师教学效果欠佳的根源可能就在此；一个称职的老师最大的优点莫过于极富耐心，不骄不躁，不厌其烦地给学生讲解，翻来覆去地解释，直到学生完全听懂弄通。特别是对待弱科学生和基础差的学生，更不能伤害他们的自尊心，不讽刺，不挖苦，不嘲笑，不急躁，不横向比较，不恨铁不成钢，铁是铁，钢是钢。所以，在教育底子薄、基础弱、反应慢的学生时，耐心和隐忍要比教学水平和能力重要得多。我教过的学生及其家长无不夸赞我脾气好，有耐心，孩子和我投缘，喜欢上我的课。笔者坚信，Patience makes perfect!
第十八、独立思考，博采众长，百炼成钢，自成一体
不人云亦云，不跟风应景；不贪虚名不逐蝇头小利，不上表演课、彩排课；不屑题海战术；不滥用教辅资料；不弄“满堂灌”、不搞“一言堂”、不演“独角戏”；不迷信周考月考期中考期末考；不采用偏题难题怪题；英语是学出来的，不是考出来的！！！学习英语要靠天赋兴趣勤奋，不是靠刷题考试分数；
那么，这“一体”到底是什么呢？那就是语法翻译法（Grammar-Translation Method），加上情景交际法（Communicative Approach），如虎添翼，相得益彰，交相辉映，比翼双飞。夯实基础知识，精通基本语法，培养英汉互译能力紧密依靠语法翻译法；充分利用交际法，集中、专项、强化训练听力、口语和情景交际能力；深钻教材编讲义，课堂教学求高效，盯背笔记有章法，听说训练有模式，句型教学有研究，学法指导有建树，英文写作有著述，高考辅导有造诣，教学研究有成果，教书育人有贡献。
总而言之，本文的关键词可以概括为，语音首位，“五课”主线，“双基”“六能”，语法翻译，句型教学，狠抓盯背，板书习惯，课堂笔记，听说领先，学法指导，敬业爱岗，专业功底，方法灵活，业务进修，终身学习，教研成果，性格优势，自成一体。
第三章 教学篇
高中英语高效课堂教学模式探究
一、课堂教学基本模式
|
课
前 |
学生活动 |
师生互动 |
教师活动 |
|
1、预习生词，准确熟练地朗读每单元的生词。
2、指定尖子生，利用早自习，带读生词。
3、预习课文，准确熟练地朗读每单元的课文。
4、逐句钻研“阅读课文”，全文书面翻译课文，将译文誊写在听课笔记本上。
5、在预习的过程中，提出疑问，找出长句、难句、复杂句式。 |
1、老师布置预习任务，明确要求。
2、学生完成预习任务。
3、老师在课中检查预习情况。 |
1、整合、重组、优化核心词汇。结集成册《高中课本英语单词齐听写》。
2、备词汇教学，备串讲单词 内容。结集成册《高中课本英语词汇大串讲》。
3、备课文教学，钻研教材，精选、摘录、印制、下发每单元的重点句式。结集成册《高中英语经典句型1000例》。
4、备学生，研究学情，确定课中检查提问的有典型性、有代表性的学生。 |
|
课
中 |
学生活动 |
师生互动 |
教师活动 |
|
1、单独提问学生朗读单词，检查预习效果。
2、学生跟读单词。
3、学生听讲，回答提问，抄写课堂笔记。
4、单独提问学生朗读课文，检查预习效果。
5、给老师呈现“课文翻译”书面作业，接受检查。
6、在接受了老师对单词、课文预习检查并通过的前提下，再听老师串讲课文。边听，边回答提问，边做笔记。
7、要求学生将课后作业的要求记在课堂笔记本上，课后保质保量完成。 |
1、学生读，老师听，并纠错。
2、老师领读，学生跟读。
3、老师板书，学生记课堂笔记。
4、学生读，老师听，纠错，提读。
5、学生先做，老师后检查。
6、学生预习在前，老师开讲在后。
7、先布置作业，课后完成，课中检查。 |
1、纠正发音错误，提示不会读的单词。
2、老师带读生词，校正发音，反复带读难读生词。
3、串讲核心单词，如，单词释义，词类转化，造句等，老师板书。
4、提示不会读的单词，纠正读错的单词。
5、走下讲台，走向学生，巡回逐人检查“课文翻译”作业，并做简要点评。
6、在检查完单词、课文预习并认为达标后，再开始串讲课文，讲解语言点、举例、翻译难句、长句，重点点拨《高中英语经典句式1000例》中的句式。板书重难点内容。
7、布置课后作业：①背记单词，课中听写；②背记重点句型，课中听写；③背诵课文，课中提问，课后盯背。 |
|
课
后 |
学生活动 |
师生互动 |
教师活动 |
|
1、背记每单元的生词，课中听写单词拼写和汉语意思。
2、背记《高中英语经典句型1000例》中的重点句式，课中听写。
3、背诵课文，课中提问当堂背诵，课后单独盯背。 |
1、老师读，学生听，写。
2、老师读，学生听，写。
3、学生先背诵，老师后盯背、评分、定级、记载。 |
1、听写每单元的生词，收交单词听写表，小组长负责批阅、总分、登记。
2、听写《高中英语经典句型1000例》中的重点句式，收交句型听写专用纸，小组长负责批阅、总分、登记。
3、课中当堂提问尖子生示范背诵课文，课后单独逐人盯背课文，并在《工作笔记》上做详细记载，含时间、地点、等级。 |
二、本模式的特色及目标
1、从前文表格中,不难看出本模式传统务实、扎实管用。
2、突出体现“学生预习、自学在前，老师指导点拨在后”的原则。
3、遵循语言学习规律，即贯穿“从单词，到句型，再到课文”这条主线。
4、夯实基础知识、基本技能，包括基本词汇、典型句式、基础语法。
5、彰显词汇教学特色，听写、串讲、积累词汇，把词汇教学放在首位，凸现词汇量在语言学习中的首要位置。
6、重视句型教学，以句型教学为突破口和切入点，通过句型这个桥梁和纽带，把单词串起来，造出文理通顺的句子，把句子连起来，过渡到段落。
7、强调朗读、熟读单词和课文的重要作用，培养学生朗读的习惯。
8、严格要求学生动手写单词、句子。要求学生做“完整准确整洁美观”的课堂笔记，培养学生书写的习惯。
9、盯背课文不放松，背诵课堂笔记不放松，培养学生背诵的习惯，强化背诵在语言学习中的重要作用。
10、死守课本不放松，把课文译得、读得、讲得、背得滚瓜烂熟，在课本中寻找高考考点对应点，向学生反复灌输“高考英语题就在课本内”这一理念。
11.师生互动，课前、课中、课后默契配合，相得益彰，一环扣一环，环环紧相连。
12、学生多做点，老师少做点。学生忙碌一点，老师消遙一点。老师的职责是布置任务、督促检查、指点迷津。如果学生不动，老师不先动，刻意培养学生的自学能力。
13、带有明显的实验性质：
①一课不落地熟练背诵课文与高考成绩的关系。
②词汇量和自觉记忆、积累单词与高考成绩的关系。
③动手写、作课堂笔记、写单词和句子与高考成绩的关系。
④句型教学、熟练掌握并默写1000个左右的经典句式与高考成绩的关系。
最近三年的教学实践及最终的高考结果雄辩地证明，自觉自愿熟练地背诵高一、高二42篇“阅读课文”的学生，能一词不错地听写高中课本中约2351个单词、387条短语的学生，有书写习惯、课堂笔记做得完整准确、大规模写单词、典型句式的学生，能准确熟练听写1000多个典型句式的学生，在2010年高考中，英语成绩就是出类拔萃、遥遥领先，如：吴明阳、黄甜、魏婷婷、李桂楠、师雪琴、任薪儒、彭凤娇、杨晓芸、温永发、史丽煊、朱瑞、候鹏飞等。
14、经过多年反复实践探索，不断总结完善，本人已经初步形成了一整套“从词汇、句型、语法教学到高考总复习、总辅导”的体系，结集成册《王臣相七大模块高考复习方略》，可以说自成一体，独树一帜。
三、保障措施及具体作法
1、发现、扶持、栽培尖子生，呵护“领头雁”，发挥榜样的示范带头作用。一马当先，万马奔腾。如李佳楠、吴明阳、师雪琴、杨晓芸、史丽煊、朱瑞、温永发、候鹏飞等文理科尖子生。瞅准盯稳目标生不放松。
2、三年如一日，坚持收改、批阅、检查、定级、记载单词听写、课文盯背、经典句型默写、《配套练》和《中学生英语双语报》和课堂笔记五项常规作业。
3、争分夺秒，利用四个月时间（从七月到十月），从容不迫、扎扎实实地教和学高三全一册课本。在学习和复习的过程中，对十六个单元的进度、生词、句型、课文、作业、复习资料等一视同仁，紧扣不放松。
4、加大对第一轮和第二轮复习资料《优化设计》、“活页套题”和“专项训练”的收交、查阅、定级和记载的力度，每两单元各查阅登记一次或每一专题收交、查阅、登记一次。
5、舍得给学生留出自学、预习、练习的时间。例如，给出整节课让学生翻译课文；特别是在第一轮复习课本阶段，给出整节课单独提问学生朗读单词和课文；给出整节课让学生先做《优化设计》上的“过关训练”；给出两个课时要求学生在规定时间内完成“活页套题”。
6、采取“兵教兵”的方式，指定尖子生在早自习时间带读每单元的生词，特别是在上高三全一册新课阶段和第一轮过高一、高二课本阶段，学生带读更发挥了其不可替代的作用。三班领读员是黄甜和魏婷婷、四班领读员是马智云、戴启星和杨龙。
7、积极鼓励、创造机会确保“学生自主学习、自我教育、自我管理”。从高中新生刚入学开始，及时组建“单词听写和重点句式听写批阅小组”，课代表担任小组长，入学成绩优异者任组员，职责是协助老师批改听写的单词和句型、查阅课堂笔记本等。小组长负责汇总、记载。
8、营造活跃、宽松、和谐的课堂气氛。最大程度也调动学生的学习积极性。鼓励学生大声朗读、大声背诵、大声回答提问，把课堂弄热闹、热烈。不挫伤在课堂上经常大声回答错、喊错的学生的积极性，宽容他们。
9、充分利用早、中、晚自习课，保证预习、自学、练习、检查的时间。
10、生源要好，学生基础要好、习惯要好。学生的自觉性、主动性、积极性要高。换句话说，本模式更适用于重点班学生，培养拔尖苗子。
四、教学效果和业绩
在2010年高考中，高三（3）文科应届实验班英语平均成绩为97.19分，名列全校第一名，高出平凉市人均成绩25.69分；高三（4）理科应届实验班英语平均成绩为93.14分，名列全校第一名，高出平凉市人均成绩14.94分。
实践证明，采用这一课堂模式达到了预期的效果，取得了喜人的成绩，也就是说本模式科学、高效、务实、出业绩、出人才。
在今后的教学实践中，我将更进一步完善和改进这一模式，以创造更辉煌的教学业绩。
第四章 课改篇
1、高中英语新课改，几多欢喜几多忧
关键词：新课程实验 高中英语 方向和目标 手段与目的 知识和能力 根源 互动 前景和希望
论文摘要
甘肃省高中英语新课程改革从二0一0年夏季起如火如荼地铺开了，笔者亲历了这一过程，本文是笔者对近三年来所闻所见、所作所为的深刻反思和反省，本文梳理归纳了新课程实验中存在的一些误区和偏差，反映了基层一线教师对新课改的诸多困惑和迷茫，并且提出了自己一些独特见解和应对策略。
文章从“新课改的方向和目标是什么？手段和目的孰重孰轻？知识和能力谁先谁后？根源究竟在哪里？教师和学生谁先应该行动起来？前景和希望”这六个方面展开讨论；笔者对目前全省范围内开展的新课程实验中存在的某些不良现象忧心忡忡、情真意切，渴望专家不吝赐教、指点迷津的迫切心情跃然纸上，亦可算作新课程实验的一家之言或不同声音；但愿笔者杞人忧天，祝愿高中英语新课程实验如愿以偿，皆大欢喜。
一、新课改的方向和目标是什么？
甘肃省高中新课程改革从二0一0年夏季起如火如荼地铺开了。基层和一线的师生对这轮新课改很期待并寄予厚望。在高中英语教学这条道上摸爬滚打近三十年，我对高中英语新课改有“四盼”：一盼教材内容能在2003年版教材的基础上有大幅的删减，课本册数能少一些、薄一些；二盼教材难度能明显降下来，递增缓慢一些，知识跨度小一些，复现率高一些，螺旋式推进，循环式复现；三盼师生的教学压力和课内外负担实实在在地减轻；四盼新课改能使教师教得更从容，更轻松，学生学得更快乐，更主动，进而从根本上扭转大面积掉队的被动局面。然而，我们望眼欲穿，翘首以待盼来的是什么呢？
1、名目越来越繁多，在以前必修课的基础上，又增加了选修课。
2、本本越来越多，由以前的一学期一本书改成了两本书，学生的书包越来越沉重。
3、教学内容越改越繁杂，教学量越发繁重，教材编排拖沓，“注水”现象严重。
4、课程难度有升无降，词汇量明显增大，每单元的生词和短语均在50-60个左右。
5、与课本配套的教辅资料和练习册较之以前有增无减，加重了师生的课内外负担。
因此，仅从新教材的导向我们不难发现，新课改的思路和方向与我们的期待和预测背道而驰，相差甚远。同时，与我省大多数农村地区高中的教情学情严重脱节，因为我们不得不面对如下这些客观现实和制约因素：
1、英语课毕竟不是高中生的专业课，高中生还有其他十几门课程要学。学生的时间、精力和每周的课时毕竟有限，读记那么多生词、课文和完成那么多作业的时间从何而来呢？由于教学任务繁重，进度紧迫，所以师生只得走马观花、蜓点水般地做“夹生饭”。这样只能助长一知半解、而化之和粗枝大叶的恶劣教风和学风，祸害学生终生。
在高中基础教育阶段，英语教学的基本任务是掌握最核心的词汇、最典型的句式和最基础的语法，为大学深造铺垫一定的基础。何必弄那么难，那么繁，那么“高大全”呢？非把学生一棍子打闷不可吗？非把一部分学生吓退不可吗？
2、初中英语基础太薄弱，换句话说，高中生源质量参差不齐。试想一想，高中新生在初中学了多少英语？记住了多少单词？精通了多少语法？全省初中毕业会考英语及格率平均是多少？况且及格以上水平的初中毕业生基本上都被省、市、县级的重点高中录取。所以非重点高级中学，尤其是农村地区的非重点高中，招收的高中新生英语基础有多么脆弱便可想而知了。直言不讳地说，如果严格地按照《新课程标准》和《考试大纲》衡量，非重点高中英语连常规的教学都难以维系。因为如上所述，高中新生的初中英语“欠帐太多”，没有达标，所以高中英语教学纯属空中楼阁。
加之，高中英语距离初中英语跨度过大，脱节明显，衔接不紧，这更使高中新课改无异于雪上加霜，举步维艰。
3、全省不同地区之间初、高中英语教学不平衡，特别是大部分农村地区初、高中教学现状不容乐观，城市与农村之间、重点学校与非重点学校之间，在教育资源、师资水平、学生基础、教学设施和培养方向等方面都存在着差距和差异，因此高中新课改不宜搞“一刀切”、“一窝蜂”和“一哄而上”。教学改革是学术和科研活动，不宜凭借过多的行政手段。
4、大多数高中教师是传统教学法的产物和熟练工，大多数学生在小学和初中九年时间里也是在传统教学法的教育下，一路成长起来的，所以在短期内要来一个180度的华丽转身似乎不太观实。鉴于此，新课改还是需要一个阶段侧重和循序渐进的过程。社会、家长和师生的心理承受能力、认同度和支持也应该在考虑之列。当务之急是集中精力攻克满堂灌、填鸭式、独角戏、木偶剧、聋哑英语和先说不练这六大顽疾。
综上所述，高中英语新课改从源头，从出发点起，就背离了一线教师的初衷，原因是新教材不但没有换药，甚至连汤都没换，而且是变“本”加厉，起点过高，越改越事与愿违，越变越使“熟练工”无所适从。因此，我们对新课改的方向和目的产生了动摇、怀疑和忧虑。新课改要把我们带向何方？新课改我们准备好了吗？
二、手段和目的孰重孰轻？
不应该把新课改狭义地理解为只是革新教学方法。无论采用什么方法，采取何种手段，归根到底，新课改的目的只有一个，那就是师生运用最简单易行的方法、占用尽可能少的时间、花费尽可能小的气力，获取尽可能多的基础知识，进而最大程度地提升学生语言应用能力，实现能力立意，换而言之，教改的目的是提高单位时间内课堂教学或英语教学的效率，也就是说新课改的最终目的应该是教师教得更轻松、更从容，学生学得更愉快、更自觉。即乐教乐学、勤教勤学，一旦弄清、找准并抓住了这一目的，实现的途径和手段可谓“条条大道通罗马”。
然而，目前新课改的教学现状和具体运作到底是怎样的局面呢？
1、普遍的倾向和趋势就是为教改而教改，教改就等同于彻底改革教学方法，唯方法论。不管不顾新课改的终极目的，不清楚课改到底是为了什么。教师备课时，很少在研究学情和深钻教材上下大功夫，有些教师连新教材的精髓和内涵都没有钻深钻透，却挖空心思、绞尽脑汁在教学方法上标新立异，力图做到课时与课时、单元与单元之间方法各不相同。这样做很容易助长形式主式、华而不实、作秀表演的学风。过分注重方法上的花样翻新，势必影响教学任务的完成，冲淡教学目的，导致教学进度的滞后，结果本末倒置、得不偿失。各路专家指导、主管部门评估验收和教师相互听课评课更使授课者眼花缭乱，应接不暇，新课改有了“邯郸学步”和“东施效颦”的况味。
2、把主要精力、时间和智慧放在了琢磨方法上而严重忽略了基础知识的传授，基本技能的培养，不但没有拣到西瓜，反而丢掉了芝麻。最终导致无功而返。高中英语教学说穿了，就那么点事：帮助学生读准、读熟、记熟那些高频词语；引导学生读熟、理解、弄懂阅读课文，同时讲透课文中的重点句式；教会学生二十多条重点语法项目，并配套完成适量的语法练习。在此基础上，再顺理成章、因材施教、量力而行地培养学生的听、说等能力，能顺利流畅地完成这些任务就已经保住了底线。高中英语教师的高下之分就在于谁能够采用最经济、最简单、最高效的方法完成这些任务。套用一句熟语，把复杂的事情弄简单了，那叫聪明，而在新课改中，为了彻底改头换面，许多教师不屑于借鉴以前许多行之有效的、轻车熟路的方法，从而显得很笨拙、很吃力、备受折磨，人为地把简单的事情复杂化。
3、以彻底抛弃和颠覆传统教学法或曰旧课程为乐事，为时髦。甚至全盘否定传统教学法中某些优秀的东西。众所周知，任何改革都是既有继承又有创新。从清朝末期到如今一个多世纪的漫长历史中，外语界先辈还是摸索出了许多科学高效的外语教学方法和模式，它是一笔宝贵的财富，值得我们借鉴、吸纳和继承。以词汇教学为例，新课改再怎么花样翻新能与传统教法有多少实质性和原则性的区别呢？最终的落脚点都是帮助学生读熟、记熟单词短语，掌握其用法及造句。因此，新课改要谨防走极端。
4、集体备课和以年级组为单位制定导学方案具备其独特的优势，可以集思广益，统一要求，统一进度。但同时，还必须兼顾上千名不同教育对象的个体差异，张扬十几名教师的不同教学风格和特色，切实避免思维惰性、千篇一律和千人一面。把集体智慧和个人特色有机地结合起来，倡导求同存异，风格各具千秋。
三、知识和能力谁先谁后？
毋庸置疑，外语教学必须以能力立意，以培养学习者语言的实际应用能力，全面提升听、说、读、写、译的综合能力为第一要务。但是能力的提升必须以什么为基础、前提条件和坚实保障呢？不言而喻，这个基础就是知识和技能，就英语学科而言，这个保障就是基本词语、典型句式、基础语法以及朗读、翻译技能。如果没有扎实的基础知识，没有过硬的基本功，也就是说，如果学生不能掌握一定数量的词汇，不会分析常用的基本句型，没有学懂基础的语法，对高频structures and functions（结构和功能）一窍不通，那么提升能力就是无本之木，无源之水，根本无从谈起。
然而在新课改的教学实践中，由于教学内容繁杂，知识难度大，学生基础薄弱，教学进度过快，教学方法翻新耗时多等原因，造成的恶果是相当一部分学生连每单元的生词都读不熟，更谈不上听写默写单词并掌握其用法，相当一部分学生连课文的意思都不懂，将课文翻译成通顺的汉语都做不到，更谈不上理解和背诵课文了。由此可见，不管采用何种手段，必须确保夯实基础。只有夯实了知识基础，才能进一步提升能力，两者是相互依存、相互作用和相辅相承的关系。
因此，可以说实施新课改必须做到志存高远，脚踏实地。方法再高明，知识还是要踏踏实实地传授，课本还须学得滚瓜烂熟，否则就是误人之子弟，杀人之父兄。
四、根源究竟在哪里？
依我之见，制约高中英语教学的主要因素有：1、起点过高，语言材料索然寡味，晦涩难懂。2、学习风气不浓，动力不足。3、主观努力不够，功夫不到家。4、学习态度不端正，一部分学生没有一个对自己的前途和命运负责任的态度。5、教师的敬业精神和工作态度有待提高。高中英语教学少慢差费、广种薄收的现状几乎和方法没有太多必然的关系。改革开放和恢复高考制度之初的上世纪八十年代，我省高中英语师资是什么状况？但就是出人才，出成绩，出奇迹，原因只有一条，即老师拼命教，学生拼命学，那真是一个知识改变命运的时代！态度决定一切的时代！
特别值得一提的是，如果书本知识过难，起点太高，就无形中把一部分临界生无情地拒之于英语学习的大门之外，这些学生再怎么努力也跟不上趟，万般无奈中只有放弃。其次态度比方法在教学中所产生的威力要大得多，如果绝大多数学生能有勤奋刻苦和求实严谨的学习态度，那么无论是教法还是学法就退到了次要的位置，因为学生就会充分发挥自己的主观能动性，自觉积极地摸索适合自己的最佳方法。这时老师再指点迷津，点拨拔高就是水到渠成的事了。而目前的现状是包括新课改、新方法在内，基本上是家长和老师逼迫着学生学习。心浮气燥、急功近利、厌学弃学和读书致贫论象瘟疫一样在神州大地蔓延，这才是中国教育的癌细胞。
因此，在我看来，新课改的用力方向应该是举全民、全社会之力于一役，锲而不舍地教育子孙后代要热爱学习，要勤学乐学，举全校、全体教师之力于一役，艰苦卓绝地增强学习的原动力，激发学习兴趣。
在此，我建议参与新课改的教师与其说费那么多的心机刻意追求方法上的“日新月异”，倒不如动点脑子，用些时间，找点法子对学生进行前途理想和价值观教育，这可是“磨镰不误砍柴功”啊！
五、教师和学生谁先应该行动起来？
观摩了几堂新课改的课，也参加了有关研讨，有一种现象不免有些令人担忧，那就是课堂内外“剃头匠的担子一头热”，师生之间“两张皮”和“水乳不交融”的现象比较严重。老师急，学生疲；老师忙，学生闭；老师情绪高昂，学生士气低落；老师变幻多端，学生以不变应万变；老师赤膊上阵，学生冷眼旁观。这就奇怪了，新课改是要改教师呢，还是要改学生呢？要让老师动起来呢，还是要使学生动起来呢？教改的主体是何许人也？学生是参与者呢，还是旁观者呢？
当然，我们的初衷和所期盼的理想状态是最大程度地激发学习兴趣和热情，有效地解决一部分学生厌学的矛盾，千方百计地让学生动起来：动耳、动眼、动嘴、动手、动脑。我认为教学的最高境界是培养自学能力以及终生热爱学习。新课改的目标也是实现从学会向会学，从“要我学”向“我要学”，从“授之以鱼”向“授之以渔”的转变。也就是说，教是为了不教，而不教又是教出来的。所以，新课改的关键是想方设法让学生立即行动起来。师生产生良性互动，紧密配合，以实现共同的目标。
六、前景和希望
我们衷心希望新课程改革能够达到预期的效果，大获全胜。但是实施过程中所暴露出来的某些具体做法，怎能不叫人忧心忡忡。如果对这些所做所为不加以及时的纠正，那么新课改的前景实在是不容乐观。谁都不忍心看到这样的结果：1、双基丢弃了，能力没提高。2、知识没掌握，留下的只是花里胡哨的表演，连传统教法的底线都不保。3、新课改喊得地动山摇，看上去轰轰烈烈，传统教学搞得扎扎实实。4、不了了之，回归传统，“穿新鞋，走老路”。5、高考升学滑坡，质量元气大伤，学生为此付出惨重的代价。到那时我们将何以面对社会、家长和莘莘学子呢?6、因为没有出台与新课改成龙配套的评估考试体系、选拔招生制度和用人人事政策，所以新课改的归属感和落脚点很茫然，也很朦胧。例如，2013年甘肃省英语高考听力成绩不计入总分，仅供参考，这就是一个极其错误的导向，其传递的负能量不可低估。所以对待新课改要慎之又慎,多几分理性,少一些狂热。千万不可生搬硬套,盲目冒进。课改有风险，实施须谨慎。
一所重点中学的知名校长高屋建瓴地论述新课改，他指出：“新课程改革，绝不是在全盘否定旧课程以后重新建立一套同以往的课程没有任何联系的所谓新体系，而是在旧课程基础上的调整和改进，新课程是对旧课程的继承与发展，是对旧课程的辩证否定”。他切中要害，廓清了新与旧、继承与发展的关系。他还说：“课改是一个长期、渐进的过程，非一朝一夕之力，既不能急于求成，也不能望而生畏”。他敏锐地预示了新课改的长期性、艰巨性和复杂性。他又说：“消除疑虑，坚定信心，不动摇、不懈怠、不急躁、不折腾，冷冷静静办教育”。说得多么中肯贴切啊！他为我们指明了对待新课改的正确态度，同时也预计到了容易出现的一些偏差。
我相信，如果我们能不折不扣、踏踏实实地贯彻这些理念和原则，新课改就会沿着理性、良性和可持续性发展的道路积极稳妥地开展下去，也就找准了新旧课程的最佳突破点和结合点，过渡会平稳得多，风险也就降到最低。因为我们知道高中新课改和初中新课改有太多的不一样，它容不得太大的闪失。
3、 新课改背景下高中英语“_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________复习巩固课”课堂教学模式初探
关键词：新课程实验 高中英语 复习巩固课 课堂教学模式 PPT幻灯片
Word文档导学案
论文摘要
笔者参与高中英语新课程实验将近三年，经过“同上一节课”、“课堂教学竞赛”、公开课、示范课、观摩课等教学教研活动的历练，在新课程实验背景下高中英语“_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________复习巩固课”的课堂教学模式方面做了一些初步的摸索和尝试，应用在教学实践中取得了预期的效果，通过归纳总结，整理成文，旨在一则和同仁共享，二则抛砖引玉。
这一课堂教学模式的构建主要包括：
以单元“Topics”为主线，归纳总结相关单词、术语和短语；
以“Functional Items”为依托，遴选点拨典型句式结构, 强化训练“情景交际对话”；
以“Reading Texts”为核心，获取拓展并辐射相关信息，实现语言学习的终极目标，也就是获取并处理信息；
以“Structures”为载体，构建立体式、网络状的英语语法体系；
以“Learning Tip”为引子，完善“学习策略”体系, 突显学法指导；
以“Activities”和“Tasks”为支撑和保障，力求构建任务型和活动型课堂教学模式，顺利实现复习巩固每单元的“单词、句式、语法”等语言知识，进而培养听、说、读、写、译等能力的目标；
以“词-句-篇”这一主线贯穿课堂始终，层层铺垫，环环紧扣，前呼后应，由易到难，一气呵成；
以多媒体幻灯片为辅助手段，形象生动直观地呈现“三维目标”；
以“Internet”为有效的补充手段，带领学生上网搜索与本单元相关的信息，这既是有效的教学方法，又能扩充知识视野，真可谓“一箭双雕”；
以“An Inquiry Learning Report”为最终成果展示，培养学生自主、合作、探究性学习的能力，
采用“组建研究性学习小组、推选小组长、组内分工协作、参考已学单元的话题、确定研究课题、分头上网搜索资料、筛选资料、整合优化资料、撰写研究性学习报告、递交纸质报告”等流程；
以英语语言应用为最终目标，听说读写译五能并举，相互促进，为写而动耳、动嘴、动眼、动脑、动手。
本届高一自从2011年秋季实施新课程实验以来，已经顺利完成了“模块一至模块三”的课改任务，经过“同上一节课”、“课堂教学竞赛”、公开课、示范课、观摩课等教研活动的历练，笔者在新课程实验背景下高中英语“_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________复习巩固课”的课堂教学模式方面做了一些初步的摸索和尝试，应用在教学实践中取得了预期的效果，现归纳小结如下，旨在一则和同仁共享，二则抛砖引玉。
现以“模块四——第一单元”的第十二课时“复习巩固课”为例诠释佐证之，下文中的“附录一”是指PPT文档幻灯片Page 1——Page 15（简称幻灯片）；“附录二”是指Word文档导学案Task 1——Task 5（简称导学案）。 为方便阅读起见，本文采用表解的形式予以呈现
|
序号 |
模 式 构 件 |
课 例 佐 证 |
|
一 |
以单元“Topics”为主线，
归纳总结相关单词、
术语和短语。 |
幻灯片Page 2和Page 3展示本单元的Topics——Great Women and their achievements, what they have in common and the rules about what makes a great person;
导学案Task 1就是归纳、总结、复习与这一主题相关的表示职业的名词和描述一个人品质、性格的形容词。 |
|
二 |
以“Functional Items”为依托，遴选点拨典型句式结构,
强化训练“情景交际对话”。 |
导学案Task 1中，“造句练习”的设计旨在训练词的用法和基本句式，强化句型教学，编造微型情景对话。
导学案Task 4的写作练习旨在强化训练Describing people。 |
|
三 |
以“Reading Texts”为核心，获取
拓展并辐射相关信息，实现语言
学习的终极目标，也就是获取并
处理信息。 |
幻灯片Page 2展示本单元的三篇中心Reading Texts——1) A student of African wildlife 2) Why not carry on her good work? 3) Elizabeth Fry
导学案Task 2、Task 3、Task 4和Task 5都是在这三篇中心课文的基础之上，对同一话题的拓展、辐射和深度挖掘。Task 2高度浓缩了本单元提及的六位伟大的女性的信息；Task 3和Task 4分别从英汉两种语言的不同角度，从互联网下载补充有关Helen Keller的大量信息；Task 5中的Article 1和Article 2又分别对Helen Keller和Song Qingling的信息进行了必要的补充，弥补了课程资源的不足。这样极大地丰富了本单元、本话题的信息量。 |
|
四 |
以“Structures”为载体，构建立
体式、网络状的英语语法体系。 |
幻灯片Page 2展示本单元的Structures——Subject-Verb agreement。
导学案Task 1中“造句练习”就是最集中的体现；Task 4中“汉译英和写作练习”更进一步巩固强化了这一语法结构。 |
|
五 |
以“Learning Tip”为引子，
完善“学习策略”体系,
突显学法指导. |
幻灯片Page 5展示本单元的Learning Strategies；制作本页幻灯片时，借鉴参阅了课本中的Learning Tip。
幻灯片Page 2展示本单元的Writing: Descriptive writing :short article
导学案Task 4中“汉译英和写作练习”的设计，其目的就是为了贯彻学习策略，撰写人物传记，培养写作能力
另外一方面，导学案Task 3、Task 4和Task 5本身就是利用互联网学习的成果和例证。 |
|
六 |
以“Activities”和“Tasks”为
支撑和保障，力求构建任务型和
活动型课堂教学模式，顺利实现
复习巩固每单元的“单词、句式、
语法”等语言知识，进而培养听、
说、读、写、译等能力的目标。 |
幻灯片Page 7展示本单元的Tasks和Activities——Task 1 to Task 5
导学案Task 1 to Task 5更进一步具体化、精细化了5个任务。
Task 1旨在复习单词和句式；Task 4旨在训练重点语法；Task 1中的“造句练习”提问和Task 2中的段落填空提问旨在培养口语能力；Task 3和Task 5旨在培养阅读能力；Task 4旨在培养写作和翻译能力；整堂课的听课过程中，都贯穿了听力能力的训练。 |
|
七 |
以“词-句-篇”这一主线贯穿课
堂始终，层层铺垫，环环紧扣，
前呼后应，由易到难，浑然一体，
一气呵成。 |
导学案Task 1复习单词和句式；Task 2过渡到段落的复习；Task 3、Task 4和Task 5最终进入到篇章或曰课文的复习。Task 5包括两篇文章，信息量逐步加大。 |
|
八 |
以多媒体幻灯片为辅助手段，
形象生动直观地呈现“三维
目标”。 |
幻灯片Page 1——Page 15 为证，其中Page 2—Page 5集中呈现三维目标：Topics；Functional items；Structures；Reading; Writing；Information of this unit；Emotions, attitudes and cultural awareness；Learning Strategies--- Writing Skills |
|
九 |
以“Internet”为有效的补充手段，
带领学生上网搜索与本单元相关
的信息，这既是有效的教学方法，
又能扩充知识视野，真可谓
“一箭双雕”。 |
导学案Task 3、Task 4和Task 5本身就是利用互联网学习的结果和例证，有关Helen Keller和Song Qingling的信息就是从Internet互联网上搜索下载加工整合而成。
|
|
十 |
以“An Inquiry Learning Report”
为最终成果展示，培养学生自主、
合作、探究性学习的能力。
采用"组建研究性学习小组、推选
小组长、组内分工协作、参考已学
单元的话题、确定研究课题、
分头上网搜索资料、筛选资料、
整合优化资料、撰写研究性学习
报告、递交纸质报告”等流程。 |
幻灯片Page 6展示本单元的An Inquiry Learning Report——
Top Ten Chinese Women of Achievements，也就是《中华巾帼十佳传记》。
这不但是本课时的课后书面作业之一，而且针对研究性学习的方法、策略
流程等进行了点拨。 |
|
十一 |
以英语语言应用为最终目标，听说读写译五能并举，相互促进，为写而动耳、动嘴、动眼、动脑、动手。
|
导学案Task 1中“造句练习”和Task 2中“段落填空”的课堂提问旨在训练口语能力；Task 3和Task 5旨在培养阅读能力； Task 4旨在培养写作能力；Task 3和Task 5的阅读都是为Task 4的写作在信息上、在技巧上做准备、做铺垫。 |
|
十二 |
以信息、交际和欣赏立意。 |
幻灯片Page 3和Page 15先后展示本单元的信息目标——7 great women of the world and their achievements.
导学案Tasks 2、3、4 and 5全部是以获取并处理信息为目的；同时，这四个任务都是通过阅读和写作在作者和读者之间展开信息交流沟通，从而填补information gap。
所谓“欣赏立意”是指在英语阅读教学中，侧重引导学生诵读、体验、玩味、咀嚼原汁原味的英语文章，不过多地设计诸如“阅读理解”、“完形填空”、“归纳段意”等测试题，亦不刻意采用诸如快读、细读、浏览等阅读技巧；因为学习英语的最终目的不是为了完成练习题、考试题，更不是为了掌握多少阅读技巧，而是学会欣赏并享受英语美文或英语本身。
鉴于如此，导学案Tasks 3 and 5只要求欣赏阅读，而没有设计更多的练习题。只有在Task 3中，提出了“在阅读之后，模仿人物传记的写作技巧”这一笼统的要求。 |
|
十三 |
以学生为学习的主体，教师为主导；以学生为课堂活动的的中心，体现“先学后教，当堂训练”的原则。
|
导学案Task 1——Task 3皆可作为课前预习作业，布置给学生提前完成，课中只通过单独提问的方式，检查预习情况；
导学案Task 5以及幻灯片Page 6中的An Inquiry Learning Report——
Top Ten Chinese Women of Achievements，也就是《中华巾帼十佳传记》皆可作为课后作业，布置学生认真完成后，交给老师批阅。
只有导学案Task 4——Write a description of Helen Keller这一个中心任务必须在老师的引导下，在学生的努力下当堂完成。因为有Task 4的“汉语提示”、Task 3的范文模仿以及幻灯片Page 14——Key words and expressions:(关键词语提示)等的铺垫和帮助，课堂教学实践证明师生完全可以顺利流畅地完成这一艰巨的任务。
不难看出，本课时整堂课主要以学生课前课后的预习和练习为主；以学生的自主学习、探究学习为主；以学生为课堂活动的的中心。 |
|
十四 |
综上所述，幻灯片Page 15完全可以形象、直观、概括地再现这一课堂教学模式: |
|
甘肃省中小学外语教师新课程优秀课例参赛作品
人教版 普通高中课程标准实验教科书 英语 4
New Senior English For China Students’ Book 4
Module 4 Unite 1 Women of achievement
Period 12 Revision and consolidation period
附录一：PPT文档幻灯片Page 1——Page 15
附录二：Word文档导学案, Task 1——Task 5
高一第二学期第七周
全校示范课导学案
Task 1 Go over words related to the topic of this unit: Make sentences , following the examples:
第一类：Nouns used for jobs/occupations :
astronomer biologist geologist physicist astronaut statesman/stateswoman secretary clerk scientist artist athlete architect manager specialist journalist actor/actress announcer inventor professor scholar
第二类：Adjectives used to describe a person’s character or personality:
hard-working energetic active determined intelligent fair generous kind helpful modest confident brave honest considerate unselfish devoted well-educated warm-hearted strong-willed successful excellent well-behaved learned/knowledgeable wise elegant curious imaginative creative sympathetic
Examples: He is an astronomer.
He is intelligent, hard-working and knowledgeable.
He is an intelligent, hard-working and knowledgeable man.
Your sentences: 1、
2、
3、
Task 2 Complete six short paragraphs about six great women according to the information in this unit:
1、Joan of Arc was a girl from the countryside who dressed as a man and went to fight for the ( ). She helped drive the ( ) out of France. She was caught and put to death by the ( ) .
2、Elizabeth Fry was a Quaker. She helped improve ( ) conditions and gave prisoners work and ( ). Her work helped the ( ) get the Nobel ( ) Prize in 1947.
3、Song Qingling was one of the top ( ) in modern Chinese history. She concerned herself with ( ) projects, especially the China Welfare Institute for ( ) and children.
4、Lin Qiaozhi was a ( ) who became a ( ) in women's illness. She devoted all her life to ( ) work for Chinese women and ( ).
5、Jane Goodall went to ( ) and studied ( ) instead of going to ( ). Her research showed the connections between chimps and ( ). She gained a ( ) degree.
6、Jody Williams helped found an international campaign to stop the making of ( ). She and her organization were given the ( ) Peace Prize in ( ).
Task 3 Read the following short article and imitate the writing skills of a biography.
Helen Keller was born on June 27, 1880, in Tuscumbia, AL. In 1882, Helen fell ill and was struck blind, deaf, and mute. Beginning in 1887, teacher Anne Sullivan helped Keller make tremendous progress with her ability to communicate. Helen went to college, and graduated in 1904. In 1920, she helped found the ACLU. During her lifetime, she received many honors in recognition of her accomplishments. Quotes
"Keep your face to the sunshine and you cannot see the shadow."
– Helen Keller
Task 4 Write a description of Helen Keller
汉语提示：
1、海伦凯勒于1880年6月27日出生在Tuscumbia, Ala.，USA , 她于1968 年6月 1日谢世。
2、她是闻名世界的盲聋作家、教育家、慈善家、社会活动家。
3、她在19个月大的时候，由于一场大病，被迫失去了视力和听力。
4、在安妮莎莉文（Anne Sullivan）老师的帮助下，克服重重困难，她学会了说话、读书、写字，最终，掌握了英、法、德等五种语言。
5 、她曾在哈佛大学学习并毕业于1904年，完成了她的一系列著作，主要著作有《假如给我三天光明》、《我的生活》、《我的老师》等。6、她走遍世界各地，结交要人，为盲人学校募集资金，把自己的一生献给了盲人福利和教育事业。
7、在她一生中，她获得了世界各国人民的赞扬，并得到许多国家政府的嘉奖，以表彰她的成就。
8、海伦凯勒勤奋、聪明、乐观、学识渊博、意志坚强，她为我们树立了光辉的榜样。
海伦·凯勒
海伦·凯勒（Helen Keller 1880年6月27日-1968年6月1日)，19世纪美国盲聋女作家、教育家、慈善家、社会活动家。她以自强不息的顽强毅力，在安妮。莎莉文老师的帮助下，掌握了英、法、德等五国语言。完成了她的一系列著作，并致力于为残疾人造福，建立慈善机构，被美国《时代周刊》评为美国十大英雄偶像，荣获“总统自由勋章”等奖项。主要著作有《假如给我三天光明》、《我的生活》、《我的老师》等。
海伦·亚当斯·凯勒又译为海伦·凯勒（Helen Adams Keller，1880－1968 年6月1日），美国女作家，残疾教育家。1880年6月27日出生于亚拉巴马州北部一个小城镇——塔斯喀姆比亚。她在19个月的时候因为一次连续几天的高烧，治愈后留下后遗症，被迫失去视力和听力。在这黑暗而又寂寞的世界里，她自暴自弃，但在导师安妮·莎莉文（Annie Sullivan ）的帮助下，海伦学会用顽强的毅力克服生理缺陷所造成的精神痛苦。她热爱生活并从中得到许多知识，学会了读书和说话，并开始和其他人沟通。以优异的成绩毕业于美国哈佛大学拉德克利夫学院，成为一位学识渊博，掌握英语、法语、德语、拉丁语、希腊语五种文字的著名作家和教育家。她走遍世界各地，为盲人学校募集资金，把自己的一生献给了盲人福利和教育事业。她获得了世界各国人民的赞扬，并得到许多国家政府的嘉奖。
Task 5----Homework: Read the following two articles after class in order to get more information about Helen Keller and Song Qingling.
Article 1
Though both blind and deaf, Helen Adams Keller (1880-1962), American lecturer and author, traveled the world over, crusading for improvement in the education and life of the physically handicapped.
Helen Keller was born in Tuscumbia, Ala., on June 27, 1880. Though she was born a normal child, at the age of 18 months an illness developed that left her blind and deaf. Yet, there were signs that she possessed high intelligence. When Helen was 6, her mother heard of the pioneer work being done at the Perkins Institution in Massachusetts for teaching deaf and blind people to communicate. In March 1887, Anne Sullivan, a product of the institution, came to serve as Keller's teacher. One month after her arrival, Sullivan had taught Keller the word "water." This sudden learning that things had names unlocked a whole, new universe for the child.
By the time she was 16, Keller had passed the admissions examinations for Radcliffe College; in 1904 she graduated cum laude. As a young woman, she became determined to learn about the world, and to improve the lives of others. With insight, energy, and deep devotion to humanity, she lectured throughout the world, lobbied in Congress, and wrote thousands of letters asking for contributions to finance efforts to improve the welfare of the blind. She visited hospitals and helped blind soldiers. She taught the blind to be courageous and to make their lives rich, productive, and beautiful for others and for themselves.
Keller associated with some of the greatest people of her times, including Alexander Graham Bell, Mark Twain, Andrew Carnegie, John D. Rockefeller, Sr., and presidents Grover Cleveland, Calvin Coolidge, and Woodrow Wilson. She authored such books as Helen Keller's Journal, Optimism (an essay), Out of the Dark, Midstream: My Later Life, My Religion, The Song of the Stone Wall, The World I Live In, and The Story of My Life.
Sullivan served as Keller's counselor and companion. When Keller died in 1968, her name was a worldwide symbol of what the human spirit could accomplish despite severe physical limitations. Article 2 Song Qingling
Song Qingling was born in a Christian family which played an important role in Chinese politics in the first half of the 20th century. She and her two sisters had a good education. She went to study in Georgia, USA. In 1915 she married Dr Sun Yat-sen, founder of the Republic of China.
After her husband died in 1925, Song Qingling supported the Communist Party and the revolution, even though most of her family were members of the Kuomintang. Later, she was made an honorary president of the People's Republic of China. She spent her later years working for welfare projects in China, leading the Women's Federation. Furthermore, she was also a great advocate of civil rights, democracy and peace.
The End
3、对导学案的领悟
关键词：导学案 新课程实验 新课标 集体备课 教案 课件 多媒体
一、 导学案的兴起、与新课程实验改革和集体备课的渊源：
导学案是在中学新课程实验改革的大背景下应运而生的，它和新课改相随相伴，和新课改一起诞生、成长、发展壮大。是新课程理念的结晶和缩影。由于新课改的课程资源博大精深，所以备课或编写导学案客观上别无选择地要求通过集体备课这一有效途径得以实现，导学案应该是集体智慧的结晶。
二、 导学案的定义、与教案的本质区别、与教学课件的关系：
导学案，顾名思义，根据笔者的理解，就是指导学生在课内外学习的课时计划。而传统教学中的教案则是教师在课堂中使用的教授学生知识、完成教学任务的课时计划。教案的主要使用者是教师，而导学案的主要使用者是学生。从教案到导学案实际上是一个质的飞跃。两者本质上的区别是：实现从“要我学”到“我要学”的转变；实现从“以教师为主体”到“以学生为主体”的转变；实现从“以教师活动为主”到“以学生活动为主”的转变。实现从“以备教法为主”到“以备学法为主”的转变；实现从“以教师为中心”到“以学生为中心”的转变；
可以说，新课程实验改革是导学案的助推器和催化剂，集体备课是编写导学案的途径。导学案中的部分内容可以以教学课件的形式在课堂上展示给学生，因此导学案又不同于课件，课件可以作为一种呈现手段,是对导学案的必要延伸和有益补充，是导学案的重要组成部分。
三、 导学案应包括哪些核心构件？
1、 或章节、或单元、或课时的三维目标，即，知识与技能、过程与方法、情感态度与价值观。
2、学情研究，即，教师要对学生的知识储备、智力水平、动机兴趣、学习习惯、主观努力和家庭背景等智力和非智力因素作以充分的了解掌握和全面的分析研究。
3、 学习策略，即学习方法点拨。
4、 足量足时的学生活动：练习、自主学习、合作学习和探究学习的流程设计。
5、 有效的反馈和检测环节以及课后反思小结。
四、 编写导学案应坚持哪些原则？
1、 以学生为主体、教师为主导的原则
2、 先学后教、当堂训练的原则
3、 可操作性、实用性、高效性、原创性、启迪性和创新性
4、 分层施教，因材施教。根据新课程理念，以合作学习小组为单位，组织活动
5、 突显学科特点，彰显学习主体的个性，弘扬教师的个人教学风格。
6、 任务型、活动型、互动型课堂教学模式。
五、 导学案编写流程图表
|
集体备课前 |
第一步：精通新课程理念，吃透新课标。
第二步：深钻教材，熟悉教学内容，整合教材资源，注重积累备课素材，及时捕捉备课灵感和信息，随时随处记载对编写导学案的顿悟。
第三步：研究学情，认清学习的主体。 |
|
集体备课中 |
第四步：召集集体备课会议，分工协作，推举执笔主讲人。
第五步：集体备课组组员轮流发言，讨论某一单元、章节或课时的导学案的核心构件，主笔人负责如实记录讨论内容。 |
|
集体备课后 |
第六步：会后，主笔人根据集体备课会议记录，编写电子版导学案初稿；准备直观教具、实验仪器、实践器材；制作多媒体课件。
第七步: 主笔人将初稿提交下次集体备课会议，供组员再讨论、修改、完善。
第八步; 会后，主笔人根据修改意见，编写出导学案的定稿。
第九步：教师结合不同班级的具体学情，进行二次备课。或补充，或删减。
第十步：根据课堂教学实践和实际应用的效果，再修改，再完善，以便存档建立导学案库。 |
六、 编写导学案容易陷入哪些误区？
1、 名不副实，名曰编写导学案，实则撰写了一份传统教学的教案。备内容多于备方法；备教师多于备学生；备讲解多于备练习；
2、 资料大搬家，照搬《教师用书》及其它教辅材料，堆砌知识点，塞进大量可有可无的习题。
3、 上网下载、复制粘贴现成的、与学情严重不相符的导学案或课件，七拼八凑成一个“大杂烩”或“四不像”。
4、 篇幅失当，要么太繁，要么过简。
5、 假若掌握不好分寸，切不重要害，使用不当，就会冲击课本和课堂，就会削弱教学效率，就会歪曲学科思想，就会丢弃教科书，本末倒置，喧宾夺主，抓了芝麻，丢了西瓜。
七、 衡量导学案优劣的标准
1、 是否渗透、体现并落实了新课程实验的核心理念。
2、 是否能确保最大程度地实现三维目标。
3、 是否贯彻了“以学生为中心”、“以指导学生自主、合作和探究学习为主线”的原则。是否确保了学生在课堂上动耳、动眼、动嘴、动脑、动手从而全身心参与各项活动。
4、 是否精选补充了难度适中的典型例题或练习题，是否引导学生完成了难度适中、适量、具有梯度的学习任务。学生的活动是否足时足量。
5、 是否包含“本节课在高考试题中的呈现方式及所占分值”，即，是否和高考链接并尽早进入高考。
6、 是否恰如其分地采用了现代化教学手段-----多媒体、电子白板、互联网、课件。
总之，新课程实验改革是一场学习上的革命，导学案是新课程实验改革的必然产物，是引导学生探究、合作学习的指导性案例，是完成三维目标的纲领性文本，是构建高效课堂的先决条件；集体备课是编写优质导学案的最佳途径，从导学案的编写质量可以折射出一个教师的学术素养、专业水平、业务能力、工作态度和新课程理论水平，我们没有任何理由不潜心研究、不深刻领悟、不严肃对待、不群策群力编写、不充分利用导学案。
4、 学情研究方法初探
研究学情是指在备课过程中，教师要对学生的知识基础、智力水平、动机兴趣、学习习惯、主观努力和家庭背景等智力和非智力因素作以充分的了解掌握和全面的分析研究。它属于备课环节中的“备学生、备教法和学法指导”的范畴，其实质是体现“既面向全体，又照顾个性差异”。研究学情说穿了，就是研究受教育者的个体差异，其目的是实现因材施教，分层次施教，针对不同现状的教育对象提出不同的教学要求，采取不同的方法，确定客观的培养方向，最终达到分类推进，共同提高。如果说备好课是上好课的前提，那么研究学情就是备好课的前提，是设计教学方案，确定尖子生、临界生和弱科生的重要组成部分和依据，也是教师应具备的良好教学习惯之一。只有在熟悉教育对象现状的基础之上制定出来的教学方案，才能知己知彼，百战不殆，那么研究学情应该从哪些方面入手呢？如何运作呢？目的何在呢？
首先，对学生的知识基础要了如指掌。在承担了新班级的教学任务后，首要工作应该是立即动手了解学生以前的学习底子。以高一新生为例，教师必须弄清楚生源的个人信息、毕业学校和入学成绩，逐步摸清新生在初中阶段对基础知识、基础概念和基本原理的掌握程度，薄弱环节在哪个阶段？哪些方面？哪个章节？最权威的研究方法就是参考全省初中毕业会考成绩（即入学成绩），进行试卷讲评和质量分析，从中找出差距和不足，制定高中和初中衔接过渡阶段的补救措施，查漏补缺。通过和新生谈心的方式，了解初中的学习情况。如果有必要或可能，还可以和初中的班主任或科任老师取得联系，咨询学生初中的成长经历。研究学生的学习底子（或曰知识储备）旨在确定高一教学的起点和切入点，为备课找准恰如其分的基调，以避免起点过高或偏低，从而少走弯路。同时，摸清新生的基础还是学习洋思经验，划分学习小组的重要依据。
其次，对学生的智力水平要心中有数。一个班五、六十名学生,在理解能力、反应、接受能力、记忆力和逻辑思维能力等方面在所难免地存在着强与弱、快与慢和优与劣之差别，这就增加了备课和授课的难度和复杂性。因此，在备课时，教师必须对这些因素给予充分的考虑，研究学生智力储备的方法有：1、观察听课反应。2、课堂个别提问。3、跟踪学习效果。4、从背诵、作业和考试成绩中掌握学生的智力水平。摸清学生智力水平的目的是针对不同的学生，确定不同的培养方向，提出不同的要求，在授课内容、作业布置和起点目标上区别对待，对症下药。以高三级学生为例，对于智力超群的学生，鼓励他们冲刺重点名校；对于智力中游的学生，确保他们考入普通高校；对于智力平平的学生，促使他们起码享受职业技术教育。另外，学生的智力是动态的，是可以开发的，因此教师还肩负着启迪和开发学生智力潜能的重任。
再次，对学生的学习动机和兴趣要心知肚明。动机是前进的力量源泉和成功的催化剂，兴趣是最忠实的老师，兴趣能产生求知欲和探索欲，刺激学习热情，调动主观能动性。这两个要素都是完成教学任务和实现教学目标的必备条件。以英语课为例，相当一部分学生学习兴趣不浓，不明白学习英语到底是为什么，感觉到学好英语离他们太遥远，他们尝不到学好英语的短期内的甜头。因此，教师就必须在强化学习动机和激发兴趣上多下功夫，多费心血，不失时机地对学生进行前途理想教育，教育学生要站得高，看得远。促使学习动机的多元化，确保学习兴趣的持久化。研究动机兴趣应贯穿于备课、授课、作业批改和辅导等各个环节。特别要力求教学方法和技巧的灵活多变，力争每节课都使学生耳目一新。通过课内外观察、问卷调查、个别谈话和单独辅导等方式，分析成因，寻求对策，掌握第一手资料。研究动机与兴趣的目的是要取得学生的积极配合，敦促内因发生变化，师生形成教学合力，保障教学目标的高效实现。
第四，对学生的学习习惯要胸有成竹，正如谚语所云，习惯成就未来，习惯决定一切，学习习惯也不例外。细心观察学生是否具备良好的预习、听课、作业、复习、应试和自学的习惯，刻意培养学生作课堂笔记、积极回答教师提问、朗读背诵等学习习惯，有效保证每堂课学生都必须勤动口、动手、动脑。了解和熟悉学习习惯可以通过观察听课习惯、跟踪学习效果、检查预、复习作业、监考阅卷、试卷讲评、质量分析等途径进行。研究学习习惯是选择适当的教学方法和因材施教的原始依据，是教学的强有力的保障。最终目的是为了矫正不良的学习习惯，着力培养良好的学习习惯，有良好的学习习惯作保证，学习效果会如虎添翼，教学效果会事半功倍。
第五，对学生的主观努力要烂熟于心。哲学上讲，外因是事物变化发展的条件，内因是事物变化发展的根据，外因只有通过内因才能起作用。在教学中，教师是外因，学生是内因。在学习中，学生的主观努力是内因中的内因，只有学生勤奋刻苦，积极主动地去钻研、去探索，师生所做的一切努力才会有回报、有结果。基础差，底子薄，可以千方百计查缺补漏，迎头赶上；反应慢，记性差，可以发扬“人一之，我十之”的苦学精神，以勤补拙。兴趣淡，习惯差，可以矫正和培养。总之，学生必须先动起来，尽力而为之。然后老师再助一臂之力，尽力扶助之，这样互相配合，效果肯定最佳。再高明的老师，对学生也只是起一个帮助的作用，谁也代替不了谁。坐在同一个课堂中，学着同样的课程，同一个老师教授，为什么学习成绩和最后的结果会千差万别呢？我认为主要原因是各人的主观努力程度不同，学生有勤奋和懒惰之分。之所以优秀，皆因为勤奋。衡量和判断一个学生是否刻苦努力，最简便的方法就是密切观察他是否多听、多说、多读、多写、多想、多做，通过检查作业、预习、复习等完成情况，了解是否具有自学能力，就会对学生学习的自觉性和主动性有一个客观公正的掌握。学生的主观努力程度决定其前途和未来，也是家长和教师的期望之所在，更是完成教育教学任务的决定因素。研究学生的主观努力程度，目的是弄清教育对象，避免闭门造车，纸上谈兵，既不过高又不过低地估计学生的主观能动性，对学生提出恰如其分的要求和期望，让学生“跳一跳，够得着”，确定切合实际的培养方向，摸清升学的目标生和临界生，分层施教，分类推进，有的放矢。
最后，对学生的家庭背景也要知根知底，家庭是孩子的第一课堂，父母是子女的首任老师，也是终生老师，家庭教育是教育合力的重要组成部分。透过家庭背景，可以对学生的智力遗传因素，环境影响和养成教育有一个大体的了解。家长的文化程度和自身修养对子女都有潜移默化的影响。研究家庭背景最行之有效的方法就是家访，还可以通过和家长电话联系，和班主任交流，和学生面谈等方式进行。研究家庭背景的目的是为了取得家长的积极支持和通力配合，使得学校教育成果在家庭中得到延展和扩大，形成强大的教育合力，争取家长对学生在家庭的表现切实负起责任，督促子女认真完成家庭作业，完成预习和自学任务，从学习、生活、做人和做事方面全方位地关心和帮助孩子，适时巩固教育成果。
为了更好地分析学习者的状况，可以采用如下途径和方法：
1、自然观察法
自然观察法是指教师在自然状态下，通过对学生的行为表现进行有目的观察与分析，从而了解学生基本情况的方法。这是了解学生的最常用的方法。
2、书面材料分析法
书面材料分析法是指教师通过阅读、分析有关记载学生情况的书面材料（包括档案资料、班级记录资料和学生个人作品、作业等）来了解学生的方法。这种方法能较全面地了解学生的历史、现状、发展变化及其未来的发展趋势。
3、谈话法
谈话法是指教师根据一定的目的要求，通过与学生口头交谈的方式，了解学生的内心活动。这种方法有利于教师了解学生的情况，也有利于师生双方的情感交流。
4、调查研究法
调查研究法指教师借助一定的方法和手段，对学生课内外和校内外的生活环境与各种表现进行有计划的全面系统考察，从而了解学生，发现问题并研究解决问题的策略的方法。这种方法有利于深入了解学生的情况，发现各种关系与联系。
5、测验法
测验法是通过诊断性（摸底性）测验了解学生的学习水平和存在问题，并对测试结果做出分析的方法；测验可以面向集体，也可针对部分学生和个体。
以上方法可以交错运用，但一定要讲求实效，力求客观全面。
为了确保学情研究具有可操作性、直观性、规范性和量性，笔者初步设计了下列图表，可供教师分析研究学情之用。
学情研究结果评估简表
|
项目 |
知识
储备 |
智力
水平 |
动机
兴趣 |
学习
习惯 |
主观
努力 |
家庭
背景 |
综合
结果 |
|
等次 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
前六项之和 |
|
|
此图表适宜于对单个学生、某门课程、某一班级、甚至整个学校的学情进行分析研究和综合评估，评估结果可作为教师备课和授课的原始依据，也可以作为学校管理和决策的参考依据。
切记，一个教育者最大的悲哀和失败莫过于不熟悉自己的教育对象而对牛弹琴，事倍功半，最后落个出力不讨好的下场。
5、高中英语写作理论与实践
第五章 高考篇
1、我的高考观
亲历高考辅导近三十个春秋，饱尝苦辣酸甜，五味杂陈。成功的喜悦有之,走过的弯路不少，教训多多，感慨系之。爱之深，责之切。因之，一些理性的思考和深层的认识便挥之不去，久久难以释怀。现痛下决心，做以反思和小结，一吐为快。一则力争在今后的工作中不重蹈覆辙，以利再战，二则希望能引起同仁的共鸣，高山流水，岂不快哉？
一、高考是一项错综复杂的系统工程，也是一场旷日持久的战争。
从横向看，某一地区的社会环境、历史渊源、地域特征、人文积淀、民风民俗、政府部门、考生的家庭背景和学校教育质量都或有形或无形、或直接或间接地影响着高考。比如，有些地方崇文，有些地方尚武，有些地方重商，有些地方尊师，有些地方提出“科教兴县”的发展战略，有些地方提出“商贸兴县”，有些地方提出“旅游兴县”等。因此，可以说高考不只是学校和高三师生的高考，而是全社会和全民的高考。社会、政府、家长、学校、老师和学生这六方面必须形成强大的合力，心往一处想，劲往一处使，才能夺取高考的全面胜利。
单就学校内部一方面而言，也需要各部门之间、各学科之间、班主任与科任老师之间和师生之间的横向联系，密切配合，良性互动和协同作战。哪怕是一个环节、一个链条上出现了疏漏，都可能引起一系列连锁反应而功亏一篑，满盘皆输。比如，如果有一门高考科目成绩偏低，是明显的弱科，那么高考这个木桶的容量，就被弱科这个最短的板子制约。
抗战八年，名曰持久战。高考说远一点，周期为十二年。所以如果把高考称为“持久战”，那肯定是名副其实，当之无愧。高考的决定因素我认为是小学阶段，小学正是开发智力、激发兴趣、培养习惯、树立理想的最佳时期。难怪德国有民谚“一个民族的命运在小学的课堂里已经决定”。因此，从长远来看，高考要取得大面积的丰收，就必须从小学抓起，“从娃娃抓起”。这也符合中国的古训“千里之行，始于足下”。
常惯的现象是在有些地区，每年到了高考前夕，社会的方方面面才如梦方醒，仓促上阵，政府的主管领导从百忙之中抽出时间，深入实际，深入基层调研、督导、检查、慰问。家长才会忙中偷闲，关心子女的学业，和老师开始接触联系，两眼直勾勾地盯着每次的高考模拟分数，如果子女高考有望，才肯投入财力物力。也在这时有些学校惊慌失措，方寸大乱，这又何苦呢？早知今日，何必当初呢？所以我们提倡高考要全民动员，尽早动手，从长计议，一年高考，十年模拟。高考是接力赛，是马拉松长跑赛，是薪火相传、前赴后继的事业，不可一蹴而就，一劳永逸，立竿见影。
二、高考是政绩工程，也是形象工程，更是产业工程。
党政领导的政绩观和政府对教育、高考的重视程度也是一个很重要的示风标和指挥棒。在自然条件好、资源能源丰富、经济相对发达的地区，官员创造政绩的渠道和途径是多元化的、是有选择性的；因此，反倒是一些全国知名的贫困县成为状元县、高考大县、文化教育大县，因为在他们看来，教育和高考才是他们的优势，才是他们的突破点和亮点。例如，甘肃的静宁和会宁县、湖北的黄冈、河北的衡水、山东的兖州和昌乐、江苏的栟茶、云南的曲靖都创造出了教育和高考的奇迹和神话，而这些地方基本属于县级行政区，经济相对滞后，有些中学还地处农村地区。
在全国一些著名的高考大县，教育和高考已经成为拉动内需、刺激消费、解决就业、辐射经济的庞大产业链。比如，刚一个品牌的高考辅导资料，从编创、印刷到推销不知有多少人从中获益。再比如，高考也成就了一大批专家能手，他们著书立说，讲学研讨，介绍经验，不但个人收入不菲，而且拉动了交通、食宿、印刷等行业。某一高考状元中学的老师，三分之二的名师常年赴全国各地，乘飞机巡回讲学，传经送宝，深受邀请单位的欢迎，互利互赢，何乐而不为呢？
甘肃静宁县领导和人民认为，考取一个重点大学，就等于解决一个人的就业，也等于缓解当地的就业压力，就等于帮助一个家庭脱贫，这种脱贫不光是指经济上的，而是指智力上和信息上的。因为走出大山、进入大都市的大学学子，在学业有成、事业有成以后，一般都会千方百计地从信息上、知识上、政策上回报家乡，支持带动故乡的建设，这就形成了一个良性循环，世代相传。
高考也是一个地区人文、历史、民智的形象标志。在海内外、在北京中关村创业发展的会宁人成千上万，这难道不是当地历届政府造福子孙后代的千秋政绩吗？这难道不是最能代表会宁人勤劳、智慧的形象工程吗？
三、高考是一场高科技含量的信息化大战
高考是学问，是科学，而且科技含量很高。光凭主观愿望和一腔热情是远远不够的，必须依靠真才实学、真枪实弹。暂且不论文化知识和课本内容是科学，单就高考辅导这一过程而言，就必须做到：采取科学的态度，即实事求是的态度，因时因地因人制宜，正确定位；采用科学的方法，即遵循人类认知规律、青少年身心发展规律、教育教学规律这三大规律；弘扬科学精神，即严谨、探究、创新。
高考还是一门艺术，苦干实干是基本的，也是必须的。与此同时，更应该提倡巧干。巧干是艺术，是讲求实效，提高单位时间内的效率，科学应考。这就决定了高考辅导不能蛮干，不能傻干，不能胡来，切忌死拼气力。高考不是挖牛粪，高考靠的是智慧，是脑力劳动为主，体力劳动为辅。不要把高考辅导弄成重体力活，高考是脑子里面要出活，不是看谁劲大，熬得时间长。
办教育、抓高考如烹小鲜。最忌讳的是大手笔，大动作，穷折腾，瞎鼓捣，朝令夕改。高考不需要太多的花样翻新、花里呼哨，抓高考要心平气和、不急不躁、踏踏实实、按部就班。领导要有大将风度，临危不乱，沉着冷静。
不知从什么时间开始，在全国范围内普遍出现了这么一种现象：在高考辅导中，各地竞相展开了无节制地延长复习时间的竞赛。星期六补课不够，星期天还必须占用；暑假补课不够，寒假还得占用；他大年正月初八开始补课，你正月初六补课，我正月初三补课，这样做显而易见严重违背了青少年身心发展和教育教学规律。暴露出来的恶果是学生一接到高校录取通知书就像接到了刑满释放证，一踏入大学的校门，部分学生就开始厌学、逃课、挂课、自暴自弃、放纵、辍学，结果自毁前程。
高考辅导中，占有信息和讲求科学同等重要。谁掌握了信息谁就掌握了主动权和制高点。信息从何而来呢？答案是解读高校招生政策，研读考纲考试说明，潜心钻研高中教材，精选高考备考资料，建立高考模拟题库，建立高考信息库，积极参与研讨交流，加强和兄弟地区的沟通，采取“走出去，请进来”的方法，如饥似渴地吸取最新信息、最新动态。信息通道如果畅通无阻，可以避免走弯路，白费力，也就提高了复习效率。信息不灵，犹如“盲人骑瞎马，夜半临深池”。
四、高考不仅是学生智力上的较量，而且更是体质和心态上的拼搏。
经验告诉我们，当高考进入每年的四、五月份的冲刺阶段时，学生是在拼体质、拼意志、拼心理素质。最终胜出的往往是那些体格健壮、不三天两头闹病头疼的、有定力、有耐力、有持久力、有爆发力、有潜力的学生，是那些心态好、状态好、发挥正常、不怯场、不晕堂、笑傲高考的少男少女。
我无怨无悔、矢志不移地坚持“六好”学生的论断，那就是高三学生必须做到吃好、睡好、玩好、学好、考好、把志愿报好。正如一个英语谚语所言：Play hard and study hard.
做到吃好绝非易事，特别对贫困生而言，吃好还是奢望。早餐吃好是重中之重。高考复习最耗费体力，而早晨是用脑时间最长，体能支出最多的时段。如果营养得不到有力保障，势必影响到复习效果，更可怕的是会损害学生的健康。政府、教育行政部门、学校、家长、老师要关心教育、关爱学生，首先请从关注高考学生的营养早餐开始。吃好要拜托家长去抓落实，因为谁生的孩子谁最疼爱。
睡好是科学，不是沽名钓誉、骇世惊俗和卖乖讨好。考生如果每天不能确保8个小时的优质睡眠，师生所做的一切努力几乎白搭。成人对这一点体会最深，那么为什么就不让孩子好好睡8个小时觉呢？高三学生每晚最迟11点钟就要进入深度睡眠，早上6点起床，中午从1点到2点，再午休一个小时，这样头清眼亮、精神抖擞地学习一个小时超过头昏眼花、昏昏沉沉学习两个小时的效果。
玩好完全取决于学生，每天见缝插针地保证一个小时的体育锻炼的时间是合算的，也是值得的。认认真真地做好早操、课间操、眼保健操，跑跑步，打打球。高考要学会忙中偷闲，苦中作乐。别人可以不关爱我们，难道不允许我们自己关爱自己吗？有远见的教育家更关心学生的身心健康。打疲劳战，打高耗能战遗患无穷。
以青少年的身心健康为代价而取得的高考辉煌是自杀式的，是畸形的，也是得不偿失的。青少年中高度近视戴眼镜的，萎靡不振的，驼背弯腰的，少年白头的，在操场，课堂，考场晕倒昏过去的，面黄肌瘦豆芽菜式的，小胖墩式的，弱不禁风的，体质差的，抵抗力和免疫力下降的，营养不良的，脑神经衰弱的，神情呆滞的，灵气消失殆尽的，酗酒抽烟的，网络成瘾的，抑郁自闭的，心理障碍的，心智不全的，人格扭曲的，反社会心理的最近几年呈现不断上升的趋势。耳闻目睹这些触目惊心的现状，有志之士无不为之忧心忡忡，无不为之奔走、呼吁、呐喊：救救孩子！救救中国！教育改革、高考改革刻不容缓，迫在眉睫!
有一个令人欣慰的趋势就是在最近几年，各地越来越重视考生的心理疏导工作。有些学校配备了专职的心理辅导老师，开设了心理咨询室，以便帮助考生克服紧张、焦虑、浮躁的情绪，释放心理压力，调节心态。只有考生以更加自信、更加平和、更加轻松的心态去积极应考，才能考出超常的成绩。
五、高考成绩是中学教师核心价值和成就的体现和标志。
一方面，高中教师是骡子是马，只要拉出来在高考辅导工作中溜一溜便见分晓。多年参与高考辅导最能检验一个教师的悟性、灵性、学识、胆识、意志力、应变能力和体力。高中一轮小循环带下来，一个年富力强的教师就像穿越沙漠的骆驼一样，背上的两个驼峰一下子就耷拉了下来，身体就像虚脱了一般。因此一个高中教师，尤其是前途无量、大有作为的青年教师一定要在高考中建功立业、最大程度地实现自己的事业价值。那么凭什么 在高考辅导中大显身手，一展宏图呢？首推无私的奉献精神、对考生博大的关爱、敬业爱岗、强烈的求知欲和探索欲、过硬的业务素质、良好的心态、充沛旺盛的精力、过人的悟性和坚定不移的意志。古人讲“名师出高徒”，今人反其义而用之曰“高徒出名师”。这样一改，天壤之别，它一针见血地揭示出了一个好教师的价值是体现在他培养的学生身上，是高徒成就了名师，而不是名师成就了高徒。
另一方面，学校在评优选模、职称考核评定、入党提干、进修深造、福利待遇等方面要大幅度地向在高考辅导中有突出贡献的老师倾斜，使他们产生成就感、自豪感、优越感。导向定位也是生产力。学校要善待高三老师，要千方百计地解决他们的后顾之忧，当好老师的坚强靠山和后盾。老师在前线冲锋陷阵，浴血奋战，领导在后方要运送枪支弹药，征粮筹款。兵家言“兵马未动，粮草先行。”此言可信。
完全中学、独立高中要牢固树立“高考是生命线，升学率是第一要务”的观念。一年三百六十五天，天天急高考之所急，想高考之所想，不敢一日有丝毫怠慢。高考是“一把手”工程，是“一把手”的头等大事，不存在谁分管、谁包级、谁问责的道理，“一把手”就是第一责任人。
六、高考是残缺美，是遗憾美。
每届高考成绩揭晓、高校录取工作尘埃落定以后，总会给高考辅导老师、学校和教育主管部门留下诸多遗憾和悔恨。这些悔恨一般是在冷清地反思、系统地总结和纵横向比较之后得出的。高考过后，静下心来，痛定思痛，自上而下、自下而上地回顾反思上届高考，教育主管部门会发现决策上、指导上的偏差；学校会发现部署安排、组织落实上的漏洞和失误。老师会茅塞顿开，认识到本来在哪个考点、哪个章节、哪个环节、哪个阶段应该做得更好一些；第一轮过教材阶段如何处理，效果应该会更好一些；第二轮专题讲练到底还存在哪些不足和欠缺；第三轮仿真模拟考练阶段应该如何筛选、评讲试卷会更高效，更理想。
反思是相当必要和重要的，目的是为了再接再厉，以指导和推动以后的高考辅导工作，发扬光大成绩和经验，吸取避免教训和失误。正是高考中有了这些残缺和遗憾，高考才放射出了美丽的光芒，正是这些不确定性和未知性，才使得高考变幻莫测，其乐无穷，也才使得人们对高考如痴如醉，乐此不疲。高考没有十全十美，没有最好，只有更好。所以一代又一代高考人才为之心力憔悴，呕心沥血，贡献聪明才智，奉献青春年华。
2、立足学情抓基础 践行课改促高考
--平凉二中2014年高考英语学科成绩分析报告
□ 王臣相
开篇说明
1.由于只有考生成绩汇总表，没有已经作答的试卷，所以只能依据成绩展开分析，有失偏颇在所难免。
2. 2014年平凉二中参加英语高考的考生，总计739名，其中文科生441位，理科生298位，包括应届生、往届生、实验班考生、平行班考生，因此，充分具备代表性、典型性、多样性、真实性。
3..涉及试题的评价部分，笔者随机听取和采集了部分高三老师、考生以及社会相关人士的意见和见解。
一，对试题的简要评价
1.试题构成
总分值为120分，其中，阅读理解4篇，15道题，分值为30分；任务型阅读理解1篇，5道题，分值为10分；完形填空1篇，20道题，分值为30分；语篇性语法填空1篇，10道题，分值为15分；短文改错1篇，10道题，分值为10分；书面表达1篇，分值为25分。卷面得分乘以1.25，即为最终得分。
2.试题的亮点
1）2014年高考英语试题是甘肃省全面实施高中新课程实验改革以来的第二次高考试题，和2013年的试题既有相同之处，又有不同之处。相同之处是都没有考查听力理解，不同之处是2014年考题用语篇型语法填空代替了词汇语法单项选择题。所以2014年高考英语试题不同于恢复高考制度以来任何一年的高考题。
2）稳中求变，变中出新。忠实地凸显了新课程标准的要求。2014年高考英语题型最大的变化就是用语篇型语法填空取代了单项语法选择填空。考试成绩表明，学生很快适应并擅长了这一题型。
3）语篇立意，语境立意，能力立意，综合运用立意。无论是对阅读能力、写作能力，还是对语言知识、语法知识的考查，都是放在语篇的背景下进行，在具体的语境中加以考查。最典型的例子莫过于语篇性语法填空这一题型。
4）难度稳中有降，适合中等及偏上水平的考生尽情发挥。例如，2014年的完形填空就比2013年的简单许多。去年的完形填空，文章讲述的是飞机起落架与外科医生职业的关系。不管是生活经历、文章的逻辑关系，还是语言水平、专业用语等，都远远超出学生的认知水平，且文章中说理议论多于情节的记叙，学生无情节线索可循，就是连猜带蒙也无从下手。今年的完形填空，文章讲述的是一个登山遇险的故事，情节脉络清晰，阅读起来顺畅，无论是生活阅历、逻辑关系、语言水平都非常贴近学生实际，加之叙事多于议论，故事性强，有一定的趣味性，最典型的夹叙夹议、叙多议少的文本，学生起码读得懂，读得下去，做题也就八九不离十。衡量一套英语试题命制的质量高低的最重要的一个标准就是完形填空题选文得是否恰当。2014年的英语高考题出得高明，因为完形填空很理想。再如，书面表达，去年要求描述“中国结”，属于说明文范畴，试题有一定难度。一方面内容超出部分学生生活阅历，有些学生甚至于不知道中国结为何物，另一方面语言知识超出学生认知水平，比如相关节日的专门术语、汉语特有的语汇，这都给学生正常发挥人为地制造了障碍。2014年的英语作文要求是这样的：英文报社向中学生征文，主题是展望十年后的家庭社会生活。这是一篇典型的半开放、指导性的作文，文体没有严格的限制。它的高明之处在于：再差再笨的考生都有话可说；考生可以选择适合自己水平的语言，或简单或复杂，只要能够比较准确地表达清楚自己的思想、感情、观点，就可以写出一篇起码达到及格成绩的英语短文，所以可操作性特别强，有处下笔，言之有物。书面表达是今年高考题型中区分度、信度、效度最高的题型，学生成绩因为此题而拉开了三六九等。
5）考查基础知识、基本技能、综合运用语言能力的知识点、语言点、考点覆盖面广，考点具有典型性、基础性、交际实用性。这一点在语篇性语法填空和短文改错两个题型中体现得尤为淋漓尽致。
语篇性语法填空考点分值分布示意图
|
序号 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
考点 |
动名词 |
连词 |
分词 |
介词 |
时态 |
不定式 |
动名词 |
时态 |
物主代词 |
副词 |
|
分值 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
1.5分 |
短文改错考点分值分布示意图
|
序号 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
考点 |
There be |
时态 |
限定词 |
介词 |
复数 |
时态 |
冠词 |
时态 |
短语 |
形容词 |
|
分值 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
1分 |
3.试题的缺憾和不足
1）甘肃高考英语中不考查听力理解和口语，势必导致日常教学中功利性的弃教弃练。这对于学生未来的发展无异于一场灾难。听说读写四项能力就砍掉了前两项，考生将来要考研、考四六级、出国留学等，听力和口语永远是他们的劣势。这也是对新课程实验改革的肆意亵渎和践踏，整整三年都在培养听说读写的能力，高考的时候就剩读和写，岂仅一个遗憾了得？
2）卷面分乘以1.25等于最后得分的作法，加剧了马太效应，造成了不公平竞争，使得听力和口语不大灵光、书面英语和语法知识擅长的考生大占便宜。这一局面以后一定要扭转过来，否则会导致英语教和学的偏差，遗害匪浅。。
二、对成绩的分析
平凉二中高三全年级文科参加考试学生441名，及格人数238名，及格率为53.97% ；全年级理科参加考试学生298名，及格人数110名，及格率为36.91%。
其中高三（3）应届文科实验班，参加考试人数49人，及格38人，及格率高达77.55%；高三（4）应届理科实验班，参加考试人数49人，及格25人，及格率为51%。
全校文化课文科生上普本线的人数为50人，及格49人，及格率高达98%；文化课理科生上普本线的人数为51人，及格38人，及格率为74.5%。
其中全年级文科英语单科成绩最高分为135分，得主是高三（3）应届文科实验班的王乐同学，理科英语单科成绩最高分为127分，得主是高三（2）应届理科实验班的张霏霏同学。
三、几个基本结论
1.文科生的高考英语成绩和理科生的成绩相比较，占绝对优势。
2. 实验班的高考英语成绩和平行班的成绩相比较，占绝对优势。
3. 高考总成绩要达到普通本科录取线，英语单科成绩最起码必须在及格成绩以上。
4.既然是新课程实验背景下的高考，高考又忠实地体现了新课程实验，那就必须不折不扣地实施、践行、完成新课程实验。
5.高考英语试题不偏、不怪、不难，比高考前的任何一次诊断题、模拟题、甚至月考题都简单容易，因此，高考英语成绩是高三学生考试历史上发挥最超常的成绩。不断给学生灌输这一概念，有助于克服学生对高考的恐慌心理。
6.从试题分析不难看出，高考英语对语法知识的考查，无论从深度还是广度，都有明显的大幅度的降低，诸如名词性从句、副词性从句、形容词性从句、强调句型、部分倒装、虚拟语气、反意疑问句等高中阶段的重点经典语法或显性地或隐形地都没有考查到或涉及到。
四、对教学的建议
依据上文对试题和成绩的简要分析，以及得出的基本结论，笔者建议如下：
1.向新课程实验改革要成绩、要质量、要高考升学率，将新课程实验进行到底，引向深入持久广泛。反复研读新课程实验标准，反复解读考试说明，深入钻研新课程实验教材，是非常必要的。
2.向广大学习者要教育教学质量，自始至终把学生挂在心上，抓在手上，乘新课程实验改革的顺风，着力培养学生的自主学习、合作学习、探究学习的能力，实验班的成绩稍微好一点，不是因为老师有多么高明，而是因为实验班的学生学习自觉性、积极性、主动性比较高，学习刻苦认真。
3.向基础知识、基本技能、高频核心词汇、常见常用语法知识要高考成绩，从试题分析不难看出，高考题是高中阶段最简单的考试题，考查的都是一些最基础的常识性的非掌握不可的内容。平时教学必须把起点降低一点，进度放慢一点，讲解简明扼要一点，训练习题少而精一点，掉队的学生面积小一点。切忌贪多、贪快、贪高、贪难、贪深。
4.向课堂45分钟要质量，构建高效课堂教学模式。试题难度的降低，语法知识考查难度的降低，表示高考已经给高中老师和学生减轻课业负担了。我认为，中等偏上的高中生如果上课能聚精会神地听讲、练习、参与，顺利完成课堂教学任务，牢牢抓住课堂不放松，高考英语考个及格成绩那是没问题的。看来淡化早晚自习辅导、淡化周末补课、淡化节假日补课是历史的必然，是顺理成章的事了。
5.向选修模块要高考成绩。实践证明，高考要取得理想的成绩，顺序选修模块六、模块七、模块八必须认认真真、扎扎实实教好学好，这是唯一的经验之谈。
6. 向会考要高考升学率。针对平凉二中的具体学情，以学业水平测试（俗称“会考”）促进高考、引领高考、保障高考。试设想，假如一个学生靠真才实学，在学业水平测试中能够取得A等的成绩，高考还会有什么问题呢？这是一个相辅相成、相得益彰的关系。
第六章 学法篇
1、英语难学好，难在何处？如何应对？
许多中学生及其家长感觉到英语难学，尽管学生费了九牛二虎之力，花了大量时间，甚至请家教补习，但是成绩总不尽如人意，英语成了一门投入高、产出低、出力不讨好的功课。有一些成年人，由于英语学得不好，其升学、求职、就业、职称晋升、出国深造等都不同程度地受到了影响，所以英语难学便成了一些中国人的共识。那么英语难学，到底难在什么地方？应该如何扫除这些“拦路虎”和“绊脚石”，才能多、快、好、省地学好英语呢？笔者根据亲身经历和多年的观察思考，并在学生中调研、交流，通过梳理、归纳、分析，综合得出结论如下
一、英语不易学好的根源
1、单词难记，耗时多、见效慢、遗忘得太快。
2、语法入门难，概念似是而非、知识一知半解，学得不系统、不扎实、支离破碎、杂乱无章。
3、英语中有些语言现象是特有而汉语中没有的，学生难以在短期内形成概念并建立起知识体系。
4、英语和汉语在某些方面差异太大，相互干扰，而且英语本身的例外和不规律的现象太多，所以要形成英语思维方式、获得语感便困难重重。
5、苦于缺乏逼真的学习环境，在被汉语包围的虚拟环境中艰难探索。
6、中学英语教材起点高、跨度大、难度大、要求过高、内容繁杂、语言点复现率低，所以学生始终处在“吃不了”、“夹生饭”、“消化不良”的状态。
7、初中甚至小学英语基础不扎实，启蒙教育不得当。先天不足，“欠帐”太多，积重难返。
8、完形填空、短文改错、书面表达等高考题型，解题不得要领，进步缓慢、得分偏低、直接影响英语成绩。
9、中学生在校内外课业负担过重，被其它功课压得喘不过气，用来学英语的时间不够。
10、师资力量参差不齐，地区与地区之间不平衡，初中与高中之间不平衡，教师队伍没有可持续性。有些学生一生碰不上一个好英语老师。
11、学习方法不科学，没有良好的学习习惯，得不到及时的学法指点和帮助。
12、主观努力不够，功夫不到家，付出还远远没有达到学好英语所要求的程度。
13、智力因素的制约，有些学生对语言学习不敏感，天资欠缺、悟性不高，记忆力、模仿力、想象力、理解能力等有待进一步挖掘和启迪。
14、缺乏恒心、缺乏毅力、忽热忽冷、半途而废、不能坚持到底。
15、对英语没有持久的兴趣、没有一往情深的热爱，从而学习上缺乏决心、源源不断的动力和明确的目标。
二、应对的方法和策略
1、如何记忆单词
记住的单词容易遗忘，这再正常不过了，学习就是跟遗忘作斗争。克服遗忘的方法就是提高单词的复现率，即“记了就忘，忘了再记。”不妨尝试以下一些方法和技巧。
（1）单词的音、形、义、性、用一起记，也就是说记牢一个单词包括记住它的读音、拼写、意思、词性、用法。如果只孤立地记单词拼写，往往很快就会忘记。要特别注意一词多义和一词多性现象。比如sink、safe、seal、spring这一类的词。
（2）利用联想拓展法记单词，或利用构词法知识记单词，如前缀、后缀、派生、合成等手段。比如，学了一个动词，你必须联想到其名词、形容词、副词、同义词、近义词、反义词、关联的短语搭配、谚语、考点等，这种方法可以形象地概括为“提起一串子，放下一堆子。”以动词succeed为例，你可以联想到success、successful、successfully、 unsuccessful、succeed in doing sth、manage to do sth、 fail、failure、Failure is the mother of success等。
（3）在上下文中记单词，用生词造句，记住该词出现的句子。例如worth和worthy两个词，如果你能记住下列三个句子，那么你不但记住了它们的用法，而且你也记住了两者的区别：
①The book is worth reading once again.
②The book is worthy of being read once again.
③The book is worthy to be read once again.
（4）当遇到经常肯忘记的单词时，不要急于在课本或教材后面的词汇表中查阅，在词典中反复查阅这些易忘的词，并把音标、词性、意思、例句等抄写到生词本上，查写三五次以上，看以后还会忘记吗？例如：aboard和abroad两词，board和broad两词。
（5）分门别类、用趣味法记单词，例如，按照动物名称类记单词， rhinoceros、zebra、koala、wombat、 ape、gorilla、chimpanzee、camel、elephant、donkey等。再如，按学科名称类记单词， Chinese、maths、English、history、geography、politics、 physics、chemistry、biology等。
（6）利用同音、谐音、押韵等听觉刺激手段帮助记单词，例如：examination、invention、communication、competition、investigation、explanation、question、 suggestion 。再如：father、mother、brother、each other、one another 等.
（7）利用口诀、儿歌、顺口溜等记单词，例如，英语中，以o结尾的可数名词复数形式，有些在后面加-s构成，有些在后面加-es构成,记忆时比较困难,也容易混淆，但是如果你能记住这个口诀，那么加-es构成复数的这些单词，你就很容易地记住了，即“黑人英雄坐在火山上吃土豆和西红柿”，意思是：Negroes、heroes、volcanoes、potatoes、tomatoes。再如，英语中有些及物动词要求后面接宾语从句，宾语从句中用虚拟语气,虚拟语气用should加动词原形表示,且should经常被省略，常见的动词编成一个口诀是：一个“坚持”、两个“建议”、三个“命令”、四个“要求”，这些动词是：insist、 suggest 、propose、 order 、command、 ask 、demand 、request、 advise、 require.
（8）利用简单的英语解释帮助记单词，这既可以扩充词汇量，又可以培养语感、养成英语思维方式，例如：account=a detailed description of an event; pond=a small area of fresh water；translator=someone whose job is to change one written language into another；acquire=gain knowledge or learn a skill等。
（9）利用增减字母，拆合重组单词等方法记单词,例如：man+age=manage、manage+r=manager、manage+ment=management .再如：读一读这三个单词，并想一想它们的意思：address、arrest、 accompany，然而拿掉前两个字母，再读一读、想一想它们的意思。
（10）大部分学生背记单词时，只用眼睛看、用嘴读、然后一个字母一个字母地读着记拼写，这种方法和习惯不好。应该边读、边写、边记，嘴、眼、手、脑并用。要写着记，不要只读着记。
另外，教师要充分认识到词汇量在英语学习中的重要性，可以说没有词汇量，就没有英语水平。平时教学中，要高度重视词汇教学，彰显词汇教学特色，千方百计、不择手段地帮助学生朗读、记忆、听写、默写单词，并确保完成足够量的词汇练习题。千万不要想当然地认为背记单词是学生的事。
2、如何学好英语语法
第一步：点滴积累，夯实基础
中学生第一遍学语法应该以课本内容为主，根据教材语法项目的编排顺序和体系，由易到难、由浅入深、由简到繁，从一般到特殊、一步一个脚印、稳扎稳打、逐项逐条积累，建立语法概念、构建知识框架、奠定语法基础。在中学阶段能够掌握最基本的语法知识就足够了，如：十大词类、句子成份、简单句的五种句型、并列句、主从复合句中的各种从句，时态、语态等词法知识、常见的特殊句式。在这一阶段，当然还需要完成一定量的与之配套的语法练习。
第二步：巩固基础，提升拔高
进入第二轮语法学习时，在掌握了基础的语法之上，选择一本中型的语法书精读通读，旨在使前一阶段学习的知识系统化、立体化、网状化。权威经典的中级语法著作有《中学英语语法》（外研社出版）、《英语语法手册》（薄冰著）、《实用英语语法》（张道真著）、《新编英语语法手册》（章, 振邦著）。在通读语法著作的同时，要做大量的习题，以做题为主。
第三步：查缺补漏，强化升华
在第三轮的学习阶段，主要是做大量的中级水平的语法练习题，分专项钻研一些有难度的内容，例如：虚拟语气、主谓一致、动词的非谓语形式、反意疑问句、倒装等项目，旨在使语法知识上台阶、上水平。方法是以做习题带动读语法著作、促进查阅语法书。到了这一境界，不知道的、弄不懂的语法现象已经是小部分，这时你可以回过头来在语法著作中查阅、自学，语法书已经成了你案头的工具书，只要勤查阅，就可以解决绝大部分的疑问。
当你完成了这三轮的语法学习、练习、钻研后，就已经为你日后英语专业或高校深造的学习奠定了坚实、系统的基础。
3、求同存异，苦干巧干，挑“小头”学
（1）英语中独有而汉语中没有的语言现象：a、冠词；b、复杂的词形变化，如单复数、时态、语态、语气、动词的非谓语形式、形容词、副词的级别变化；c、代词的种类、动词的种类及其用法；d、系、助、情态、实义动词的变化及用法；e、主谓一致
（2）英汉两种语言，差异比较大的方面：a、词序语序，如：时间、地点状语的排列顺序以及在句子中的位置、一般疑问句、特殊疑问句、强调句、倒装句的语序；b、复杂句式、长句难句、多种主从复合句；c、英语中本身具有的特殊现象、例外、不规则变化、习惯用法和固定搭配，最典型的例证就是“动词的不规则变化”。
（3）总体而言，英汉两种语言相同的、相通的、相似的东西占大部分，英语中独有或和汉语差异很大的现象占小部分，因此学习英语时，两者相同的部分可以一带而过，稍加注意既可。学习英语其实就是学习和汉语中不一样的东西，要拣“小头”学。在特殊的地方多花时间、多费气力、多探讨、多钻研，给予特殊的关注；对于例外的内容、考点、重点、难点就要格外地小心。对于英汉两种语言中的差异，必须具有高度的悟性和敏感性，例如，英语中时间状语和地点状语的前后排列顺序和汉语差异较大，并且在句子中的位置也很灵活，对此学生就应该敏锐地捕捉到并多加防范，看例句：
①On April 14,1963,I was born in a small mountain village in Jingchuan County， Gansu Province, Northwest of China.
②Sometimes he watches TV at home.
He sometimes watches TV at home.
He watches TV at home sometimes.
4、如何提高“完形填空”、“短文改错”、“书面表达”等高考题型的成绩
A、成绩偏低的原因：（1）词汇、搭配、句式、语法等基础知识不扎实、不过关；（2）理解能力、想象力、悟性跟不上，即智力因素的局限；（3）生活阅历和知识面有限、背景知识匮乏；（4）汉语水平有限、受母语干扰严重，利用汉语思维；（5）主观努力不够、功夫不到家、做的练习题太少、题量不到位；（6）没有积累够必要的解题技巧、做题速度太慢。
B、找到了原因和根源后，应对的方法就迎刃而解，水到渠成：
（1）加强词汇、句型、语法教学，夯实基础，“一年高考，三年考练”；（2）增加信息量，加大练习量，强化语言输入，多做练习，练速度、练技巧、熟能生巧；（3）以勤奋弥补智力上的不足，发扬“人一之，我十之；人十之，我百之。”的苦学精神，加倍努力地记单词、写句子、背课文；4）建立常错、易错题档案或使用纠错本或纠错卡片等，知错就改，提高纠错能力，确保相同或相似的错误不三番五次地再犯；（5）书面表达可以采取套写、仿写来练习，经常背诵、默写足量的范文也很有益处，如果能够背诵出百词短文100篇，估计英语短文写作就不必发愁。
5、如何营造浓厚、逼真、适宜的英语学习环境
（1）在课堂内，老师尽量用英语授课，范读、带读生词和课文，听录音、练听力，讲英语小故事，唱英文歌曲等。
（2）在校园里，利用校园广播站播放英语录音，办墙报、黑板报、手抄报。在读报栏中，张贴英语报纸供学生课间阅读。
（3）有条件的学校，师生可以到外教主持的英语角或课堂苦练听力口语，和外教面对面地交流，接受西方文明的熏陶。
（4）在家中，听录音、看电视讲座、上网学英语、观看原版电影、把MP4、软件用到英语学习上。
（5）在家里的物品上张贴相关的英语单词卡片，在卧室悬挂语法表解挂图，张贴英语名言警句，这些做法既可以帮助记单词、背句子、学语法、又可以营造浓浓的英语学习环境。
（6）购买英语词典、工具书、参考资料，订阅英语报刊、杂志。
（7）经济条件许可的家庭，聘请家教也是一个行之有效的方法，面对面、手把手、一对一地辅导，效果肯定是格外地显著。
（8）教育局、学校、年级组、教研组经常举办各种各样的英语竞赛。
6、如何克服由非智力因素所导致的障碍
本文重点讨论兴趣、方法、努力程度、毅力和动机这几个方面对英语学习的影响。
（1）如果你深入到中学生中去作一个随机抽样问卷调查，问学生“你为什么要学英语？”，答案十有八九会是“因为考试要考英语，升高中、升大学都要考英语，并且分值是150分。”由此可见，绝大多数学习者不是兴趣所至或热爱使然，而是以实用性、功利性、应试性为动机学习英语。在这种动力不足、兴趣缺席、动机狭隘的状况下，学英语、教英语难上加难也就不足为奇了。
“兴趣是最好的老师”、“兴趣决定成败”。因此培养兴趣、提供动力、明确学习目的这一沉甸甸的课题就摆在了老师面前。学习英语的一般规律是：初学入门阶段，一哄而上，大呼隆，象一窝蜂；中途平台期，距离拉开，稀稀拉拉，象一条龙；最后出师时，寥寥无几，象金字塔顶。为什么会出现这样的怪现象呢？学生初学英语时，都感觉到好奇、好玩、新鲜、有趣，加之启蒙阶段内容难度不大，几乎所有学生都能跟上，成绩差距不是很悬殊；到了初二，课程的难度增加了，好奇心减弱了，热情随之降温，智力上力不从心，接受能力跟不上，一部分同学成绩下滑,开始掉队，进而有人逐渐索性放弃英语,因而两极分化现象越来越突出,好的更好、差的越差；一旦能挺过初二这一关，熬过平台期，三分之一有天赋、肯吃苦、有毅力、志存高远的学生就会坚持下来，经过初三一年的摸爬滚打、勤学苦练，就能到达英语学习这一金字塔的顶端。这一部分学生，由于英语是优势学科而考入理想的高中，也算功夫不负有心人。到了高中，新一轮的竞争、新一轮的打拼、新一轮的优胜劣败又在等待着他们。不难看出，学习英语多象一场马拉松长跑比赛啊！目标、动力、耐力、定力、毅力是多么地至关重要啊！
（2）我始终认为勤奋刻苦、肯下功夫是学好英语的首位的、关键的决定因素。因为英语毕竟是一门外国语，学习者受母语的干扰是不可避免的，况且是在没有真实的语言环境的情况下教和学，所以学生必须付出常人难以想象的智慧、气力、心血，方可有所收获、有所成就。学习英语非发扬古人倡导的“头悬梁，锥刺股”、“凿壁借光”、“程门立雪”的精神不可，更要“夏练三伏，冬练三九”、“曲不离口，拳不离手。”请问9O后的一代有几人能做到这些呢？
（3）如果要成功，就必须具备的另一个优秀品质是毅力和恒心。学习英语是长跑比赛，是持久战，是“冰冻三尺，非一日之寒。”坚韧不拔、锲而不舍、持之一恒要贯穿于学习英语的始终，“三天打鱼、两天晒网。”“一日曝，十日寒”、“三分钟的热情”是学习英语的大敌。俗话说得好“只要功夫深，铁棒磨成针”。要用“水滴石穿”、“绳锯木断”的精神不断激励自己，不达目的，誓不罢休。
（4）“学有方而无定方”。学习方法因人、因地、因时而宜。只要肯用功夫、目标明确、态度端正、痴迷英语、不放弃、不松劲，一定会摸索出、总结出取之不尽、用之不竭的方法。方法是从干中、从学中、从实践中得来的，而不是别人灌输的。因此只要行动起来、还怕没有好办法？
中国学生老是习惯问外教这么一个沉重的、且有挑战性的问题，“How can I learn English well?”,外教似乎成竹在胸、有备而来,他们往往很智慧、很调侃地回答道“Listen more， speak more ，read more ， write more and practise more。 ”这个答案你满意吗？你还渴望得到什么答案呢？
学习英语到底有诀窍和捷径吗？答案是肯定的，那就是：学好英语=聪明×勤奋×方法×毅力。请注意，我用的是乘号，而不是加号，个中含义你明白吗？
2、 要想学好英语，先从习惯入手
一、要有开口读说的习惯
开口说英语既是学习英语的终极目标，又是简单易行的方法之一。初学者要刻意养成课后忘情地朗读单词和课文的良好习惯。课堂上要积极踊跃地回答老师的提问，老师领读单词或课文时要很陶醉地跟读。还要争先恐后地参与老师组织的pair work、group work、 discussion、对话表演，值日生报告等活动，不失一切时机地练习口语。要把能说一口标准流利的英语看作是一件很自豪、很荣耀的赏心乐事。实践证明，很多同学英语掉队都是从不张口读、不开口说开始的。因此，学好英语的第一步，先应该从勤动嘴起步。
二、要有多听的习惯
每天保证一刻钟到半个小时听课本的录音。这既可帮助同学们熟悉单词和课文，又可校正英语发音，最重要的是可以培养语感，可谓一举多得。时间可以灵活安排，根据成功的英语学习者的经验，早晨起床后，边刷牙、洗脸，边听录音，或者在晚上就寝前听15分钟的英语，效果最佳。如果条件允许，还可以利用MP4、手机、网络、多媒体等手段，随时随地练习英语听力。有外教的学校，尽可能多地和外教面对面地交流，更是提高英语听力和口语的最佳渠道。和外教交流的价值和作用可以用一句古话概括，“与君一席话，胜读十年书”。这样坚持不懈，日久天长就会功到自然成。
三、要有动手写的习惯
俗话说得好，“眼里过千遍，不如手里过一遍”，“好记性不如烂笔头”。这足以证明写在学习中的重要作用。这包括四层含义：其一，在背记单词时，不仅是读着记，还可以一边写一边记，这样效果会更好；其二，要养成作课堂笔记的习惯，把老师讲授的内容提纲挈领地写下来，将重要例句抄写在听课笔记本上，反复揣摩，以备复习之用；其三，勤动手，认真完成教师布置的课堂或课后书面作业，书写要规范；其四，如果学有余力，每天可以造几个英语句子，甚至坚持用英语记周记或日记，既使能写出三、五个正确无误的句子也是有益的。现在的中学生中，存在这么一种现象，那就是一堂课上下来，只干坐着听，从不动笔作课堂笔记，整个一堂课连一个英语单词、句子都不写，这怎么可能学好英语呢？
四、要有背诵默写的习惯
要精通一门语言，不从事大量的艰苦的背诵记忆工作，那断然是不可能的。这是成千上万的英语学习者已经反复证明的经验。因此，学习英语的较高境界就是能把学过的课文倒背如流，信手拈来。因为你要背诵课文，就必须反复朗读，逐句钻研，整体理解，这样长期坚持，你就会逐渐地掌握英语语言的排列组合规律，养成英语思维方式，不断增强语感。我们知道，只有理解了的东西，才能更好地记忆，反之亦然，只有积累了足够的记忆，才能提高理解能力。其次还要动手默写大量的重点句式、精彩段落和经典范文。
五、要有模仿联想的习惯
学习英语对一个人的模仿能力、记忆力、想象力的要求相对较高。因此，在学习过程中，要刻意模仿老师的发音口形、语音语调，仿照例句或新句式造句，作大量的替换练习。根据学过的课文的体裁，题材套写类似的作文。例如：初一学了This is a book 这一句型后，只要用适当的单词替换a book，我们就可以造出成千上万、数不胜数的新句子。又如，学了《My Family》之类的课文后，可以根据自已的实际情况套写一篇短文，介绍自己的家庭。俗话说：“天下文章一大套，就看你会套不会套。”学习英语说穿了，其实就看你擅长不擅长套说、套写、套用，也就是说看谁模仿的本领高。
联想主要用来帮助记单词，扩充词汇量，特别到了高考总复习阶段，如果要集中突破高考词汇关，那么联想就到了大显身手的时候了。例如：复习到“act”这一词，就要联想到actor、 actress 、action 、active 、activity、 react 、reaction 等单词，以这样的方法复习单词，词汇量就会成倍成倍地激增。
六、要有预习自学的习惯
洋思模式的核心就是“先学后教，当堂训练”。那么如何指导学生“先学”呢？给学生布置具体明确、适量科学的预习任务、逐步培养学生的自学能力就是指导学生“先学”的有效途径之一。
英语学科课前预习的内容和方法相当具体、可操作性极强。这包括：(1)在上新课前，把生词读准读熟、牢记单词的音、形、义。(2)把要学习的句型、对话读熟，弄懂意思及功能，并提出疑问。(3)将老师要讲的新课文读熟，逐字逐句钻研，并全文书面翻译一遍，同时把有疑问的地方标识出来，老师讲解时能专心听讲，弄懂弄通，这样就提高了听课效率。
预习的底线是，在上新课文之前,要确保把生词记熟。学习英语最基本的习惯就是：长年累月、自觉自愿、锲而不舍地记忆生词。众所周知，词汇量是制约英语学习者听、说、读、写、译诸项能力的瓶颈之所在。一个人在英语学习的漫漫长路上能走多远，很大程度上取决于其词汇量的多寡。到了高中阶段，尤其是到了高考备考阶段，学生必须具备借助工具书、参考书达到自学英语的能力。
七、要有质疑好问的习惯
“学问学问，边学边问”和“不耻下问”说的就是质疑和请教他人在学习中所起的作用。预习功课、做习题、听老师讲课时，经常会碰到一些不懂或以前从来没有学过的知识，其中包括有些单词不认识，句型和汉语的差异较大，语法不会分析，意思难以理解，语法现象用以前所学的知识解释不通等问题，这时你就要自己先动手解决。查词典，翻资料，浏览课堂笔记。如果最终自己实在无法解决，那么就须及时地、毫不迟疑的向同学或老师请教。切忌让疑难问题堆积起来，否则日积月累，积重难返。许多同学到初二成绩下滑、明显掉队或放弃英语学习，原因之一可能就是疑难和“欠账”太多，不懂的知识已经远远超过学懂的知识，结果一发而不可收拾，从而学习再也无法继续下去了。因此，不要让疑难问题积攒下来,要零敲碎打、各个击破、不留隐患。
八、要有熟练使用工具书的习惯
经常性、习惯性地使用工具书既是一种方法又是一种能力，语言学习对使用工具书的能力要求更高一些。词典是最可靠、最忠实、最权威的老师，要学懂一门外语，翻不烂三五本中型词典，那几乎是不可能的。有一部分中学生甚至要参加高考的学生，手头连一本中型词典都不准备，这怎么可能学好英语呢？英语老师有义务向学生推介一些适合学生水平的工具书和参考书。如上海译文出版社发行的《新英汉词典》等。
九、要有博览群书和阅读的习惯
高中生特别是高三学生，在做“完形填空”或“阅读理解”等习题时，往往不是由于他的语言水平不过关，而是因为缺乏对文章的背景知识、中西方文化差异的了解而出现理解上的偏差，导致了此类试题得分不高，进步缓慢。因此，作为一个在英语上要有所作为的学习者，就必须对西方国家尤其是英美国家的历史地理、风俗习惯、风土人情、历史掌故、名人轶事等有一定的了解。要有意识地对天文地理、自然科学、百科知识有所涉猎。那么如何才能获取这些知识呢？最有效、最便利的途径就是大量阅读，博览群书，多读书，读好书，扩充自己的知识视野。在此奉劝同学们一定要学好中学的历史、地理课程，建议同学们长期订阅《读者》等人文类的书刊、报纸，从小养成阅读的习惯，这会使你一生受益无穷。
总而言之，要学好英语，就必须勤动嘴，勤用耳，勤动手，勤动脑，课前预习，课后复习，勤学好问，博览群书，滴水穿石，持之以恒。只有做到这些，才能抵达理想的彼岸。
3、 记英语单词 有方法窍门
许多中学生深感英语难学，究其根源，单词难记首当其冲。初学者记单词耗时多，见效慢，遗忘得太快是不争的事实，亦属正常现象。说穿了，学习就是跟遗忘作斗争，克服遗忘除了提高单词复现率，别无良策，忘了再记，屡忘屡记，直到牢记。根据笔者学、教英语的实践经历，推荐以下方法和技巧，期望对诸位有所启迪和帮助。
1、单词的音、形、义、性、用一起记，也就是说，记牢一个单词包括记住它的读音、拼写、意思、词性、用法。如果只孤立地记单词拼写，往往很快就会忘记。例如，seat一词,既可用作名词,又可用作动词,拼写虽简单,用法却复杂。在这种情况下，就要侧重记忆用法，记长不记短，记住相关短语、例句以及与sit一词的区别：take a seat、 take one’s seat、book a seat、be seated、sit down、seat sb/oneself on/in/at 、The cinema can seat 1000 people in all.等等。要特别注意一词多义和一词多性现象。比如，sink、safe、seal、spring这一类的词。再如，hand一词，由名词构成的短语有：give sb a hand、put up your hand, at hand等。由动词构成的短语有：hand in 、hand sth to sb、 hand over 等。
2、利用联想拓展法记单词，或利用构词法知识记单词，如前缀、后缀、派生、合成等手段。比如，学了一个动词，你必须联想到其名词、形容词、副词、同义词、近义词、反义词、关联的短语搭配、谚语、考点等，这种方法可以形象地概括为“提起一串子，放下一堆子。”以动词succeed为例，你可以联想到success、successful、successfully、 unsuccessful、succeed in doing sth、manage to do sth、 fail、failure、Failure is the mother of success等。
3、在上下文中记单词，用生词造句，记住该词出现的句子。例如worth和worthy两个词，如果你能记住下列三个句子，那么你不但记住了它们的用法，而且也记住了两者的区别：
①The book is worth reading once again.
②The book is worthy of being read once again.
③The book is worthy to be read once again.
4、当遇到经常肯忘记的单词时，不要急于在课本或教材后面的词汇表中查阅，而在词典中反复查阅这些易忘的词，并把音标、词性、意思、例句等抄写到生词本上，查写三五次以上，看以后还会忘记吗？例如：aboard和abroad两词，board和broad两词。
5、分门别类、用趣味法记单词，例如，按照动物名称类记单词，有 rhinoceros、zebra、koala、wombat、 ape、gorilla、chimpanzee、camel、elephant、donkey等。再如，按学科名称类记单词， 有Chinese、maths、English、history、geography、politics、 physics、chemistry、biology等。
6、利用同音、谐音、押韵等听觉刺激手段帮助记单词，例如，examination、invention、communication、competition、investigation、explanation、question、 suggestion 等。再如，father、mother、brother、each other、one another 等。又如，whether→weather、where→wear、 whole→hole、hear→here等成对同音词。
7、利用口诀、儿歌、顺口溜等记单词，例如，英语中，以o结尾的可数名词复数形式，有些在后面加-s构成，有些加-es构成,记忆时比较困难,也容易混淆，但是如果你能记住这个口诀，那么加-es构成复数的这些单词，你就很容易地记住了，即“黑人英雄坐在火山上吃土豆和西红柿”，意思是：Negroes、heroes、volcanoes、potatoes、tomatoes。再如，英语中有些及物动词要求后面接宾语从句，宾语从句中动词用虚拟语气,虚拟语气用should加动词原形表示,且should经常被省略，常见的动词编成一个口诀是：一个“坚持”、两个“建议”、三个“命令”、四个“要求”，这些动词是：insist、 suggest 、propose、 order 、command、 ask 、demand 、request、 advise、 require.
8、利用简单的英语解释帮助记单词，这既可以扩充词汇量，又可以培养语感、养成英语思维方式，例如：account=a detailed description of an event; pond=a small area of fresh water；translator=someone whose job is to change one written language into another；acquire=gain knowledge or learn a skill等。
9、利用增减字母，拆合重组单词等方法记单词,例如，man+age=manage、manage+r=manager、manage+ment=management .再如，读一读这三个单词，并想一想它们的意思：address、arrest、 accompany，然而拿掉前两个字母，再读一读、想一想它们的意思。
10、集中、专项突破常用、常考、拼写复杂的单词，利用“集装箱式”的方法分板块、分主题记单词。例如，一年十二个月份，从January到 December；一年四季，从 spring到 winter；一周七天，从 Sunday 到Saturday；七大洲： Europe、Asia、Africa等；四大洋：the Pacific/Atlantic/India/Arctic Ocean;国家、民族、语言名称：China、Chinese；Canada、Canadian；Australia、Australian等。把这些词汇制作成卡片，随身携带，走到哪记到哪，见缝插针地读、写、背，如果再记不住，岂不是咄咄怪事？
11、大部分学生背记单词时，只用眼睛看、用嘴读、然后一个字母一个字母地读着记拼写，这种方法和习惯不足取。应该边读、边写、边记，嘴、眼、手、脑并用。
另外，教师要充分认识到词汇量在英语学习中的重要性，可以说词汇是制约英语学习者听、说、读、写、译诸项能力的“瓶颈”之所在，一个人在英语学习的漫漫长路上能走多远，很大程度上取决于其词汇量的多寡。
平时教学中，教师要高度重视词汇教学，彰显词汇教学特色，对每单元的词汇要优化整合，解释串讲，核心词汇要举例、造句。千方百计地帮助学生朗读、记忆、听写、默写单词，并确保完成足够量的词汇练习题和测试题，千万不要想当然地认为背记单词是学生的事。同时，要刻意地、严格地培养学生良好的记忆单词的习惯：长年累月、自觉自愿、锲而不舍地记忆生词。
一言以蔽之，要想学好英语，必先突破词汇关。
4、 八步骤十六字诀难长复杂句式剖析法
第一步：诵读：书读百遍，其义自现；熟读唐诗三百首，不会写诗也会吟；当遇见英语难句长句复杂句式时，诵读几遍，它的意思就会理解十之七、八；
第二步：翻译：准确完整地、百分之一百地理解原句的意思，并且能够翻译成通顺的、地地道道的汉语；
第三步：分析：逐词逐句分析句子成分、语法结构、各种各样的主从复合句；归纳总结梳理集锦日积月累高频语言点考点知识点；
第四步：举例：结合讲解和剖析，适当地提供一两个例句，以说明验证巩固知识点；
例如：强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships. B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet.
强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1 B1 必修第一册 第一单元
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind.
强调句型 B1U3L3P59
第五步：造句：要求学生配合老师，使用关键词组、固定搭配、经典句式造句，举一反三，触类旁通；
例如：It is believed that引导的真正的主语从句：
It is believed that the custom began thousands of years ago when tea houses started cropping up along the Silk Road to provide rest for weary travelers.
It is believed that引导的真正的主语从句; It is said that引导的真正的主语从句;
It is reported that引导的真正的主语从句;
It is told that引导的真正的主语从句; It is suggested that引导的真正的主语从句;
It is proved that引导的真正的主语从句;
It is hoped that引导的真正的主语从句; It is estimated that引导的真正的主语从句;
It is discovered that引导的真正的主语从句;
It is said that a Chinese ruler called Shen Nong was the first to discover tea as a drink.
It is believed that tea was brought to Korea and Japan during the 6th and 7th centuries.
（人教版九全一册Unit 3 P43 3a 阅读课文）
It is said that thirteen is an unlucky number in many Western countries. （人教版九全一册 P121 课文注释）
第六步：仿写：要求学生当堂模仿老师详细解析的语法结构和经典句式，套写同一类型、同一结构的新句子；照猫画虎，依葫芦画瓢；天下文章一大套，就看你会套不会套；
What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read, speak and write in English. What引导主语从句+be（系动词）+ that引导表语从句。
仿写新句：1What surprised me most was that I saw some villagers sitting at the back of our classroom.
2What impressed me most was that the professor could speak English fluently,operate the computer skillfully,drive a car smoothly, live stream wonderfully and swim in the pool beautifully.
3What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
第七步：背记：要求学生在早自习晚自习课余时间朗读背记并且互相盯背、互相听写原英语难句长句复杂句式，达到滚瓜烂熟，倒背如流；读书破万卷，下笔如有神。
第八步：默写：要求学生能够准确熟练地默写原英语难句长句复杂句式；这才是句型教学的最高境界，也为英语写作和解答各级各类考试中的书面表达试题奠定了坚实的基础。
一言以蔽之，八步骤十六字诀剖析法：诵读；翻译；分析；举例；造句；仿写；背记；默写。
5、 高考英语“语法填空”解题诀窍
第一遍：不要急急忙忙动手填写，首先带着“空缺”全文默读一遍短文，目的有三：掌握主旨要义；感受难易程度；了解考点覆盖；
第二遍：再次通篇默念短文，顺便填写一眼就能看出来并确信无疑的答案。通常情况下，全文有3到5处这种小题；
第三遍：反复阅读有一定的难度、区分度或把握性不大的难句长句复杂句式，通过分析、推敲，结合上下文语言环境，作出合理的猜测，能够准确填写3处左右的中等偏上的小题；
第四遍：实践经验反复证明，每一篇高考真题“语法填空”短文中，总有那么两三处拔高筛选的、让考生无从下手的偏难小题。应对的诀窍是，不要放弃，不要留下空白，连猜带蒙地把空白填全填满。语法填空试题做得足够多了，你就会恍然大悟，茅塞顿开。经常反复填写的就那么百十来个屈指可数的单词：
1、冠词：a an the;
2、数词：序数词：first second third fifth eighth ninth twelfth;
3、介词：as at in on by of for from to；
4、连词：and but or so for；either...or... neither...nor... not only...but also...;
5、从句：
1定语从句：that which who whom whose as when where why；
2状语从句：when while before after since until if unless because as though although so that in order that so...that... ；
3名词性从句：that what which whom whose where when how why if whether；
6、代词： I me my mine myself；we us our ours ourselves; he him his his himself; they them their theirs themselves;
7、名词：单数变复数；普通格变所有格；
8、形容词副词：原级；比较级；最高级；good/well→ better→ the best; bad/ill→worse→the worst;
big→bigger→the biggest; interesting→ more interesting→the most interesting;
9、动词：
1时态 2被动语态 3非谓语动词（动词的非谓语形式）→不定式、现在分词、动名词、过去分词；
10、构词法:
1派生：前缀和后缀 2转换 water n.→water v.; hand n.→hand v. 3合成；blackboard everything;
词类转换：1动词转换为名词 2名词转换为形容词 3形容词转换为副词 4反义词;
succeed v.→success n.→successful adj.→successfully adv.;
success n.→failure n.; polite adj→impolite adj.
第五遍：最终，带着填写的全部答案，通篇朗读完整短文一遍，目的不外乎两项；一则验证文理是否通顺；二则检查笔误并纠正；
6、 高考英语听力理解考试强化训练技巧与策略
第一、听力练习的分类：
1、海听---范听---电影、歌曲、游戏、视频、广告，磨耳朵 ；
2、盲听---瞎听---无功利、不答题、不考试、不计分数地听；
3、背景音乐式听---边写作业，边做家务，边干杂事，边听英语；
4、灌耳音式听---听课本上的单词、听力和课文录音，并跟读；
5、分门别类听---专项训练---时间、日期、数字、计算、地点；
6、有针对性地听---具体信息---专业知识；
7、考试套题训练---听力考试---精听---综合全面系统；
第二、方法与技巧：
1、储备足够的国际音标、语音语调知识和技能；
2、强化锤炼心理素质，沉着冷静，从容不迫，不慌不忙，胆大心细，稳扎稳打，绝不放弃；
3、争分夺秒、聚精会神研读纸质书面试题，大胆预测；
4、脑筋急转弯---推理、换算、算账；
5、排除干扰项---莫把干扰项错当正确选项---挖坑---误入歧途；
6、换句话说---换而言之---词汇量大比拼；
7、分清对话者的男女性别；
8、弄清对话的时间、地点和场合；
9、边听边记 防止遗忘 适当笔记；
10、电话号码、房间号码等只听后三位尾号，用阿拉伯数字做笔记； 11、抢抓关键词语 细听弦外之音 推测言外之意 破解拐弯抹角；
12、参阅对照听力试题的“录音原文”，逐字逐句地听，自查自纠错误原因---不会脑筋急转弯；
13、想方设法提高理解能力 培养对所接收信息进行加工处理的能力 灵活多样加快反应能力 日积月累发展听力技能 ；
14、归根结底 标本兼治 千方百计突破词汇量，博览群书 ，博闻强记， 百科知识， 学贯中西；
15、千言万语，万语千言，说一千道一万， 一言以蔽之，多听，多听，再多听。
7、高考英语新题型---“读后续写”夺高分秘诀专题讲座
Part One 第一部分 Background/背景
8 Problems in the English Writing Assignment 英语写作八大困惑
困惑一/Problem 1 无从下手＞＞＞方法
Students do not know how and where to set about writing.
对策/Strategies：六步骤写作方法
It is suggested that the 6-step Writing Methods should be adopted.
困惑二/Problem 2 无话可说＞＞＞内容
Students have no idea or do not know what to write.
对策/Strategies：“三多” Read more, Input more and Accumulate more. No input, no output.没有输入，就没有输出; 读书破万卷 下笔如有神;
困惑三/Problem 3 “理屈词穷” ＞＞＞积淀
Students have not mastered a large enough vocabulary.
对策/Strategies： “三多” Memorize more, Use more and Review more ; 困惑四/Problem 4 错误百出＞＞＞ 水平
Students always make too many mistakes to express themselves properly.
对策/Strategies：“三多”Make more sentences, Translate more and Imitate more . 天下文章一大套，看你会套不会套。
困惑五/Problem 5 阅读障碍＞＞＞基石
Students have many barriers in reading and comprehending the original passage sometimes even misunderstand the writer.
对策/Strategies：“三多”Consult dictionaries more, Guess meanings more and Read widely .
困惑六/Problem 6 思维休眠＞＞＞根源
Students can not think out new ideas, can not brainstorm new plot , can not develop the story or can not deepen the theme.
对策/Strategies：Activate anytime, Predict bravely, Imagine reasonably, Infer scientifically and Create efficiently.
困惑七/Problem 7 时间不够＞＞＞速度
Students do not have enough time to finish the test question within the given time.
对策/Strategies：“三更” Practice more, Respond more quickly and Write much faster. As a popular proverb goes, practice makes perfect.著名谚语云，熟能生巧。
困惑八/Problem 8 得分不高＞＞＞成果
Students can not achieve high marks in different levels of examinations.
对策/Strategies：“三多” Correct more, Polish more and Improve more .
It is believed that good articles come from being corrected repeatedly. 好文章是改出来的。
Part Two第二部分 The 6-step Writing Methods
六步写作法 “读后续写”解题秘诀
Step 1 Analyze the original reading passage carefully and fully understand who the main characters are, when and where the story happened, what happened in the story, how the story developed, what the result is and why.
【以《衡水金卷先享题》B1U2 “读后续写”为例】：
|
1 |
Who |
|
|
2 |
When |
|
|
3 |
Where |
|
|
4 |
What happened |
|
|
5 |
How |
|
|
6 |
Why |
|
|
7 |
What would happen next |
|
|
Notes: |
Step 2 Predict and imagine what would happen next and how the story would end finally, brainstorm the plot and ideas in time or place order and write down the key words and phrases on your exercise-books in a logic way.
Step 3 Draw up a brief outline with the help of the above-mentioned key words and phrases.
1 、Firstly 2 、Then 3 、And then 4、Next
5 、After that 6 、Finally
Step 4 Write the first draft with the help of the outline：
Paragraph 1； Paragraph 2；
Step 5 Correct and polish the first draft as perfectly as possible 修改习作的十项评判标准：
1、content points/内容要点
2、the number of words required/词数要求
3 、the length of the paragraphs/段落长度
4 、integrity and completeness/完整性和圆满性
5 、logicality and consistency/逻辑性和一致性
6 、topic, theme and main ideas/主题思想
7 、grammar and structures/语法结构
8 、spelling/单词拼写
9 、punctuation/标点符号
10、 handwriting/书写卷面
Step 6 Copy down the final draft with beautiful handwriting and hand it in proudly.建议采用衡水体誊写，以确保卷面赏心悦目，勇夺高分；
六步写作法汉语简化版：
步骤一 研判原文 步骤二 审题构思 步骤三 罗列提纲
步骤四 起草初稿 步骤五 修改润色 步骤六 誊写定稿
Part Three 第三部分 10 Requirements for the Writing Assignment 衡量高分作文的十项要求
“读后续写”解题要求
1、通读原文要扎实
2、掌握大意须全面
3、读后续写有依据
4、语言结构要正确
5、文理逻辑要连贯
6、想象发挥要合理
7、故事情节有推进
8、主题寓意有深化
9、思想内涵有升华
10、阅读写作相辉映
Part Four 第四部分 The causes of low marks in the writing assignment “write after reading”
“读后续写”得分不高的根源
1 写作天赋 gift for writing
2 学习态度 attitude towards learning
3 英语基础 foundation for English
4 生活经历 life experiences
5 百科知识 encyclopedia knowledge
6 方法技巧 methods and techniques
7 写作习惯 writing habits
8 系统训练 systematic and special training
不良写作习惯 请勿对号入座：
1 “七不”作文法---不审题 不构思 不列提纲 不打草稿 不修改 不誊写 不复核；
2 “六无”作文---无思想 无主题 无中心 无章法 无头绪 无文采 无价值
3 “五缺乏”---缺乏理想目标 缺乏立志成才 缺乏勤学苦练 缺乏语言输入 缺乏熟能生巧。
4 抓起笔胡写一气，随心所欲，信马由缰， 漫无边际，杂乱无章，东一鎯锤，西一棒槌，东拉西扯，七拼八凑，想起那出是那出，离题万里，笑话百出，漏洞百出，前拉后扯，颠三倒四，语无伦次，言之无物，妄想“一气呵成 、一挥而就、一步到位”，实乃“挤牙膏”式作文法。
5 我们不是神童，不是天才，不是文曲星下凡。 只有实实在在学 扎扎实实练 老老实实考，才是人间正道。
Part Five 第五部分 Finish a specific writing assignment, with the help of the 6-step writing methods
采用“六步写作法”,完成一篇具体的“读后续写”作文
|
1、Who |
1、Amanda---the big sister;
2、Li--- her little sister who her parents adopted as a daughter from China over a year ago；
3、Mom；
4、Linda---her Aunt who gave Amanda the CDs last year to help her learn some Chinese； |
|
2、When & Where
|
At the mealtime In the dining-room In Li’s room
In the family room/living-room/sitting-room
In Amanda’s room At Amanda’s home in England. |
|
3、Why |
Why was Li adopted as a daughter from China over a year ago by Amanda’s parents?
Li’s parents in China abandoned/deserted Li for some reason. Something might be seriously wrong with Li’s heart. Li might be a illegitimate child. |
|
4、What would happen in the end |
Finally Li got used to the new family in a new country. The two sisters became good friends. They helped each other and got on well with each other. The family lived a happy life together ever since. |
|
|
Brainstorm the plot and ideas in time or place order
1、 Amanda learned Chinese；
2、 Amanda taught Li English；
3 、Amanda took her little sister to the park；
4、Amanda read books to Li；
5 、Amanda taught her little sister to ride a bike on the courtyard； All of them happened in the end；
6 、Li learned English from Amanda and taught Amanda Chinese；
7 、The two sisters watched Chinese cartoon films on the CDs together；
8 、They learned Chinese by watching cartoon films on the CDs；9 、They helped each other. They smiled, laughed, cried and sobbed together；
10、Amanda taught Li how to use knives, forks and spoons at table； 11、 Amanda sang songs to her little sister, drew pictures for her, and made funny faces；
All of them worked at last；
12、Amanda and Li learned Chinese by listening to and sing songs on the CDs；
13、 Amanda asked Li, “ ?”；
14、 Li answered, “ .” Li replied, “ .”
Li responded, “ .”；
15 、“ .” Mom said.
Homework for today:
A 、Write the first draft with the help of the outline.
B、 Copy down the final draft with beautiful handwriting and hand in the exercise-book proudly.
Part Six 第六部分 Appendix 附录
1、 A possible version for reference/参考答案；
2 、The original reading material or the writing assignment/阅读原文（读后续写）
3、 The story developed in time order/按照时间顺序展开故事
【以北师大版必修B1U3L3P58课文------Memories of Christmas 为例】 A possible version for reference/参考答案
“Ni hao,” Amanda said , hoping she pronounced it right. Li didn’t answer, but she didn’t shout, either. Amanda crossed the room to Li’s pink CD player. “Do you like music?” Li didn’t answer, just looking at Amanda. Amanda put the CD into the player. Voices of children filled the room. “Yi, er, san,” sang the voices on the tape. “In England, that means one, two, three,” Amanda said. She didn’t look at Li, afraid that Li would start crying and run away. When she didn’t hear any sobs, Amanda looked over at the bed and saw Li smiling. “Yi, er, san!” sang Li, clapping her hands. A few songs later, Amanda’s mom came to the door. Amanda and Li were side by side. “I found the CDs Aunt Linda gave me last year to help me learn some Chinese,” Amanda explained. “I thought that Li might know these songs.” “What a great idea!” Mom said. “Jie jie,” Li said, pointing at Amanda. Amanda felt a rush of excitement. “That means big sister.” She smiled at Li. “And you’re my mei mei.”
【以《衡水金卷先享题》B1U2 “读后续写”为例】
四、读后续写（满分30分） 阅读下面材料，根据其内容和所给段落开头语续写两段，使之构成一篇完整的短文。
Amanda felt as gray as the sky outside when she looked across the table at her little sister. Li sat on her seat, drinking from her cup. “Mom, why does Li hate me?” “Honey, she doesn’t hate you. Li is still getting used to you,” Mom said. “It’s only been two weeks.” “But look,” Amanda took a cookie off her dish and held out to Li. “Want to eat it ?” As soon as Li saw Amanda reaching over, her eyes widened. Li quickly got down from her seat and raced to her room. “See? ”Amanda sad to Mom. “I thought being a big sister would be fun. ”
Over a year ago, Amanda’s parents said that they were adopting(收养) a daughter from China, and Amanda had danced with excitement. She’d dreamed of taking her sister to the park, reading books to her, and teaching her to ride a bicycle. That hadn’t happened. “She runs away whenever I get close.” Amanda said. Mom took Amanda’s hand. “Think of how frightening it is for her. She’s in a new country with a new family.” “I just wish I knew how to help her. ” Amanda said, thinking of Li’s frightened eyes. Amanda went into the family room and sat down on the sofa. How could she help Li? She’d sung songs to her, drawn pictures for her, and made funny faces. None of them had worked. Amanda turned on the TV. She stopped to watch a film about a dog and a cat. The film was in another language. The show looked funny, but she didn’t understand any of it. It made Amanda remember when they were in China .She had gotten frustrated(沮丧的) when people talked in Chinese. That’s it. Amanda turned off the TV and sped to her room. She found the CDs Aunt Linda gave her last year to help her learn some Chinese. Amanda tiptoed(踮着脚走) to Li’s room. Looking in, Amanda saw Li curled up (蜷缩) in a ball on her bed. She could hear Li sobbing(啜泣). Amanda knocked on the open door. Li moved to the back of her bed.
注意：1、所续写短文的词数应为150左右；
2、请按如下格式在相应位置作答。
Paragraph 1 “Ni hao,” Amanda said , hoping she pronounced it right.
Paragraph 2 When she didn’t hear any sobs, Amanda looked over at the bed and saw Li smiling. The story developed in time order
【以北师大版必修B1U3L3P58课文------Memories of Christmas 为例】 1 In the middle of November 2 After Granny moved in
3 In December 4 On Christmas Eve 5 Before bed
6 On Christmas morning 7 After breakfast 8 During lunch time
9 A few weeks after that Christmas 10 Each year 11 Now
8、“三新”英语试卷应用文写作和读后续写专题讲座
“三新”是指新课标、新教材、新高考；
“新教材”是指北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教材
一、命题方向和趋势
1、体裁---应用文，电子邮件，信函；说明文；
2、内容---用英语讲好中国故事，向全世界介绍中国，传播中华优秀文化；
3、主题---主题语境
普通高中英语课程主题语境内容要求
|
主题
语境 |
主题群 |
主题语境内容要求 |
|
人与自我
|
生活与学习
做人与做事
|
1、个人、家庭、社区及学习生活；
2、健康的生活方式、积极的生活态度；
3、认识自我，丰富自我，完善自我；
4、乐于学习，善于学习，终身学习；
5、语言学习的规律、方法等；
6、优秀品行，正确的人生态度，公民义务与社会责任；
7、生命的意义与价值；
8、未来职业发展趋势，个人职业倾向、未来规划等；
9、创新与创业意识； |
|
人与社会 |
社会服务与
人际沟通
文学、艺术
与体育
历史、社会
与文化
科学与技术 |
1、良好的人际关系与社会交往；
2、公益事业与志愿服务；
3、跨文化沟通、包容与合作；
4、小说、戏剧、诗歌、传记、文学简史、经典演讲、文学名著等；
5、绘画、建筑等领域的代表性作品和人物；
6、影视、音乐等领域的概括及其发展
7、体育运动、大型体育赛事、体育与健康、体育精神；
8、不同民族文化习俗与传统节日；
9、对社会有突出贡献的人物；
10、重要国际组织与社会公益机构；
11、法律常识与法制意识等；
12、物质与非物质文化遗产；
13、社会热点问题；
14、重大政治、历史事件，文化渊源；
15、社会进步与人类文明；
16、科学发展与信息技术创新，科学精神，信息安全。 |
|
人与自然 |
自然生态
环境保护
灾害防范
宇宙探索 |
1、主要国家地理概况；
2、自然环境、自然遗产保护；
3、人与环境、人与动植物；
4、自然灾害与防范，安全意识与自我保护；
5、人类生存、社会发展与环境的关系；
6、自然科学研究成果；
7、地球与宇宙奥秘探索； |
4、语篇---语篇内容
普通高中英语课程语篇类型内容要求
|
课程类别 |
语篇类型内容要求 |
|
必修 |
1、对话、访谈；
2、记叙文，如：个人故事、人物介绍、短篇小说、童话、剧本等；
3、说明文，如：地点、事物、产品介绍等；
4、应用文，如：日记、私人信件、简历、宣传册、问卷等；
5、新闻报道，如：简讯、专题报道等；
6、新媒体语篇，如：一般网络信息、电子邮件、手机短信等；
7、其他语篇类型，如：目录或指南，表格与图示，日程表，告示牌，
地图和图例，菜单和烹饪食谱，规则，操作指令，天气预报，歌曲和
诗歌等。 |
|
选择性
必修 |
1、专题讨论、讲座、报告等；
2、记叙文，如：小说、科幻故事、幽默故事等；
3、议论文，如：论说文、评论等；
4、说明文，如：现象说明、事理阐释等；
5、应用文，如：正式书信等；
6、新媒体语篇，如：博客、知识类或科普类等网页；
7、其他语篇类型，如：散文、戏剧、寓言、影视、笑话、广告等。 |
|
选修
（提高类） |
1、专题讲座、演讲、辩论等；
2、记叙文，如：文学名著、名人传记等；
3、议论文，如：报刊社论、专栏文章、书评、影评或学术论文摘要等；
4、说明文，如：机构介绍、科技成果介绍、操作指南、使用手册等；
5、应用文正式文体，如：提议、建议、工作计划、议事日程等；
6、其他语篇类型，如：专题类文章、科研和学术报告等。 |
二、标准和要求
1、内容层面---要点齐全，信息饱满；
2、结构层面---总-分-总，结构严谨，条理清楚，层次分明；
3、语言层面---杜绝语言错误，句型灵活多变，高级词汇句式；
4、高分层面---出彩的句子，精彩的段落，多彩的见解；
三、方法和策略
1、欣赏背记默写类型美文范文；
2、分门别类、专题集中强化全真魔鬼训练；
3、突破词汇量、确保阅读量、积累输入量、积淀信息量、强化写作量、保障考练量、
挖掘输出量；No input, no output. “没有输入，就没有输出。”
四、高考英语试题第四部分“写作（共两节，满分40分）应用文写作和读后续写”
怎样才能够上档次？
在全真模拟考练中，在解答“应用文写作和读后续写”题型时，必须刻意着力
“运用高级词汇，即高中词汇；应用复杂句式（各类从句、强调句型、
倒装句、感叹句、动词的非谓语形式---不定式、现在分词、过去分词和动名词、
独立主格结构、介词with的复合结构、虚拟语气等等）；引用名人名言、警句格言、
成语谚语等等；词语句式灵活多变、丰富多彩；长短句分布均衡、贴切自然。”
在此特别倾情力荐“王臣相高中英语七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”：
所谓的“七步骤”是指在写作过程中，要一步一步地遵循七个环节，
即， 步骤一 审题立意巧构思；步骤二 遣词造句备语料；步骤三 谋篇布局列提纲；
步骤四 奋笔疾书著文章；步骤五 千锤百炼多修改；步骤六 一丝不苟誊定稿；
步骤七 孤芳自赏总复核 。
所说的“三节式”是指一篇完整的习作一般应该包括“引入话题+文章主体+
总结或升华中心”三个组成部分，或曰“总写+分写+总写”。
所谓的“三层次”是指写作过程中的三个层面，即，连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。
如何审题立意？
1、功能意念（《新课标考纲》“功能意念项目表”包括68条）；
2、话题题材（《新课标考纲》“话题项目表”包括24条）；
3、呈现方式（文字说明---提纲式、开放式、半开放式；图表解析---柱状图、
坐标图、饼状图；看图作文---图画、漫画、连环画；表格类；读写综合类---
材料阅读、先读后写、续写故事、读写结合；夹文夹图、夹文夹表。）
4、体裁格式（记叙文；应用文---电子邮件、书信、通知、日记、邀请函、演讲稿；
说明文；议论文；夹叙夹议文；命题作文；自由写作）
5、内容要点（who what where when how why）
6、词数要求 （80-120个单词）
7、特殊要求（识图 读表 背景知识 可适当增加细节 不能逐条翻译）
怎样修改作文？
1、内容要点是否齐全，有无遗漏，有无重复赘述；
2、文体、体裁、格式、风格、语汇是否相宜；
3、词数是否适当，篇幅不宜过长，也不可太短；
4、行文是否流畅，结构是否严谨，过渡是否自然，文理是否通顺，句与句、段与段
之间是否连贯；
5、语言知识、词汇句型、语法结构是否有错误；
6、大小写、单词拼写、标点符号、冠词、时态和语态以及名词单复数、主谓一致有
无笔下之误。
7、是否运用了高级词汇、复杂句式，是否引用了名言警句、成语谚语，词汇句型是否
灵活多变。
反复修改后，必须达到的最佳和最终效果是，规范优美的书写、整洁美观的卷面、
丰富绚丽的词汇、流畅严谨的结构和独到犀利的见解。
一言以蔽之，审题→构思→提纲→草稿→修改→誊写→复核；
五、写作专项突破
第一部分 写作基础
第一节 灵活实用的基本句型
第二节 整齐有致的并列句
第二部分 写作增分
第一节 吸引眼球的高级词汇
第二节 平中见奇的it句型
第三节 灵活多变的非谓语动词
第四节 绚丽多彩的复合句
第五节 与众不同的特殊句型
第六节 独树一帜的虚拟语气
第七节 连贯流畅的过渡表达
第三部分 题型突破
题型一 应用文写作
第一节 书信
（一）邀请信
（二）求助信
（三）申请信
（四）道歉信
（五）建议信
（六）事物介绍信
（七）推荐信
（八）感谢信
第二节 图标类作文
第三节 记叙文和报道
（一）叙事性记叙文和报道
（二）写人型记叙文
第四节 发言稿和倡议书
第五节 通知
题型二 读后续写
应对策略
（一）掌握必备知识
1、理清六大要素（人物、时间、地点、起因、经过、结果）
2、掌握三大线索（时间、情节、感情）
3、把握两大支点
（1）情节、伏笔、悬念；
（2）充分利用续写段的首句（试卷上给出的提示起头句）
4、把握文章主旨及故事的发展方向（逻辑上的一致性）
5、分许文章的用词特点和行文风格
（二）牢记三个原则
1、为他人做嫁衣（你不是前八十回的曹雪芹，而是后四十回的高鹗）
2、情节尽可能简洁
3、雕琢细节描写
(三) 活用“五步写作法”
五步构建，续写成功
第一步 抓大意，定主题
第二步 建双情，思细节
第三步 四句话，建框架
第四步 活表达，定语言
第五步 巧衔接，保流畅
技巧点拨
（一）八招写出漂亮口头
1、巧用副词
2、巧用形容词（短语）
3、巧用分词短语
4、巧用介词短语
5、巧用动作
6、描述感情
7、描写环境
8、巧用对话或独白
（二）三招搞定优美结尾
1、主题升华
2、首尾呼应
3、画面定格
典题精炼 Writing 1 Writing 2 Writing 3 Writing 4
Writing 5 Writing 6 Writing 7 Writing 8
第四部分 语料积累
第一节 应用文常考话题
话题一 学校生活
话题二 语言学习
话题三 环境保护
话题四 文化风俗
话题五 文娱体育
话题六 人际关系
话题七 兴趣爱好
话题八 科学技术
话题九 文学艺术
话题十 工作职业
话题十一 旅游交通
话题十二 饮食健康
第二节 读后续写分类素材
(一) 动作描写
（二）心理描写
（三）神态描写
（四）人物描写
（五）环境描写
六、师生讨论（平凉一中高三学生张泊诚）
应用文写作和读后续写的困惑和迷茫
1、在大型考试中，如果遇到前面的阅读理解试题和语言运用试题偏难的情况，最后留
给写作的时间就非常有限，只能仓促应付，能写出什么好文章呢？所以答题时间分配
至关重要；
2、语料积累不充足；提起笔来，词不达意；词语记忆不够准确熟练，似是而非；
3、考试时，一般情况下，留出40-45分钟，完成应用文写作和读后续写；即便如此，
时间还是显得很仓促，没有足够的时间修改润色；
4、英语语言关没有过好，没有形成英语思维方式，用英语单词，写汉语句式，别别
扭扭，英语不地道，句子不正宗，Chingish 比比皆是；
5、正式大考时，一旦遇到试题难度大，在解答前面试题上耗时过多，到了后半场，
一下子就慌了神，乱了阵脚，这时心理上慌慌张张、心浮气躁、乱了分寸，因此，在
解答第四部分“写作”题型时，发挥受到的严重的负面影响，得分极不理想；
七、附录
附录1 2024龙年甘肃新高考历年应用文读后续写集锦
2024年4月26日星期五下午4点05分
第一篇 2024龙年3月份 甘肃省第一次模拟诊断考试
2024年甘肃省高三月考试卷（3月）英语
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（满分15分）
假定你是李华，正在参加中学生国际交流活动，主办方请你在闭幕式上致辞，内容包括：1、表达感谢； 2、总结收获。
注意：1、写作词数应为80个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
Ladies and gentlemen,
Good morning! -------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
Thank you.
第二节 （满分25分）
阅读下面材料，根据其内容和所给段落开头语续写两段，使之构成一篇完整的短文。
The Day Mother Cried
Coming home from school that dark winter’s day so long ago, I was filled with anticipation. I had a new issue of my favorite sports magazine under my arm. Dad was at work, my sister was away, and Mother wouldn’t be home from her new job for an hour.
I was shocked into stillness by what I saw. Mother pulled into a tight ball with her face in her hands. She was crying. I had never seen her cry.
I approached cautiously and touched her shoulder. “Mother” I said. “What’s happened?”
She took a long breath and managed a weak smile. “It’s nothing, really. I’m going to lose this new job. I can’t type fast enough.”
“But you’ve only been there for three days,” I said. “You’ll catch on.” I was repeating a line she had spoken to me a hundred times when I was having trouble learning or doing something important to me. She sobbed.
I felt helpless and out of place. At the age of 16 I still assumed Mother could do anything. To provide enough income for my college two years later, Mother was crazy for ways to save money.
A few months ago, Mother arrived home with an old typewriter. It skipped between certain letters. “That’s all we can afford,” Mother said. “It’s good enough to learn on.” And from that day on, immediately after dinner, Mother would disappear into her sewing room to practice. The slow tap, tap, tap went on some nights until midnight. On Monday, she got a job as a typist at a radio station. I was not surprised but she was excited. But on Tuesday Mother looked tired and worried. I didn’t care honestly.
My shock and embarrassment at finding Mother in tears on Wednesday showed how little I understood the pressures on her. Sitting beside her on the coach, I began very slowly to understand.
“I guess we all have to fail sometimes,” Mother said quietly. I could sense her pain, I reached out and put my arms around her.
A week later Mother took a job selling dry goods at half the salary the radio station had offered. “It’s a job I can do,” she said simply.
注意：1、续写词数应为150个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
But the evening practice routine on the old green typewriter continued. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
The old green typewriter sits in my office now, unrepaired. --------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Ladies and gentlemen,
Good morning! As our international exchange program comes to a close, I would like to express my heartfelt gratitude to everyone who has made this experience possible.
Over the past five days we have had the opportunity to learn from each other, share our cultures, and form lasting friendships. It has been an eye-opening experience that has broadened our horizons and enriched our understanding of the world. We’ll leave this program with a sense of accomplishment and a desire to continue learning and growing.
Thank you.
第二节 参考范文
The Day Mother Cried
But the evening practice routine on the old green typewriter continued. Every time I passed her door at night and heard her tapping away. I knew there was something more going on in there than a woman learning to type. When I left for college two years later. Mother had an office job with better pay and more responsibility. I had to believe that in some strange way she learned as much from her moment of defeat as I did, because after graduation, when I became a newspaper reporter, she had already been a journalist with our hometown paper.
The old green typewriter sits in my office now, unrepaired. It is a souvenir. When I’m having trouble with a story and think about giving up or when I start to feel sorry for myself，I roll a piece of paper into that old machine and type, word by word painfully, just the way Mother did. What I remember then is not her failure, but her courage to go ahead. It’s the best souvenir anyone ever gave me.
第二篇 2024龙年4月份 甘肃省第二次模拟诊断考试
2024年甘肃省高三月考试卷（4月）英语
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（满分15分）
假定你是李华，联合国教科文组织（UNESCO）Anna女生下周一来你校访问，请给她写封邮件，内容包括：1、表示欢迎；2、活动安排。
注意：1、写作词数应为80个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
Dear Anna,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
Best regards,
Li Hua
第二节（满分25分）
阅读下面材料，根据其内容和所给段落开头语续写两段，使之构成一篇完整的短文。
Wilson’s dog, Jack, was energetic, six-year-old collie that would meet him every day at the trolley（电车）station when Wilson returned from work. This was a routine that had begun when Jack was a pup(小狗). The dog knew the route to and from the station like the back 0f his paw---and following that route was the highlight of his day. So when Wilson changed jobs and had to move to California, he thought it best to leave Jack at his home in Philadelphia with a relative. He explained all this to the dog upon leaving and told him that they both would have to adjust to new homes.
But Jack didn’t want a new home. He would not stay with the family he’d been left with. He returned to Wilson’s old home, even though it was boarded up, and there he passed his lonely days beside an abandoned chair in the porch(门廊). But every evening, tail wagging, he trotted(小跑) off to the trolley station. For as long as Jack had been in the world, Wilson had always taken the same trolley home from work, and Jack had been there to greet him. But evening after evening, there was no sign of the dog’s master. Confused and sad, he would return alone to the deserted house.
The dog’s depression grew. He refused the food left for him, and as the days passed, he became thinner and thinner and his ribs(肋骨) cold be seen even through his thick blond coat. But every evening, ever hopeful, he’d go to the station to meet the trolley. And every evening, he’d return to the porch more depressed than before. No one knows why Jack’s new family didn’t contact Wilson.
注意：1、续写词数应为150个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
Jack’s worsening condition did not go unnoticed. ----------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
The trolley soon took Wilson to the station. ------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Dear Anna,
I hope this email finds you well.I am Li Hua, representing my peers in our school. We are excited to welcome you here next Monday.
In the morning, we will greet you with a welcome ceremony in the school auditorium. In the afternoon, several students will share their views on education and UNESCO’s mission in a presentation. To conclude your visit, we will host a reception for you to interact with our school clubs.
We hope you like our arrangements and look forward to meeting you.
Best regards,
Li Hua
第二节 参考范文
Jack’s worsening condition did not go unnoticed. A friend who lived nearby was so upset by it that he took it upon himself to send a telegram to Wilson in California, informing him of the dog’s situation. At that, Wilson, burning with anxiety, bought a return train ticket immediately; he knew what he had to do. Upon arriving in Philadelphia, he waited several hours just in order that he could take the same trolley that he always did when coming home.
The trolley soon took Wilson to the station. Sure enough, there was Jack, waiting and watching as the passengers got off. And then suddenly there Wilson was, his beloved owner. His master had returned at last! Jack’s world was whole once again---and so was Wilson’s. Wilson later recalled, “Jack was sobbing almost like a child might sob. He was shivering all over as if he had a chill.” Wilson took his devoted dog, Jack, back to California with him. They were never separated again.
第三篇 《维克多英语》微信公众号版本
2024龙年 高考英语真题 书面表达 全国新课标I、II卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（满分15分）
假定你是李华，上周五你们班在公园上了一堂美术课。请你给英国朋友Chris写一封邮件分享这次经历，内容包括：（1）你完成的作品；（2）你的感想。
注意：1、写作词数应为80个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
Dear Chris,
------I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
Yours,
Li Hua
第二节（满分25分）
阅读下面材料，根据其内容和所给段落开头语续写两段，使之构成一篇完整的短文。
I met Gunter on a cold, wet and unforgettable evening in September. I had planned to fly to Vienna and take a bus to Prague for a conference. Due to a big storm, my flight had been delayed by an hour and a half. I touched down in Vienna just 30minutes before the departure of the last bus to Prague. The moment I got off the plane, I ran like crazy through the airport building and jumped into the first taxi on the rank without a second thought.
That was when I met Gunter. I told him where I was going, but he said he hadn’t heard of the bus station. I thought my pronunciation was the problem, so I explained again.more slowly, but he still looked confused. When I was about to give up, Gunter fished out his little phone and rang up a friend. After a heated discussion that lasted for what seemed like a century, Gunter put his phone down and started the car.
Finally, with just two minutes to spare we rolled into the bus station. Thankfully, there was a long queue(队列) still waiting to board the bus. Gunter parked the taxi behind the bus, turned around, and looked at me with a big smile on his face. “We made it,” he said.
Just then I realized that I had zero cash in my wallet. I flashed him an apologetic smile as I pulled out my Portuguese bankcard. He tried it several times, but the card machine just did not play along. A feeling of helplessness washed over me as I saw the bus queue thinning out.
At this moment, Gunter pointed towards the waiting hall of the bus station. There, at the entrance, was a cash machine. I jumped out of the car, made a mad run for the machine, and popped my card in, only to read the message: “Out of order. Sorry.”
注意：1、续写词数应为150个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. ----------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------.
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Dear Chris,
------I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday. In the class, we were asked to create artwork inspired by nature. I chose to draw a beautiful landscape scene with blooming flowers, a calm lake, and a clear blue sky. It was a unique experience to create art under the open sky, because I could not only connect with nature but also fully express my creativity. Overall I thoroughly enjoyed the art class, I am attaching a photo of my artwork for you and hope you like it.
Yours,
Li Hua
Dear Chris,
------I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday. During the class, I painted a landscape featuring the towering green trees and the clear blue sky, with a family of ducks swimming in the lake.The painting not only represented the scene but also mirrored the peacefulness I sensed. Creating artwork in the park was a refreshing break from the usual classroom setting. The fresh air and the sound of birds singing added a calming effect to the whole process. It was a truly amazing experience!I can’t wait to show you my creation in person and perhaps we can enjoy a similar experience together.
Yours,
Li Hua
第二节 参考范文
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. I explained to him the urgency of catching the bus, emphasizing that otherwise I would be forced to stay overnight and buy a new ticket the next morning.Ultimately, I suggested, “I will return to Vienna in 4 days. If it’s OK with you, I can pay you then, with an additional 10 euros as a gesture of my gratitude.” Following an uncomfortable pause, he simply nodded, saying, “I agree to this arrangement and trust you.” I thanked him with the biggest smile you can imagine, and we exchanged contact information before I got on the bus.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. We arranged to meet at the airport, and upon our arrival , we hugged each other like long lost friends. When I gave him the extra �10 I had promised, he didn’t accept , “Buy me a beer next time you are in Vienna,” he said with a warm smile. Then we parted ways with a firm handshake and a promise to keep in touch. Gunter’s kindness had turned a potentially disastrous evening into a memorable story I would cherish for years to come.
原文出处：选自Budget Traveller网站一篇名为How I met Gunter, the best taxi driver in Vienna & Austria 的文章。
《英语周报》版本2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Dear Chris,
I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday.
I managed to complete a picture depicting the park lake surrounded by the trees, their branches gently dancing in the wind. The green leaves and the play of light on the water’s surface inspired me to capture the essence of the beautiful scene on paper.
With each touch of my pencil, I felt a deep connection to the natural world, and the peacefulness of the setting allowed my creativity to flow freely. The experience was not only a feast for the eyes but also an enjoyment for the soul. It was a testament to the power of nature to inspire the artistic spirit.
Yours,
Li Hua
第二节 参考范文
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. The precise phrases escape me now. It was along the lines of, “I understand that it may seem inappropriate for me to make such a request upon our first meeting, but this bus is crucial for me.” I mentioned my return to Vienna in four days and promised to settle the fare then, with an additional 10 euros as a token of gratitude. There was an awkward silence as I searched his expression for any sign of his opinion. Miraculously, he gave a simple nod, assuring me, “It’s fine. I trust you and accept your word.” My face lit up as we exchanged numbers. With a grand wave to Gunter, I climbed aboard the bus.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. His surprise and happiness were evident when we spoke. We finally met and shared a hearty hug as if we were old friends reunited. Gunter honestly said he wasn’t sure I would come back. I then offered him the extra �10 I had promised as a tip, but he declined it. It’s often said that fairy tales are just for children, but that’s not true. They are real. The heroes in our lives, the kind souls who help us, are very much here with us. Gunter is surely one of them, the kindest taxi driver in Vienna, and perhaps the best in all of Austria.
《秦妈说 广东》微信公众号版本 秦燕荣
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Dear Chris,
------I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday. This was the first time that we had gone outside to have classes, which offered us never-experienced feelings and gave us a deep insight into the role of parks in cities as well.
Sitting under some tall trees and surrounded by some colourful and fragrant flowers, we felt at ease, filled with inspiration. Our teacher encouraged us to draw whatever we could see, hear and feel. What I drew was a lake dotted with boats. In my picture you can also spot green trees, a blue sky and some seniors walking by the lake, with delight and happiness written on their faces. What a harmonious sight!
This unique art class in the park has made me fully aware that nature is the source of inspiration and creativity. Besides, parks can play a vital role in providing an excellent place for those having little access to nature to get relaxed and refreshed.
第二节 参考范文
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. Much to my surprise, however, he urged me to get on the bus in no time instead of getting angry or disappointed, adding that I didn’t have to pay him for the ride for it was the machine’s fault but not mine, with a broad smile on his face. A feeling of relief surged through my whole body and before boarding the bus, I asked Gunter for his phone number, ensuring that I was bound to pay him after returning to Vienna. He just waved good-bye to me and wished me a smooth journey. Hardly had I sat on the bus when it started to move. Instantly, an intense wave of relief and gratitude surrounded me like a beam of sunlight, throwing me into a sense of kindness and warmth.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. He agreed to meet me in a delighted voice. A few minutes later, when Gunter got out of his car and approached me, I rushed to him and gave him a bear hug, conveying my sincere appreciation to him. Then I gave him the money along with a small gift. I gratefully informed him that it was with his assistance that I didn’t miss my important conference. It turned out to be a turning point in my successful future career life. Hearing what I said, Gunter responded to me by flashing me a celebrating smile. Never before had I got such a unique experience, which was deeply engraved （雕刻）in my mind and had a profound influence on me in the rest of my life. A small act of kindness could make a great difference to others.
《晨曦高中英语》微信公众号版本
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第二节 参考范文
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. I was at complete loss about what to do with sweat dropping down from my head. Seeing the queue was still thinning out. I was thrown into a sea of desperation. Embarrassed and anxious as I was, I told him honestly that If I missed the bus,I would miss a very important meeting. Upon hearing my explanation, Gunter hesitated for a moment but then he reached into his pocket, pulled out a few bills and handed them to me with a reassuring smile on his face, “Take this and pay the taxi.” Extremely overwhelmed by his generosity and kindness, I inquired his phone number, promised to pay him back as soon as possible and jumped into the bus like a flash. I stuck my head out of the bus window, yelling to him, “thank you, see you soon!” Finally, I attended my conference as planned.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. A while later, a taxi came into my sight, in which was exactly Gunter, still with a friendly bright smile on his face. After he pulled over and got off his car, I stepped towards him, bowed low to him and handed him what I owed him,along with a little extra to express my sincere gratitude. I hugged him tightly and thanked him sincerely, “without your kind assistance and trust, I couldn’t have arrived at my destination on time.” However, Gunter shook his head,stuffed the extra cash back to my pocket and just replied, “you are welcome! It’s not a big deal.” Soon, we waved goodbye. Never would I forget what he had done despite the fact that we could hardly encounter again in the future. It is because of those like him that our society could develop into a warm harmonious home to everyone.
《艾米英语角Ami》微信公众号版本
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第二节 参考范文
Para 1: I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. He looked at me in disbelief, his eyes searching mine for a solution. Flashing him another apologetic smile, I begged him for a delayed payment. “Missing this last bus to Prague will make me late for the conference which is so important that I can’t afford to miss it!” I emphasized anxiously. “May I have your phone number ?” I added, handing my business card and promising to call him to pay the due money when returning to Vienna. Hardly had Gunter accept the card when he jotted down his number and handed it over with the same smile, “Just keep your promise, Sir.” A wave of gratitude seized me as I heard his words. Giving him a firm handshake, I bid him a grateful farewell before sprinting to the bus just ahead of its departure.
Para 2: Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. He picked me up at the bus station where he had dropped me off before. On the way to the airport, I conveyed hearty appreciation to him for his generosity and timely aid, without which everything wouldn’t have gone smoothly. When he stopped his taxi outside the airport, I paid him for the “double car ride”, back and forth from the airport to the bus station,together with a generous tip that he turned down. Touched and speechless, I could feel his goodwill melting the softest place in my heart. It was then that the determination to deliver kindness was deeply engraved in my mind.
《艾米英语角Ami》版本官方范文
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第二节 参考范文
Para 1: I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. He look at me in disbelief,asking what to do. Flashing him another apologetic smile, I begged him for a delayed payment. “If I miss this last bus to Prague, I’ll be late for the conference which is so important that I can’t afford to miss it!” I explained. “May I have your phone number? I will call you and return the money I owe you. I promise I will keep my word or you keep my watch!” I added, handing him my watch as well as my business card. Gunter accepted my business card but rejected my watch. He wrote down his phone number and gave it to me. “Just keep your promise, Sir.” A feeling of gratitude washed over me as I heard his words. Giving him a firm handshake, I jumped out of the car, made a mad run for the bus, and jumped onto it just before its departure.
Para 2: Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. He picked me up at the bus station where he had dropped me off four days before. Beaming a warm smile at him, I gave him a big hug the moment I saw him. We chatted happily on the way to the airport. I told him that thanks to his generosity and timely help, everything had gone smoothly. When he stopped his taxi outside the airport, I paid him for the “double car ride”, back and forth from the airport to the bus station, together with a generous tip that he turned down. I also gave him an attractive souvenir I had bought at Prague, which he accepted with delight, We became good friends and kept in touch with each other regularly. I felt blessed to have such a warm-hearted friend like Gunter.
学科网 组卷网版本
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Dear Chris,
I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday.
We were tasked to draw or paint something that impressed us most. Inspired by the fantastic scenery, I decided to create a watercolor painting of the small bridge over the park’s pond, surrounded by blooming flowers.
The entire experience was incredibly refreshing. Being surrounded by nature not only sparked my creativity but also offered a much-needed break from the usual hustle and bustle of school life. I felt a deep sense of peace as I painted.
In a word, it was not just an art class; it was a moment of connection with nature that I truly cherished.
Yous,
Li Hua
第四部分 写作 第二节 参考范文
Para 1: I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. He look at me in disbelief,asking what to do. Flashing him another apologetic smile, I begged him for a delayed payment. “If I miss this last bus to Prague, I’ll be late for the conference which is so important that I can’t afford to miss it!” I explained. “May I have your phone number? I will call you and return the money I owe you. I promise I will keep my word or you keep my watch!” I added, handing him my watch as well as my business card. Gunter accepted my business card but rejected my watch. He wrote down his phone number and gave it to me. “Just keep your promise, Sir.” A feeling of gratitude washed over me as I heard his words. Giving him a firm handshake, I jumped out of the car, made a mad run for the bus, and jumped onto it just before its departure.
Para 2: Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. He picked me up at the bus station where he had dropped me off four days before. Beaming a warm smile at him, I gave him a big hug the moment I saw him. We chatted happily on the way to the airport. I told him that thanks to his generosity and timely help, everything had gone smoothly. When he stopped his taxi outside the airport, I paid him for the “double car ride”, back and forth from the airport to the bus station, together with a generous tip that he turned down. I also gave him an attractive souvenir I had bought at Prague, which he accepted with delight, We became good friends and kept in touch with each other regularly. I felt blessed to have such a warm-hearted friend like Gunter.
《戴剑国英语工作室》微信公众号版本
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第一节 应用文参考范文版本1
Dear Chris,
I’m writing to share an extraordinary experience from last Friday when our class had an art lesson in the park. You cannot imagine how meaningful and interesting it was!
We were tasked to draw or paint something that impressed us most. Inspired by the fantastic scenery, I decided to create a watercolor painting of the small bridge over the park’ pond, surrounded by blooming flowers.
The entire experience was incredibly refreshing. Being surrounded by nature not only sparked my creativity but also offered a much-needed break from the usual hustle and bustle of school life. I felt a deep sense of peace as I painted.
In a word, it was not just an art class; it was a moment of connection with nature that I truly cherished.
How have your classes been lately? I would love to hear about them.
Take care and write back soon!
Best regards,
Li Hua
第四部分 写作 第一节 应用文参考范文版本2
Dear Chris,
I’m writing to share with you an art class I had in a park last Friday, which was a fantastic highlight of the week. I painted a landscape of the park, capturing the lush green trees, colorful flowers, and the serene pond in the middle. This outdoor art class was refreshing and invigorating （使人精力充沛的）。
This class provided me with an insight into the beauty of nature and how it can be expressed through art. I realized how much I enjoy painting outdoors and how it enhance m artistic skills.
Yous,
Li Hua
第四部分 写作 第二节 读后续写参考范文
Para 1: I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. His gaze lingered (徘徊，逗留) on the last few passengers hurrying towards the bus, then shifted back to me with are assuring gleam (微光，闪光) in his eyes. “Let’s think fast,” he murmured, his voice steady and calm. Quickly, he stepped out of the taxi, sprinted (冲刺) to the bus driver and exchanged a few words. Within moments, he returned with a relieved smile “Board the bus, my friend; we’ll sort out the payment later,” he said, handing me a scrap (小片，小块) of paper with his contact details scribbled on it. Overwhelmed by his trust and swift action, I grabbed my bag and darted (飞奔) on the bus as its door were about to close.
Para 2: Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. Eager to settle my debt and express my gratitude, I arranged to meet him at a local cafe. There, I presented him with the fare and a small souvenir from Prague as a token of (作为..的标志) my thanks. Gunter’s laughter bubbled (洋溢着...) through the conversation, filling the space with warmth. Over the coffee, we shared stories and discovered mutual interests, from music to travel. Our unexpected meeting turned into a newfound friendship, and I made sure to call Gunter every time I was in Vienna. His initial act of kindness had bridged a gap (弥补隔阂) between two strangers and created a bond of friendship.
《溯恩英语刘彦麟老师》微信公众号版本
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第二节 读后续写参考范文
AI试水：
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. My heart sank with every passing second. His smile faded, replaced by a look of concern. “Don’t worry,” he said reassuringly, “We’ll find a solution.” Gunter, with his kind heart, suggested we ask around if anyone could help with a cash withdrawal. Miraculously, a kind traveller agreed to withdraw money for me in exchange for the equivalent in euros. With the freshly acquired cash, I paid Gunter, adding a generous tip for his unwavering help. As I boarded the bus, he waved, his smile brighter than ever, “Safe travels!”
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. His voice, warm and familiar, greeted me on the other end of the line. I thanked him once more for his incredible kindness and insisted on meeting him to return the favor. We met at a local cafe, where I presented him with a small token of appreciation---a book on Prague, where our unlikely journey had aimed. Over steaming cups of coffee, we shared stories and laughter, forging a friendship born out of a stormy night’s chaos. Gunter’s act of kindness had not only gotten me to my destination but had also opened doors to a friendship that transcended borders.
学生习作：
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. I finished my words with difficulty, stared at the card in my hand, and then looked up into his eyes with shame and embarrassment. To my surprise, Gunter comforted me with a big smile, which calmed me down. Plucking up my courage, I explained my situation to him and promised to pay off the fare and some extra tip four days later when I was back in Vienna. “No problem!” he smiled. Having left my phone number, I hurried to catch the bus. When I looked back, I saw him waving me goodbye.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. The moment I saw Gunter, I strode to him, and gathered him into my arms with a strong embrace. Happy and excited, he laughed and said he thought I wouldn’t show up. I gave him some extra tip as promised but he refused. So I treated him to a cup of coffee instead. Before we parted that day, Gunter fished out his little phone again, patted me on the shoulder and smiled “Let’s take a picture together, my friend!” This photo is still on my desk today, which serves as a reminder of trusting others and offering kindness. Every time I think of that cold, wet evening, a warm current still flows through my body.
《高考五年真题英语超详解 主编 刘增利》（万向思维原创 开明出版社）
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第一节 应用文参考范文
Dear Chris,
I’m writing to share an extraordinary experience from last Friday. It gave me a brand-new perspective to be exposed to art lesson outdoors.
Upon arrival, we were encouraged to create a painting based on the scene we saw in the park. What inspired me to create the painting is a peach tree. To show the delicacy and elegance of the blossom, I added some bees flying around it and enjoying the flavour.
How thrilling and fruitful the class was! Not only did we students get some hands-on experience, but we also developed our interest in both art and nature! I hope to share this artwork with you and invite you to experience the tranquility of painting in nature.
Yous,
Li Hua
第四部分 写作 第二节 读后续写参考范文
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. He didn’t seem too surprised, and I made a genuine apology to him for giving me such a big hand without having the fare in time. Unexpectedly, he comforted me with a gentle smile, “It doesn’t matter; get on the bus or you will miss it.” I was overwhelmed by his kindness and insisted on paying him later. “I will return to pay the money after finishing the conference in four days,” I promised. He accepted, and then we exchanged our phone numbers to decide the exact place where we would meet. My heart brimming with appreciation, I got on the bus. As the bus pulled away, I saw Gunter standing there and waving goodbye, with a warm smile on his face.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. He was extremely happy to hear my voice. We met at the airport, embracing like long-lost friends. He accepted the money and invited me to join him for a coffee and we spent a delightful afternoon talking about our lives and experiences. It was a truly meaningful encounter that taught me the value of kindness and the importance of making connections with people honestly and keeping promises. I left Vienna with a heart full of gratitude and a newfound friend.
《K12英语教研之窗》微信公众号版本
2024年高考英语真题 写作 全国新课标I、II卷参考范文
第四部分 写作 第一节 应用文参考范文
Dear Chris,
I’m writing to share an extraordinary experience from last Friday. You cannot imagine how meaningful and interesting it was!
We were tasked to draw something that impressed us most. Inspired by the fantastic scenery, I decided to create a watercolour painting of the small bridge over the park’s pond, surrounded by blooming flowers. The result is a mix of warm oranges, deep reds, and cool blues, which I think conveys the peaceful yet vibrant nature of that moment.
Being surrounded by nature not only inspired my creativity, but also offered a much-needed break from the usual busy school life. I felt a deep sense of peace as I painted. It was a moment of connection with natue that I truly cherished.
Yous,
Li Hua
第四部分 写作 第二节 读后续写参考范文
I ran back to Gunter and told him the bad news. He just stared at me, bringing a warm flush to my face. But the thinning queue seemed to urge me, leaving no time to explain further. Suddenly, his warm hand reached out to mine. “Just go,” he said and lashed me a comforting smile. Warmth filling my heart like never before, I fished out my phone and said, “Please give me your phone number. I’ll pay you when I come back.” “OK” he smiled. As I boarded the bus, I gave him a big huge wave through the rain-covered window.
Four days later, when I was back in Vienna, I called Gunter as promised. “I didn’t think you would call.” he said with delight.We decided to meet at the spot where I jumped into his car. Upon arrival, I hugged him as if he were an old friend. I paid him the taxi fares, along with a generous tip which he refused to accept. “It’s a pleasure to make friends with someone who keeps his promise,” he explained. We smiled at each other knowingly. From that day on, we became good friends and I would treat him to a meal whenever I came to Vienna.
2024年 高考英语真题 书面表达 全国甲卷
AIS English 艾斯英语 瑞鑫点教 微信公众号版本
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
英语课堂要求做课堂展示，请根据所给图片，以Development of Transport in China为题写一篇发言稿。
shared bicycle; high-speed train; new energy vehicle.
注意：（1）词数100左右； （2）题目和首句已为你写好。
Development of Transport in China
From the vehicle of horses to today’s convenient transport, Chinese transport has an enormous development. The popularity of shared bicycles offers green and affordable short-distance travel solutions. In addition, the introduction of high-speed trains has drastically shortened travels times,making intercity travel faster and more comfortable. Meanwhile, the emergency of new energy vehicles advocates for a low-carbon lifestyle and reflects China’s commitment to sustainable development. These advancements not only enhance mobility but also decrease pollution. As we look to the future, these transformative models of transport will continue to shape the landscape of Chinese infrastructures and improve the quality of life for its people.
《英语周报研究院 》微信公众号版本
2024年 高考英语真题 书面表达 全国甲卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
英语课堂要求做课堂展示，请根据所给图片，以Development of Transport in China为题写一篇发言稿。
shared bicycle; high-speed train; new energy vehicle.
注意：（1）词数100左右； （2）题目和首句已为你写好。
Development of Transport in China
Good morning, class, today we’ll look at some developments in transport in China.
First, shared bicycles are now a real hit in cities, offering eco-friendly and cost-effective travel for short distances. Second, the high-speed train network has transformed long-distance journeys, dramatically reducing travel times nationwide. It also has greatly boosted economic growth by making trade and tourism easier. Furthermore, China’s new energy vehicles become a firm favourite with consumers around the world. These high-tech vehicles have breathed new life into the global automotive industry and set an example for the low-carbon economy.
These remarkable advancements showcase China’s strides towards creating a modern, efficient, and environmental transportation system, which is crucial for the country’s green development and the well-being of its people.
2024年 高考英语真题 书面表达 全国甲卷
《高考五年真题英语超详解 主编 刘增利》
（万向思维原创 开明出版社）
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
英语课堂要求做课堂展示，请根据所给图片，以Development of Transport in China为题写一篇发言稿。
shared bicycle; high-speed train; new energy vehicle.
注意：（1）词数100左右； （2）题目和首句已为你写好。
Development of Transport in China
From the vehicle of horses to today’s convenient transport, Chinese transport has an enormous development.
As is illustrated in the pictures, marked the rise of shared bicycles, high-speed trains and new energy vehicles, recent years have witnessed remarkable changes in China’s transportation landscape.It represents not only technological progress, but also a shift towards a more sustainable and efficient transport system. More importantly, it vividly mirrors China’s tremendous economic development and great achievements that have attracted worldwide attention.
In recent years, under the wise leadership and with the hard work of all Chinese people, China has enhanced its global standing. The investment in high-speed trains and green vehicles has set a precedent for other nations, showcasing China’s commitment to building a shared future for mankind. While taking pride in our powerful country, let’s take on our responsibilities and work together for our country’s prosperity and to make our culture more vibrant. Thank you for listening!
2024龙年 高考英语真题 写作 浙江卷1月
《高考五年真题英语超详解 主编 刘增利》
（万向思维原创 开明出版社）
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（满分15分）
请你写一篇短文向校英文报“Sports and Health”栏目投稿，向同学们推荐一项适合课间开展的运动，内容包括：
1、介绍这项运动； 2、说明推荐理由；
注意：1、写作词数应为80个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
Stand Up and Exercise, Everybody!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
第二节（满分25分）
阅读下面材料，根据其内容和所给段落开头语续写两段，使之构成一篇完整的短文。
Eva spent the first week of high school trying to keep her head above water. One of the major headaches for her was finding her way in the huge school building. It was a six-story building. On each floor, hallways stretched in four directions, leading to classrooms, laboratories, and teachers’ offices. Somewhere in the building, there was also a library, a cafeteria, and a gym.
Having a poor sense of direction, Eva found it impossible to get around in such a huge building. All the different hallways and rooms were too much to think about, let alone commit to memory. She decided that she would memorize where her classes were and then pretend that the rest of the place didn’t exist.
In her first PE class, Eva was shocked when Coach Pitt announced that everyone had to run one mile around the track outside. She searched the faces of her classmates for signs of panic. There was nothing she feared more than having to run a whole mile. To Eva, “a mile” was used to describe long distances. It was ten miles from her home to her grandfather’s, and that always seemed like a long way, even in a car!
When Coach Pitt blew his whistle (哨子), Eva figured she would be left in the dust. However, while some of her classmates edged ahead, others actually fell behind. “It’s just the beginning,” she thought. “I’ll come in last for sure.”
Soon Eva began to breathe hard, wit her heart pounding and legs shaking. Feeling desperate, Eva started using a mind trick on herself. She stopped thinking about the word “mile”. Instead, she focused on reaching the shadow cast on the track by an oak tree up ahead. Then she concentrated on jogging to the spot where the track curved (拐弯). After that, she tried to see if she could complete her first lap. One lap turned into two, than three,then four.
注意：1、续写词数应为150个左右；
2、请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。
When Coach Pitt said “Nice work!” to her at the finish line ,Eva was surprised . ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
Eva decided to use the same trick to deal with the school building.--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
第四部分 写作 第一节 参考范文
Everybody, we have been sitting long enough amidst the academic hustle. It’s time we stood up during the breaks! I say, why not try Tai Chi?
This might sound unusual at first sight, but do you really know it? Rooted in the philosophy of balance, Tai Chi is a traditional Chinese martial art with slow and smooth movements. Think about it, and you’ll see it’s a great option. First, Tai Chi doesn’t require a specialized place,equipment, or a group, making it perfectly fit for short breaks. In addition to flexibility, it provides a relief from the mental strain of classes, refreshing our minds and bodies. And don’t forget that Tai Chi is more than just exercise, it’s a gateway to the wisdom of our culture!
Just stand up and give Tai Chi a try. If Tai Chi is not our thing, at least stand up and do a little stretching, everybody!
第二节 参考范文
When Coach Pitt said “Nice work!” to her at the finish line ,Eva was surprised . What had seemed to be a challenging task ti her minutes before was now accomplished. A mile was never what she had thought a long way! Coach Pitt’s encouraging affirmation improved her self-identity. Fear and uneasiness began to fade away and a sense of confidence came to her. It marked a turning point where she learned the trick that it was her persistence and appropriate strategy that mattered. Furthermore, she realized that she could overcome troubles in life as long as shifting the way thinking. Thanks to Coach Pitt , she had a great thought running in her mind.
Eva decided to use the same trick to deal with the school building.With the help of her friendly classmates, she began to focus on familiarizing herself with the floor on which her classroom was located, and then she concentrated on on walking towards different functional classrooms and marked the routes with special markers in her mind. Floor after floor, in less than two weeks she had a vivid mind map of the huge building, which was no longer bothering her. To Eva, such experiences brought her a giant step of growth. Though sometimes it seemed an impossible mission, it eventually turned a precious opportunity for growth. It was a magic trick!
附录2
附录3
第七章 家庭教育篇
家庭子女教育漫谈
家庭是社会的细胞。家庭稳，则社会稳；家庭兴，则国家兴；家庭强，则民族强。治国平天下非吾辈等普通人力所能及，但修身齐家责无旁贷，义不容辞。家庭子女教育是教育合力的重要组成部分。家庭是孩子的第一课堂，父母是子女的首任老师。在中国，独生子女的家庭教育已经成为关乎国家的兴衰、民族之优劣的大问题。中国文化传统下的父母几乎无一例外地都望子成龙、望女成凤，希望子孙后代出人头地，光宗耀祖。但是，近几年在子女教育问题上，很多家长产生了不少困惑和无奈，陷入了许多盲区和误区,普遍感觉到：如今的孩子“管不得,惯不得”、“严不得，松不得”、“深不得，浅不得”、“重不得，轻不得”、“硬不得，软不得”。总之，他们在子女教育问题上无所适从、一筹莫展、束手无策。
坦率地讲，有这些疑虑和抱怨实属正常，不足为奇，因为教育子女是百年大计、大有学问，尤其是独生子女的教育更给中国的教育者和家长提出了新课题、新挑战。显而易见，陈腐的观念行不通，原有的经验靠不住，简单粗暴的方法不管用，“跟着感觉走”有缺陷。这般说，我们必须摸索出一条“凭智慧、讲策略、用科学的方法教育子女”的路子。
一、 修身立德，以身作则，家长必须带头做到
父母的表率和示范作用在家庭教育中占首要位置，言传身教、潜移默化、环境育人是最基本、最行之有效的方法，正如谚语所言：“桃李不言，下自成蹊”。
1、父母要有阅读、读书、学习的习惯，既可钻研业务，又可学技术，学手艺。做有学问、有技能、学习型的家长，为孩子刻意营造书香氛围。旨在向孩子示范，学习是生活中不可或缺的一部分，学无止境，终生学习。从而使孩子对家长产生自豪感、敬畏感，崇拜敬仰家长。家庭教育常备、必备书籍有:《父母必读》、《幼儿画报》、《娃娃画报》、《儿童文学》、《小年文艺》、《中学生》、《青年文摘》、《中国青年》、《读者》、《书摘》、《作文通讯》、《高校招生》等著名刊物。
2、干好本职工作，敬业爱岗，恪守职责，工作中有所建树，做事业型的家长。向子女暗示，要想在社会上有立足之地，就必须有真才实学或一技之长；只有努力工作和诚实劳动，才能糊口养家，有饭吃，有衣穿，维持生计。让子女感受做父母的艰辛和不易。
3、有家庭责任感，加强家风建设，构建“忠厚传家、夫妻恩爱、亲慈子孝、勤俭持家、和睦安宁”的家风。家庭成员你争我抢干家务，营造幸福温馨的港湾。上得了厅堂，下得了厨房，做生活型的家长。并且鼓励孩子干家务活和参与理财持家，从小培养孩子的自立自强意识。向孩子灌输：“有创造，才会有享受；有劳作，才会有幸福”的理念。
4、孝敬父母，最好能和父母生活在同一个屋檐下，为老人养老送终，行孝道，报答养育之恩,做孝子型的家长。向孩子无言地交待，我们是怎样孝敬爸妈的，你们就应该同样对待我们，俗话说：“房檐水照窝窝滴”。
5、做正派、诚实、厚道的家长。父母是子女做人做事的样板和范例，子女是父母处世为人的翻版和拷贝，是家庭环境的产物。家长不能说谎、不能弄虚作假、不说他人坏话、不搬弄事非、
不尖酸刻薄。要严于律已，宽厚待人，让孩子建立一个概念：父母是世界上最值得信赖、最宽宏大量、最可敬的人，这样就会自觉或不自觉地加以仿效，把优良的家风世世代代传下去，发扬光大。
6、具备健康文明的生活习惯和有益高雅的生活情趣。饮食起居有规律，无不良嗜好。家庭里，杜绝黄、赌、毒、烟、酒、暴力，根除无节制地吸烟、酗酒滋事、聚众赌博，把家庭营造成一方乐园和净土，为后代着想，以环境育人。
7、最好用母乳喂养孩子至少一年，科学研究表明，用母乳喂养的孩子免疫能力和抵抗能力强，很少生病，无多动症，青春期不容易叛逆，恋母、恋家、不早恋，具备注意力集中的优秀品质，所以，用母乳喂养有利于孩子的身心健康,也对母亲有益。
8、牢固树立三个观念：搞好家庭建设，把子女培养成人，追求家庭幸福就是成就了最伟大的事业；家庭教育无小事，子女的教育是天大的事，是先前裕后、承上启下的百年大计；把子女培养成为国家的有用之才，事业有成，教子有方是对社会最伟大、最实在的贡献。
家长只有做到如上八条，才有资格、有能力为人父母，教育子女，我们才有前提、有必要探讨下面的话题。
二、 把孩子培养成什么样的人
1、健健康康、快快乐乐、阳光率真、有童趣。
2、老老实实、本本份份、听话懂事。
3、有爱心、同情心、正义感、责任感、是非观念。
4、尊老爱幼、知恩图报。
5、有好奇心、求知欲、探索欲、想象丰富。
6、好学、乐学、勤学、学业有成、报效国家。
7、知书达礼、通情达理、品学兼优。
三、 家庭教育的原则
1、性格、品格、人格的塑造重于文化知识的传授
家庭教育的首要任务是，把孩子造就成正直善良的接班人，培养良好的生活学习习惯。经验告诉我们，孩子只要没有染上不良习气，迟早肯定会成功。学知识、考重点名校乃身外之物，是副业、附加值，真可谓：“有心栽花花不红，无意插柳柳成荫。”
家长不要越俎代庖，代人受过，文化知识、课本知识、学问技能的传授和培养是学校、老师的主要职责。《三字经》说：“养不教，父之过；教不严，师之惰。”可见家长和老师是有分工的。
家长把孩子送到幼儿园、小学、中学、大学之前，必须把孩子在品德和习惯方面打造成“半成品”。以此为基础，老师再点拨拔高，使之更上一层楼。
2、把握好尺度和分寸
目前，中国家庭教育中的通病就是父母对子女的期望值过高，孩子的课业负担过重，孩子几乎无童趣和快乐而言，孩子的创造性思维和想象力受到了抑制和扼杀。社会上经营的名目繁多的补习班、辅导班、强化班、特色班无疑是雪上加霜。家长只知道不能输在起跑线上，而不明白孩子的终点线在何处。家长太急功近利、太贪心不足、太求胜心切。
依我之见，正确的分寸是，尊重孩子的意愿和选择，视孩子的天赋和悟性而定，弄清孩子是否从中能得到乐趣，量力而行，培养一两样业余爱好。否则，还不如叫孩子多玩、多休息。
宽严尺度最容易走极端。有些家长对子女要求太严厉，弄得孩子要脚不敢给手，缩手缩脑，唯唯诺诺，没有主见，不大气，不展妥，这样的孩子只能循规蹈矩没有闯劲；而另有些家长对孩子放得太宽、太松，一味地宠爱、溺爱，导致孩子信马由缰，为所欲为，飞扬跋扈，到最后谁也管不了。正如一个谚语所云：“严是爱，松是害。”但是太严过松皆不足取，恰当的分寸是，从小就教育孩子明白一个道理，人生在世，有些话绝对不能说，有些事绝对不能做。
家庭教育的深浅、轻重尺度应视具体情况、环境而定，不好一概而论。不要提一些不切合实际、孩子做不到的要求，也就是不能一味地拔高要求，但是事关原则、是非、品德的要求，则态度要坚定，寸步不让，一抓到底，抓出实效。例如，首次发现孩子吸烟，就要当机立断、毫不留情地制止住，讲明道理，让孩子从思想上有所触动，自己改过。但如果发现孩子上学偶尔迟到一半次，以后每天提醒督促孩子按时到校，不用揪住不放，原谅孩子一次。也就是说，该重时，则重；该轻时，则轻。
3、真爱是家庭教育的基石，动之以情
家庭因爱而生，为爱存在，是爱的天堂，是亲情的乐园，对子女的真爱是包治家庭教育百病的灵丹妙药。什么是真爱吗？宽容、谅解、奉献、牺牲就是真爱。许多家长在爱的名义下、在为了孩子好的名义下，不分清红皂白,报名让孩子穿梭于英语、奥数、作文、书法、画画、舞蹈、钢琴、计算机、武术、跆拳道班之间，使孩子疲于奔命、穷于应付，这是真爱吗？还有家长严禁孩子和异性同学交往，禁止孩子看电视，剥夺了孩子的童趣，这是真爱吗？我认为这些家长真爱的是自己的虚荣心、面子和显摆。
真爱，即谅解和宽容，是化解亲子之间一切误会、矛盾的万能钥匙，只要有真爱、亲情在，亲子之间没有什么解决不了的问题。
4、着眼细节，从小事做起
“细节决定成败”、“小动作，大学问。”这些谚语揭示的是细节和言行举止在养成教育中的重要性，要一滴一点、润物细无声般地熏陶、感染孩子。例如，培养孩子“不丢三落四”这一习惯，可以从整理自己的玩具、物品、书包开始，最终，到外地上大学时，打点行装、办理报名注册手续等就会得心应手，游刃有余。再如，严格要求孩子放学后按时回家、顾家、恋家。未经家长允许，不在外留宿。
5、防微杜渐，防患于未然
孩子的不良思想、行为、习惯都有一个露头、发展、从量变到质变的过程，一旦发现不好的苗头，要及时扼杀在萌芽状态，不可姑息迁就，放任自流。俗话说：“从小看大，三岁看老”、“小时偷针，大了偷金”，从“偷针”时，就要予以坚决纠正，不要容忍到“偷金”之日。
6、晓之以理，以理服人
多和孩子谈心，讲做人的道理。用身边的人和事、用亲身经历教育孩子，摆事实，讲道理，“有话好好说”。孩子毕竟是通人的言语，懂道理的人。良好的意图、美好的愿望还须用恰当的方式表达出来，如果家长解决了孩子的思想认识问题，陈述清楚利害，辨明了是非，我相信，子女会知道怎样做人做事，关键是以理服人，而不是以势压人，以强凌弱。有些家长在外面见谁都点头哈腰，笑脸相迎，但是见了自己的心肝宝贝却盛气凌人，吹胡子瞪眼，一山不容二虎的样子，这样做只能让孩子距离你越来越远，孩子像刺猬一样本能地把自己封闭起来，不愿和家长沟通交流。
7、尊重孩子，民主平等地对话
放下架子，弯下腰和孩子平等地相处，做子女的玩伴、知心朋友、铁杆哥儿们、姐儿们，和孩子分享成长的喜忧，让孩子向你敞开心扉，无话不说，这样你才能走进孩子的内心世界，了解思想动态，方可因才施教，对症下药。“不入虎穴，焉得虎子？”最要命的是孩子不敢、不愿、不屑与你交流，这就很难操作了。在和子女平等相处时，有些, 家长做过了头，和孩子没大没小，不成体统，且记，长辈的风范和威仪不可动摇。
8、无为而治，顺其自然
有所不为才会有所作为，教育子女要多用减法和除法，有舍方可有得。有些家长要求孩子文化课上出类拔萃，琴棋书画样样精通，运动会、歌咏比赛、演讲比赛、科技小发明制作比赛上有名次，要夺冠，学生会、团委、班委有职务，当“一把手”，省级、市级、区级“三好学生”、“优秀班团干部”一个都不落空，不放过。试问：你到底想要孩子干什么？你给孩子树立的什么价值观、荣誉观？且记，平平淡淡才是真，普普通通做真人。我以近半个世纪的阅历告诉你，风头出尽、耐不住寂寞、心浮气躁的人，日后大多数平常稀松、不会有大的作为。
9、挫折教育、心理承受能力教育必不可少
帮助孩子树立正确的成才、成功、成人观，“条条大路通罗马”、“三百六十行，行行出状元”。通向成功的康庄大道千条万条，不要只死守高考这座独木桥。在人生的道路上，不如意事十之八九，要做好应对失败、挫折的心理准备，哪儿跌倒，哪儿爬起来，拍拍尘土，继续前行。
10、哭穷示弱莫逞能
适当向孩子哭穷、装穷、示弱，展示无能窝囊的一面对孩子的成长有益无害。许多家长给孩子造成一种错觉和假象：自己的路子野得很，后台硬得很，世界上没有自己干不成的事，你的一生我包了，有老爸给你当靠山，你一百个放心，这样后果可想而知。要不断强化一个概念：老爸无权、无势、无钱、无能，你只能靠自己，考学、找工作老爸无能为力、爱莫能助。
四、 家庭子女教育的禁忌
1、管的管，惯的惯，夫妻、两代之间步调不一致是家庭教育的大敌。
2、家长自己做的一套，要求孩子另一套，双重标准，双面人格，言行不一，表里不一是家庭教育的大忌。
3、一味地高标准，严要求，揠苗助长，矫枉过正，往往适得其反。
4、方法简单粗暴，动辄辱骂毒打，棍棒下面出孝子，这一套不合时宜。
5、记仇揭短，哪壶不开提哪壶，新账、老账一起算，揪住以前的错误不放，这可能是孩子最反感的。
6、不分场合、不分对象，当面或背地拿自己的孩子和别家的孩子对比攀比，说孩子的坏话，其实“好孩子是夸出来的”。
7、教育孩子无恒心，不持久，三分钟热情。记起了，暴风骤雨般教训一顿；忘记了，一年半载不闻不问。
8、以“工作、生意忙，干大事业”为借口，疏于管教孩子，世界上还有比百年树人更大的事业吗？
9、工作生活不顺心时，拿孩子当出气筒，向孩子撒野以发泄和私愤，这类家长是最可恨、最无能的。
10、父母旷日持久闹离婚而未果，或离婚以后又复婚，让孩子卷入家庭纠纷和矛盾中而不能自拔，这对孩子心灵上的创伤是无法弥合的，也是孩子认为最没有面子的事。
11、未经孩子允许，翻看书包、手机短信或通话记录，监听电话，偷看孩子的日记，拆看子女的信件，这样做显然是不信任孩子，孩子最忌讳父母这样做，叛逆心理由此而生，离心离德由此而生。
12、借酒撒疯、撒泼，酒气冲天地训斥孩子，孩子觉得这最令他们丢脸、最瞧不起家长的可能就是这一点。
13、喋喋不休，唠唠叨叨，男的碎嘴子，女的长舌妇，不痛不痒，说了也白说，孩子最头疼、最讨厌这种作法。
14、无限度地给孩子零用钱，孩子容易养成乱花钱、铺张浪费的习惯，或对孩子太抠门，给的钱连日常开支都不够，这也有负面作用。
15、孩子干了一点力所能及的家务活或考试成绩好，给孩子发奖金，进行物质刺激，这对孩子是一个误导。
五、 家庭子女教育的底线
1、不能失职到把孩子推向违法犯罪的边缘，一旦发现孩子有小偷小摸、聚众斗殴等苗头，要及时制止、责令改正。
2、确保孩子不要染上烟瘾、网瘾、赌瘾、色瘾。
3、警惕孩子早恋、夜不归宿、同居、未婚先孕。
4、杜绝孩子说谎、考试舞弊、弄虚作假、欺骗他人。
5、想方设法克服厌学情绪，防止逃学，离家出走。
6、退而求其次，孩子实在念不下书，不是考大学的料，就不要强求，有一技之长、能遵纪守法、能自食其力也行，做一个堂堂正正的劳动者足矣。
据说，有些亲子前世是恩人关系，今世孩子是来报恩的，所以孩子专干给父母脸上贴金的事，给父母增寿的事，给父母长精神的事，一辈子欢欢喜喜一场；有些亲子前世是仇人和冤家，今世孩子是来讨债报仇的，所以孩子专干气死父母、折父母阳寿、让父母名声扫地的事，一辈子别别扭扭一场，这般说，孩子的事要看淡一些，就随他去吧！
综上所述，家庭子女教育是关乎后继有人、千秋万代的事，是家庭的“ 一把手”工程，是崇高而伟大的事业。为了孩子，父母必须行得端，走得正，凭智慧，讲策略，采用科学方法，斗智斗勇，“恩威并重、刚柔相济、软硬兼施”，和孩子肝胆相照，荣辱与共，把子女培养成德才兼备的栋梁之才，这样才不会愧对列祖列宗。
第八章 英语篇
1、The Two Foreign Teachers Have Arrived at Our School！
On the morning of March 2nd, 2010, Tuesday, two foreign teachers, Oliver and Andrew from UK., were standing on the platform in front of the new teaching building. They introduced themselves to the teachers and students of No. 2 Middle School, Pingliang，Gansu Province.
Like most people in our school, I will remember the exciting moment forever as this is the first time we have had native English speakers in our school. Being a key school of our city, with a history of more than half a century, our school should have had foreign teachers earlier.
Since I heard that foreign teachers would be invited to work at our school, I have been looking forward to meeting them as soon as possible. The moment I thought of their arrival this term, I became more and more excited during the holiday. Now my dream has come true and they have set foot on our campus.
Oliver and Andrew have made a good first impression. They like teaching and they are eager to work and most importantly, they are responsible in their jobs. Immediately after meeting Mr. Wang Zhongzheng in Xi'an, they asked him when they would start work.
Both of them spent hours studying their curriculum, timetables and teaching plans, asking for help from their Chinese assistants and colleagues whenever they had some questions.
I was told that they gave their first lessons wonderfully on Tuesday afternoon. I am also glad to hear that they thought the students were better at English than they had expected. This is a good beginning, isn't it? As the proverb goes, well begun, half done.
Improving our listening, comprehension and oral English with the help of Oliver and Andrew is one thing, but at the same time I believe another more important thing is that we should learn from them the customs, culture and civilization of the west.
We should learn to be punctual, friendly and warm to others; be equal to everyone, democratic, independent and be devoted to our duties, as most westerners are.
I love getting along with westerners very much because I used to be taught by two foreign teachers at SISU. One of my teachers was a lady from Scotland called Betty and the other was a gentleman from Michigan, USA called Mac. I had an unforgettable experience during my time at SISU. Once I was being tested on my oral English, having a free talk with Betty. I coughed and sneezed frequently because of a bad cold. After sneezing violently I had a running nose. I was so embarrassed that I did not know what to do about it. Betty saw this and handed me her handkerchief. With a smile she said "Keep it, it is a gift." At that very moment I realized how considerate, thoughtful and helpful most westerners are. From that moment on, I have had a dream to some day travel abroad and stay in an English speaking country for some time, even for one day to communicate with native speakers face to face.
Being a teacher of English for 28 years, I have many suggestions. I hope that both Chinese teachers and foreign teachers participate in some after-school activities together, such as, dining out, climbing Mount Kongtong and having a cup of tea or coffee together.
I recommend that Andrew and Oliver give classes to the students in Senior Three if possible .I propose that Andrew and Oliver arrange an English corner for teachers as the original time for students does not suit most teachers.
I don't think Andrew and Oliver will mind me sitting in on their classes as I can learn their teaching methods and techniques.
I am willing to show our foreign friends around our city and give them as much help as necessary. I am sure Andrew and Oliver will have a good time at our school. I wish them good luck in PingLiang.
2、Exchange Teaching Methods with Oliver and Andrew
Written by Premier Wang, No. 2 Middle School, Pingliang
Teaching English, especially oral English in a big class of more than 60 students, has long been a great challenge to teachers of English in China. As I predicted, Oliver and Andrew have also met with such a challenge. Although many academic essays have been published in newspapers and magazines and numerous heated discussions have been carried out in the English teaching field, exploring the large class problem, it seems that there is no agreement on the "one best way" of teaching a large class. In this context we have to accept the challenge and find a 'way' by our own experience. As the proverb goes, "the more solutions, the fewer problems."
I could not agree more with Oliver's idea which he mentioned the other day. He decided to divide his big class into small groups, which I think" hits the nail on the head". Here I would like to explain the specific procedures in detail. It is often suggested that the whole class be divided into four or five groups of about 15 students and each of them include a group leader, a secretary and a reporter. The teacher can appoint the leader or the students can elect their leaders according to their performance. For the sake of convenience and efficiency, each student can be given a number because it is no easy job to remember every student's Chinese name. Therefore the teachers will have to take turns organizing and teaching each group which will call for time and patience.
Oliver was aware from previous experience that a class can become tired of oral practice and that it is a challenge to maintain the enthusiasm. In this situation, I would like to suggest a balanced activity method or four-skill activity method which means that the whole class should consist of listening、speaking、reading and writing activities so that the students' four skills could be improved simultaneously.
In order to make sure that the speaking activity can go smoothly, the teacher can ask the students to listen to a presentation on various topics and they can feedback to the class. In the same way, the students should be asked to read something, e g, a news story, and do a writing exercise based on what they have read. People often call listening and reading activities "language input" and speaking and writing activities "language output". As we know, if there is no input, there will be no output. Therefore we should always present "input" in the first place.
The key to the four-skill activity method is that the teacher should try his best to stimulate the students to prepare their speaking and writing tasks in advance. At first teachers will encourage students to write short sentences, then a short paragraph and finally a story .In this way the students can make progress in their writing step by step.
It is often the case that a number of students are not interested in, or not good at speaking due to their poor foundation, or are not brave enough to open their mouths due to lack of self-confidence. The teacher should spare no effort to encourage them to take an active part in speaking out loud.
If the students can not manage to speak, the teacher can allow them to write down what they want to say, and then read it to the class. Simple sentences will be appreciated for this exercise. As experience tells us, students are sure to succeed in speaking fluently and naturally without referring to notes sooner or later.
It can be inferred that discussions about the customs, culture and civilization of the UK will come into our classroom via Andrew and Oliver in the coming lessons. The reason is that to some extent background knowledge is more important than language itself for a lack of it can often cause misunderstandings.
What is more, a brief introduction to British history, geography, literature, society and education system etc,can not only promote the students' language learning but broaden their horizons as well. It may even arouse their desire to go and study in the UK. (I notice that Andrew and Oliver have been doing this job more or less but we need some more!).
I suggest that on purpose Andrew and Oliver mention such great names as Bacon, Shakespeare, Dickens, Darwin, Newton, Churchill, Queen Elizabeth, Oxford and Cambridge Universities that British people can take pride in. Thus on the one hand the students can benefit from British culture and on the other hand they can enhance their language proficiency together .It can be said that the students can learn the language through learning history and the history by improving their language, "killing two birds with one stone".
It may also be a good idea to talk about British food and table manners with the aid of such key words as stew, pudding and sandwich. It is a great pity that we often hear of pounds or Euros but we have never seen one. So it is a good topic to talk about British currency and show the students some Euros or pounds. Now I am sure that Oliver and Andrew realized how thirsty we are for knowing more about their country, their people as well as their language and what a long way they have to go.
It is hoped that this article of mine can serve as a trigger to start heated discussions about related topics among my British and Chinese colleagues.
第二编 校本教材系列之一
<<王臣相高中英语新课标教材第一模块
——第八模块语言知识整合:经典句式剖析>>
简单介绍
进入新课程实验背景下的高考综合复习阶段以后, 由于师生复习的面广量大, 时间紧, 任务重, 所以, 如果把大量精力耗费在词汇复习上, 可能收效甚微, 只见树木, 不见森林; 假若将大量时间花费在课文或语法的复习上, 时间可能会显得捉襟见肘,因而，复习过程会出现虎头蛇尾的现象， 复习效果可能是得不偿失. 因此, 笔者认为, 句子是连接词汇和课文或语法之间的桥梁和纽带, 也是三者之间的最佳结合点. 高考英语综合复习选择以句型为突破口和切入点, 通过剖析典型句式, 把词汇知识, 句法知识,文法知识有机地,系统地揉合在一起, 构建知识网络体系,可谓一举多得,多快好省。
本教材所精选的典型句式几乎涵盖现行高中英语课本中的重要句型, 涉及到新课标中的主要语法项目, 使用者通过精心点拨, 前后联系, 深入挖掘, 心领神会, 肯定能达到触类旁通、 事半功倍的效果.
本教材在经典句式的遴选辑录上，本着“求全到无以复加的地步”之原则，旨在用复现率提升学习效率，引导学生把主要精力放在课本上；在“经典句式”的点拨剖析上，坚持“求精到惜墨如金的程度”，解析力求做到言简意赅、一语中的、点到为止，以便给使用者留有想象、发挥、拓展的余地和空间；本教材与我们常见的课本解析教辅资料的不同之处在于：只做描白式的点拨，不再举例，其用意是不增加学生课业负担，只要学生能够把课本上的这些经典句式吃准吃透，融会贯通，模仿套用在翻译、写作、阅读和对话等语言实践中，那么，其语言知识就已经相当了得；只要求学生诵读、背记、默写、英汉回译、套用、模仿这些经典句式，不再设计与之相配套的任何练习题，践行欣赏立意，摒弃题海战术。
本教材可由老师学生用作单元、中期、期末、阶段考练复习资料，亦可用作高考综合复习阶段第一轮过课本阶段的复习资料。
本教材自从2011年问世,在历年高三应、往届考生中使用以来, 受到了学生的欢迎, 一版再版, 供不应求, 也取得了预期的效果.
由于编者水平有限, 不妥之处在所难免, 敬请各位读者毫不客气地予以指教, 以利再版时不断修改,不断完善，本人将不胜感激.
在本教材编写过程中，平凉二中教研室王中正副主任提出了许多修改的真知灼见，教研室潘小妮老师校正排版，文印室贾淑琴老师印制校正清样，美术组陈琮老师设计封面，使用过本教材的学生也挑出过许多印刷错误，在此，借本教材成书之际，笔者对他们的辛勤的工作和无私的帮助，表示诚挚的感谢并致以崇高的敬意。
New Senior English for China
Student's Books
模块一
Unit 1 Friendship
1、①Your friend can't go until he/she finishes cleaning his/her bicycle.
②I didn't go downstairs until the window had to be shut.
2、①You had to pay to get it repaired.
②He/She will have to pay to get it repaired.
3、①You friend comes to school very upset.
②He went to bed cold and hungry.
③Long and untidy, his hair played in the breeze.
4、①You need to go to class.
②I need to pack up my things in the suitcase very quickly.
5、While walking the dog, you were careless.
6、Your friend, who doesn't work hard, asks you to help him/her cheat in the exam by looking at your paper.
7、You will tell him/her that he/she should have studied.
8、①Make a list of reasons why friends are important to you.
②Do you want a friend whom you could tell everything to, like your deepest feelings and thoughts?
③I can well remember that there was a time when a deep blue sky, the song of the birds, moonlight and flowers could never have kept me spellbound.
④Indeed, Hawaii is a place where people make one big community from many smaller communities.
9、①She made her diary her best friend.
②I shall call my friend Kitty. ③Anne named her diary Kitty.
④It will only make her worse. ⑤This has made me angry.
⑥I hope you will find these ideas useful.
⑦That dress makes you look old and boring.
10、I don't want to set down a series of facts in a diary as most people do, but I want this diary itself to be my friend.
11、Now read how she felt after being in the hiding place since July 1942.
12、I wonder if it's because I haven't been able to be outdoors for so long that I've grown so crazy about everything to do with nature.
13、That's changed since I came here.
14、①I stayed awake on purpose until half past eleven in order to have a good look at the moon by myself. ②The weather stayed cold all week. ③She felt very lonely.
④So I feel quite lonely sometimes.
⑤We closed the door behind us and we were alone.
⑥For a moment I felt ashamed but then I felt better
15、But as the moon gave far too much light, I didn't dare open a window.
16、I happened to be upstairs at dusk when the window was open.
17、The dark, rainy evening, the wind, the thundering clouds held me entirely in their power.
18、 It was the first time in a year and a half that I'd seen the night face to face.
19、①I am only able to look at nature through dirty curtains hanging before very dusty windows.
②He was the son of another family hiding with them.
③Living in peace, Hawaiians have developed a third sign of friendship.
④As I sat there looking at myself on the TV screen, the telephone rang.
⑤Complete the following sentences using words and expressions from the text.
20、①It's no pleasure looking through these any longer because nature is one thing that really must be experienced.
②It is no use talking to him. ③It's nice seeing you again.
21、①Why do you think her feelings changed towards nature?
②Why doesn't she think that Lisa should end their friendship?
22、Why did Anne no longer just like looking at nature out of the window?
23、①How would you describe Anne's feelings as she was looking out at the night sky?
②Listen to the tape and try to spell the words as you hear their pronunciation.
24、①She found it difficult to settle and calm down in the hiding place.
②I still find it hard to make good friends with them.
25、What she really missed was going outdoors and walking the dog for her neighbor.
26、①It was such fun to watch it run loose in the park.
②It's a good habit for you to keep a diary.
27、She wished she could tell her neighbor face to face that she was sorry not to be able to do it any longer.
28、①“Does a friend always have to be a person?” the writer asks us.
②The writer asks us if a friend always has to be a person.
29、①Father asked Anne why she had gone to bed so late the night before. ②“Why did you go to bed so late last night?” Father asked Anne.
30、I've got tired of looking at nature through dirty curtains and dusty windows.
31、Mother asked her if/whether she was very hot with so many clothes on.
32、One of you will be a child and the other the grandmother.
33、①I am having some trouble with my classmates at the moment.
②I am sorry you are having trouble in making friends.
③I'm getting along well with a boy in my class.
④There is nothing wrong with you and this boy being friends and studying together.
34、①We enjoy helping each other. ②But other students have started gossiping. ③I hate others gossiping .④Ending your friendship with this boy would be a stupid thing to do. ⑤We had to start clearing up at once. ⑥You hate to be late for school. ⑦Walking with a friend in the dark is better than walking alone in the light.
35、They often see something that isn't real.
36、My advice is to ignore your classmates.
37 、①I do want to change this situation.
②We did sleep in clean beds that night.
  38 、However, the situation is easy to change if you take my advice. 39、① Why not have a try?
②Why not go and talk to people standing on their own?
40、Zhao disliked his new school until he got used to the timetable and made some new friends.
41 、①All the rooms were full of boxes.
②The little room was filled with bedclothes.
42 、Mummy and Margot were too tired and worried to eat.
43 、This is the second most important sign of friendship.
44、It is believed that the islands can be a paradise when people live in peace.
45、 What are the ways Hawaiians show their friendship?
46、①How can you persuade him/her to get to school on time?
②You tried to stop him from doing these things.
47、Truly old friends are like wine; the older, the better.
Unit 2 English around the world
1、①Let's go to the pictures.
②But how shall we go to the movies?
③Why not go by underground?
④So won't you please make use of this chance to look?
⑤Would/ will you please sing a song for us?
⑥Would you please open the window?
2、①Which country do you think has the most English learners?
②Why do you think people all over the world want to learn English?
3、①And because of that, English began to be spoken in many other countries. ②English became less like German because those who ruled English spoke first Danish and later French.
③Because of the clear sky it's possible to see buildings by the sea. ④American English has so many dialects because people have come from all the world.
4、①Native English speakers can understand each other even if they don't speak the same kind of English.
②Even if I have to walk all the way, I'll get there.
 ③If I had enough money, I would buy it. ④Even if I had enough money, I wouldn't buy it.
5、①At first the English spoken in England between about AD
450 and 1150 was very different from the English spoken today.
②English is one of the official languages used in India.
③Many people believe the English spoken on TV and the radio is standard English.
6、①It was based more on German than the English we speak at present. ②This song is based on an old folk song.
③The film is based on a novel written by him.
7、①Today more people speak English as their first, second or a foreign language than ever before.
②So by the 1600's Shakespeare was able to make use of a wider vocabulary than ever before.
8、①India has a very large number of fluent English speakers because Britain ruled India from 1765 to 1947.
②Today the number of people learning English in China is increasing rapidly. ③In fact, China may have the largest number of English learners.
9、①One reason is that English has a large vocabulary.
②This is because in the early days of radio, those who reported the news were expected to speak excellent English.
10、As we know ,British English is a little different from/than American English.
11、①Are there many children playing on the playground?
②Then you can make some jokes using these words.
12、①“Look at this example.” the teacher said to us.
The teacher told us to look at that example.
②“Would you like to see my flat?” she asked.
She asked me to see her flat.
 13 、①An English teacher is telling her students what they must do for homework. ②Another student asks what he/she said. 14、①Believe it or not, there is no such thing as standard English. ②Believe it or not, John cheated in the exams.
③Believe it or not , the examination tomorrow is cancelled.
15、Geography also plays a part in making dialects.
16、①The USA is a large country in which many different dialects are spoken. ②It shows some of the places in the world where English is spoken as an official language.
17、①Then practise reading them in pairs.
②She suggested using CDs to listen to English songs .
③After you have finished making your code, share it with your classmates.
18、Now Lester is too afraid to visit the place.
19、What does Buford think of Texas?
20、Could you please tell me where the nearest subway is?
21、①Pay attention to the intonation you use while talking.
②Don't rock that baby on the rock while playing that rock music. ③He left his village school in Scotland and taught himself while working in a bank.
22、①He is so worried and excited that he speaks very quickly.
②Language is sometimes written as a code so that people can communicate secrets.
23、You are confused.
24、①the way that the words are used in a language.
② the way in which a word is spelled.
③Then people could spell words in different ways which you might find interesting.
25、But it made reading English much more difficult.
26 、①In fact, an English dictionary like the kind you use today  wasn't made until the time of the late Qing Dynasty. ②He worked on the dictionary until he was very old.
27、These men spent nearly all of their lives (in) trying to collect words for their dictionaries.
28、Murray had a place built in the garden behind his house to do his work.
29、①I will do as she advised.
②They went with the army from island to island as it fought
against the Japanese.
30、Codes are not always used to send secrets.
Unit 3 Travel journal
1、①Which kind of transport do you prefer to use: bus or train？②I prefer the red dress to the green one.
2、①Ever since middle school, my sister Wang Wei and I have dreamed about taking a great bike trip.
②Ever since I graduated from university, I have regretted that I didn't work harder.
3、①He is so stubborn that no one can persuade him to do anything. ②She persuaded me to buy one.
4、Wang Wei soon got them interested in cycling too.
5、①After graduating from college, we finally got the chance to take a bike trip. ②Why don't we go on one after we graduate from college? ③Why not keep a travel journal?
6、①It was my sister who first had the idea to cycle along the entire Mekong River from where it begins to where it ends.
②It was last week that we sold our old car to a Mexican.
7、①She insisted that she organize the trip properly.
②How I wish I could make a journey into space.
③I insist that he (should)study medicine instead of law.
④Jack insisted that we (should)put up our tent.
8、①I kept asking her. ②I keep wondering how you feel about your trip.
9、①When are we leaving and when are we coming back?
②I was about to sail away in a junk when从句.
10、 ①She seemed to be excited about it.
②This was even more exciting to see than the rapids where the water seemed to boil. ③We seemed to be able to see for miles.
④That seems a good idea.
11、①The air would be hard to breathe. ②It's hard to say.
12、①Once she has made up her mind, nothing can change it.
②Once you show fear, he will attack you.
③Once you make a promise, you should keep it.
13、①It becomes rapids as it passes through deep valleys, travelling across western Yunnan Province.
②As it enters Southeast Asia, its pace slows.
③As neither of them would give in, no decision was taken that day . ④You may be teaching yourself a whole new job, as many people enjoy reading about journeys and seeing the world through somebody else's eyes. ⑤As we looked around us, we were surprised  by the view. ⑥It was great fun especially as it gradually became much warmer. ⑦As I lay beneath the stars I thought about how far we had already travelled.
14、We were both surprised to learn that half the river is in China.
Not only my sister, but also I was surprised to learn that.
15、A determined person always tried to finish the job, no matter how hard it is.
16、The very first time that Joe saw the film “ET” directed by Steven Spielberg, he made up his mind to become a director too.
17、①Along the way children dressed in long wool coats stopped to look at us. ②We always stop to make camp.
18、①Have you ever seen snowmen ride bicycles?
②We saw many yaks and sheep eating green grass.
③At one point we were so high that we found ourselves cycling through clouds. ④We found it was so cold that our water bottles froze.
19、①I stayed awake. ②The sky became clearer.
③The stars grew brighter. ④It was so quiet.
20、①Describe them and the scenery in your travel journal as if you are writing to a friend who has never seen them.
②Try to make a brochure that looks as if both business people and artists made it.
21、Give your reasons why you choose them.
22、①Compare your list with your partner.
②You are going in the right direction.
③The tortoise moves at a very slow pace.
23、①Picking up something heavy, you should bend your knees.
②Now I work in a post office checking parcels every day.
24、It is too late to view this house today. 25、I am not that happy.
26、Work with your partner to plan a trip based on the map.
 27 、Remember to use the present continuous tense in your dialogue. 28、①Cambodia was in many ways similar to Laos, although it has twice the population.
②Vietnam has almost seven times the population of Cambodia.
29、Her village couldn't even afford to build a school.
30、We all felt very lucky to have studied in college.
31、Cycling in the hills had been difficult.
32、Although the flat delta made it easier for us to cycle, we got warm very quickly.
33、We were tired but also in high spirits: our dream to cycle along the Mekong River had finally come true.
34、You want to make a poster advertising a tour so that your travel agency can get more business.
35、The printing is large enough to be read from the other side of the room. 36、There is enough but not too much information.
37、①You use words and pictures that make your tour sound exciting. ②Which part of this unit do you find most useful?
③What did you find difficult in this unit?
38、This kind of brochure is a guide to what tourists can expect to see and do on a tour.
Unit 4 Earthquakes
1、 The chickens and even the pigs were too nervous to eat.
2、①Mice ran out of the fields looking for places to hide.
②I asked a man standing next to me what happened.
3、①It seemed as if the world was at an end.
②She was sitting there as if nothing had happened.
③They looked at me as if I was from another planet.
④When the houses fell down, it sounded as if a mountain  had blown up. ⑤When the dam broke, it looked as if the sea had arrived suddenly on our doorsteps. ⑥When the shock hit us, we felt as if we were going to die.
4、①One-third of the nation felt it.
②Two-thirds of them died or were injured during the earthquake.
③All of the city's hospitals,75% of its factories, and buildings and 90% of its homes were gone.
5、A huge crack that was eight kilometres long and thirty metres wide cut across houses.
6、①The number of people who were killed or injured reached more than 400,000.
②The number of competitors is limited.
③Do you know the number of milu deer living in China?
④He worked there for a number of years.
⑤Such a great number of people died.
⑥A number of children whose parents had died in the quake were sent to live with families in other cities.
7、①Everywhere they looked nearly everything was destroyed.
②Everywhere he goes, his dog follows him.
③Everywhere they appeared, they were met with strong protests. ④Wherever you live, you are in an earthquake area.
8、①Tens of thousands of cows would never give milk again.
②Hundreds of thousands of people were helped.
9、Water, food, and electricity were hard to get.
10、All hope was not lost.=Not all hope was lost.
11、①Workers built shelters for survivors whose homes had been destroyed. ②Your speech was heard by a group of five judges, all of whom agreed that it was the best one.
12、Writing a summary of a passage means looking for the main idea of each part and putting it down in a sentence.
13、①It was a frightening night.
②This frightened boy whose mother was lost in the disaster is looking for her now. ③Is it something that is frightening?
14、①Then take turns to complete the sentence using the attributive clauses. ②The other students take turns to ask questions.
15、Our office would like to have you speak to the park visitors.
16、As you know, this is the day the quake happened thirty-five years ago.
17、Listening to English is a very important skill because it is only when we understand what is said to us that we can have a conversation with somebody.
18、Neither a wise man nor a brave man lies down on the tracks of history to wait for the train of the future to run over them.
19、It is believed that on the surface of the earth are a number of plates.
It is said/believed/told/reported/thought/hoped/proved/suggested
+that+真正的主语从句。
20、Change the form if necessary.
21、Some ran up and down the street while others were looking out of their windows for help.
22、①This is advice on how to protect your home from an earthquake. ②There is more to it than just keeping buildings from falling down.
 23 、It is sad but true that people die in earthquakes from falling furniture and bricks. 24、①All pipes should be fixed to the wall.
②They can be tied to tables or stuck to them.
tie…to…、fix…to …、stick…to…、
add…to…、apply…to…、fasten…to….
25、①Never before in history has a city been so completely destroyed. ②Never in all San Francisco's history were her people so kind as on that terrible night.
26、Nothing is left of it but memories and some houses far from the centre of the city.
27、①Amazing as it may seem, Wednesday night was a quiet night. ②Young as he is, he knows a lot.
28、①Do not put fresh fruit in the bag as it will go bad quickly and cause problems.
②As you make a list, be sure to plan for each of the following things.
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela
——a modern hero
1、①A great person is someone who devotes his/her life to helping others . ②He devoted a lot of his wealth and energy to his invention.
2、①The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
②However, this was a time when one had got to have a passbook to live in Johnnesburg.
③The day when Nelson Mandela helped me was one of my happiest.
④The school where I studied for only two years was three kilometres away.
⑤The places outside the towns where they were sent to live were the poorest parts of South Africa.
⑥The reason why I got a job was because of my hard work.
3、①Mandela was the black lawyer to whom I went for advice.
②He was generous with his time, for which I was grateful.
③The parts of town in which they had to live were decided by white people.
④We were put into a position in which we had either to accept we were less important, or fight the government.
⑤It was a prison from which no one escaped.
4、①After trying hard, I got a job in a gold mine.
②After getting up, he always drinks a glass of water.
③After packing all his things into his travelling bag, he sat on the sofa and waited for the taxi.
5、The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progress, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.
6、①My family could not continue to pay the school fees and the bus fare. ②We chose to attack the laws.
7、①Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence. ②Only yesterday did his father tell him the truth, which was a big surprise. ③Only by shouting was he able to make people on the other side of the river hear him.
8、①Not all years will have information to be added.
②All hope was not lost.
9、①As I live in South Africa, the officials of the South African Republic did not agree with me.
②Since I was better educated, I got a job working in an office.
③So now I am proud to show visitors over the prison, for I helped to make our people free in their own land.
10、①The school was very large.
②The school in which I learned judo was very large.
③The school to which I was sent was very large.
④The school at which I studied French was very large.
11、He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we should have been asleep.
12、We read books under our blankets and used anything we could find to make candles to see the words.
13、He said they should not be stopped from studying for their degrees.
14、They did pass their exams.
15①That made me feel good about myself.
②The name made us afraid.
③In pairs discuss what qualities make Mandela a great man.
④That makes people very jealous.
16、I did not work again for twenty years until Mr. Mandela and the ANC came to power in 1994.
17、I felt bad the first time I talked to a group.
18、What would you have done if you were Elias?
19、What man wants is simply independent choice, whatever that independence may cost and wherever it may lead.
20、She was advised that he should not be taught too much.
21、He often spent his own money on his invention.
22、①The government says he is stopping other companies from selling their programs.
②They could not stop somebody else making new software.
 ③He tries hard to stop others making better software. 23、①Everyone should be able to do what they can to make their company bigger.
②Bill Gates has only done what he can to stop other competitors.
24、You could not meet a better man than Bill Gates=Bill Gates is the best man whom you have ever met.
②He makes a program and produces it quicker than anybody else.
25、The government wanted to make Microsoft into two companies so that neither of them was so strong nor so rich.
26、A great person need not be famous.
27、Did you have any problems in understanding this unit?
模块二
Unit 1 Cultural relics
1、Is it enough to have survived for a long time?
2、①Frederick William I, the King of Prussia, could never have imagined that his greatest gift to the Russia people would have such an amazing history. ②The box has been moved .Someone must have been here last night. ③A:I could have lent him the money but he didn't tell me he needed it. B :It is a good thing you didn't lend it to him. You might never have got it back .④The soldiers told her that the melted pieces could have come from the Amber Room.
3、This gift was the Amber Room, which was given this name because several tons of amber were used to make it.
4、①It was also a treasure decorated with gold and jewels, which took the country's best artists about ten years to make.
②It was a mirror designed in the Song Dynasty and decorated in the fancy style of that time.
5、①Later, Catherine II had the Amber Room moved to a palace outside St Petersburg where she spent her summers.
②Catherine II had it moved outside St Petersburg.
③Frederick I had the Amber Room made.
6、①Sadly,although the Amber Room was considered one of the wonders of the world,it is now missing.
②The people there were very happy and without doubt consider it one of the treasures of their collection.
③An artist is a person who creates things which can be considered works of art.
7、①There is no doubt that the boxes were then put on a train for Konigsberg.
②I don't doubt that the gold ring belongs to her.
③People doubt that they were dragged over the land,which is too rough.
8、①How did the Amber Room get lost? ②She got so angry.
③He does not make speeches to get others to help him in his projects.
9、①Is it worth rebuilding lost cultural relics?
②To them,it was worth much more than Chen Lei paid.
③Do you think it was worth spending so much money to move a cultural relic such as Abu Simbel?
④They are worth the cost of entry alone.
10、①The old man saw some Germans taking apart the Amber Room and removing it.②She saw Nazis burying something near her home.③In April 1954 I heard something explode at midmight. ④Now you are going to hear another two people talk about what happened to the Amber Room.
11、①Is it something that people believe?
②A fact is anything that can be proved.
12、①It can be proved that Chian has more people than any other country in the world.
②It can be proved that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she has nothing to gain from her story.
13、①An opinion is what someone believes is true but has not been proved .②What happened to the Amber Room remains a mystery.③He told me not to tell anyone what I had seen.
14、①It may be true,but it is difficult to prove.
②I think it might be so,as the Amber Room has never been found.③That can't be true.④That must be true.
15、To my surprise the entrance to the mine was closed.
16、①Discuss each question in trun.
②Each side takes turns to debate and gives reasons for their opinion.
17、Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
18、①The search has cost them a lot of time and money.
②That is a great deal of money?
③It cost a lot to restore the building to its former glory.
19、①It will not only give you a chance of practising your English but also of developing an interest in local history at the same time.②He knows that the past is not only for us to enjoy but also for the children of the future.
20、 Why did Abu Simbel need to be moved and rebuilt?
21、He told them how he saw the maid come out of the entrance carrying a bag filled with the stolen treasure.
22、It was here that the city was first built during the Song Dynasty.
23、①Classifying words is a good way to learn English vocabulary.②To Feng,digging down into the earth is like reading page after page of a book.
24、Although the city government rebulit this street,they did save its oldest building.
25、He persuaded the city government to buy some land in the centre of the city.
Unit 2 The Olympic Games
1、①When and where did the modern Olympic Games start?
②When and where will the next Olympic Games be held?
2、①I lived in what you call“Ancient Greece”and I used to write about the Olympic Games a long time ago.
②Our Greek cities used to compete against each other just for the honour of winning.
3、①A：How often do you hold your games?
B:Every four years.
②Both are held every four years on a regular basis.
4、①How can the runners enjoy competing in winter?
②They have already started planning for it.
③She practised running to compete in the Olympic Games.
5、①That's why they are called the Winter Olympics.
②At first he understood why men ran against her.
③Give reasons why you like it so much.
6、It's in the Summer Olympics that you have the running races,together with swimming ,sailing and all the team sports.
7、①No other countries could join in,nor could slaves or women. ②Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
8、Women are not only allowed,but play a very important role in gymnastics.
9、①A special village is built for them to live in.
②It's a great responsibility but also a great honour to be  chosen.
③So she practised hard every day in order to be admitted as a competitor.④We can make this world a better place in which to live.
10、①That sounds very expensive.②Your suggestion sounds reasonable.
11、There is as much competition among countries to host the Olympics as to win Olympic medals.
12、All the stadiums will be built to the east of London.
in/to/on the east of.
13、Why do many countries want to host the Olympic Games while others do not?
14、①Pay attention to the intonation,as that can change the meaning.②This was a serious problem as she needed the pole to help her travel quickly through the deep snow.③He said that he had only behaved as any good sportsman should.
15、It didn't take her long to reach the standard for entering the Olympic Games.
16、①Children will not be allowed to make a noise and upset the competitors. If they do,they will be taken away from the stadium.
②They will be told to leave and will be punished.
17、Don't forget to use the passive voice in your poster.
=Remember to use the passive voice in your poster.
18、She was very beautiful and could run faster than any man in Greece.
19、①She was so angry that she said to her father that she would not marry anyone who could run faster than her.
②Her father said that she must marry.
③When a man says he wants to marry me,I will run against him.
④Atlanta married him and they lived happily ever after.
⑤She was married to a young engineer in June.
20、She was so angry about the fact that she could not run in the Olympics.
21、She made as many men as she could share her pain.
22、①Apart from playing at school I go to sports school every weekend.②What was Phidippides' job as well as running?
③We know they will provide us with wonderful examples of skill and sportsmanship as well as friendship and cross -cultural understanding.
23、①I especially like playing on the wing like Beckham but being a striker is good as well.
②We are looking forward to seeing you at the magical show too/as well.
24、①This is important because the more you speak English,the better your English will become.
②Truly old friends are like wine;the older, the better.
③The busier he is, the happier he feels.
25、Make sure that you all get equal turns in talking to the class.
26、Some people suggest that the Chinese martial arts should be included in the Olympic Games.
27、Winning the race against Atlanta seemed impossible to him until he got help from the goddess.
28、This does not stop him from taking a part in the Olympics.
29、I have been competing in the Special Olympics ever since I was at high school.
30、It was no wonder that Kip Keino became the only Kenyan sportsman ever to appear on the cover of the world famous sports magazine Sports Illustrated.
31、He ran from his room and arrived at the race track a few minutes before the race was about to begin.
Unit 3 Computers
1、①In pairs discuss what they have in common.
②Can you put them in an order according to the time when they appeared?
2、I could“think”logically and produce an answer quicker than any person.
3、I could be made to work as a “universal machine”.
4、①As time went by ,I was made smaller.
②These changes only became possible as my memory improved.
③As I have grown older I have also grown smaller.
④As time went by,I did research into how to make my radio.
⑤As I grow older I realize how much my life has been connected with my interest in radios.
⑥I jump from spaceships and as I fall I turn,dive,circle and dance until I softly land as close as I can to the finishing line.
⑦My heart stopped beating as I landed heavily on a mountain covered with snow.
5、①Over time my memory has developed so much that,like an elephant,I never forgot anything I have been told.
②And my memory became so large that even I couldn't believe it.
③Instead of flying softly to earth I began to fall faster and faster so that I could not turn,dive,circle or dance.
④The chip could actually operate the bike itself so that the rider doesn't have to worry.
6、①I have also been put into robots and used to make mobile phones as well as help with medical operations.
②He used to download information from the Internet and made good use of it.
7、①Anyhow,my goal is to provide humans with a life of high quality. ②This year I had the honour to be chosen again.
8、①We have made a plan. A plan has been made.
②My friend has bought a new personal copmuter.
A new personal computer has been bought by my friend.
③The shop has repaired my computer very quickly.
My computer has been repaired by the shop very quickly.
9、①Look at the way your face has been washed.
②Look at the way your hair has been combed.
10、①So we need to encourage our programmer to improve our intelligence too.②They need to be rewritten using the present perfect passive voice.③I need the factory to build me two new legs and an even bigger head.
11、We are determined to create an even better system.
12、She programs us with all the possible moves she has seen while watching human games.
13、I would really like to play against a human team,for I have been programmed to act just like them.
14、After all, with the help of my electronic brain which never forgets anything ,using my intelligence is what I'm all about!
15、①Remember to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each one.②Remember to use the functional items on page 22 in your discussion.
16、A problem that does sometimes arise is the possibility of a computer getting a virus.
17、A decision has been made that we will begin a computer teaching experiment in our school.
18、①The government has decided to give everyone free computer training during the holidays. It has been decided to give everyone free computer training during the holidays (by the govermment.)②It has been decided that the prize for hard work in science will be presented to Wang Xiaoding.
19、The university has suggested that they teach the course with the new computer science textbook.
20、①You are going to hear two androids talking about their jobs and life.One of them works as a maid.The other works in a car factory.②One of you will interview Hua Fei.The other will imagine he/she is Hua Fei.
21、①My programmer fell ill. ②I felt very frightened.
③I no longer felt so confident that I would win.
22、①You have been lucky enough to be allowed to interview Hua Fei in hospital.②Everybody was afraid that he would be too broken to be repaired.
23、He was lying in his hospital bed with two broken legs and a cut on his head.
24、①How did he get injured?
②Look at the following example to get you started.
25、It could keep the bike from running into other bikes.
Unit 4 Wildlife protection
1、Do you know any other endangered wildlife in China that is being protected?
2、①Please take me to a distant land where I can find the animal that gave fur to make this sweater.
②Please show me a place where there's some wildlife protection.
③You should pay more attention to the rainforest where I live.
④At the moment the Milu deer live in centres where they are being well protected and cared for.
3、①Our fur is being used to make sweaters for people like you.
②We used to be an endangered species.
③There were many different kinds of dinosaur and a number of them used to live in China.④The Milu deer,a species with large horns,used to be common in China long ago.
4、①I would like to help as the WWF suggests.
②A monkey watched them as it rubbed itself.
③As they landed,things began to disappear.
④WWF is very concerned about it as this is a very important park for endangered animals.
⑤As they spread illness,there is a good reason for killing them.
⑥They are now being studied as their numbers decrease.
 ⑦Cans,paper and plastic bags are being thrown away by many tour groups as they pass through Tibet. 5、①I am protecting myself from mosquitoes.
②How can the animals be protected from more people coming into the park?③But soon her smile disappeared because she realized that in protecting the zebra from the lion she had lost her best chance of taking some amazing photographs.
6、①Daisy was amazed.②The news was amazing.
7、What must be done if wildlife protection is to succeed?
8、Although this is not allowed,the coffee is excellent quality and has sold very well.
9、After a while she saw some zebra with black and white lines going beneath their stomachs.
10、①What should you do if your car is being stolen?
②What should you do if your friend is being attacked?
③What should you do if you are being followed by a stranger?
11、These dinosaurs could not only run like the others but also climb trees.
12、They learned this from the way the bones were joined together.
13、Others think the earth got too hot for the dinosaurs to live on any more.
14、He didn't realize who had killed many of his friends until he saw how his friend was being killed by Man.
15、①It is a pity that in the story nobody helped the dodo.
②Is it because its habitat is being threatened?
③It is hoped that one day there will be enough animals to let them live in the wild again.④It is said that 85% of the oil polluting the water comes from the cleaning of engines by small personal boat owners.
16、I suggest making a special park for them.
17、①The wildlife here is under protection.
The wildlife here is being protected.
②I am afraidl that the road to Wolong Nature Reserve is under repair.
I am afraid that the road to Wolong Nature Reserve is being repaired.
③is under discussion=is being discussed
④are under research=are being researched.
⑤is under consideration=is being considered.
⑥is under development=is being developed.
18、①It's so beautiful that I seemed to be taken into a fairyland.②He liked them so much that he took them all the way from China to Britain.③There are now so many of them that a new park has been opened for them in Hubei Province.
19、①The deer certainly seem happy to be back in China.
②Their future seemed secure at that time.
20、What else threatens birds besides oil spills?
Unit 5 Music
1 、①Have you ever dreamed of playing in front of thousands of people at a concert, at which everyone is clapping and appreciating your music? ②They may start as a group of high-school students, for whom practising their music in someone's house is the first step to fame. ③Later,they may give performances in pubs or clubs, for which they are paid in cash. ④The musicians were to play jokes on each other as well as play music, most of which was based loosely on the Beatles. ⑤However,after a year or so in which they became more serious about their work,the Monkees started to play and sing their own songs like a real  band. ⑥They produced a new record in 1996, with which they celebrated their former time as a real band. 2、①Do you sing karaoke and pretend you are a famous singer like Song Zuying or Liu Huan?②So during the broadcasts they just pretend to sing.③Watson liked to pretend he was a spy.④He decided to pretend to be a devoted fan and play a joke on him.
3、①To be honest,a lot of people attach great importance to becoming rich and famous.②They attached great significance to the premier's visit.③He attached a document to a letter.
④That middle school is attached to a university.
⑤The little girl is very much attached to her brother.
4、①Sometimes they may play to passers-by in the street or subway so that they can earn some extra money for themselves.
②They were so popular that their fans formed clubs in order to get more familiar with them.③We decided to form a band so that we could earn some extra money by playing and singing in a pub.
5、①The TV organizers had planned to find four musicians who could act as well as sing.②Freddy thought he could sing as well as the other singing frogs.
6、①They put an advertisement in a newspaper looking for rock musicians.②At last feeling very upset and sensitive,Freddy and his band realized that they must leave the country before it became too painful for them.③While singing a song,you are learning English grammar and vocabulary.④And then throwing off his clothes he jumped into the water at once.⑤Do you often listen to music while studying at home?
7、①As some of these actors could not sing well enough,they had to rely on other musicians to help them.②We wondered if they were playing a joke on us as they were often very humourous to each other.③As you know,our band was formed in a very unusual way.④Freddy felt very excited as he was Jeremy's friend.⑤As the singer was near,Freddy waved,dipped his legs in the water,……
8 、Anyhow their performances were humourous enough to be  copied by other groups. 9、The Monkees seem lively and funny because they play jokes on each other.
10、①They suggested we go to record our songs in a studio.
②Their fans,without whom the Beatles would not have been so successful,at last caused problems for them.③I might not still be alive if it were not for you.④I would like to thank Mr Zhang,without whom I would never have learned to play football well.
11、However,to our great surprise,everything was organized and we made our record.
12、Now whenever we go to the pub,we play our songs and buy drinks for the regulars.
13、①The guitar with which Dave composed our first hit is in a music museum.②The name by which we were to become famous was chosen by Mike's mother.③The musicians in whom we have great interset toured Europe with us.
14、One asks the first question and the other answers it.
15、①Freddy and his band could not go out anywhere without being followed.②Practise singing it with your tapes.
③Listening to classical music improves your memory.
④The“Mozart effect”means listening to Mozart's music.
16、①Their personal life was regularly discussed by people who did not know them but talked as if they were close friends.
②I remember the day when our band was formed as if it was yesterday.
17、Music is more than just sound.
18、Two days is a very brief visit if you are not familiar with our town or the countryside.
19、They both reappeared with Jeremy holding Freddy in his arms.
20、①I don't understand the way in which you solved this problem.
I don't understand how you solved this probem.
②This is the month during which we like to go to outdoor concerts.
when.
 ③She gave a musical concert in the hall in which we intervieved a famous violinist last week. where. ④Finding a job as a singer was the reason for which I moved.
why.
⑤I am familiar with your songs and the way in which you compose them. how.
模块三
Unit 1 Festivals around the world
1、①Discuss when they take place,what they celebrate and what people do at that time.
②It is now a children's festival,when they can dress up and go to their neighbours' homes to ask for sweets.
③China and Japan have mid-autumn festivals,when people admire the moon and in China,enjoy mooncakes.
④Its origin is around the 3rd or 4th century AD,when the custom of remembering Jesus' birth on December 25th first started.
2、People eat food in the shape of skulls and cakes with "bones"on them.
3、①The country,covered with cherry tree flowers,looks as though it is covered with pink snow.②Today,of course,many people celebrate Christmas as though it were just a holiday to have fun with family,rather than a holiday about a belief.
  4 、①Festivals and celebrations of all kinds have been held everywhere since ancient times. ②Sometimes celebrations would be held after hunters had caught animals. ③Some festivals are held to honour the dead or to satisfy the ancestors,who might return either to help or to do harm. ④Festivals can also be held to honour famous people. 5、I would rather have a mind opened by wonder than one closed by custom.
6、①However big the fool,there is always a bigger fool to admire him.②No matter what the reason,however,festivals are always times for great feasts with lots to eat.
7、①Could/Can/Would/Will you please show me the way to Bei hai Park?②Would you like to join my family for dinner?
③I would love to invite you to a Chinese festival.
④That can't be true→That must be true.
⑤You had better not cry.⑥You can't be serious.
8、①When going by plane,you should arrive at the airport at least one hour early.②Predict what kind of problems someone might have when going to such a carnival.③While admiring the ice sculptures everywhere in the city,you can stop with other tourists….
9、①She could be with her friends right now laughing at him.②Finding that Zhinu was heart-broken,her grandmother finally decided to let the couple cross the Milky Way to meet once a year.
③A group of very cold tourists are sitting in a cafe in Quebec,drinking hot coffee to try to warm up .④One person runs behind the sled,shouting to the dogs to encourage them.
10、He had looked forward to meeting her all day,and now he was alone with his roses and chocolates,like a fool.
11、①It was obvious that the manager of the coffee shop was waiting for Li Fang to leave.②It is obvious that festivals are times of happiness,fun and excitement.③It is amazing how warm these ice houses can be!
12、①They got married secretly,and they were very happy.
 ②Her granddaughter was married to a human. 13、People in China hope that the weather will be fine on that day,because if it is raining,it means that Zhinu is weeping and the couple won't be able to meet.
14、①As Li Fang set off for home,he thought,"…I don't want them to remind me of her." So he did.
②As he sadly passed the tea shop on the corner on his way home,he heard a voice calling him.
③An old lady just dropped ten yuan as she got off the bus.
④Everyone who comes must be prepared to keep moving,as it is too cold to stand and watch for long.
15、There was Hu Jin waving at him and calling.
16、①Most little girls love to be dressed up in their mothers' clothes and pretend to be grown up.
②Do you think it's true,or did somebody just make it up?
③He set off for the airport about an hour ago.
④You can dance outside to the music of a band,who are all dressed in heavy clothes —even some of their instruments are dressed up for winter.
17、 ①The door is open.Someone must have come in while I was out.②He can't have arrived yet, for it has been raining for hours.
18、What's to be done?=What will be done?=What ought to be done?=What should be done?=What must be done?
19、①Competitors speed down the track and through the air as though they could fly.②If you were to fall in,you would freeze in less than two minutes.
20、①One of the favourite events is the dog-sled race,in which teams of about six husky dogs pull long sleds at great speeds along a snowy track.②Late in the evening, you can go to the snow palace,where Bonhomme the snowman is king,and join the crowd.
21、Besides soft clay,what kinds of things are used to make well-dressings in Derbyshire?
Unit 2 Healthy eating
1、①Wang Peng sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated. ②Suddenly he saw his friend Li Chang hurrying by.
③I saw him put everything in his bag and go out.
④I saw him putting something in the bag.
⑤He saw Yong Hui walking in.⑥Your friend sees someone steal a purse from an old lady's pocket.
2、①What could have happened?
②Something terrible must have happened if Li Chang was not coming to eat in his restaurant as he always did.
③He can't have gone far.His bag is still here.
3、He thought of his mutton,beef and bacon cooked in the hottest,finest oil.4、①Nothing could be better.②It couldn't be worse.③Nobody loved money better than he did.
5、①He could not have Yong Hui getting away with telling people lies.②The hunter had the fire burning all night long.
③They got away with damaging the car.
④Would you like to have a McDonald's built in your town?
6、①By now his restaurant ought to be full of people.
②He had better do some research.
7、①His restaurant served far too much fat and Yong Hui's far too little.②Too many young people are getting fat through eating too much fatty food.
8、①Wang Peng felt more hopeful as he drove back home.
② However,as she was so afraid of being laughed at by her friends,she did not consult a doctor.③She felt so sad and hopeless about herself.④She felt very happy.⑤He smiled as he welcomed some customers warmly at the door.⑥She did not look happy.
9、①She didn't dare to face her boyfriend and she was unwilling to visit her friends any more.②I need to take the bus.
③You don't even need to wear a tie if you don't want to.
10、He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular.
11、①I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food.
②Their balanced diets became such a success that before long Wang Peng became slimmer and Yong Hui put on more weight.
12、Neither your restaurant nor mine offers a balanced diet.
13、①You can use this information to help you have a healthier diet as well as increase your vocabulary.
②They boiled the potatoes rather than fried them.
③They often provide salads as well as burgers and chips.
14、①It is too early to tell whether cutting down the cost of production will benefit the company workers or not.
15、①I don't mind going as long as I don't have to dress up.
②The doctor told me that I must give up smoking.
③You must stop drinking cola or eating sweet food.
16、 I can see nothing but good if this company comes to build its restaurant in our town.
17、①If,as they say,the workers are happy with them,why should they fear some workers joining a union?
②I am very worried about McDonald's building a restaurant in our hometown.
Unit 3 The Million Pound Bank Note
1、①This unit is a play based on a short story by an American writer—Mark Twain.②This afternoon a man dressed in rags came into the shop.
2、①Mark Twain was born in Florida on November 30th,1835.
②He was brought up in Hannibal.
③He is best known for his novels set in his boyhood world on the river. ④He became engaged to Olivia Langdon. ⑤He married Olivia Langdon on February 2,1870.
3、①Twain loved the river so much that even his pen name is about the river.②He was so lost in reading his book that he missed his train.③He was such a stubborn businessman that he didn't permit anybody to disagree with him.④We are so very glad that you even entered our little eating place.
4、①Imagine that somebody gives you a large sum of money to spend as you like/wish/please.
②The owner,the hostess and the waiter all bow as Henry leaves.③Since it is too long,he decides to get it cut.④He can't pay him right now as he has no small change.⑤We could not change the bank note as it was too large.
5、①What do you think of the film?=How do you like the film?②What do you think of the bet the brothers have made?
6、Would you please come in?
7、①I wonder,Mr Adams,if you'd mind us asking a few questions?②Would you mind waiting just a few minutes?③Just having you sit here is a great honour.④Try writing a play so you can practise your oral English.⑤And acting out the play will help improve your pronunciation and intonation.
8、Well,towards nightfall I found myself carried out to sea by a strong wind.
9、①The next morning I'd just about given myself up for lost when I was spotted by a ship.②The thief was spotted by the police as he was leaving the bank.
 10 、①The fact is that I earned my passage by working as an unpaid hand,which accounts for my appearance. ②That's why we've given you the letter. ③It wasn't because I had no patience to listen to him,but because it was still very painful for me to think about my dear grandma who died five years ago. ④I can't understand why the brothers made the bet. ⑤Could you tell me why you are interested in this job? 11、①I am afraid I don't quite follow you,sir.
②I don't think it's very funny.
③You mustn't think we don't care about you.
④I'm afraid it'll cost a large amount of money.
⑤I don't think it can be a fake.
12、 —If you don't mind,may I ask you how much money you have? —Well,to be honest,I have none.
13、①Can you tell me if you like this play?→I must say that I really enjoy it.②Henry doubts if he should take it.
14、①It is well-known that Americans like to eat a lot.
②It's amazing how much pleasure you get out of the simple things in life.
15、I did hear that the Bank of England had issued two notes in this amount.
16、①But it's all I have on me.②That's all we have.
③Give two reasons why the owner is not surprised to hear this news.
17、You must come whenever you want and have whatever you like.
18、①Remember that Henry has an American accent while the owner,the hostess and the waiters all have British accents.
②A lie can travel halfway around the world while the truth is putting on its shoes.
19、①He did not seem to care about it at all.
②I didn't mean to be rude.
20、①It must have been a tiring experience to travel to your mother's village last week.②She should have let us know earlier.
21、①My question is how Henry landed in Britain.
②The brothers ' doubt is whether Henry can stay out of jail.
③Henry's question is what kind of bet the brothers made.
④It seems as if everyone in London becomes interested in Henry.
22、①Dressed in the finest clothes,he drove by the brothers' house in Portland Place and,seeing they were back,went to get Portia at her friend's home.②The two brothers are seated,waiting.
23、①We're both glad to hear it,for now we can decide the bet which Roderick and I made.②I must give you a job,as I promised.
24、I never would have believed it.
25、Portia kisses him on the cheek.
26、The bank note was worth millions of dollars,but not worth one tenth as much as how Henry felt about Portia.
Unit 4 Astronomy:the science of the stars
1、①No one knows how the earth began,as it happened so long ago.②What is even more important is that as the earth cooled down,water began to appear on its surface.③What many scientists believe is that the continued presence of water allowed the earth to dissolve harmful gases and acids into the oceans and seas.④Why they suddenly disappeared still remains a mystery.⑤So whether life will continue on the earth for millions of years to come will depend on whether this problem can be solved.
2、①What it was to become was uncertain until between 4.5 and 3.8 billion years ago when the dust settled into a solid globe.
②They were in time to produce carbon,nitrogen,water vapour and other gases,which were to make the earth's atmosphere.
③This question is fundamental if students are to show that they understand the nature of astronomy.
be to do、be going to do、be about to do、will/shall do、ought to do、should/must do、plan/arrange to do、be sure to do 、 be supposed/expected to do.
3、①The earth became so violent that it was not clear whether the shape would last or not.②It was not immediately obvious that water was to be fundamental to the development of life.③It was said that only three people in the world could understand it at that time.④Now it is generally accepted that Einstein was the leading scientist of the 20th century.⑤It did not upset Einstein that many of the scientists did not accept his ideas.
4 、①This produced a chain reaction,which made it possible for life to develop. ②They are putting too much carbon dioxide into the atmosphere,which prevents heat from escaping from the earth into space. ③How life began on earth is one of the biggest puzzles that  scientists found hard to solve. 5、①Others,called amphibians,were able to live on land as well as in the water.②You may ask the following questions as well as work out some more.
6、①As a result of this ,many scientists believe that the earth may become too hot to live on.②We are too far from the earth now to feel its pull.
7、①There used to be nine planets in the solar system.
②One of them can no longer be considered a planet.
③He had succeeded in convincing them of his theory.
④The spaceship warned Li Yanping and me to be ready as we were approaching the "black hole".
8、①The evidence for this theory is that the atoms that make up the rocks on the moon seem to be different from those on earth.
②What is clear is that the moon is smaller than the earth and this prevents it from escaping from the earth.
9、①Do the other astronomers accept his idea?It remains a question.→ Whether the other astronomers accept his idea or not remains a question.②Why is the earth becoming warmer?It is an important topic for research.→Why the earth is becoming warmer is an important topic for research.③Pluto is no longer considered a planet in our solar system.What a surprise!→It is a surprise that Pluto is no longer considered a planet in our solar system.
10、①As the rocket rose into the air,we were pushed back into our seats.②We watched,amazed as fire broke out on the outside of the spaceship as the earth's gravity increased.③Again we were pushed hard into our seats as we came back to land.④Please move that curtain as it is blocking out the light.⑤As they lived in a warm and wet climate ,there was plenty of food.⑥As the spaceship moved round the black hole,I felt rather sick.
11、①So we feel as if there is no gravity at all.
②We shall feel its gravity pulling us.
12 、I cheered up immediately and floated weightlessly around  in our spaceship cabin watching the earth become smaller and the moon larger. 13、①I found I was carried twice as far as on the earth and fell over.②But it will not be as strong a pull as the earth's.
14、①Walking does need a bit of practice now that gravity has changed.②Leaving the moon's gravity was not as painful as leaving the earth's.③But returning to the earth was very frightening.
15、①They had few natural enemies besides each other,so each species had to protect their young from being eaten by other dinosaurs.②The dinosaurs were unable to prevent themselves from disappearing altogether.
16、①Who knows what would have happened if the earth's weather had not changed?②I suggest you (should)present it at a public meeting.③Someone watching me would have seen the spaceship flying like a bird away from the "black hole".
17、①We could see some faint lights around what looked like an empty space.②All the stories about what happened when you were caught by the gravity of a "black hole"seemed to be true.
18、①What was the most unexpected thing you found out about"black holes"?②What was the most frightening thing that happened to you on this journey?
Unit 5 Canada——"The True North"
1、①It is the second largest country in the world.
②What is the longest trip you have ever taken?
③The Yellow River is the second longest river in China.
④Canada has more fresh water than any other country in the world.
2、①Rather than take the aeroplane all the way,they decided to fly to Vancouver. ②Liu Hulan would rather die than give in.
③He preferred to stay at home rather than go to see a film.
④Rather than cause trouble,he left.
⑤The colour seems green rather than blue.
⑥A:Would you rather visit Inner Mongolia or Tibet this summer?
B:Oh, I think I'd like to just stay at home and rest rather than go anywhere.
3、①The thought that they could cross the whole continent was exciting.②Some people have the idea that you can cross Canada in less than five days,but they forget the fact that Canada is
5,500 kilometres from coast to coast. ③The girls were surprised at the fact that ocean ships can sail up the Great Lakes. ④Her parents were so pleased to get the news that she won the prize. ⑤The possibility that global warming is increasing worries scientists.⑥His suggestion that we should take the train from west to east across Canada sounds very exciting. ⑦The idea that they decided to clone the first human being surprised many people at the meeting.⑧The  story that you made a bicycle trip across Canada in the summer is very exciting. 常见的后接同位语从句的抽象名词有：fact、news、idea、thought、chance、possibility、promise、wish、will、sign、hint、suggestion、hope、question、reason、doubt、proposal、reminder、rumour、belief、problem、view、proof、evidence、answer、conclusion、decision、discovery、explanation、feeling、information、message、word、knowledge、law、rule、opinion、order、report、risk、story、truth、theory、advice、demand、desire、plan、request、requirement、confidence等，
其中advice、demand、desire、plan、request、proposal、decision、suggestion、idea 、order、requirement+that同位语从句（should+动词原形）
4、①Going eastward,you'll pass mountains and thousands of lakes and forests,as well as wide rivers and large cities.
②People say it is Canada's most beautiful city,surrounded by mountains and the Pacific Ocean.
③Skiing in the Rocky Mountains and sailing in the harbour make Vancouver one of Canada's most popular cities to live in.
④It is so wet there that the trees are extremely tall,some measuring over 90 metres.
⑤My favourite part was seeing the grizzly bear in the mountains.
⑥There was frost on the ground,confirming that fall had arrived in Canada.
⑦Knowing some prefixes and suffixes can help you guess the meaning of words.
5、①They managed to catch sight of some mountain goats.
②But in the end he managed to do the job well.
6、In fact,it has one-third of the world's total fresh water.
7、①That night as they slept,the train rushed across the top of Lake Superior.
②As they walked north from the harbour area,Li Daiyu said,…
 ③As they sat in a buffet restaurant……,a young man sat down with them. ④That night as the train was speeding along the St Lawrence River…,the cousins dreamed of French restaurants and red maple leaves.
8、①Not all the words will be used.
②Not all the new companies can succed.
9、①In pairs use the nouns above as well as the ones suggested below to make sentences.
②But his business always takes him to France and Spain as well as Germany!
10、China has 14 neighbouring countries while Canada only has one.
11、As far as I can tell,it will take us only about half an hour to drive there.
12、A:I'm glad we've finally settled our holiday plans.
B:So am I .Now I can finally settle down and relax.
13、I knew it would be cold in January,but not this cold!
14、①The old men used to make one in a few hours.
②They used to live in skin tents in summer.
15、That's why it's called "The Land of the Midnight Sun".
模块四
Unit 1Women of achievement
1、①She helped drive the English out of France.
②She helped improve prison conditions.
③She helped found an international campaign to stop the making of landmines. ④Her work helped the Quakers get the Nobel Peace Prize in 1947.⑤Her study of their body language helped her work out their social system.⑥She has helped to set up special places where they can live safely.
2、①She concerned herself with welfare projects.
②She devoted all her life to medical work for Chinese women and children.
3、①Her work encouraged many other women to become doctors.②She also worked hard to make as many countries as possilbe agree not to use them.
4、①She went to Africa and studied chimps instead of going to university.②Why do you think Jane Goodall went to Africa to study chimps rather than to university?
5、①Following Jane's way of studying chimps,our group are all going to visit them in the forest.②Watching a family of chimps wake up is our first activity of the day.③This means going back to the place where we left the family sleeping in a tree the night before.
④Other Quaker women helped her and went around the country raising money for her work.
6、①We watch the mother chimp and her babies play in the tree.
②Then we see them go to sleep together in their nest for the night.
③She actually observed chimps as a group hunting a monkey
and then eating it.④She saw many poor people living near her.
7、She spent years observing and recording their dailyactivities.
8、①Only after her mother came to help her for the first few months was she allowed to begin her project.
②Only when we understand their difficulties and problems,can we better understand their achievements.
9、She is leading a busy life.
10、①Her work changed the way people think about chimps.
②She has achieved everything she wanted to do.
③So the first thing Elizabeth did was to provide food.
11、①Once I stop,it all comes crowding in and I remember the chimps in laboratories.
②Once you have seen that you can never forget…….
12、①Women can live in the forest as men can.
②She had not behaved as a woman should.
13、①Our group are all going to visit them in the forest.
Our group is going to be very tired and dirty by the afternoon.
②The family is very big.
The family are very early risers.
③This class has eighteen girls and twenty-five boys.
This class is very bright especially in science subjects.
 ④Neither the weather nor the food is good. None of them carry/carries an umbrella.
14、①It seemed that she had been very busy in her chosen career,travelling abroad to study as well as writing books and articles.
②When the Quaker Elizabeth married Joseph Fry,it seemed as if her life would be comfortable and peaceful.
15、Who were the women that Lin Qiaozhi thought needed this advice?
16、Further reading made me realize that it was hard work and determination as well as her gentle nature that got her into medical school.
17、①This way of thinking prevents some girls from training for a career.②Unless women are given the opportunity, they will never be able to show that they can run companies successfully.③These are women's responsibilities while men do ont have this problem.
18、You will find it more interesting to read this than a list of the person's achievements.
19、①This is because we are interested in what people do and what they think.②I only see what remains to be done.
③That's because she believed God had sent her.
20、①Email,as well as letters, is playing an important part in daily communicating.②Nobody but Jane knows the secret.
③Not only I but also Li Juan and Mary are tired of taking so many exams. ④Either you or the headmaster is to hand out the prizes to the gifted students. ⑤The numberr of people invited was thirty,but a number of them were absent. ⑥The professor, as well as some of his assistants, is to attend our discussion. ⑦Neither is sure how well  they understand each other. ⑧But neither do they think it can not be resolved.
21、①Other people said she enjoyed being famous too much.
②She continued working to help improve the lives of poor prisoners till she died.
Unit 2 Working the land
1、①Although he is one of China's most famous scientists,Yuan Longping considers himself a farmer, for he works the land to do his research.
②This affects crops and, therefore, animals and humans,since chemicals get inside the crops and cannot just be washed off.
2、①Dr Yuan Longping grows what is called super hybrid rice.②He wrote down his advice in a book called Qi Min Yao Shu,which was considered an important summary of the knowledge of farm.
3、①This special strain of rice makes it possible to produce one-third more of the crop in the same field.
②…which makes it possible for them to use the remaining farmland for planting trees.
③The fine weather makes it possible for us to go for an outing next week.④Wherever he is, he makes it a rule to run for an hour every day.
4、①Now more than 60% of the rice produced in China each year is from this hybrid strain.
②Born in 1930,Dr Yuan graduated from Southwest Agricultural College in 1953.
③These increased harvests mean that 22% of the world's people are fed from just 7% of the farmland in China.
④About 1.8 million people across the world die each year from diseases caused by unsafe food and water.
⑤Equipped with new scientific farming methods, they have been able to use less farmland than in the past.
⑥What are some of the problems caused by chemical fertilizers?⑦In addition,fruit,vegetables and other food grown with chemical fertilizers usually grow too fast to be full of much nutrition.
5、①Using his hybrid rice,farmers are producing harvests twice as large as before.②We got three times as many people as we had expected.③The bedrom is twice as big as the kitchen.
④You are not half as clever as you think you are!
6、①He enjoys listening to violin music.
②And finally practise making at least four sentences with them.
③Paul clearly enjoyed learning about how to farm well.
④He will keep trying out new ideas so he can help farmers around China.⑤His father says that he has never regretted sending his son to study abroad.⑥Organic farmers, therefore, often prefer using natural waste from animals as fertilizer.⑦Some organic farmers prefer planting grass between crops to prevent wind or water from carrying away the soil.⑧…avoid damaging the environment of people's health.⑨I hate paying bills. What do you hate doing?⑩I'm used to getting up late.⑾They kept ploughing from morn till night, turning the soil over again and again.⑿He suggested changing crops in the field every year.
A.后面只能跟不定式作宾语的及物动词：
manage、expect、decide、seem、offer、promise、fail、hope、afford 、plan.
B、后面只能跟动名词作宾语的及物动词：
imagine、suggest、avoid、admit、practise、enjoy、finish、mind、miss、keep.
C、后面既可跟不定式，又可接动名词作宾语的及物动词：
 hate 、love 、prefer 、like 、start 、begin 、remember 、forget 、stop 、try 、regret. 7、①He would much rather keep time for his hobbies.
②A person with too much money has more rather than fewer troubles.③Is Dr Yuan more of a scientist or more of a farmer?
④Other than planting trees, what can students do to help turn deserts into green land?
8、①Spending money on himself or leading a comfortable life also means very little to him.
②Just dreaming for things, however,costs nothing.
③Not having enough food leads to poor health.
④It is necessary to get water from wet to dry places.
→Getting water from wet to dry places is necessary.
⑤Over the past half century, using chemical fertilizers has become very common in farming.
⑥Using chemical fertilizers always makes vegetables empty inside.⑦Eating more vegetables might not always be good for us.
⑧But the prolbem is letting people know about your food.
⑨Planting trees is one of the most common ways.
⑩Using a mobile phone on a motorcycle is dangerous.
9、①First,they damage the land by killing the helpful bacteria and pets as well as the harmful ones.
②Remember that using notes is very useful for planning your writing as well as putting down your reasons clearly on a poster.
③However,the discoveries of new ways to use chemicals have brought difficulties as well as benefits.
10、①They often change the kind of crop in each field every few years.②The Olympic Games are usually held every four years.
11、①An old farmer was about to die.②I'm about to leave this life.③He had always been interested in agriculture and intended to do something to make Chinese farming even better.
12、The sons started to spend/spending long hours working in the fields.
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
1、①As Victor Hugo once said,“Laughter is the sun that drives winter from the human face.”
②As time went by,he began making films.
③He grew more and more popular as his charming character, the little tramp,became known throughout the world.
④He is loved and remembered as a great actor.
⑤It was an interesting experience as it was clear that he did not keep to a strict budget.⑥I'm sorry the taxi hasn't come,but don't worry as the plane is always late.
2、①He made people laugh at a time when they felt depressed.
②He lived in England and the USA but spent his last years in Switzerland,where he was buried in 1977.③It is usually a time when children make fun of each other.
3、Not that Charlie's own life was easy.
4、①You may find it astonishing that Charlie was taught to sing as soon as he could speak.
②Do you find it difficult to understand English humour?
5、①Unfortunately his father died, leaving the family even worse off. ②He could mime and act the fool doing ordinary everyday tasks.③He walked around stiffly carrying a walking stick.④In the 1990s,Mr Bean became a star using mime to highlight difficult social situations much as Charlie Chaplin had done.
6、①They are so hungy that they try boiling a pair of leather shoes.②Finally he tries cutting and chewing the bottom of the shoe.③The acting is so convincing that it makes you believe that it is one of the best meals he has ever tasted!④He was such an outstanding performer that when he finished eating his dinner, the waiter offered him the same dish again at no extra charge.
7 、①Charlie first picks out the laces and eats them as if they  were spaghetti. ②Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe as if it were the finest steak. 8、He always managed to pick out those things that people are afraid of doing because they do not want to appear a social failure.
9、①I observed him directing as well as acting in it.
②Then I found him picking out the scences he liked best.
see/hear/watch/observe/find/notice/feel sb doing sth
③The boy sitting on the sofa is a friend of my brother.
④That actress eating her dinner has acted in four films.
⑤The man holding a mobile phone thinks it very convenient
to keep in touch with his friends.
10、①Seeing is believing=To see is to believe.
②His job is looking after the animals.
③What he likes is playing chess after supper.
④I am looking forward to visiting Charlie Chaplin Museum.
⑤I missed seeing the beginning of the film.
⑥I wouldn't mind seeing The Gold Rush again with you tonight.
11、①Watson tried a third time./a second time.
②It should be easily understood the first time you read it.
12、①The reporter showed many noodle trees with the farmer pulling noodles off them and putting them into baskets.
②It was the result of many year's patient research with the trees to produce noodles of exactly the same length.
13、①They may not have heard of noodles from this part of the world.②What did John think Mary should have done with the mess in the pan?
Unit 4 Body language
1、①Yesterday,another student and I, representing our university's student association,went to the Capital International Airport to meet this year's international students.
②I saw several young people enter the waiting area looking around curiously.③I stood for a minute watching them.④She stepped back appearing surprised.⑤Then Akira Nagata from Japan came in smiling.⑥When Darlene Coulon from France came dashing through the door， she recognized Tony Garcia's smiling face.
⑦A tall, dark woman approached her, singing loudly.⑧Joan watched curiously, thinking that the woman seemed a little crazy.⑨Cheng Hui walks around the desk jumping on one foot.⑩Hearing that his wife had been in an accident, Mr Armstrong hurried to the hospital to see her.⑾Being ill, he did not take part in the sports meeting.
2、①As they were introduced, George reached his hand out to the Japanese student.②When we met yesterday,he moved very close to me as I introduced myself.③They shook hands and then kissed each other twice on each cheek, since that is the French custom when adults meet people they know.④As I get to know more international friends, I learn more about this cultural“body language”.⑤When in Rome, do as the Romans do.⑥The car raced past, almost hitting us as it turned the corner.
3、①Not all cultures greet each other the same way,nor are they comfortable in the same way with touching or distance between people.②In the same way that people communicate with spoken language, they also express their feelings using unspoken“language”through physical distance, actions or posture.③These actions are not good or bad, but are simply ways in which cultures have developed.④Not all members of a culture behave in the same way.⑤Not all cultures use the handshake, and people in many Asian cultures do not always touch another person.
4、①The first person to arrive was Tony Garcia from Colombia,closely followed by Julia Smith from Britain.
②What was the most interesting body language discussed in this unit?
5、①Do you agree with the author's statement that body language is not good or bad?②We know that a smile is usually a sign that people feel friendly and happy.
6、①Its function is to show happiness and put people at ease.
②However,the general purpose of smiling is to show good feelings.③I think the whole purpose of the author was to show that our facial expressions can make our statements have no meaning.
④The traditional greeting in China was to cover the left hand with the right and bow.⑤In almost all cultures, to smile and show an open right hand means,“Welcome, you are safe with me.”
7、①Frowning and turning one's back to someone shows anger.②Making a fist and shaking it almost always means that someone is angry and threatening another person.③Nodding the head up and down is used for agreement almost worldwide.④Shaking the head from side to side means disagreement or refusal.⑤Looking away from people or yawning will,in most cases ,make me appear to be uninterested.⑥Being respectful to people is subjective, based on each culture.⑦Standing at a little distance with open hands will show that I am willing to listen.⑧What are some jobs in which using body language is extremely important?
 8 、①Some cultures use other greetings as well. ②It is an amazing thing that we understand each other as well as we do!③Why is it important to watch as well as listen to others?④Watch what people do as well as what they said.⑤Use your own ideas as well as the information on the tape.
9、①While cleaning out her dormitory room on her last day at university,she received an unexpected phone call.
②But today I felt quite at ease when giving a speech to the school.③When meeting people at the airport,most people smile and shake hands with people they meet.④People shake their hands when meeting people to show that they can be trusted.⑤To show respect Muslim people will touch their heart and mouth when greeting someone.⑥You have fallen and hurt your foot while hiking in the mountains.
10、①It seemed that he avoided getting too close to her.
②It is clear that your spoken English will greatly improve if you can practise speaking whenever you can.
③Driving his car around is his main hobby.
④Showing our hands means that we are not armed.
11、①What if we don't know who the new person is?
②What if we are not introduced by a friend?
③What if we are meeting a stranger in an unfamiliar place?
Unit 5 Theme parks
1、①Whichever and whatever you like,there is a theme park for you.②It will bring you into a magical world and make your dreams come true, whether you are travelling through space,visiting a pirate ship or meeting your favourite fairy tale or Disney cartoon character.
2、①As you wonder around the fantasy amusement park,you may see Snow White or Mickey Mouse in a parade or on the street.②Plan your trip well before starting, since Futuroscope has so many shows.③Not all words can be converted,so be sure to memorize them as you find them.④We girls wanted to go to the zoo,but since we were in the minority,we lost to the boys,who all wanted the safari.⑤As we took the ride through the park's dark jungle,we could see the eyes of many creatures looking out at us.
3、①With all these attractions,no wonder tourism is increasing wherever there is a Disneyland.
②Tourism develops where a Disneyland is built.
③Where there is a river, there is a city.
④Where there is a will,there is a way.
⑤The PCC is set in 42 acres of beautiful countryside where visitors can see seven different traditional Polynesian island villages.
4、①Take a ride on the only steam-engine train still working in the southeast USA.②Visitors can get close to parts of the world they have never experienced,going to the bottom of the ocean,flying through the jungle or visiting the ed, ges of the solar system.
③For anyone coming from out of town, Futuroscope had many excellent hotels nearby.④We know that in their history they were sea travellers moving from island to island.⑤They were able to find their way using the smell of the wind.
5、One day,news came that Britain's old king had died without a son.
6、①Opened in 1987,Futuroscope is one of the largest space-age parks in the world.②Polynesian is the name given to the many groups of small islands that are spread about the Pacific Ocean.
7、①The amazing,up-to-date information together with many opportunities for hands-on learning makes the world come to life in a completely new way for visitors.
②Learning centers throughout the park let visitors try their own scientific experiments, as well as learn more about space travel,the undersea world and much more.
③Futuroscope is not only for individuals,but is also the perfect mix of fun and learning for class outings.
④We got the admission rate for students,which was great since I still had enough money to buy a brochure about the park as well as something at the souvenir shops.
8、①Be sure to wear some comfortable sneakers or other walking shoes.②Be sure to include what kind of park it is.
9、①Then practise reading the first paragraph aloud.
②I don't mind having a dog in the house, if it's clean.
③What kind of nail do carpenters want to avoid hitting?
④Don't miss going to see our fashion shows.
10、I don't think it's because he dislikes me.
11、①Some theme parks are not only amusing but also educational.②It not only shows visitors the Polynesian way of life but also protects their skills and culture for the future.
12、①If driving,Futuroscope is within easy reach of the freeway.
②If possible, make a small model of your theme park and display it to the class.
模块五
Unit 1 Great scientists
1、①Who wrote a book explaining how animals and plants developed as the environment changed ?②He attended Queen Victoria as her personal physician .③As the disease spread quickly through poor neighbourhoods, he began to gather information.④Yet he could not tell anyone about his theory as the powerful Christian Church would have punished him for even suggesting such an idea⑤He also suggested that the earth was spinning as it went around the sun.⑥Then it spread to the richer areas as the servants passed it on.⑦As he loved mathematical puzzles, he wanted to know why this one wouldn't work.⑧As three and five are odd numbers, he called them"odd"points.⑨Name as many scientific subjects as you can.
2、①But he became inspired when he thought about helping ordinary people exposed to cholera.②He found that it came from the river polluted by the dirty water from London.③He/She will look in a special book written by Carl Linnaeus.
3、Neither its cause nor its cure was understood.
4、①terrified people.②the affected person.③the astonished people.④polluted water.⑤reserved seats.⑥excited people.⑦a boy called Jackie.⑧the tired boy.⑨the exhausted boy.⑩a mathematician called Leonhard Euler.⑾a whole new branch of mathematics called"topology".⑿your chosen scientist.
5、①became inspired.②became interested.③was determined to find out why.④were astonished at. ⑤was frightened.⑥was confused.⑦felt excited.⑧felt frightened.⑨became very excited.
6、①It seemed that the water was to blame.
②Some planets in the sky seemed to stop.
③Many doctors suspected that polluted water was to blame.
7、①She had it delivered to her house every day.
②He had the handle removed from the water pump.
8、①To prevent this from happening again, John Snow suggested that the source of all the water supplies (should) be examined.②The first suggested that cholera multiplied in the air.
9、①Read the passage and number these events in the order that they happened.②What order would you put them in?③Do not forget to put your ideas in a logical order.
10、①Do you think John Snow would have solved this problem without the map?②I had expected the film to be better.③If you were Nicolaus Copernicus, would you have hidden your theory for so many years?
11、Only if you put the sun there did the movements of the other planets in the sky make sense.
12、He placed a fixed sun at the centre of the solar system with the planets going round it and only the moon still going round the earth.
13、He did not want to be attacked by the Christian Church, so he only published it as he lay dying in 1543.
need、want、require、deserve
14、①So between 1510 and 1514 he worked on it, gradually improving his theory until he felt it was complete.②The Christian Church rejected his theory, saying it was against God's idea.③Now write a short letter asking Copernicus to publish his ideas.
15、①Then you will find it easier to do your persuasive writing.②Educated people in the twenty-first century find it hard to believe that two hundred years ago people did not link illness to problems in the envioronment.
16、John Snow's investigation proved that the dirtier the water, the more severe the illness.
 17 、①I was afraid to expose my true feelings in case he laughed at me. ②I was never exposed to ballet until I was sixteen. ③Mushrooms do not grow well if exposed to light. ④Potatoes turn green when exposed to light. 18、①why Euler is considered to be a great mathematician.
②why they are considered important in science history.
19、No! Well, don't worry, Euler didn't either!
20、To his surprise, he found that he could cross six of the bridges.
21、①He joined these points together using curved lines to go over the bridges.②He noticed that some points had three lines going to them.③He counted the lines going to points A,B,C and D.④Using this new diagram Euler started at point A.⑤He had been able to go over the figure visiting each point but not going over any line twice or lifting his pencil from the page.⑥Now do these problems using Euler's rule.
22、Not all of them do.
23、Was it because of his/her talent, intelligence, hard work, persistence, confidence, curiosity, enthusiasm or luck?
Unit 2 The United Kingdom
1、①How many countries does the UK consist of？
The UK consists of four countries.
=The UK is made up of four countries.
②England can be divided into three main areas.
③Wales was linked to it in the thirteenth century.
④The countries that make up Great Britain are England，Wales and Scotland。
2、①Now when people refer to England you find Wales included as well . ②…by getting Ireland connected in the same peaceful way.
③You find most of the population settled in the south.④We have got the house mended now？
have/get/find/……+object+past participle（object complement）→ have/get/find sth done ⑤Have you had your hair cut？
⑥Do you want to have the dictionary delivered to your house？
⑦You had better get the computer repaired.
⑧They found the window broken.
⑨To her great surprise，Zhang Pingyu found the Queen's jewels guarded by special royal soldiers.
⑩so Pingyu had a photo taken standing on either side of the line.
⑾Who had the two princes killed?
⑿I found Shanghai changed a lot after such a long time.
⒀When I enter the house I found the telephone disconnected,the windows broken and the door opened.
⒁I had to get the kitchen cleaned,the cooker repaired and the floor washed. ⒂Mrs Smith had had the house examined and locked a few months ago. ⒃I'll get the broken window repaired. (P.51)
 3 、①This was shown to the world in a new flag called the Union Jack. ②It is a pity that the industrial cities built in the nineteenth century do not attract visitors . ③You have to go to older but smaller towns built by the Romans . ④It has the oldest port built by…… ，the oldest building begun by ……and the oldest castle constructed by……in 1066. ⑤There followed St Paul's Cathedral built after……in 1666. ⑥But she was thrilled by so many wonderful treasures……displayed in the museum .⑦It is an imaginary line dividing the eastern and western halves of the world.
4、①What geographical factors make it difficult to invade England successfully ? ②You may have a few problems understanding the guide.
③How long does it take to fly from Beijing to London Heathrow Airport？
5、①Worried about the time available，Zhang Pingyu had made…….
②It looked splendid when first built！
③Fawkes，disappointed at the government's behaviour ,agreed.
6、①It seemed strange that the man who had developed communism should have lived and died in London. ②What interested her most was the longitude line. ③That is why，even today，when people can follow any religion they like，families still have firework parties and burn cloth dolls of Guy Fawkes on a bonfire.
④They remember a time in England when people were not as tolerant of each other's ideas as they are now.
⑤Do you think Guy Fawkes or King James were right to behave the way they did？ 7、Not all dates will have information.
8、Finally discuss what might have happened if King James had kept his promise. 9、The broken window needs repairing.
Unit 3 Life in the future
1、Which problems do you think people will have overcome in one thousand years?
2、①I have to remind myself constantly that I am really in AD 3008. ②Many people need to be reminded of the job opportunities in space stations.
3、①Worried about the journey, I was unsettled for the first few days. ②Well-known for their expertise,his parents' company,called "Future Tours", transported me safely into the future in a time capsule.
③Hit by a lack of fresh air, my head ached.
④Having said this, he spread some food on the table.
⑤Exhausted, I slid into bed and fell fast asleep.
⑥Arriving at a strange-looking house,he showed me into a large,bright clean room. ⑦Frightened by the loud noise,I went to see what was happening. ⑧Built in 1910,the museum is almost 100 years old.
⑨Very astonished by the amount of work in the new timetable, Lucy decided to leave her job immediately.
⑩Left alone on a desert island,I'd practise swimming so that I could esacpe. ⑪Translated into English, it should sell very well.
⑫Described as an enormous round plate,it spins slowly in space to imitate the pull of the earth's gravity. ⑬I stared at the moving model of the waste machine, absorbed by its efficiency.
4、①……to collect a hovering carriage driven by computer.
②Just relax, since there is nothing planned on the timetable today.
③……because of too many carriages flying by in all directions.
④The room connected to the rest of the house by a long passage is completely empty.
⑤The queen was sitting in a royal carriage drawn by four horses.
⑥The vehicle mentioned in the book is unknown to me.
⑦My first visit was to a space station considered the most modern in space.
5、①I lost sight of Wang Ping when we reached what looked like a large market. ②I realized that I had been transported into the future of what was still my hometown.③That is why we persuade families not to lose sight of the advantages that come from a period of time in space.
④Well, now there's a system where the waste is disposed of using the principles of ecology.
6、①At first people may find the adjustment to space life difficult to tolerate. ②What would you do if you found yourself alone on a desert island?③The sea bottom is deep and this makes it difficult to contact the surface.
7、①The representative from the time travel company gave her the impression that the space capsule was easy to handle.
②No matter how hard she tried,Aunt Betty was unable to restart the engine.
8、①Michael stared as though he had never seen his fatherbefore.
②She walked home as if she was floating on air.
9、①Aprincess once owned a magical chair made of gold and silver. ②On his birthdau he received a mysterious present wrapped in gold paper. ③Interrwpted by the bell,he was unable to finish his speech.
④Awakened by a noise at midnight,she saw a thief in her room.
⑤Having once fallen in love,a mumu will stay with his/her partner for life. ⑥Once disturbed, he was unable to get back to sleep again.
10、Everyone will get twice as much personal space as in flats on land.
11、①There will be no suffering here.
②There has been a problem in the past.
③There will also be computers throughout the city.
④Of course there will be no household worries.
12、①At first I wasn't too worried, as there is a backup system in case things go wrong.
②When that didn't work either, I realized that we had two serious problems.
13、Living under the sea at great pressure has bad effects on the body.
14、①They found the temple destroyed after the earthquake.
②He had a dog called Fifi.
③Left alone, he felt sad and depressed.
④Assisted by his neighbours,Mr Jones finally caught the thief.
Unit 4 Making the news
1、①Never will Zhou Yang forget his first assignment at the office of a popular English newspaper. ②Not only am I interested in photography,but I took an amateur course at university to update my skills.③Only if you ask many different questions will you acquire all the information you need to know. ④I did not know how to use the recorder .Neither did he. ⑤“Is everything ready yet?” asked Hu Xin to the photographer. ⑥Seldom have I seen a situation which made me so angry. ⑦Not once did she miss a jump when she took part in the horse riding competition ⑧Not only did Zhou Jie receive an admission notice to Beijing University,but he also won a scholarship to study in America.
⑨He didn't come again,nor did he write to her.
⑩Little did he realize how disappointed she was.
⑪Hardly had she arrived home when it began to rain heavily.
⑫Not until I saw his letter did I find out he was a liar.
⑬No sooner had he got home than he had to go out to see his sick mother. ⑭Alan doesn't like football and Michael doesn't either.→ …,Nor/Neither does Michael. ⑮He has finished doing his homework.So have I.
2 、①His discussion with his new boss,Hu Xin, was to strongly influence his life as a journalist. ②I felt delighted as I was to assist  him. ③It seemed that the water was to blame. ④No one is to leave this building without the permission of the police.(p.77)
3、①Here comes my list of dos and don'ts:
②There came a loud series of knocks on the door.
③In the doorway stood a small boy and his father.
④Here comes the bus ! There goes the bell!
⑤Now comes your chance to shine. ⑥Off flew the cuckoo.
⑦Following the roar,out rushed a grizzly bear from behind the rock. ⑧Down came the rain. Out came the sun.
here、there、up、down、out、away、off、in.
4、①You 'll find your colleagues very eager to assist you.
②You may find these expressions useful.
5、①They must use research to inform themselves of the missing parts of the story.②Have you ever had a case where someone accused your journalists of getting the wrong end of the stick?
③A footballer was accused of taking money for deliberately not scoring goals so as to let the other team win.
④The law does not allow people to accuse themselves of a crime. ⑤He claimed Alex had robbed him of many bags of gold while he was asleep.⑥He said that he had warned his landlord of this danger.⑦He decided to break him of this habit.⑧But first Alex asked a favour of him.⑨One day his landlord accused him of committing a crime.
6、①He denied taking money but we were sceptical.②He tried to stop us publishing it.③I don't mind acquiring that skill if it is useful.④Practise in pairs making appointments. ⑤I look forward to seeing you.
7、①So we arranged an interview between the footballer and the man supposed to bribe him .②So we wrote an article suggesting he was guilty.③Zhou Yang needs to answer a letter from a student asking how to become a journalist.④ZhouYang also took a copy to the native speaker employed by the newspaper to polish the style.⑤Running after the man he tripped and felt over, pushing the thief to the ground too.
8 、①It was a dilemma because the footballer could have demanded damages if we were wrong. ②In pairs make a list of things that the film  star might have done. 9、①You are supposed to be the secretary of an important person.
②A primary source is more likely to be true than a secondary one.
10、①He needs to have his picture taken for a magazine. ②He would like to have it taken in the morning.③The king had his queen killed.
11、①It is the first time that spotted deer have produced young with entirely white fur!②Fred Smith's photographs support his idea that the Turkish fans started the fight. ③Eyewitnesses said it was the best football tackle they had ever seen!
12、①Alex did not want his landlord to sleep with all his gold under his bed.②Then it developed into a serious fight with everyone involved.
13、①Doing a radio or TV interview is fun and interesting.
②Collecting and writing news is like researching in history.
Unit 5 First aid
1、①If possible,discuss what kind of first aid you should give in these situations.②First degree burns turn white when pressed.
③Remove clothing using scissors if necessary unless it is stuck to the burn. ④If burns are on arms or legs, keep them higher than the heart, if possible.
⑤While ironing clothes, Miss Good accidentally touched the iron.
⑥ Tie a bandage firmly over the burnt area, when necessary.(=when a bandage is necessary.)⑦He went to the doctor because he had to .⑧She could not decide whether to send him to hospital or not.
⑨Only some of the students have done a first aid course but most haven't.⑩To her teacher's surprise ,she did better in her first aid exam than expected .⑪ I don't think they have returned from the hospital , but they might have.⑫You can borrow my first aid notes if you want to.⑬When congraulating John, she said,"......"
⑭A:Can I visit you after the ceremony is over?
B:Yes, I'd love you to.
⑮Unplug electric blankets when not in use.
⑯Have a telephone near the bed, especially if ill.
⑰Don't plug in an electrical appliance or use it while standing in water.⑱When cooking, do not let oil touch flames or other sources of heat.⑲When carrying out rescue breathing, how many times a minute should you blow air into the victim's mouth?
2、①But there are other times when giving first aid quickly can save lives.②It is where you feel cold, heat or pain.
③So as you can imagine, if your skin gets burned it can be very serious.④Do not rub, as this may break any blisters and the wound may get infected.⑤Never put butter, oil or ointment on burns as they keep the heat in the wounds and may cause infection.
⑥There is no doubt that John's quick thinking and the first aid skills he learned at school saved Ms Slade's life.
⑦The instructions are written step by step,in the order that they are meant to happen.⑧He who has health has hope;and he who has hope has everything.
3、It was John's quick action and knowledge of first aid that saved Ms Slade's life.
4、①Would you have done the same as John?②What advice should the operator have given Mrs Grant to avoid making the accident worse?③What could Mrs Grant have done to avoid the accident happening?④How do you think the accident could have been prevented?
5、①And always keep a first-aid kit in your home—just in case there is an accident.②Use heaters very carefully as they can set objects on fire.
6、①You should have her lie down and rest.
②After your performance, get your classmates to tell you if you left out any important information.
模块六
Unit 1 Art
1、①If you could have three of these paintings on the walls of your classroom, which would you choose?
②If you were an artist, what kind of pictures would you paint？
③Have you ever wished you could paint as well as a professional artist?④If the rules of perspective had not been discovered, no once would have been able to paint such realistic pictures.
 ⑤Without the new paints and the new technique,we would not be able to see the many great masterpieces for which this period is famous. ⑥He would come to the party if he did not have to work.
=He wants to come, but he cannot just because he has to work.
⑦If I had enough money, I would buy a new car.
⑧You feel as if you were inside a fragile, white seashell.
⑨Who first suggested they visit art galleries?
⑩Why did Steve Lee wish they had talked to Mr Hang's wife before they went shopping? ⑾She wishes she were beautiful.⑿I wish I were an architect because then I would be able to design my own house.⒀If I were a butterfly, I would fly to drink nectar in the most beautiful flowers in the world.⒁If I were a big tree, I would grow so tall that I'd touch the sky.
2、①Would you rather have Chinese or Western-style paintings in your home?②What would you rather do—paint pictures,make sculptures, or design buildings?③Liu Hulan would rather die than give in.④Many art lovers would rather visit this small art gallery than any other in New York.
3、①As there are so many different styles of Western art, it would be impossible to describe all of them in such a short text.
②A conventional artist of this period was not interested in showing nature and people as they really were.
③They tried to paint people and nature as they really were.
④The painter does not attempt to paint objects as we see them with our eyes. ⑤As a man looking after Van Gogh's paintings said ：“I would not be surprised if the number (of "masterpieces")grows  to more than 200.” ⑥As the marble statue is too large for the garden, the housewife won't buy it. ⑦As he looked around him, he noticed how the shadow of the trees were growing longer as time passed.
⑧But sadly I'm not, so I must make the best of life as it is!
4、①The art exhibition is worth seeing.
② Frick's beautiful home and garden are well worth a visit.
5、These art works are not all displayed at the same time.
6、Many were considered to be Van Gogh's own work by important art critics.
7、①But it was evident that ideas were changing in the 13 th century when painters like Giotto di Bondone began to paint religious scenes in a more realistic way.
②It is amazing that so many great works of art from the late 19th century to the 21st century are housed in the same museum.
③Number the presents1- 4 to show the order in which you hear them discussed.
Unit 2 Poems
1、These little poems and songs might have been some of the first poetry you learned.
should / must / may/might/can/could /need have done/been.
2、①There are various reasons why people write poerty.
②Some poems tell a story or describe something in a way that will give the reader a strong impression.
3、①Some rhyme (Like B) while others do not (like C).
②I like tea while my brother likes coffee.
4、①With so many different forms of poetry to choose from, students may eventually want to write poems of their own.
②Mother asked her if / whether she was very hot with so many clothes on.③With the teacher helping me, I worked out the problem easily.④Have you noticed the room with its window open?
5、①If Jack had scored that goal, we would have won our first football match.②If Ben had passed the ball to Joe, we would have won our first football match.③If we hadn't stayed up so late the night before, we would have won our first football match.④If you had come earlier, you would not have missed the exciting scene in the movie.⑤If Rob hadn't injured himself, we would have won.
⑥If she had studied harder, she would have got the diploma.
⑦If Alfred had paid more attention at the time, he would not have missed the teacher's instructions.
⑧If she had been there on time, the bride and bridegroom would have felt happier.⑨We would have won the championship easily if we had got Mr Han to coach us.⑩If I had taken your advice, I would have passed the final exam.
⑾She would have waited for him if he had asked.
⑿I would have been on time if my mother had woken me up.
⒀He would have won the race if he hadn't tripped over.
⒁ If I didn't go to the gym every day, I would put on weight.
If he had worked hard, he would have passed the exam.
⒂If he had not worked hard for a long time, he would not have translated the Chinese poem into English eventually.
⒃I would have loved you if you had behaved better.
⒄If you had called me, I wouldn't have gone.
6、When I was a baby, my mother used to read me nursery rhymes.
7、①Try beating or clapping the strong beats of the rhythm as you read the poem to yourself.
②Then try to use them to talk about your plan.
③ Try to write about 6 lines.④I think I'll try writing a haiku.
8、①Although the future may be difficult for you, whenever you need warmth and love, remember I'll have some to give you.
②While you're away I'll remember your smile and I'll love you always.
9、①Listing words that rhyme is a good way to remember vocabulary.②Writing poems is also a good way to learn vocabulary.
③Singing along with your favourite songs is fun way to practise your English.
Unit 3 A healthy life
1、It的用法
A、形式it：形式主语和形式宾语
①It seems amazing that at my age I am still fit enough to cycle
20 kilometres in an afternoon. ②It is easier to fall than to rise.
③It is no good/use crying over spilt milk.
④He found it difficult to accustom himself to getting up early.
⑤I think it best that you should do more exercise.
⑥It was disappointing that he refused my invitation.
⑦She thought it no good worrying about him.
⑧It is believed that smoking causes cancer by most people.
⑨It is astonishing that China produces one third of world's cigarettes.
⑩It is very likely that you will die if you get infected with HIV.
⑾It is quite probable that you will get stressed.
B、强调it：
 ①In fact it is the mental addiction rather than the physical effects that makes it really hard to quit smoking. ②It is human activity that has caused this global warming.
③It was on a dark and stormy night that the old man started his journey. ④It is only when the disease has progressed to AIDS that a person begins to look sick.
C、非人称代词it：时间、距离、天气、日期、地点、温度、环境等
①It is a beautiful day.②It was time to quit smoking.
③It is 10 kilometres to the castle. ⑤It was beginning to rain.
④It was a dark and stormy night when the old man started his journey.
2、①I think my long and active life must be due to the healthy life I live.②During adolescence I also smoked and became addicted to cigarettes.③First, you can become physically addicted to nicotine, which is one of the hundreds of chemicals in cigarettes.
④This means that after a while your body becomes accustomed
to having nicotine in it.⑤This will prevent sexual fluid from passing from one person to another.
3、①You are finding it difficult to give up smoking.
②If you do, you'll find it very hard to concentrate on your exam the next day.
4、①Did you know that this is because you become addicted in three different ways?②As you know, if you do the same thing over and over again, you begin to do it automatically.③She told me that she wouldn't go out with me again unless I stopped smoking.
④Every time you feel like smoking a cigarette, remind yourself
 that you are a non-smoker. ⑤Do some relaxation exercises every time you feel stressed. ⑥You really have no idea just how hopeless cancer can make you feel. ⑦A person cannot get HIV the first time they have sex. ⑧Do you think any of your health habits will change now that you have finished this unit? 5、①I remember feeling bad-tempered and sometimes even in pain.②Anyone who has sex with a person infected with HIV/AIDS risks getting the virus.③After having practised giving advice on health issues, would you now be able to advise on……about?
6、①But I did finally manage.
②It is not easy to stop smoking, but millions have managed to quit and so can you.③Neither did I know that my cigarette smoke could affect the health of non-smokers.④However, what I did know was that my girlfriend thought I smelt terrible.⑤I do hope so because I want you to live as long and healthy a life as I have.
7、①It was time to quit smoking.
②It is time for you to go to bed.③It is time for class.
8、①What other information could have been included?
②Blood could have spilt on it.
③This may have been true in the past.
9、①Having lived in Hawaii all his life, he was not used to the cold of Northern Europe.②Giving up smoking is difficult.
③Do not share anything else that a person has used while injecting drugs. ④When answering open-ended questions, don't worry about whether your answer is right or wrong. ⑤However, today, the number of young people becoming infected through  sexual activity is increasing.
Unit 4 Global warming
1、①But it is a rapid increase when compared to other natural changes.
②This is when small amounts of gases in the atmosphere, like carbon dioxide, methane and water vapour, trap heat from the sun and
therefore warm the earth.
③The problem begins when we add huge quantities of extra carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
④It is clear what the effects of global warming will be.
2、①There is no doubt that the earth is becoming warmer.
②All scientists subscribe to the view that the increase in the earth's temperature is due to the burning of fossil fuels like coal, natural gas and oil to produce energy.
③What are some ways that plastic bags could be reused?
④However, I still think people should advocate improvements in the way we use energy today.
⑤Apart from the fact that butts spoil the beauty of the environment, they contain some very toxic chemicals.
⑥Underline the evidence Tom gives to support his argument that cigarette butts are an environmental problem.
3、①It is human activity that has caused this global warming rather than a random but natural phenomenon.
②It was a scientist called Charles Keeling, who made accurate measurements of the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere from 1957 to 1997.
③They also agree that it is the burning of more and more fossil fuels that has resulted in this increase in carbon dioxide.
④It is fossil fuels that much of the energy used to light and heat
our homes comes from.
⑤It is for centuries that carbon dioxide has the tendency to stay in the atmosphere while other greenhouse gases stay in the atmosphere only for a day or less.
⑥It is their very existence that low-lying countries feel is in danger from rising sea levels.
⑦It is future climate changes and their effects on our environment that scientists want to find out about.
⑧It was by several metres, in the years ahead, that the level of the sea could rise because of global warming.
⑨It was , during the 20th century that the temperature of the earth went up about one degree Fahrenheit.
⑩Who is it that runs Millennium Kids?
⑾Where is it that the young people decide which projects to concentrate on?
⑿It is at this conference that we decide which projects we want to work on in the following year.
⒀It was through one of these projects about five years ago that I first became involved in Millennium Kids.
4、①It is OK to leave an electrical appliance on so long as you are using it—if not, turn it off.
②Recycle cans, bottles, plastic bags and newspapers if circumstances allow you to.
③If you can, buy things made from recycled materials.
④You can add more suggestions if you like.
5、It is up to people not to let plastic bags become litter.
Unit 5 The power of nature
1、①Have you ever considered how weak humans are comparedwith a volcano, hurricane or earthquake?
②I was appointed as a volcanologist working for the Hawaiian
Volcano Observatory (HVO) twenty years ago.
③Having collected and evaluated the information, I help other scientists to predict where lava from the volcano will flow next and how fast.④Having worked hard all day, I went to bed early.
⑤Having experienced quite a few earthquakes in Hawaii already, I didn't take much notice.
⑥Having earlier collected special clothes from the observatory,we put them on before we went any closer.
⑦Having studied volcanoes now for many years, I am still amazed at their beauty as well as their potential to cause great damage.⑧But this being my first experience, I stayed at the top and watched them.⑨Having learned a little more about the work of a volcanologist,do you think it is an occupation you would enjoy?
⑩Fred Spears works in a wildlife park looking after wild animals.
⑾Charles Wild works in a laboratory doing research on disease.
⑿Looking carefully at the ground, I made my way to the edge of the crater. ⒀Having taken the wrong bus, Martin found himself in  an unfamiliar district. ⒁Havig given her opinion about protecting the environment, she left the meeting.
⒂Having bought the precious necklace, she had no money left.
⒃Having spent all day at home writing, the novelist went out for a walk in the evening.
⒄Having arrived early for his date, Mark spent time reading the
newspaper. ⒅Because I had experienced earthquakes before, I wasn't frightened.→Having experienced earthquakes before,……
⒆After we had stopped the car, we found ourselves trapped in thick fog and couldn't see clearly ahead.→Having stopped the car,……
⒇Because I had spent all night reading the documents I was very tired the next day.→Having spent all night reading the documents,……(21)As the child had never seen a rainbow before, he was very excited.→Never having seen a rainbow before, the child was very excited.(22)Having taken a drink, I felt rather uncomfortable.(23)Having rested for a while I felt better.
(24)Having heard a scream, I rushed downstairs only to see my hostess lying unconscious on the floor, surrounded by her guests.
(25)Having swallowed the fruit, the girl became pregnant and later gave birth to a handsome boy.
(26) I told Peter not to be late, I was very angry when he still wasn't home at midnight.→Having told Peter not to be late,……
(27)Having put on my blue dress I carried a bunch of flowers.
(28)After the wedding, I left the church walking slowly behind my aunt and her husband.
(29)Using the car seat as a step she climbed first onto the front of the car and then onto the roof.
 2 、①Yet, however weak we are, we are not completely powerless=Yet, no matter how weak we are,…… ②As long as you have ten minutes warning, you will survive no matter how powerful the actual tsunami may be.
3、①Can you imagine climbing into a live volcano in order to measure the temperature of the boiling rock inside?
②Can you imagine doing such dangerous work as part of your job?③Do you think you would enjoy studying volcanoes as a job?
④Do you dislike doing the same thing every day?
⑤Do you like working outside as well as inside?
⑥My job is collecting information for a database about Mount Kilauea.⑦Would you mind me opening the windows?
⑧I prefer glancing through the headlines first to reading the articles carefully.
4、①I was about to go back to sleep when suddenly my bedroom became as bright as day.
②They heard the volcano was about to erupt.
5、It was at that moment that I realized something was wrong.
6、①It is said that this boy, who had a great gift for language and persuasion, is the father of the Manchu people.
②It is believed that John will help us with some money.
③It is hoped that it won't rain on our camping day.
7、①She had planned to cook him a nice meal.
had wanted/ meant/hoped/planned to do sth、had thought of doing sth
②Is there anything else that you think Sara should have done.
8、①Sara dressed baby James in warm clothes.
②In the morning I went to my aunt's house to get dressed.
9、①Make a timeline to show the order in which the events happened.②Listen and write 1—7 beside the events to show the order in which they happened.
10、①What preparations has your community made in case of a natural disaster?
in this case、in that case、in any case、in no case、in case of emergency、in case 从句
②Please bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.
模块七
Unit 1 Living well
1、①Does this disability make it difficult for them to do some things? ②She is proud to have taken part in competitions and to have broken a record by running two laps (800 metres) this year.
③Her ambition is to become part of the national team for the next Paralympic Games.④Now his ambition is to become an actor.
⑤He hopes to become a teacher.
hope/wish/promise/agree/expect/want/decide/determine/plan/would like/refuse/prepare/offer to do sth
⑥The doctors don't know how to make me better.
teach/show/train sb how to do sth、do not know how to do sth/what to do/which to choose/where to go/ when to start.
⑦It is difficult to know what the future holds.
⑧I was too weak to go to school.
⑨I am happy to have found many things I can do.
⑩My ambition is to work for a firm.
⑾To look after my pets properly takes a lot of time but I find it worthwhile.⑿I am sorry to have kept you waiting.
⒀I seem to have forgotten so many things now that Christmas is here.⒁I was supposed to have finished all my shopping by now.
⒂Nobody is said to have finished till there's no more left to buy.
⒃He is known to have spent eighteen years fighting for slaves.
⒄To free slaves was his ambition.⒇What do you plan to do next?⒅Have you ever wished to go back in time?
⒆In pairs discuss who you would like to have met.
(21)But my next climbing ambition is to go up Mount Qomolangma one day.
(22)You are to be the architect for the new Bankstown cinema.
(23)For disabled customers it would be more convenient to place
the toilets near the entrance to the cinema.
(24)I had wanted to clean out the basement in his absence, but unfortunately I didn't have time.(25) The bench was hard to sit on.
(26)The question is difficult to answer.
(27)a、He had forgotten to bring his raincoat and he was wet through. b、I shall never forget seeing the Potala Palace for the first time. forget to do、forget doing、remember to do、remember doing、stop to do、stop doing、try to do、try doing、regret to do、regret doing、mean to do、mean doing
(28)The doors should be wide enough to enter.
(29)She is old enough to go to school.
(30)This would allow hearing-impaired customers to enjoy the company of their hearing friends. allow sb to do sth
(31)Polite forms are used to encourage the reader to take the ideas seriously. encourage sb to do sth
2、①He had the questions read to him.
②Having a book published is a great achievement for anyone.
3、①Sally leads a busy life.②I have to work hard to live a normal life but it has been worth it.③Just accept them for who they are, and give them encouragement to live as rich and full a life as you do.④In other words they can lead a more fulfilling life.
4、①I used to climb trees, swim and play football.
②In fact, I used to dream about playing professional football.
③They used to sit around in their own homes after being educated in special schools.
5、I have a very busy life with no time to sit around feeling sorry for myself.
6、①What do you think is the most difficult thing that Marty has to deal with in his life?
②There was a time when children with mental disabilities were
prevented from living a normal life in many ways.
③A master was able by law to treat his servants as he wished—even working them to death if he wanted to.
④What is it that first attracted you to working with guide dogs?
⑤What do you think is the most frustrating thing that a person with a disability has to live with?
7、①As well as going to the movies and football matches with my friends, I spend a lot of time with my pets.
②She has to adapt to training programmes as well as mixing with other able-bodied athletes.
 ③Most also explain rules for using the words as well as giving the meaning. 8、①Where on earth could you have put it?
②I might have left it on the kitchen table.
③Do you think the weak-sighted or blind climbers could have climbed the mountain without them?
④So I'd like to suggest that the seats at the back be placed higher than those at the front so that everyone can see the screen easily.⑤The situation would not have happened if a qualified architect had been employed to design a building with wheelchair access.⑥Do you think your article would have been better or worse if you had written it by yourself.
9、①Living well means enjoying the same rights and the same opportunities for a good life.②I hope you will not mind me writing to ask if you have thought about the needs of disabled customers.
③a、I regret to tell you that Mr Brown has already left using the back exit. b、It cost me a great deal, but I don't regret spending a year travelling around the world.
Unit 2 Robots
1、① It was going to be tested out by Larry's wife, Claire.
②The robot wouldn't harm her or allow her to be harmed.
③It was ridiculous to be offered sympathy by a robot.
④How awful to be discovered by her.
⑤Tony expected the house to be completely transformed.
⑥What a sweet victory to be envied by those women.
⑦Tony would have to be rebuilt.
⑧The company's new car is going to be designed in the coming months.⑨Since Claire had become attached to Tony,the robot needed to be rebuilt.⑩Tim refused to be accompanied by his father when he went for a haircut.⑾The desire to be known as a great writer inspires many young authors.⑿He felt it was absurd to be filled with hatred for someone he had never met.⒀The new product is available to be tested out by interested customers.
⒁She was very beautiful but she did not like to be envied by so many people.⒂Since these aprons are of such poor quality, they need to be set aside and taken back to the shop.⒃She was to be accompanied by her neighbour, Sally.⒄A robot must not injure human beings or allow them to be injured.⒅I did not expect to be interviewed by the general manager.⒆The magazines are not allowed to be taken out of the reading room.
⒇She hates to be laughed at by her classmates.
(21)He doesn't want to be interrupted while writing.
(22)These rules are to be obeyed by everyone.
(23)These are the issuses to be discussed tomorrow.
 (24)It is wrong for him to be made to work all night. (25)The mail needs to be sent right away.
(26)The singer refused to be photographed.
(27)We seem to be losing the fight against landmines.
(28)The students are to be accompanied to the theatre.
(29)It was terrible for her to be embarrassed in such a way.
2、①It was then that Claire realized that Tony had opened the curtain of the front window.②It was when Asimov was eleven years old that his talent for writing became obvious.③What is worse is that they keep causing damage for decades after wars have ended.
3、①You cannot have women falling in love with machines.
have sb/sth doing sth、have sth done、have sb do sth=make/let sb do sth=get sb to do sth②Have one member of your group explain your design to the rest of the class.
③Asimov began having stories published in science fiction magazines in 1939.
4、①While some owners were firm with their robot's suggestions, others would turn around and walk out of the shop,feeling embarrassed.②While, every year, about 100,000 landmines are removed, 2,000,000 more are buried in the ground.
5、Who thinks taking Tony away must have hurt Claire?
6、①How often do you write in English?
how often、 how soon、how long、how many、how much、how old、how high、how heavy、how big.
②It is 4 metres long, 18 metres wide, 1 metre high，and weighs 900 kilograms, about the size of a small car.
7、 ①As with anything, the more you practise, the better you become.②It is the same with writing in English—the more you write, the better your writing will be.
Unit 3 Under the sea
1、① I had already heard that George didn't like being kept waiting.②I could see a whale being attacked by a pack of about six other killers.③Being badly wounded, the whale soon died.
④I could see he was terrified of being abandoned by us.
⑤I saw James being firmly held up in the water by us.
⑥James was afraid of being attacked by sharks.
⑦Being held up in the water by old Tom, James was confident he would survive.
⑧Being included in the hunt was a great thrill for Clancy.
⑨Having been accepted by the whalers, the killers were able to
get a good feed from the whale.
⑩Clancy didn't mind being told what to do .
⑾Being helped out by the killer whales, the whalers were able to make a successful kill.
⑿The children enjoyed being taken to the aquarium.
⒀It seemed the sea lion didn't mind being photographed with the tourists after all.
⒁"In fact, the chances of anybody being swallowed by a whale are rather low," said the researcher.
⒂Second, nets are in danger of being cut loose by fisherman.
⒃So many animals being caught in driftnets make many think that it is necessary to have a worldwide ban on all driftnet fishing.
⒄When I was young I used to dislike being told to lay the table
for dinner while I was watching my favourite TV programme.
⒅Peter is excited about being invited to the party.
⒆The woman doesn't like being kept waiting by anyone.
⒇The boy is afraid of being attacked by the dog.
(21)The audience is delighted to see the girl being awarded a prize.(22)The man is tired of being shouted at by his boss.
(23)After being blamed for failing the exam, the child started crying.(24)Many people tend to be attracted by climbing a high mountain.(25)I don't think that needs to be changed.
(26)Some species need to be protected.
(27)The chance of being bitten by a shark is actually very small.
(28)After having heard the shark expert talk about sharks, how would you answer that question now?
(29)She doesn't like being told what to do.
(30)She didn't like to be told what to do.
 2 、①What evidence was there that Old Tom was helping the whalers out? ②It was the most fantastic thing I have ever done. ③The first thing I became aware of was all the vivid colours surrounding me.④Number the places where these attacks happened in the order you hear them.⑤Then listen and number the statements in the order that you hear them.
⑥It is said that Sedna has power over all the animals in the sea.
3、①I might have been swallowed instead.
②A large wise-looking turtle was passing so close to me that I could have touched it.③What do you think happened or should have happened to Sedna's father?
4、①I 'm sitting in the warm night air with a cold drink in my hand.②There were other creatures that I didn't want to get too close to—an eel with its strong sharp teeth, with only its head showing from a hole, watching for a tasty fish (or my tasty toe!)
5、①The fish didn't seem to mind me swimming among them.
② I'm looking forward to talking to you.
③Which new words and phrases would you like to practise using?
6、①When they arrived at the island, Sedna looked around and could see nothing except bare rock with a kind of nest made from seaweed, animal hair and feathers.②No matter how angry she felt, she had no choice but to stay with him.
7、①There was one day when we were out in the bay during a hunt and James was washed off the boat.
②They are about the days when Clancy was a whaler and  hunted whales. ③It was a time when the killer whales, or "killers" as they were then called,helped the whalers catch the baleen whales.
④And then Old Tom was off and back to the hunt where the other killers were still attacking the whale.
⑤And Sedna, when she could no longer fight to keep herself alive, sank to the bottom too, where she became the goddess of the sea.
Unit 4 Sharing
 1 、①Thanks for your letter, which took a fortnight to arrive. ②I've included some photos which will help you picture the places I talk about.
③The boys who had never come across anything like this before started jumping out of the windows.
④Sometimes I wonder how relevant chemistry is to these students, most of whom will be going back to their villages after Year 8 anyway.
⑤But last weekend another teacher, Jenny, and I did visit a village which is the home of one of the boys, Tombe.
⑥We walked for two and a half hours to get there—first up a mountain to a ridge from where we had fantastic views and then down a steep path to the valley below.
⑦When we arrived at the village, Tombe's mother, Kiak, who had been pulling weeds in her garden, started crying "ieee ieee".
⑧The only possessions I could see were one broom, a few tin plates and cups and a couple of jars.
⑨He was the nicest boy she had ever met, otherwise she would not have fallen in love with him.
⑩The reason why he was late for school was that he was watching an interview of the first Chinese astronaut on TV.
⑾The reason why I didn't finish my homework was that I had a terrible headache.
⑿I won't ever forget the day when my team won the soccer competition.
⒀I'd like to go to a place where I can go swimming every day.
⒁I'm thinking of a shape which has four straight sides of different lengths with four 90 °angles.
⒂The gift you give is not something your loved one keeps but a voluntary contribution towards the lives of people who really need it. ⒃Number the items below in the order that you first hear them.
⒄Have you come up with any ways we can raise money to buy a new TV for the school?
⒅I found a sleeping boy in my seat on the train.→
I found a boy who was sleeping in my seat on the train.
⒆Alice had an arranged marriage→Alice had a marriage which was arranged for her.
⒇People in need of a big loan should come to our bank.→People who are in need of a big loan should come to our bank.
(21) 1) The few times that I go swimming in the new swimming pool were very disappointing because it was too cold to swim there.
2) I'll share the little food that I have brought with me with all of you.3) There was nothing that she could do becouse she was very ill.4) Everything that you provided for us was useful.
5) Something that her boyfriend did really upset her.
6) Have you got anything that you don't want anymore?
7) The best thing that I have ever done was to go on a trip overseas.8) It was the most beautiful comb that I have ever had.
9) It is the first time that I have looked at this picture from so many different angles.
(22) Although they still have time to play, they also have to help with daily jobs, which can take up a lot of time.
(23) What are the different ways the patients' eyes are being examined?(24) The film on TV last night was the worst one that I have ever seen.
2、①Science is my most challenging subject as my students have no concept of doing experiments.
②Well, that's actually quite difficult as I don't speak much of the local English dialect yet.
③My muscles were aching and my knees shaking as we climbed down the mountain towards home.
④ As you listen, check your answers.
⑤In this part of the world children grow up fast as they have to make a contribution to the family finances.
3、Tombe's father, Mukap, led us to his house, a low bamboo hut with grass sticking out of the roof.
4、Once the fire was going, he laid stones on it.
5、①We ate inside the hut sitting round the fire.
②I loved listening to the family softly talking to each other in their language.③Later, I noticed a tin can standing upside down on the grill over the fire.④During their spare time, Orlando's family love to sit around their radio with friend, listening to the news and music.
6、①He enjoys playing with toy cars and singing.
②We look forward to writing to you again about Orlando and his family's progress and achievements.
③Shanshan loves practising speaking English.
7 、Here she is having her eyes examined before cataract surgery  at Xinfeng County Hospital, China. Unit 5 Travelling abroad
1、① It was the first time she had ever left her motherland.
②She is halfway through the preparation year,which most foreign students complete before applying for a degree course.
③"You have to get used to a whole new way of life, which can take up all your concentration in the beginning," explained Xie Lei, who had lived all her life in the same city in China.
④Living with host families, in which there may be other college students, gives her the chance to learn more about the new culture. ⑤I remember the first essay I did for my tutor.
⑥He wanted to know what I thought, which confused me because I thought that the author of the article knew far more than I did.⑦The bird cages, some of which were in poor condition, were sold by the shopkeeper at half price.
 ⑧Joan passed her exam, which surprised me a great deal. ⑨The dogs, all of which were small and white with long hair,barked loudly.
⑩The battery to which the robot toys were connected failed to work last night.
⑾I asked the doctor to tell me the reason why my hands were numb sometimes.
⑿Peter, who people used to think was quiet, danced and sang all evening.
⒀As far as I'm concerned, Anne, whose daughter is in my class, should not be going to America next year.
⒁He went on a bus tour with a group of people, most of whom had never travelled before.
⒂Jamie, whose parents lived on a remote part of the highlands,hated the idea of travelling overnight to Scotland on the train.
⒃In the high plains area is Lake Titicaca, the highest lake in the world, on which boat can travel.
⒄I cannot remember the name of the travel agency, with which
we booked our trip to India.
⒅There were many cages, in which people keep birds, for sale in that market.
⒆The scientists all agreed that the rules of physics, with which we were all familiar, govern the world.
⒇I thanked my colleagues, to whom I felt very grateful, for letting me join their Rugby team.
(21)My students, most of whom have computers at home, can  search for the information on the Internet. (22)That tool, with which you mended the kettle, is very useful.
(23) I saw my cousin, with whom I travelled all round India, when she visited China.
(24)Yesterday I talked to my friend, to whom I gave the documents to take back to England.
(25)What is the most interesting thing you have learned about Peru in this unit?
2、It's not just study that's difficult.
3、①The preparation course is most beneficial.
②Besides, as far as he was concerned, what other people thought was not the most important thing.
4、①She deserves to succeed.②Good work deserves good pay.③One good turn deserves another.
5、①Where do you think this article might have been published?②Add two or three other problems she might have had.
6、①Mei Jie is planning a three-week holiday in Italy and France.②During this four-day walking tour, you will be amazed by mountain scenery.③Accommodation is in 4, 5 or 6-bed room.
④You can travel on any lo days in a 2-month period.
7、①So having checked into the Holiday Inn, Mariam settled in and began her tour of the capital city.
②However, having seen the Ming Tombs, she was eager to make a trip to Xi' an to see the terracotta warriors.
8、①No matter where you go to in the world, Youthtravel is there too.②As this is a brainstorming exercise, no matter how unlikely a situation is, you should still list it.
9、①The people did not approve of women walking around in clothes that didn't cover them properly.
②Would you consider studying in a foreign country?
③Would you consider staying with a host family?
④Would you enjoy staying in a youth hostel?
10、①When changing planes,…②…while travelling overseas ③If travelling alone,… ④When travelling,…
⑤…while travelling in a foreign country. ⑥If possible,…
11、It's possible you could have all your money stolen while travelling.
模块八
Unit 1 A land of diversity
 1 、名词性从句包括：宾语从句、表语从句、主语从句、同位语从句。后接同位语从句的抽象名词常见的有：fact 、doubt 、truth 、regulation 、idea 、news 、hope 、promise 、decision 、possibility 、chance 、message 、impression 、belief 、assumption 、suggestion 、question 等。同位语从句通常由that 、why 、whether 、what 等引导。①The fact that she seemed to develop normally was very encouraging.②There is also a fierce debate over the question whether human cloning experiments should be allowed.
③I have no idea why he left the party without being noticed.
④He often asked me the question when we would start our project.⑤I had my doubts whether he would be able to arrive.
⑥Exactly when the first people arrived in what we now know as California, no one really knows.
⑦However, it is likely that Native Americans were living in California at least fifteen thousand years ago.
⑧Scientists believe that these settlers crossed the Bering Strait in the Arctic to America by means of a land bridge which existed in prehistoric times.
⑨That is why today over 40% of Californians speak Spanish as a first or second language.
⑩It is believed that before long the mix of nationalities will be so great that there will be no distinct major racial or cultural groups, but simply a mixture of many races and cultures.
⑾What attracts people to California is its pleasant climate and relaxed lifestyle.
⑿Whether Native Americans arrived in California 15, 000  years ago or 14,000 years ago is not important.
⒀The fact that they arrived a long time before Europeans is what matters.⒁ The customs office is where your baggage is inspected when you enter or leave a country.
⒂Why she didn't tell you herself is what I want to know.
⒃It is essential that you get a visa before you travel to the USA.
⒄ What George discovered in California was different from what he saw in the movies.
⒅Where they got all that money is what I can't explain.
⒆It didn't occur to me that there'd be a big festival on at the same time as my holiday.
⒇That Julie became a poet may have been due to her uncle's influene.(21)Why he chose Harvard University to further his studies is clear to everybody.
(22)When he'll return from New York depends a great deal on his health. (23)That is why you have to study the history of your motherland. (24)The problem is that there is nowhere that he wanted to go for his holiday.
2、①California is the third largest state in the USA but has the largest population.
②The Yellow River is the second longest river in China.
③It also has the distinction of being the most multicultural state in the USA, having attracted people from all over the world.
④Today California has the second largest Jewish population in the United States.
3、It was the building of the rail network from the west to the east that brought even larger numbers to California in the 1860s.
 4 、When he reached the North Pole, he found nothing exciting except for a sign marking the spot. 5、Not everyone is rich and not everyone lives near the beach.
6、Although some boys in his situation might have turned to crime to get money for food and clothing, Louis never did.
7、①He was sent to a school for problem boys where the music teacher taught him to play drums and the trumpet.
②When he left the school two years later, Louis found work wherever he could and in the evenings went to listen and learn at clubs where jazz musicians played.
③In 1922 he began travelling to other cities in the United States
where he introduced his particular style of jazz to enthusiastic audiences.④From 1882 to 1940 Angel Island was a famous immigration station where many Chinese people applied for right to live in USA.⑤Put the mark "Q" in the places where George has left out some words.⑥This is the district where Italian fishermen first came to San Francisco.
8、①Built in 1873, the cable car system was invented by Andrew Hallidie.
②Born in New Orleans in 1901, Louis was so poor that he often went "shopping" in rubbish bins outside fancy restaurants.
9、①Louis Armstrong continued to live a simple life.
②He continued playing and recording until July 6th, 1971, when he died in his sleep at his home in New York.
Unit 2 Cloning
1、①The fact is that these are both examples of natural clones.
②The fact that she seemed to develop normally was very encouraging.
③Then came the disturbing news that Dolly had become seriously ill.
④Dolly the sheep became a scientific breakthrough when the news that she had been born was announced in 1997.
⑤However, the problem that she later developed a serious lung disease bothered scientists.
⑥On 14th February 2003 scientists made the decision that Dolly should be put to sleep.
⑦The fact that Dolly died when she was quite young disappointed people the world over.
⑧Scientists hold the belief that cloning may lead to many important scientific breakthroughs and medical treatments.
⑨Scientists believe human cloning is just a matter of time but the assumption that human clones have already been born hasn't been proved yet.⑩John told the truth that he failed in the test.
⑾The law that human cloning is forbidden has been passed in our country.⑿Charles agreed to the regulation that he must have safety training.⒀Yesterday I was glad to get a message that the interview went well.⒁I got the impression that everyone in class did well in the performance.
⒂He was working on the assumption that if he produced a clone of the dog, his boss would approve his promotion.
⒃He gave a suggestion in his report that a further investigation should be made.⒄I have some hope that he will soon be well again.
⒅The mayor approved our idea that traffic conditions should be improved.⒆Michael and Sue made a decision that they should buy a new car.⒇So they made a plan that they would save money for six months.(21)So he made the decision that he would study earth sciences at university.
(22) Luckily the possibility that he spoke many languages helped him become a star when the TV company visited Russia.
2、Cloning plants is straightforward while cloning animals is very complicated.
3、It is a difficult task to undertake.
4、Compared with her family, and especially her nephew, her niece Daisy is very honest about her opinions.
5、①So Freddy made up his mind to enjoy his singing and to accumulate as many happy experiences as he could so that when he retired he would be able to look back on his life.
②It seems the benefits are so obvious that we hope you will be able to support our side's point of view.
③It seems that the problems for human cloning will be even more serious as no human has yet been cloned.
6、①She must have left home as she was wandering round the town at midnight.
②She must have gone to the hospital to see her mother.
7、Diversity in a group means having animals with their genes arranged in different ways.
8、①Which extinct animals are worth restoring by means of cloning?②It is too similar to the zebra to be worth the trouble of restoring it.
9、The more you do this, the more you will find yourself becoming comfortable with the sound of the language.
10、①But only last week he succeeded in restoring a dead mouse to life as a clone.
②It has been most successful in cloning some animals—but not all.
11、 ①He was a vain man who enjoyed arriving at a parry in time to have his photographs taken with famous guests.
②Billy's mother will have her pet dog cloned before it dies.
③Getting your pet cloned in America can give you a good holiday.
12、It is a sort of competition with a chairperson in charge to make sure of fair play.
13、①The person who is leading the team that supports the topic will speak first.②The person who is leading the team that disagrees with the topic will speak next.
14、①I would like to suggest that medical cloning is not as simple an issue as my colleague claims.
②Organize it as you have been shown in this unit.
 so interesting a book 、such an interesting book. Unit 3 Inventors and inventions
1、Do you know the stages every inventor must go through before they can have thei, r invention approved?
2、①Snakes seem to have made their home here.
②Nobody seemed to have thought about inventing new ones.
③The most wonderful gifts seem to be given to certain human beings.
3、①The first thing I did was to see if there were any products that might help me, but there only seemed to be powders designed to kill snakes.②Prepared with some research findings, I decided on three possible approaches.③But once picked up, they tried to bite me.④The next morning I carried in my hand a small net used for catching fish.⑤But monitored carefully, the snakes proved to be no trouble and all went according to plan.
⑥Pressed by my friends and relations, I decided to seize the  opportunity to get recognition for my successful idea by sending my invention to the patent office.
⑦The criteria are so strict that it is difficult to get new ideas accepted unless they are truly novel.
⑧In Japan scientists have managed to produce pigs that have a plant gene inserted into their DNA.
⑨She tried to make herself understood while giving her talk.
⑩I was embarrassed to see our team beaten by a weaker team.
⑾If you want to be an inventor you must have a plan designed to solve a particular problem.⑿Many ideas, developed after weeks of research, may not prove successful.⒀Each idea tested by you will need to be improved until it leads you closer to a new invention.
⒁You will find your new invention adopted on all sides.
⒂We saw the play performed on TV yesterday.
⒃She couldn't get the car started.
⒄ Mary wants her paintings displayed in the gallery.
⒅You'd better have your courtyard tidied.
⒆I felt myself thrown forward when the bus stopped.
⒇I won't have my time taken up with useless discussion.
(21)The host found some guests invited to the party were late because of traffic jams.(22)I would like to live in a well- designed house surrounded by trees.
(23)One day as he was experimenting with one end of a straw joined to a deaf man's ear drum and the other to a piece of smoked glass, Bell noticed that when he spoke into the ear, the straw drew sound waves on the glass.
(24)The scientist could not explain his theory clearly.
The audience was confused. The lecture was confusing.
(25)The performance was amusing. We were amused.
(26)My favourite singer is inspiring. I am inspired by her singing.(27)Leonardo gradually learned the skills needed to be a great artist.(28)Based on the gear, he came up with numerous designs.
4、This was in the expectation that the snake would bite again.
5、①Only after you have had that recognition can you say that
you are truly an inventor.
②Nor will you receive a patent until a search has been made to find out that your product really is different from everyone else's.
6、①Remember to include one change to your invention in case it doesn't work the first time.
②Every time you do you will be certain to find something that you have never seen before.
7、①I set about researching the habits of snakes to find the easiest way to trap them.
②I set about my studies on developing my product, for which I hope I will succeed in applying for a patent.
③Bell never set out to invent the telephone and what he was trying to design was a multiple telegraph.
④Zhang Lijuan agreed to move and set about packing all her goods.
⑤He set out to write the first systematic explanation of how machines work.
8、①It was this exploring around problems and his dynamic spirit that led to his most famous invention—the telephone in 1876.
②It was not until five days later that Bell sent his first telephone message to his assistant Waston.
9、Being very stable, it has proved invaluable in the design of bridges.
10、①He might have been a scientist if he had not been so skilled in other areas.
②If he had never been a paint,we would still appreciate him as one of the greatest inventors of his time.
Unit 4 Pygmalion
1、①If not, look at the pictures=If you do not know the story, look at the pictures.②If you have, did you like it? =If you have seen the film, did you like it?③While watching, he makes notes=While he is watching, he makes notes.④What if I was?=What would happen if I was born in Lisson Grove.
⑤Has his attitude changed? If yes, how?
⑥While acting, make sure you speak more slowly.
2 、①A man is hiding from the rain listening to people's  language and watching their reactions. ②Nearby a flower girl wearing dark garments and a woollen scarf is also sheltering from the rain. ③Now once taught by me, she'd become an upper class lady.=Now once she were taught by me,…… ④But once educated to speak properly, that girl could pass herself off in three months as a duchess at an ambassador's graden party.=But once that girl were educated to speak properly,……
⑤What is the name of the man hiding from the rain?
⑥Being taught by the two gentlemen, Eliza made great progress.⑦Having been awarded so many prizes in literature,George felt that his years of efforts were well deserved.
⑧Bitten by the snake in the bush, Susan was sent back to the camp.⑨Having been punished by his boss, he was in a very bad mood.⑩Having been cheated by that company, he lost all his possessions.⑾Having found a hole in her stocking, Mandy said to her friend,"……".⑿Having been forced to leave his own company,he set up his own company.⒀Having been caught, the thief was taken to the police station by the police.⒁Forced to earn money herself because her family was poor,she dreamed of working in a proper flower shop.⒂Knowing it was impossible to be acceped in ……English, she asked Professor Higgins to give her lessons.
⒃Having been trained for several months, Eliza began to speak in a more attractive accent. ⒄Being set among many lovely trees, the Buddhist temple is calm and peaceful. ⒅Its walls, having been decorated by red paint, appear more attractive. ⒆Placed inside the rooms, statues of Gods seem to guard the large sleeping Buddha. ⒇Having rested there for several hours, I felt refreshed and ready to go  back to Beijing.(21)Eliza comes into the room shyly following Mrs Pearce.(22)Now in pairs use the ideas suggested in the previous exercise.(23)Amused by Eliza's funny "small talk", Freddy couldn't help laughing.(24)Laughed at by Freddy, Eliza felt very strange.
(25)Worn out in the language class, Eliza fell asleep early at night.(26)Fascinated by Eliza's charm and beauty, Freddy fell in love with her.(27)Stared at by all the guests, Eliza felt rather uneasy.
(28) Ignored by Henry Higgins all the time, Eliza decided to leave him.(29)Very surprised, Henry discovered the next morning that Eliza had gone.(30)My friend, born in India, moved to England.
(31)The room, connected to the rest of the house by a long passage, was completed empty.(32)This acquaintance, introduced by my friend, has promised to help me buy a jeep.
(33)Their leader, well experienced in cave expeditions, led the way.(34)Determined not to leave him for the terrible monster to find, the group rushed at the animal shouting and waving their arms.
3、Do buy a flower off me.
4、①Will that be of any use to you? ②She is no use at all.
be of great use=be very useful, be of no use=be useless
be of great value=be very valuable, be of great help=be very helpful, be of great importance=be very important
5、①But they betray themselves every time they open their mouths.②Lower class people betrayed themselves with their remarks whenever they spoke.③What are we going to do once the experiment is over?
6、①Perhaps I could even find her a place as a lady's maid or a shop assistant, which requires better English.
②John does not know much English, which makes it difficult for him to find a good job.③G ·B ·Shaw was interested in the way people spoke.④You see the difference between a lady and a flower girl is the way she's treated.
7、①But she'll need to be cleaned first.②What still needs to be improved?③Now help professor Higgins decide what still needs to be done to turn Eliza into a lady.
8、I'd never have come if I'd known about this disgusting thing you want me to do. 9、What/ How about beginning with the alphabet? 10、①What's to become of me?
②I wouldn't like to be accused of stealing when I leave.
11、①He treats a flower girl as if she were a duchess.
②And I treat a duchess as if she were a flower girl.
12、Only then does she discover that the man wants to marry her because she is rich. 13、①The humour lies in the fact that Emma thinks she understands everybody around her.②I enjoyed this book because it showed me that people can make themselves believe that what they want to happen will happen!
Unit 5 Meeting your ancestors
1、①Make a tentative guess about what Peking Man may have
done and used thousands of years ago.
②Compare their life with ours today.
③It must have been very uncomfortable.
④ That would have kept them warm.
⑤What else do you think it might have been used for?
2、①You must be aware that it's here that we found evidence of some of the earliest people who lived in this part of the world.
②It was his assistant, Bei Wenzhong, who made the discovery of these primitive bones and sharpened stone tools.
3、①We have been excavating here for many years.
②We have found human and animal bones in those caves higher up the hill as well as tools and other objects.
③We have discovered fireplaces in the centre of the caves where they made fires.
④We have been excavating layers of ash almost six metres thick, which suggests that they might have kept the fire burning all winter.
⑤We haven't found any doors but we think they might have hung animal skins at the cave mouth.
⑥How long have you been driving , Mrs Smith?
⑦Since the famine broke out, the number of people dying of starvation has been increasing.
4、①They couldn't have mats, blankets or quilts like we do.
②They didn't have material like we have today.
③Did early people really care about their appearance like we do?
5、①It seems that they used the sharpened stone tools to cut up
animals and remove their skin.
 ②Then smaller scrapers were probably used to remove the fat and meat from the skin. ③As the botanical analyses have shown us, all the fields around
here used to be part of a large shallow lake.
④He used to spend all his summers excavating sites in Egypt.
6、Why don't we go and visit the caves?
=Why not go and visit the caves?
=What/ How about going and visiting the caves?
=Let's go and visit the caves.
=Would you please go and visit the caves?
7、Sam made a tentative guess that six months of his flying course lay ahead of him.
8、①Sam has just finished learning to fly an airplane in a six-month course.②The nurses in the kindergarten have been busy looking after the sick children all day.
③Do you mind telling what your next film is about?
④Then consider using the reading passage to find out…….
⑤After that I never minded moving soil—after all you never knew what you might find in it !⑥They couldn't help asking themselves.
9、①If only it could be just like last year!
②If only she had looked ahead and planned better this year!
③Then she wouldn't have been feeling so worried now.
10、①Worried about the preparations for her feast, Lala quickly turned for home.
②Having heard wolves howling in the forest, Lala accelerated  her walk up the path to the caves fearing that there might be wild beasts lying in wait for her.
③Abruptly she sat down, only to be scooped up by her laughing, shouting sister, Luna.
④He chose one large stone and began to use it like a hammer striking the edge of the scraper that needed sharpening.
⑤She had no man with his spear to protect her.
11、①a large Chinese vase. ②a beautiful new car.
③a short slim black British girl.
④a small blue Chinese serving dish.
12、①The oldest building is B.
②The second oldest building is C.
③The most recent building is building A.
13、①Except for a few marks, the watch is well preserved.
②There is no other choice but to fight against the enemy.
14、A farmer found them entirely by chance but little did he know they would be such a source of wonder and delight.
15、We were astonished by the beauty and refinement of the art displayed by the objects, which was greater than we could have imagined.
16、①He saw a corridor completely filled with stones and rubbish.
②Their first impression was of a room filled with treasure from another civilization. 2012/4/16（周一）下午
第三编 校本教材系列之二
<<高中英语写作入门>>
平凉二中校本课程教材
《高中英语写作入门》
简要介绍
人类具有文字记载的历史已经数千年，自从语言文字产生以来到现在，写作在传播继承人类文明成果方面建立了不可磨灭的丰功伟绩，因此，在语言学习和教学中，培养学习者的写作能力就成为重中之重的任务。英语学习和教学也不例外，中国中学生在高中阶段学习英语的过程中，写作教学既是重点又是难点。正如《高中英语新课程标准》所表述的那样，“语言技能包括听、说、读、写四个方面的技能以及这四种技能的综合运用能力。”。也就是说，写作技能是英语教学中，必须着力培养的四大能力之一。一个语言学习者的写作能力是语言水平的集中体现和最高标志。
《高考考试大纲》和《高考考试说明》对高中英语写作都提出了具体的要求，对考核的方法做出了详尽地规定，人教版新课程标准高中《英语》教材在编排过程中，每单元都设计有于单元话题相关的足量的写作任务和练习。高考英语试卷中英语写作，也叫书面表达，占总分值150分中30分，即五分之一。综上所述，英语写作在英语学习和高考英语中至关重要，值得师生花大气力，下苦功夫去勇于探索，敢于实践，创出一条行之有效的模式。
本课程以《高中英语新课程标准》、《高考考试大纲》和《高考考试说明》为理论依据，紧扣人教版新课程标准高中《英语》教材，在总结归纳笔者将近四十年学习、教授英语的经验基础上，紧密结合高中学生的实际水平和平凉二中学生的特点，力图做到“以理论与实践相结合为基本原则，以实用性和可操作性为第一要义，以多快好省提高写作能力为直接目的，以高考英语书面表达得高分为最高宗旨”。
本教材主要包括高中英语教学纲领性文献中有关写作的理论表述；高中英语教学实践中，写作技巧的训练和写作模式的强化；常见文体和体裁的仿写套写范本；以及中学英语教材中，在写作实践过程中，经常运用的英语知识：必备词汇，必备句式和经常引用的谚语、名言警句。理所当然，最多的笔墨倾注到了写作技巧的强化之中。
本教材即可以作为高中三年英语写作课程的讲义，在进行每单元的写作教学时穿插选用，也可以在高三高考总复习阶段进行专项训练时，集中使用，对高考英语书面表达加以强化训练。本教材建议采用10到15个小时完成。本教材配套有电子版PPT课件，旨在为使用者提供一定的便利。
在本教材编写过程中，平凉二中教研室高文奎主任给予了热情鼓励，提出了许多中肯的修改意见，教研室潘小妮老师耐心细致地打印、校正并排版，使用过本教材的学生也指出过许多印刷错误，在此，借本教材成书之际，笔者对他们的辛勤的工作和无私的帮助，表示诚挚的感谢并致以崇高的敬意。
由于笔者才疏学浅，孤陋寡闻，加之成书时间仓促，所以对于教材中难免所出现的纰漏和不足，我诚恳地希望各位读者和使用者不吝赐教，以便及时修正，本人将不胜感激。
高中英语写作入门
---七步骤三节式三层次写作模式
甘肃省平凉市第二中学 王臣相
前 言
《高中英语新课程标准》指出：按照基础教育阶段英语课程分级总体目标的要求，高中课程标准对语言技能、语言知识、情感态度、学习策略和文化意识等五个方面分别提出了相应的具体内容和标准。
语言技能是语言运用能力的重要组成部分。语言技能包括听、说、读、写四个方面的技能以及这四种技能的综合运用能力。听和读是理解的技能，说和写是表达的技能；这四种技能在语言学习和交际中相辅相成、相互促进。学生应通过大量的专项和综合性语言实践活动，形成综合语言运用能力，为真实语言交际打基础。因此，听、说、读、写既是学习的内容，又是学习的手段。
《高中英语新课程标准》对于不同级别和模块提出的具体内容和标准如下。
|
英语级别 |
对应模块 |
语言技能目标 |
|
六级 |
模块3 |
1、能用恰当的格式写便条和简单的信函；
2、能简单地描述人物和事件，并简单地表达自己的意见；
3、能用适当的语言书写问候卡；
4、能给朋友、笔友写信，交流信息和情感；
5、能对所写内容进行修改。 |
|
七级 |
模块5 |
1、能用文字及图表提供信息并进行简单描述；
2、能写出常见体裁的应用文，例如：信函和一般通知等；
3、能描述人物或事件，并进行简单的评论；
4、能填写有关个人情况的表格，例如：申请表等；
5、能以小组形式根据课文改编短剧。 |
|
八级 |
模块8 |
1、能根据所读文章进行转述或写摘要；
2、能根据用文字及图表提供的信息写短文或报告；
3、能写出语意连贯且结构完整的短文，叙述事情或表达观点和态度；
4、能在作文中做到文体规范、语句通顺。 |
|
九级 |
模块11 |
1、能用英文书写摘要、报告、通知和公务信函等；
2、能比较详细和生动地用英语描述情景、态度或感情；
3、能阐述自己的观点和评论他人的观点，文体恰当，用词准确。 |
《考试大纲》中“考核目标与要求”部分指出：“写作 要求考生根据提示进行书面表达。考生应能（1）清楚、连贯地传递信息，表达意思。 （2）有效运用所学语言知识。”
《考试说明》中“语言运用”部分指出：
“写作是四项语言技能中不可分割的一个重要部分，更是语言生成能力的重要表现形式。该部分要求考生根据提示进行书面表达。考试应能：
（1）准确使用语法和词汇
语言的准确性是写作中不可忽视的一个重要方面，因为他直接或间接地影响到信息的准确传递。应用语法结构和词汇的准确程度是写作部分评分标准中的一项重要内容。
（2）使用一定的句型、词汇，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思
任何一篇文章都需要一个主题，作者应该围绕该主题，借助一些句型、词组等的支持，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。”
《考试说明》中“关于考试形式与试卷结构的说明”部分指出：
第四部分 写作
第二节：满分25分。要求考生根据所给情景，用英语写一篇100个单词左右的短文。情景包括目的、对象、时间、地点、内容等；提供情景的形式有图画、图表、提纲等。
本部分所需时间约为25分钟。
第一部分 基础理论常识
一、高中英语写作，按 “功能意念项目”分类，包括下面这些方面：
1、社会交往（Social Communications ）
(1) 问候（Greetings ）
(2)介绍（Introduction ）
(3)告别（Farewells ）
(4)感谢（Thanks ）
(5)道歉（Apologies ）
(6)邀请（Invitation ）
(7)请求允许（Asking for permission ）
(8)祝愿和祝贺（Expressing wishes and congratulations ）
(9)提供帮助（Offering help ）
(10)接受和拒绝（Acceptance and refusal ）
(11)约会（Making appointments ）
(12)打电话（Making telephone calls ）
(13)就餐（Having meals ）
(14)就医（Seeing the doctor ）
(15)购物（Shopping ）
(16)问路（Asking the way ）
(17)谈论天气（Talking about the weather ）
(18)语言交际困难（Language difficulties in communication ）
(19)提醒注意（Reminding ）
(20)警告和禁止（Warning and prohibition ）
(21)劝告（Advice ）
(22)建议（Suggestions ）
2、态度（Attitudes ）
(23)同意和不同意（Agreement and disagreement ）
(24)喜欢和不喜欢（Likes and dislikes ）
(25)肯定和不肯定（Certainty and uncertainty）
(26)可能和不可能（Possibility and impossibility）
(27)能够和不能够（Ability and inability）
(28)偏爱和优先选择（Preference）
(29)意愿和打算（Intentions and plans）
(30)希望和愿望（Hopes and wishes）
(31)表扬和鼓励（Praise and encouragement）
（32）责备和抱怨（Blame and complaint)
（33）冷淡（Indifference）
(34)判断与评价（Judgement and evaluation）
3、情感（Emotions）
(35)高兴（Happiness ）
(36)惊奇（Surprise ）
(37)忧虑（Worries ）
(38)安慰（Reassurance）
(39)满意（Satisfaction ）
(40)遗憾（Regret ）
(41)同情（Sympathy ）
(42)恐惧（Fear ）
(43)愤怒（Anger ）
4、时间（Time）
(44)时刻（Point of time ）
(45)时段（Duration ）
(46)频度（Frequency ）
(47)时序（Sequence ）
5、空间（Space）
(48)位置（Position ）
(49)方向（Direction ）
(50)距离（Distance ）
6、存在（Existence）
(51) 存在与不存在（Existence and Non- existence ）
7、特征（Features）
(52) 形状（Shape）
（53）颜色（Colour ）
（54）材料（Material ）
（55）价格（Price ）
（56）规格（Size ）
(57) 年龄（Age ）
8、计量（Measurement）
(58)长度（Length ）
(59)宽度（Width ）
(60)高度（Height ）
(61数量（Number）
9、比较（Comparison）
(62)同级比较（Equal comparison ）
(63)差别比较（Comparative and superlative）
(64)相似比较（Similarity and difference）
10、逻辑关系（Logical relations）
(65)原因和结果（Cause and effect）
(66)目的（Purpose ）
11、职业（Occupations ）
（67）工作（Jobs ）
（68）单位（Employer ）
(注：《新课标考纲》“功能意念项目表”包括68条)
二、高中英语写作，按“话题项目”分类，包括下面这些方面：
1、个人情况（Personal information ）
2、家庭、朋友与周围的人（Family ,friends and people around ）
3、周围的环境（Personal environments）
4、日常活动（Daily routines ）
5、学校生活（School life ）
6、兴趣与爱好（Interests and hobbies ）
7、个人感情（Emotions ）
8、人际关系（Interpersonal relationships ）
9、计划与愿望（Plans and intentions ）
10、节假日活动（Festivals, holidays and celebrations）
11、购物（Shopping）
12、饮食（Food and drink）
13、健康（Health）
14、天气（Weather）
15、文娱与体育（Entertainment and sports）
16、旅游和交通（Travel and transport ）
17、语言学习（Language learning ）
18、自然（Nature ）
19、世界与环境（The world and the environment ）
20、科学知识与现代技术（Popular science and modern technology ）
21、热门话题（Topical issues ）
22、历史与地理（History and geography ）
23、社会（Society ）
24、文学艺术（Literature and art ）
(注：《新课标考纲》“话题项目表”包括24条)
三、高考英语试卷中“书面表达”，根据“呈现方式”分类可以分为：
1、文字说明（提纲式、开放式、半开放式）
2、图表解析（柱状图、坐标图、饼状图）
3、看图作文(图画、漫画、连环画)
4、表格类
5、材料阅读类（先读后写，读写结合）
6、夹文夹图 , 夹文夹表
四、高中英语写作，依据“体裁格式”分类可以分为：
1、记叙文（Who What Where When Why How ）
2、应用文(书信、日记、通知、发言稿、演讲词等)
3、说明文
4、议论文（正方、反方、我方、综述）
5、夹叙夹议
6、命题作文(Guided Writing )
7、自由写作(Free Writing )
五、“新课标高中英语教材”写作内容，编排序列可以归纳为：
|
模块 |
单 元 |
写 作 |
|
Module
1 |
Unit 1 Friendship |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 2 English around the world |
Factual writing: poster |
|
Unit 3 Travel journal |
Personal recount: email |
|
Unit 4 Earthquakes |
Recount: newspaper article |
|
Unit 5 Nelson Mandela---a modern hero |
Description of a famous person |
|
Module
2 |
Unit 1 Cultural relics |
Report writing: class debate |
|
Unit 2 The Olympic Games |
Descriptive writing: favourite sport |
|
Unit 3 Computers |
Imaginative writing: describing an android |
|
Unit 4 Wildlife protection |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 5 Music |
Practical writing: asking for advice |
|
Module
3 |
Unit 1 Festivals around the world |
Narrative: a story |
|
Unit 2 Healthy eating |
Persuasive writing: an advertisement |
|
Unit 3 The million pound bank note |
Creative writing: a scene for a play |
|
Unit 4 Astronomy: the science of the stars |
Expository writing: solving a problem |
|
Unit 5 Canada---“The True North” |
Descriptive writing: a report |
|
Module
4 |
Unit 1 Women of achievement |
Descriptive writing: short article |
|
Unit 2 Working the land |
Persuasive writing: poster |
|
Unit 3 A taste of English humour |
Humorous writing: story |
|
Unit 4 Body language |
Reflective writing: letter of concern |
|
Unit 5 Theme parks |
Explanatory writing : brochure |
|
Module
5 |
Unit 1 Great scientists |
Persuasive writing: letter |
|
Unit 2 The United Kingdom |
Non-chronological report: tourist guide |
|
Unit 3 Life in the future |
Imaginative writing: life in the future |
|
Unit 4 Making the news |
Non-chronological writing : newspaper article |
|
Unit 5 First aid |
Instructional writing: first aid instructions for particular injuries |
|
Module
6 |
Unit 1 Art |
Persuasive writing: letter of suggestion |
|
Unit 2 Poems |
Creative writing: simple poems |
|
Unit 3 A healthy life |
Persuasive writing: letter of advice |
|
Unit 4 Global warming |
Persuasive writing: poster |
|
Unit 5 The power of nature |
Descriptive writing: description of a tourist attraction |
|
Module
7 |
Unit 1 Living well |
Practical writing: letter of suggestion |
|
Unit 2 Robots |
Science fiction genre: imaginative writing |
|
Unit 3 Under the sea |
Practical writing: making complaints |
|
Unit 4 Sharing |
Narration: school magazine article |
|
Unit 5 Travelling abroad |
Personal writing: letter to a pen-friend |
|
Module
8 |
Unit 1 A land of diversity |
Non-chronological report: description of a place |
|
Unit 2 Cloning |
Discussion: an argument |
|
Unit 3 Inventors and inventions |
Practical writing: letter of application |
|
Unit 4 Pygmalion |
Creative writing: a scene for Pygmalion |
|
Unit 5 Meeting your ancestors |
Description of archaeogical finds |
|
也就是说：1、书信、便条、摘要、日记、通知；2、申请表、简短的叙事、描述、说明、讨论、报告、新闻报道、评论、广告、故事、小诗、短剧、传记、海报 3、文艺作品：科幻小说等。 |
六、写前“三背诵”
1、背诵词语
2、背诵句式（包括谚语）
3、背诵范文
七、写中“三层次”：
1、连词成句
2、连句成段
3、连段成篇
八、高考英语“书面表达”评分原则和标准：
评分原则如下：
1.本题总分为25分，按5个档次给分。
2.评分时，先根据文章的内容和语言初步确定其所属档次，然后以该档次的要求来衡量，确定或调整档次，最后给分。
3.词数少于 80和多于 120的，从总分中减去2分。
4.评分时，应注意的主要内容为：内容要点、应用词汇和语法结构的数量和准确性、上下文的连贯性及语言的得体性。
5.拼写与标点符号是语言准确性的一个方面，评分时，应视其对交际的影响程度予以考虑。英、美拼写汉词汇用法均可接受。
6.如书写较差，以至影响交际，将分数降低一个档次。
7.内容要点可用不同方式表达，对紧扣主题的适当发挥不予扣分。
评分标准如下：
|
所属档次 |
评语 |
给分 |
评分依据 |
|
第五档 |
很好 |
(21-25分) （25-30分） |
1.完全完成了试题规定的任务。
2.覆盖所有内容要点。
3.应用了较多的语法结构和词汇。
4.语法结构或词汇方面有些许错误，但为尽力使用较复杂结构或较高级词汇所致；具备较强的语言运用能力。
5.有效地使用了语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
6.完全达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第四档 |
好 |
(16-20分)（19-24分） |
1.完全完成了试题规定的任务。
2.虽漏掉1、2个次重点，但覆盖所有主要内容。
3.应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
4.语法结构或词汇方面应用基本准确，些许错误主要是因尝试较复杂语法结构或词汇所致。
5.应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
6.达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第三档 |
适当 |
(11-15分) （13-18分） |
1.基本完成了试题规定的任务。
2.虽漏掉一些内容，但覆盖所有主要内容。
3.应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
4.有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，但不影响理解。
5.应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文内容连贯。
6.整体而言，基本达到了预期的写作目的。 |
|
第二档 |
较差 |
(6-10分) （7-12分） |
1.未恰当完成试题规定的任务。
2.漏掉或未描述清楚一些主要内容，写了一些无关内容。
3.语法结构单调、词汇项目有限。
4.有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响了对写作内容的理解。
5.较少使用语句间的连接成分，内容缺少连贯性。
6.信息未能清楚地传达给读者。 |
|
第一档 |
差 |
(1-5分)
（1-6分） |
1.未完成试题规定的任务。
2.明显遗漏主要内容，写了一些无关内容，原因可能是未理解试题要求。
3.语法结构单调、词汇项目有限。
4.较多语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响对写作内容的理解。
5.缺乏语句间的连接成分，内容不连贯。
6.信息未能传达给读者。 |
|
不得分 |
很差 |
（0分） |
1、未能传达给读者仟何信息。
2、内容太少，无法评判。
3、写的内容均与所要求内容无关或所写内容无法看清。 |
第二部分 实践操作程序
在全面、系统理解掌握了前文所展示的方方面面的理论知识的坚实基础之上，从本部分开始，我们将扎扎实实、一步一个脚印地训练同学们的英语写作技能，也就是说手把手地教学生如何写英语作文，说得更具体一些，就是在各级各类英语考试中，多快好省的完成“书面表达”，英语作文取得最佳的成绩。
本课程中，采用笔者总结归纳的“高中英语七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”，所谓的七步骤是指，写作过程中要一步一步地遵循七个环节；所说的三节式是指一篇完整的作文习作一般必须包括“引入话题+文章主体+总结或升华中心”三个组成部分，或曰“总写+分写+总写”；所谓的“三层次”是说写作过程中的三个层面，即， 连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。下面，让我们逐一展开实践操作，“七步骤”分别是
步骤一 审题立意巧构思
1、功能意念
2、话题题材
3、呈现方式
4、体裁格式
5、内容要点
6、词数要求
7、特殊要求 （识图 读表 背景知识 可适当增加细节 不能逐条翻译）
步骤二 遣词造句忙准备
1、高级词汇 高中词汇 专用词汇&n, bsp; 提示词汇 关键词 主题词
2、短语词组 动词短语、介词短语
3、复杂句式 时态语态、从句、强调句、倒装句、感叹句 、with 的复合结构、非谓语动词、句式多样化 、谚语、格言
4、逻辑关系 递进、转折、因果、目的、归纳
5、连贯顺序 and but so in order to in one word
Firstly Secondly Thirdly Fourthly
First Next Then And then Finally
步骤三 谋篇布局列提纲（主题句 分段 总写 分写）
1、The first paragraph /sentence
2、The second paragraph/sentence
3、The third paragraph /sentence
4、The fourth paragraph /sentence
在这一步骤中，要淋漓尽致地采用“三节式”的写作技巧，也就是说，
“引入话题+文章主体+总结或升华中心”，或曰“总写+分写+总写”。
步骤四 奋笔疾书著文章
按照“审题”的要求，采用“准备”阶段的成果，依据“提纲”线索，开始写作。
在这一步骤中，要淋漓尽致地采用“三层次”的写作技巧，也就是说，连词成句，连句成段，连段成篇。
万丈高楼平地起，高中英语写作从高一到高三，在平时的教学中，不妨从造句练起。
Examples 1:
He is an astronomer.
He is intelligent, had-working and knowledgeable.
He is an intelligent, had-working and knowledgeable astronomer.
Examples 2:
S1：The school was very large.
S2: The school in which I learned judo was very large.
Examples 3:
S1: What’s a letter box?
S2: It’s a box with a hole through which the postman puts the letters.
Examples 4: The boy bought a bicycle.
S1: The boy bought a bicycle that was stolen from his neighbor.
S2: The boy bought a bicycle which was newly repaired.
S3: The boy who is wearing a red jacket bought a bicycle.
S4: The boy whose glasses were broken bought a bicycle.
Examples 5:
It can be proved that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she had nothing to gain from her story.
=It is most likely that Anna Petrov gave the best evidence because she saw something that could have come from the Amber Room and she had nothing to gain from her story.
步骤五 千锤百炼多修改
反复修改时，要从下面几个方面考虑：
第一、内容要点是否涵盖全面，有无遗漏，有无重复赘述。
第二、文体、体裁、风格、语汇是否相宜。
第三、词数是否适当，篇幅不易过长，也不易过短。
第四、行文是否流畅，结构是否严谨，过渡是否自然，文理是否通顺。
第五、语言知识、词汇句型、语法结构是否有错误。
第六、大小写、单词拼写、标点符号、冠词、时态和语态以及名词单复数有无笔下错误。
第七、是否运用了高级词汇、复杂句式，是否引用了名言警句、成语谚语，词汇句型是否多样化。
反复修改后，必须达到的最佳和最终效果是，整洁的卷面、丰富的词汇、 流畅的结构和独到的思想
步骤六 一丝不苟誊定稿
在誊写的过程中，力求做到：字迹工整、书写规范、版式美观、卷面清爽、赏心悦目
步骤七 孤芳自赏总复核
衡量一篇作文优劣的最终标准是什么呢？请你记住这36个字：
功能凸显 、主题鲜明 、体裁符合 、要点齐全 、词数恰当 、行文流畅 、结构严谨 、前呼后应 、符合要求
笔者建议誊写复核完毕以后，能够吟诵数遍，是否达到了朗朗上口，动听悦耳。
为了看上去一目了然，操作起来得心应手，上文的七个步骤图示如下
在各级各类考试中，考场上如果时间实在来不及，可以简化为三个步骤：
第三部分 范例写作 (说明文)
我们以下面这篇书面表达为例，示范一下“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”的实际操作流程
假如你是高三学生李华，在某国际学校学习。你的美国朋友John 即将到你所在的学校学习，应他的要求，请你写一封email ,介绍学校体育馆的基本情况。
写作内容：1、历史：于2007年初建成并投入使用；
2、位置：教学大楼的后边，大操场的东边；
3、结构：占地面积为2800平方米，共两层，一楼有游泳池，二楼有排球、篮球、羽毛球、乒乓球场，可容纳人数2500左右；
4、特点：环境优美，设备先进，
5、开放时间：早上6:00至晚上9:30, 周末照常开放；
6、体育馆的其他用途。
注意：1、词数100左右，可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
2、开头和结尾已经为你写好，不计入总词数。
参考答案：
Dear John，
I am very glad to hear that you will come to our school to study. Now let me tell you something about our school stadium.
The stadium was completed and put into use at the beginning of 2007. Situated behind the teaching building and to the east of the playground, it covers an area of 2800 square meters with two floors .There is a swimming pool on the first floor and a volleyball court, a basketball court, a badminton court and a table tennis court
are on the second floor .It can hold about 2500 people .Besides ,the opening time is from 6:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m. on weekdays and weekends. The stadium has modern equipment and beautiful surroundings.
Sometimes we listen to reports and watch performances in the stadium .You are sure to enjoy yourself her.
Sincerely yours,
Li Hua
高中英语“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式”实践操作流程表
具体应用实例
|
试题来源 |
范例写作 2015年3月15日（星期日）
平凉二中 高三第一次周考练试卷"书面表达” （衡水 模拟信息卷I） |
|
审题立意巧构思 |
1、功能意念 |
5、空间（48）位置，（49）方向；
7、特征（56）规格； 8、计量。 |
|
2、话题题材 |
5、学校生活；15、文娱与体育。 |
|
3、呈现方式 |
6、夹文夹图（原题有“体育馆”的图片）
文字说明--提纲式--控制性写作 |
|
4、体裁格式 |
2、应用文-书信体-电子邮件； 3、说明文 |
|
5、内容要点 |
1、历史；2、位置；3、结构；4、特点；
5、开放时间；6、其他用途。
|
|
6、词数要求 |
100个单词左右 |
|
7、特殊要求 |
可适当增加细节；开头和结尾已给出。 |
|
遣词造句忙准备 |
1、高级词汇 |
stadium volleyball badminton two storeys
square meters teaching building advanced
the business hours
|
|
2、短语词组 |
Be put into use ; cover an area of /have a history of/have a population ;
As a proverb says ,-------------------./As a famous saying goes ,-----------------------.;
Lie behind /be located behind /be situated behind ;
At the beginning of ; to /in /on the east of ;
Not only ------but also ------. |
|
3、复杂句式 |
状语从句（since while ）；定语从句（which where ）；强调句型（It is ......that ....... ） |
|
4、逻辑关系 |
以“内容要点”为顺序组织文章。besides in addition |
|
5、连贯顺序 |
以“空间位置方向”为线索组织文章。 |
|
谋篇布局列提纲 |
第一段：引入话题
第二段：文章主体（内容要点）：1、历史；2、位置；3、结构；
4、特点；5、开放时间；6、其他用途。
第三段：总结中心（主题段） |
|
奋笔疾书打草稿 |
Dear John ,
I am very glad to hear that you will come to our school to study . Since you asked me to say something about our school stadium , I would like to introduce it to you .
The stadium was built /constructed /completed /finished at the beginning of 2007 and it has been put into use since then .It lies /is located /is situated behind the teaching building and to the east of the playground. It covers an area of 2800 square meters with two storeys . There is a swimming pool on the first floor while a volleyball court , a basketball court ,a badminton court and a table tennis court are on the second .The stadium which is beautiful and has advanced equipment can hold /contain about 2500 people .Besides ,the business hours are from 6:00 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. not only on weekdays but also on weekends . In addition, it is in our school stadium that sometimes we listen to lectures and watch wonderful performances .
Such is our school stadium where I think you will enjoy yourself and do all kinds of sports and play various games. |
第四部分 高中高考英语书面表达
仿写、套写范本
第一 自我介绍类
(一般现在时)
A brief self-introduction
About myself
My name is……
I was born on……in……
I am a boy/girl.
I am tall./short./thin./fat./handsome./beautiful./cool./clever./cute.
I am in Class …, Grade …., …… Middle School.
I am in Class … , Junior/Senior…, ….. Middle School.
About my hobbies
My favorite food is …… I like eating ….. best.
My favorite fruit is …… I like eating ….. best.
My favorite subject is …… I am good at…… I do well in ……
My favorite sport is …… I like playing ….. best .
My favorite color is …… I like ….. best .
My favorite teacher is …… He/ She is ……
My favorite TV program is …… I like watching ….. best .
My favorite music is …… I like listening to ….. best .
My favorite pet is ……because I think that …… are…..
My favorite is …… I like eating ….. best .
About my family
There are … people in my family.
They are my …… , …… , and my ……
My father is a…… He is … years old. He works at……
My mother is …… She is … years old. She works at ……
About my class
There are …… students in my class. …are boys and …are girls.
The tallest boy in my class is ……
The tallest girl in my class is ……
About my school-life
We study …… subjects at school. They are Chinese , …… and ……
We have …… classes in the morning and ……. In the afternoon.
We have …… P.E. class a week. I like P.E. class best.
I think it is ……and ……
About my future
When I grow up, I am going to be ……
第二 日常行为类
（一般现在时）
My daily routine
I usually get up at …… in the morning.
第三 记日记、编故事 （一般过去时 应用文）
A篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
1、日期：3月26日 星期六
2、天气：多云
3、下午上课时，你老是开小差，因为总是想着晚上7点要去看电影《希望之路》。在放学回家的路上，你遇到了一个迷路的孩子，把他送回了家。你虽然没有能够看上电影，但是心里却很高兴。
Saturday, March 26, Cloudy.
It’s a Saturday again. How time flies! Another week has passed.
This afternoon, I was often absent-minded in class because I was eager to see the new film “The Road To Hope”, which would be shown at 7:00 p.m. on the school playground. As soon as class was over, I hurried out of the classroom.
On the way home, I saw a little child standing by the roadside crying. Obviously, he had lost his way. Forgetting all about the film, I went up to him and asked him to tell me whatever he knew about his family. It took me nearly an hour to send him home. His parents were glad to find their lost child back and thanked me again and again.
I missed the film. However, I felt very happy.
B篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
2月4日，星期天上午，你们班同学骑车到学校附近的公园，组织了一次环保活动。请根据下表内容，写一篇日记，发表你对此次活动的看法。
|
组别 |
任 务 |
|
1组 |
扫除：清理废纸、烟蒂、塑料袋等废弃物。 |
|
2组 |
宣传：树立标牌，告诉游客要爱护花木。 |
|
3组 |
演讲：向游客宣传“白色污染”的害处以及保护环境的重要性。 |
|
你的看法 |
。。。。。。 |
注意：1、日记必须包括表内所有的内容，可以适当增加细节，使内容连贯；
2、日记格式及首句已给出，不计入总词数；
3、词数：100左右；
4、参考词汇：烟蒂 cigarette end
February 4, Sunday Fine
This morning our class organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park. On arriving there, we were divided into three groups. The first group collected the rubbish, such as the waste paper, cigarette ends, plastic bags and so on. The second group set up several poster boards to remind the visitors to take care of the flowers and trees. The last group gave a speech to the visitors on the danger of “white pollution “ and the importance of protecting the environment.
I think it is very important for us to protect the environment. For the sake of people’s health and happiness, measures should be taken to control and prevent pollution and everyone should make a contribution to it.
C篇 根据下列提示，写一则日记。提示如下：
五月十日(星期日)，天气晴朗。
这天上午，你去新华书店买书。你买了一些英语读物和参考书。正要离开时，突然发现一个年轻的小伙子站在书柜前面，手里拿着几本书，显得有点不知所措的样子，你走上前去，问他怎么回事，他告诉你他是来买书的，但忘记带钱了。经过打听，知道这位青年原来是你班同学张华的哥哥，你主动借给他钱。他高高兴兴地买了书。下午，张华把你借给他哥哥的钱还给你，并致谢意。
参考答案：
May 10, Sunday， Fine
This morning I went to the Xinhua Bookstore to buy some books. There were a lot of people there, and most of them were middle school students. I chose some English reading materials and a few copies of reference books. I was about to leave when I suddenly saw a young man standing in front of the bookshelves, with a few books in his hand and looking worried. I went over and asked him what was the matter. He told me that he had come to buy books, but had forgotten to bring money. And then I knew he was the elder brother of Zhang Hua, a classmate of mine. I offered to lend him some money. Having got the books he wanted, he felt very thankful to me. In the afternoon Zhang Hua returned me the money with many thanks. I feel very pleased today because I have done something useful for others.
第四 讨论未来生活（一般将来时） Life in the future
A篇 （2014年高考英语全国卷II） 第二节 书面表达 （25分）
一家英语报社向中学生征文，主题是“十年后的我”，请根据下列要求和你的想象完成短文
1、家庭 2、工作 3、业余生活
注意：1、词数 100左右；
2、可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3、开头语已为你写好
I often imagine what my life will be like in the future. I think my life will be very different in ten years. I will be twenty-eight years old by then. I will have my own family，probably with a lovely child. I hope I will work in a computer company as a program designer. I will enjoy my work and get along well with my colleagues. I will do a good job in whatever I do. In my free time, I will continue to take regular exercise, such as swimming, running and various ball games. On my holidays, I will travel around the world. In a word, my life will be much richer and more colorful.
B篇
［写作要求］
根据以下内容，通过合理的想象，以“Our future life”为题，写一篇100词左右的英语短文，展望一下未来的科技生活。
1、有些人可以到月球上度假。
2、有些科学家能在海底生活‘’
3、每家都有可视电话（videophone）,通过可视电话人们可以进行体检和购物。
4、孩子们可以在家通过电视和广播接受教育。
5、机器人为你做家务。
［审题谋篇］
|
体裁 |
想象性作文 |
|
话题 |
描述未来生活 |
|
时态 |
以将来时为主 |
|
人称 |
以第一人称为主 |
［遣词造句］
I词汇
1、梦想（dream of/about）
2、度假 （on holiday/for a holiday）
3、等等（and so on）
4、上学（go to school）
5、实现梦想（come true/realize/achieve one’s dream）
II句式
1、Some people will go to the moon for their holidays.
Some scientists will live under the sea.
(用and连接两个句子)
答案：Some people will go to the moon for their holidays, and some scientists will live under the sea.
2、We will have videophones in every home.
We can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
(用which引导定语从句改写句子)
答案：We will have more videophones in every home by which we can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
［妙笔成篇］
Sometimes I dream about life in the future. What will it be like? Perhaps some people will go to the moon for their holidays, and some scientists will live under the sea. Maybe we will have more videophones in every home by which we can have a medical examination or do some shopping without leaving our homes.
I am sure there’ll be more educational programs on the radio or TV. Children will study at home instead of going to school every day.
No people like doing housework. Maybe in the future each family will have a robot. Every day we can ask the robot to doing the shopping, the housework and so on. I believe the dream will come true some day.
第五 制作工艺流程 (说明文)
First Next Then And then Finally
A篇 How do you make a banana milk shake?
First, peel the bananas.
Next, put the bananas in the blender.
Then, pour the milk into the blender.
Finally, turn on the blender.
B篇 How do you make Russian soap for a party on Saturday?
First, buy some beef, one cabbage, four carrots, three potatoes, five tomatoes and one onion.
Then, cut up the vegetables.
Next, put the beef, carrots and potatoes into a pot and add some water.
After that, cook them for 30 minutes.
Then, add the cabbage, tomatoes and onion and cook
Finally, don’t forget to add some salt.
C篇 How do you make a turkey dinner?
Here is one way to make turkey for a Thanksgiving dinner.
First, mix together some bread pieces, onions, salt and pepper.
Next, fill the turkey with this bread mix.
Then, put the turkey in a hot oven and cook it for a few hours.
When it is ready, place the turkey on a large plate and cover it with gravy.
Finally, cut the turkey into thin pieces and eat the meat with vegetables like carrots and potatoes.
D篇
一家宾馆新开业，为了吸引外国宾客，希望在the internet上宣传，请为其写一篇介绍 1。地点，距白山入口处500米
2。单人间(共20)，100元/天; 双人间(共15)，150元/天
3。热水淋浴
4。中西餐厅，咖啡厅
5。游泳池免费开放
6。欢迎预定
范文：
Welcome to Baishan Mountain Hotel.
Baishan Mountain Hotel is now open for business. Our hotel stands 500 meters away from the entrance of Baishan Mountain. It has 20 single rooms and 15 double rooms, all with hot showers. A single room is 100 yuan and double room 150 yuan for one night. You are advised to book in advance. The hotel serves three meals a day and there are Chinese food and western food for you to choose from . You can also enjoy yourself at the café drinking tea or coffee in the evening. We also have a swimming pool, which is open all day and free of charge.
All are welcome!
E篇
［写作任务］
写一篇100词左右的英语短文介绍华山。要点如下：
1、华山位于陕西省华阴县，是我国著名的五岳（Five Sacred Mountains）之一。
2、华山有五座山峰（peak）, 分别为东峰、西峰、南峰、北峰和中峰。
3、可以步行上山，也可以乘索道（ropeway）或缆车（cable car）。
［审题谋篇］
|
体裁 |
说明文 |
|
话题 |
景点介绍 |
|
时态 |
一般现在时 |
|
人称 |
第三人称 |
［遣词造句］
I词汇
1、位于 （lie in/be located in/be situated in）
2、作为......而闻名（be famous as）
3、吸引你的目光（attract your attention/catch your eyes）
4、在......的路上（on the way to）
5、欣赏美丽风景（enjoy/appreciate the beauty）
II句式
1、It has five main peaks and they are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak ,the North Peak and the Middle Peak.
(用定语从句改写)
答案：It has five main peaks, among which are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak ,the North Peak and the Middle Peak.
2、You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, and along the way you can enjoy the scenery.
(用定语从句改写)
答案：You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, where you can enjoy the scenery.
［妙笔成篇］
Mount Hua
Mount Hua is located in Huayin, Shaanxi Province. It is famous as one of the Five Sacred Mountains of China. Its five main peaks are the East Peak, the West Peak, the South Peak, the North Peak and the Middle Peak, each of which has an unusual story.
At the foot of the mountain, the waterfall will first attract your attention. On the way to the top, you’ll see a number strange hills and unique rocks. When you arrive at the top, you can look out over a sea of clouds. You can climb to the top on foot, taking the ropeway, or riding in a cable car, where you can enjoy the scenery.
Now it is attracting more and more tourists from all over the world. Why not pay a visit there?
第六 议论文
A篇 以约120个字对“用金钱鼓励孩子学习 ”的现象进行议论
1. 你对用金钱鼓励孩子学习的看法
2. 你的父母和亲人是如何鼓励孩子的
3. 你认为怎样才能更好地鼓励孩子学习
范文：
From where I stand, I am not in favor of encouraging kids with cash just because they have got good marks.
My parents used to encourage me like this. Whenever I made progress in studies , they bought me my favorite books ,which not only motivated me to learn ,but also helped me get along well with my studies.
To get kids motivated to learn , I think we should not treat every child in the same way. To some students , oral praise is essential .
Don’t save the praise for only the top score. If possible, involved other adults in praising them. However, this method may not work well with other kids. Maybe what is more important to them is to water a movie or go on a trip together with their parents. It just depends.
B篇 （说明文和议论文综合）
鼠标是计算机时代最佳的人机交互工具之一。它极大地方便了人们的计算机操作。
但是，过分依赖鼠标的习惯也会带来一些不利影响。
请你以鼠标为切入点，根据下面所提供的情况，写一篇短文。
鼠标的必要性 操作计算机，上网冲浪
鼠标的便利性 点击，移动，插入，拷贝，删除 编辑文本，搜索信息收发邮件，选购商品
点播音乐，下载电影
如果过分依赖鼠标，会------?
范文：
The mouse is a most effective device used by people to communicate with a computer.
For most people, it’s almost impossible to operate computer without a mouse, let alone surf the internet . A well-chose mouse is really handy, flexible and convenient in controlling the screen. With the functions of inserting , deleting ,moving and copying ,it enables us to edit text ,browse web pages and download what we want . It can even bring us a flood of music , movies and PC games . Just imagine , all these can be done with a cute mouse.
A convenient tool can certainly make our work easier , but it doesn’t help in a positive way . Too much information on our fingertips leaves little room for knowledge pursuing . Too many ready answers make us less excited in finding truth . Relying too much on mouse makes us lazier and less creative both mentally and physically.
C篇
目前，学校存在少数学生考试作弊现象。请以“ My opinion on cheating in examinations”为题，写一篇短文。
主要原因: 考试偏多、偏难；不用功, 懒惰 ；取悦父母、老师。
个人看法: 作弊不对，违反校规， 要诚实，努力学习
----其他看法
范文： My opinion on cheating in examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
As students ,we often take examinations at school, but sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us . On the one hand, some of us are lazy and don’t work hard at their lessons. So when taking examinations , they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers .
In my opinion , it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools. We students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard instead of cheating in exams. What’s more, we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.
第七 人物传记
A篇Write a description of Helen Keller
Write a life story of someone→
Choose a familiar person→
Make a plan→
Write down all the ideas→
Choose an interesting example to show the person's character→
Add examples of their difficulties and problems→
Show their achievements
Each idea will help to make a paragraph.
List the related words and expressions that will help you write the description.
汉语提示：
1、海伦凯勒于1880年6月27日出生在Tuscumbia, Ala.，USA , 她于1968 年6月 1日谢世。
2、她是闻名世界的盲聋作家、教育家、慈善家、社会活动家。
3、她在19个月大的时候，由于一场大病，被迫失去了视力和听力。
4、在安妮莎莉文（Anne Sullivan）老师的帮助下，克服重重困难，她学会了说话、读书、写字，最终，掌握了英、法、德等五种语言。
5 、她曾在哈佛大学学习并毕业于1904 年，完成了她的一系列著作，主要著作有《假如给我三天光明》、《我的生活》、《我的老师》等。6、她走遍世界各地，结交要人，为盲人学校募集资金，把自己的一生献给了盲人福利和教育事业。
7、在她一生中，她获得了世界各国人民的赞扬，并得到许多国家政府的嘉奖，以表彰她的成就。
8、海伦凯勒勤奋、聪明、乐观、学识渊博、意志坚强，她为我们树立了光辉的榜样。
范文
1, Helen Keller was born on June 27th, 1880 in Tuscumbia, Ala., USA. She died on June 1st, 1968.
2, She was a world-famous deaf-blind writer, an educator, a philanthropist and a social activist.
3, When she was 19 months old, she was forced to lose her hearing and sight because of a serious illness.
4, With the help of her tutor, Anne Sullivan, having overcome so many difficulties, she learned to speak, read and write. Finally, she mastered English, French, German and other two languages.
5, She studied in Harvard University and graduated in 1904.She finished a series of works. Her best-known works included Give me three days to see, The story of my life, My teacher and so on.
6, She travelled around the world, made friends with very important persons, collected money for deaf-blind schools and in the end devoted all her life to the cause of deaf-blind's welfare and education.
7, During her lifetime, she won a high praise of the people all over the world and she was awarded by the governments of many countries in recognition of her accomplishments.
8, Helen Keller was hard-working, intelligent, optimistic, Knowledgeable and strong-willed. She set a good example to us all.
B篇 比尔·盖茨小传
2000 年，比尔·盖茨成立比尔和梅琳达·盖茨基金会，2008 年比尔盖茨宣布将580 亿美元个人财产捐给慈善基金会 ，2014 年比尔·盖茨辞去董事长一职 并击退卡洛斯·斯利姆重回世界首富。 2015 年美国当地时间9 月29 日，《福布斯》发布美国富豪400 强榜单显示，微软公司创始人盖茨凭借760 亿美元净资产，连续第22 年高居榜首。 2016年3月1日，福布斯公布了最新一期全球富豪榜单，虽然比尔·盖茨的个人财富比2015年少了42亿美金，但他这次以750亿美金个人财富仍连续三年位居榜首。 2016年10月，《福布斯》发布“美国400富豪榜”，比尔·盖茨以资产810亿美元，第23年蝉联榜首。
William Henry "Bill" Gates III (born October 28, 1955) is an American business magnate, investor, author and philanthropist. In 1975, Gates and Paul Allen co-founded Microsoft, which became the world's largest PC software company. During his career at Microsoft, Gates held the positions of chairman, CEO and chief software architect, and was the largest individual shareholder until May 2014. Gates has authored and co-authored several books.
C篇
假设Thomas Edison是你最喜欢的人，请根据信息写篇短文
1. 对该人物的简单介绍
2. 喜欢该人物的理由
3. 从该人物身上得到的启示
范文： Thomas Edison
Born in America, Thomas Edison was a great scientist and inventor. He was once thought to be a boy who was not worth educating . In fact , he was a man full of imagination.
I admire Edison a lot because of his great contribution to the world . He had more than 1000 inventions . In his life time, he was always eager to know how things worked, which helped him to own the nickname “ the wizard of Melo park” . He was also so diligent that he worked day and night . And this explained why he had so many great inventions .
What impresses me most is his famous saying : “Genius is one percent inspiration and ninety-nine percent perspiration”. Probably I can’t be an Edison myself , but I can be a hardworking teamer . From him, I realize the secret to success is not when and where you were born ,but what you are doing and how you do it in your life.
第五部分 高中英语写作必备词语
|
1、表示罗列增加 |
|
first second third; first then/next after that finally;
for one thing..., for another...; on the one hand..., on the other hand...;
besides/what’s more/in addition/furthermore/moreover/another/also;
especially/in particular; worse still, to make matters worse等。 |
|
2、表示时间顺序 |
|
now, at present, recently, after, afterward, after that, after a while, in a few days, at first,
in the beginning, to begin with, later, next, finally, eventually, immediately, soon, suddenly, all of a sudden, at that moment, as soon as, the moment, from now on, from then on, at the same time, meanwhile, till, not...until, when, while, as, during等。 |
|
|
3、表示解释说明 |
|
for example , for instance, in this case , in fact , as a matter of fact , to tell you the truth , actually，that is to say , that is, namely , in other words, to put it another way, according to等。 |
|
4、表示转折关系 |
|
but，however, while, or, otherwise, on the contrary , on the other hand , except (for ), instead, nevertheless, yet, otherwise等。 |
|
5、表示并列关系 |
|
or , and, not only ...but also..., as well as , both ...and..., either ...or ..., neither ...nor ..., together with等。 |
|
6、表示因果关系 |
|
because，because of , since, now that, as, for, thanks to , owing to , due to , on account of , therefore , so, thus , as a result (of ), so ...that..., such ...that ...,等 |
|
7、表示条件关系 |
|
as (so ) long as , on condition that , if , unless , once , now that 等。 |
|
8、表示让步关系 |
|
though , although , as, even if , even though , despite , in spite of , whether ...or ..., however , whoever , whatever , whichever , wherever , whenever , no matter (who ,what ,which, where, when, whom )等。 |
|
9、表示举例 |
|
for example, for instance , such as , like, take ...for example 等。 |
|
10、表示比较 |
|
similarly , the same as , in contrast, compared with (to ), just like , just as 等。 |
|
11、表示目的 |
|
for this reason , for this purpose , so that , in order that , in order to , so as to 等。 |
|
12、表示强调 |
|
indeed，surely , certainly , no doubt , without any doubt , truly , obviously , above all , first of all, in the end, in the beginning 等。 |
|
13、表示概括归纳 |
|
in a word , in short , in brief ,on the whole , in general, generally speaking , in my opinion , all in all , as has been stated , as I have shown , finally , at last , in summary , in conclusion , to sum up, as far as I am concerned, as far as I know 等， |
|
14、其他 |
|
|
第六部分 高中英语写作必备句式
|
一、文章主题句 |
|
1、It goes without saying that ... 不用说------。
2、There is no denying the fact that ... 不可否认这个事实------。
No one can deny ... 谁也不可否认这个事实------。
There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问------。
It can’t be denied that ... 不可否认的是------。
3、I am greatly convinced that ...=I am greatly assured that ... 我深信------。
4、Among various kinds of ...=Of all the ... 在各种------之中，
5、As far as I am concerned ,... 在我看来/就我所知，------。
6、According to my personal experience ...，=Based on my personal experience ...，
根据我的个人经验------，
7、Of all the people I know , perhaps none deserves my respect more than ...
在我认识的人当中，也许没有一个人比------更值得我尊敬。
8、In the course of my schooling ,I will never forget ....
在我的求学过程中，我永远都忘不了------。
9、With the increase /growth of the population ,... 随着人口的增加，------，
With the advance of science and technology ,... 随着科技的进步，------，
With the rapid development of our economy, ... 随着我国经济的快速发展，------。
10、In the age of information and communication , ... plays an important role.
在这个信息时代，------扮演着重要的角色。
11、Nothing in the world can delight me so much as ....
世界上没有什么比------更令我高兴。
12、It is necessary /important /proper that sb. (should ) do ...
某人做------是必要的/重要的/适当的。
13、It is said /thought /reported /believed that ... 据说/人们认为/据报道/人们相信------。
14、The main reason why /for ...is that .... ------的主要原因是------。
15、As we can see from the above table ,... 从上表可知------。
16、It is estimated /predicted that .... 据估计/预测------。
17、It is generally agreed that ... 大家通常认为------。
It is commonly accepted that ... 人们普遍认为------。 |
|
二、上下承接句 |
|
1、We have reasons to believe that ... 我们有理由相信------。
2、As a matter of fact ,... 事实上，------
3、Besides (In addition ),we should not neglect ... 另外，我们不应忽视------。
4、On the contrary ,...=In contrast,... 相反的是，------。
5、On the one hand ..., on the other hand,... 一方面------，另一方面------。
6、However ,it is a pity that ... 然而，遗憾的是------。
7、In other words ,...=To put it differently,... 换言之，------。
8、When it comes to ... 当谈到、涉及------。
9、Compared with ..., 和------相比，------。
10、In common with sb. ... 和某人一样------。
11、As far as we know , ... 据我们所知，------。
12、As everybody knows/As is known to all ,.../It is well known that ... 众所周知------。
13、As the proverb says ,... 正如谚语所说，------。
14、As the saying goes ,... 俗话说------。
15、As has been already discussed ,... 正如已经讨论过的，-----。
16、Despite the fact that ..., 尽管------。
17、However ,the difficulty lies in ... 然而，问题在于------。
18、Therefore ,we should realize that ... 因此，我们应该意识到------。 |
|
三、文章结构句 |
|
1、If one can really put the three points into action (practice ) ,...
如果能实践者三点，------。
2、In this way ,I believe that ... 如此，我相信------。
3、Only with combined efforts ,can we ... 唯有通力合作，我们才能------。
4、For these reasons , I ... 基于这些理由，我------。
5、In conclusion ,...=To sum up ,... 总而言之，------。
6、We can ,therefore ,come to the conclusion that ... 因此，我们可以得出如下结论------。
7、Therefore ,we should realize that ... 所以，我们应该意识到------。
8、Nothing is +比较级+than to do ... 没有比------更------了。
9、People are less likely to ... 人们不太可能------。
10、It must be admitted /pointed /emphasized that ... 必须承认/指出/强调的是------。
It can be said with certainty that ... 可以肯定地说------
11、We must recognize the fact that ... 我们必须承认------。
12、What calls for special attention is that ... 需引起特别注意的是------。
13、We should spare no effort to do ... 我们应该不遗余力地------。
14、Due to /Owing to /Thanks to ... 因为/由于/多亏了------，
15、It was not until ...that he realized .... 直到------他才意识到------。
16、This story reminds me of an experience that ... 这故事使我想起了------的经历。
17、It is high (about ) time that we did sth . 我们早该------了/是时候我们该------了。 |
|
四、常用的结尾句 |
|
1、All in all /In a word /In conclusion /In general /In summary /To sum up ...
总的来说------， On the whole... 总的来看------，
2、In brief /In short ... 简言之------
3、As a consequence result ... 因此------
4、From this point of view ... 从这一点来看------。
5、If we can do as mentioned above ,there can be no doubt that ....
如果我们能做到如上所述，毫无疑问------。
6、Last but not least ... 最后但同等重要的是------。
7、Therefore ,we have the reason to believe that ... 因此，我们有理由相信------。
8、We ,therefore , can make it clear from the above discussion that ...
因此，从上面的讨论中我们可以明白------。 |
|
五、其他 |
|
1、强调句型：It is /was /will be +被强调部分+that /who +句子其余成分。
2、It is no doubt that ...=There is no doubt that ... 毫无疑问------。
3、As the saying goes ,no pains, no gains. Only through hard work can we achieve our goals.
正如谚语所云，一分耕耘，一分收获，只有通过辛勤的努力我们才能实现目标。 |
第七部分 高中英语写作经常引用的经典谚语
1、Nothing is impossible. 万事皆有可能。
2、If I think I can, I can. 我说我行，我就行。
3、Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者事竟成。
4、No pains, no gains. 一分耕耘一分收获。
5、God helps those who help themselves. 自助者神助。
6、He laughs best who laughs last.
谁笑在最后，谁笑得最好。
7、Time and tide wait for no man. 时不我待。
8、Nothing is too difficult if you put your heart into it.
世上无难事只怕有心人。
9、Failure is the mother of success. 失败乃成功之母。
10、He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
不到长城非好汉。
11、Never too old to learn. 活到老学到老。
.12、Well begun, half done. 良好的开端成功的一半。
13、One boy is a boy, two boys half a boy, three boys no boy.
一个和尚挑水喝，两个和尚抬水喝，三个和尚没水喝。
14、Practice makes perfect. 熟能生巧。
15、Study hard and make progress every day.
好好学习，天天向上。
16、Knowledge is power. 知识就是力量。
17、Great hopes make great man. 伟大的抱负造就伟大的人物。
18、Honesty is the best policy. 做人诚信为本。
19、If you venture nothing, you will have nothing.
不入虎穴，焉得虎子。
20、It never rains but it pours. 不鸣则已，一鸣惊人。
21、 Like father, like son. 有其父必有其子。
22、Like knows like. 惺惺相惜。
23、Love me, love my dog. 爱屋及乌。
24、Many hands make light work. 众人拾柴火焰高。
25、Many heads are better than one.
三个臭皮匠，赛过诸葛亮。
26、Money isn't everything. 金钱不是万能的。
27、 No cross, no crown. 不吃苦中苦，难为人上人。
28、No news is good news. 没有消息就是好消息。
29、Rome is not built in a day. 冰冻三尺，非一日之寒。
30、A fall into a pit, a gain in your wit. 吃一堑，长一智。
31、A bird in the hand is worth than two in the bush.
一鸟在手胜过双鸟在林。
32、All roads lead to Rome. 条条大路通罗马。
33、All that glitters is not gold. 闪光的不一定都是金子。
34、Great minds think alike. 英雄所见略同。
35、Health is happiness. 健康就是幸福。
36、It is no use crying over spilt milk. 覆水难收。
37、It is the first step that costs troublesome. 万事开头难。
38、It takes three generations to make a gentleman.
十年树木，百年树人。
39、Jack of all trades and master of none.
门门精通，样样稀松。
40、Learning makes a good man better and ill man worse.
好人越学越好，坏人越学越坏。
41、Like tree, like fruit. 羊毛出在羊身上。
42、Never say die. 永不言败。
43、One swallow does not make a summer. 一燕不成夏。
44、Reading is to the mind while exercise to the body.
读书健脑，运动强身。
45、Proverbs are the daughters of daily experience.
谚语是日常经验的结晶。
46、Birds of a feather flock together. 物以类聚，人以群分。
47、Better late than never. 不怕慢，单怕站。
48、Barking dogs seldom bite. 吠犬不咬人。
49、A year's plan starts with spring. 一年之计在于春。
50、A stitch in time saves nine. 小洞不补，大洞吃苦。
51、A rolling stone gathers no moss.
滚石不生苔，转业不聚财。
52、An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.
一日之计在于晨。
53、A new broom sweeps clean. 新官上任三把火。
54、All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.
只会用功不玩耍，聪明孩子也变傻。
55、A friend in need is a friend indeed. 患难见真情。
56、Actions speak louder than words. 事实胜于雄辩。
57、East or west, home is the best.
金窝银窝，不如自己的土窝。
58、Strike the iron while it is hot. 趁热打铁。
59、Speech is silver, silence is gold. 能言是银，沉默是金。
60、Blood is thicker than water. 血浓于水。
61、Never put off until tomorrow what may be done today.
今日事今日毕。
62、The longest journey begins with the first step.
千里之行，始于足下。
63、Constant dripping wears away a stone.
水滴石穿，绳锯木断。
64、More haste, less speed. 欲速则不达。
65、Early to bed, early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise. 早睡早起，健康富有聪明。
66、When in Rome, do as the Romans do. 入乡随俗。
67、Lost time is never found again. 光阴一去不复返。
68、Follow your own course, and let people talk.
走自己的路，让别人说去吧。
69、The early bird catches the worm. 早起的鸟儿有虫吃。
70、Diamond cuts diamond. 强中更有强中手。
71、A bad workman quarrels with his tools.
拙匠常怨工具差(人笨怨刀钝)。
72、Every dog has his day. 片瓦也有翻身日；人人都有得意时。
73、Easier said than done. 说易行难。
74、Don't count your chicken before they are hatched.
不要过早乐观。
75、Ask not what your country can do for you; ask what you can do for your country.
不要问你的国家能为你做什么，而要问你能为你的国家做什么。
76、Good medicine for health tastes bitter to the mouth.
良药苦口利于病。
77、An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
一天一苹果，不用请医生。
78、Books and friends should be few but good.
读书如交友，应求少而精。
79、Confidence in yourself is the first step on the road to success.
自信是走向成功的第一步。
80、Eat to live, but not live to eat.
人吃饭是为了活着，但活着不是为了吃饭。
81、Fools learn nothing from wise men, but wise men learn much
from fools. 愚者不学无术，智者不耻下问。
82、Four eyes see more than two. 集思广益。
83、Genius is nothing but labor and diligence.
天才不过是勤奋而已。
84、Heaven never helps the man who will not act.
自己不动，叫天何用。
85、He knows most who speaks least. 大智若愚。
86、He that will not work shall not eat. 不劳动者不得食。
87、Learn to walk before you run. 先学走，再学跑。
88、No man can do two things at once. 一心不可二用。
89、The world is but a little place, after all.
海内存知己，天涯若比邻。
90、The pot calls the kettle black. 五十步笑百步。
91、A man should not bite the hand that feeds him. 不要恩将仇报。
92、Out of office, out of danger. 无官一身轻。
93、Health is better than wealth. 家有万贯财，不如一身健。
94、Man proposes, God disposes. 谋事在人，成事在天。
95、All shall be well, Jack shall have Jill. 有情人终成眷属。
96、The tongue cuts the throat. 祸从口出/言多必失。
97、The remembrance of the past is the teacher of the future .
前事不忘，后事之师/前车之覆，后车之鉴。
98、A young idler, an old beggar . 少壮不努力，老大徒伤悲。
99、Pride goes before a fall. 骄者必败。
100、Misfortunes never come alone. 祸不单行。
101、A man is known by his friends. 什么人交什么朋友。
102、A wise head makes a close mouth. 真人不露相，露相非真人。
103、Bad news has wings. 好事不出门，坏事传千里。
104、Every man is the architect of his own fortune.
自己的命运自己掌握。
105、Beauty lies in the love's eyes. 情人眼里出西施。
106、One false move may lose the game. 一着不慎，满盘皆输。
107、Penny wise, pound foolish. 贪小便宜吃大亏。
108、Promise is debt. 一诺千金。
109、Still water run deep. 静水常深。
110、Talk of the devil and he will appear. 说曹操，曹操就到。
111、To know oneself is true progress. 人贵有自知之明。
112、Two dogs strive for a bone, and a third runs away with it.
鹬蚌相争，渔翁得利。
113、Two of a trade seldom agree. 同行是冤家。
114、Where there is life, there is hope.
留得青山在，不怕没柴烧。
115、You can take a horse to the water but you cannot make him drink. , 强扭的瓜不甜。
116、You cannot burn the candle at both ends.
蜡烛不能两头点，精力不可过分耗。
117、Tomorrow never comes. 我生待明日，万事成蹉跎。
118、The wise man knows he knows nothing, the fool thinks he
knows all. 清者自清，浊者自浊。
119、The finest diamond must be cut. 玉不琢，不成器。
120、One hour today is worth two tomorrow. 争分夺秒效率高。
第八部分 结束语
写作是语言输出---语言输入---博览群书
写作是日积月累---厚积薄发
写作是创新能力---异想天开
写作是文思灵感---熟能生巧
写作是语言实践---勤学苦练
写作是语言天赋---以勤补拙
读书破万卷 下笔如有神
熟读唐诗三百首 不会写诗也会吟
天下文章一大套 ，就看你会套不会套。
天下文章几乎毫无例外地回答who、what、when、where、why和how的问题。
No language input, no language output
第九部分 附录 高中英语“七步骤三节式三层次写作模式 ”实践操作流程表
|
试题
来源 |
|
|
审题立意巧构思 |
1、功能意念 |
|
|
2、话题题材 |
|
|
3、呈现方式 |
|
|
4、体裁格式 |
|
|
5、内容要点 |
|
|
6、词数要求 |
|
|
7、特殊要求 |
|
|
遣词造句忙准备 |
1、高级词汇 |
|
|
2、短语词组 |
|
|
3、复杂句式 |
|
|
4、逻辑关系 |
|
|
5、连贯顺序 |
|
|
谋篇布局列提纲 |
|
|
奋笔疾书打草稿 |
|
第十部分 参考文献：
1、《高中英语新课程标准》
2、《高中英语高考考试大纲》
3、《高中英语高考考试说明》
4、人教版高中《英语》教材，必修1至必修5，选修6至选修8.
第四编 校本教材系列之三
《王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中<英语>教科书解读讲义经典句式剖析》
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 必修第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 1 第一单元 Life Choices
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Did you enjoy leaning English? 2I like reading books of all kinds.
2、1What difficulties did you have in learning English?
2In Video 1, what difficulties did the boy have in learning English?
3In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time (in) enjoying real life.
3、1My new school life is very exciting.
2I feel excited because this school differs in many ways from my previous one.
4、What is also very different is that students in the same class can have different class schedules.
5、1Surfing the Internet is definitely a big part of my life.
2Studying is definitely a big part of my life.
3I like reading books of all kinds.
4I like to set goals for myself. 5I like being busy.
6Making a prediction is guessing what is going to be mentioned.
7Skimming means reading very quickly to get a general idea of what a text is about.
6、1You’ll often find me sitting in front of my laptop.
2Do you find these situations stressful or relaxing?
3I find waiting for exam results very stressful.
4In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful-like going to parties.
5I also plan to do more long-distance running because I find it very relaxing.
7、1It’s so convenient to be able to compare the quality and prices from different online shops before I buy.
2It’s important to meet friends in person from time to time, not just on social media.
3It always makes me excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together.
4It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
5It takes me less than 15 minutes to wash, get changed, have breakfast and leave home.
6You may think that it is boring to do the same thing every day, but I like being busy.
7It’s always good to have a friend, right? 8It is good they were all over.
8、According to them, there is a danger that I may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends.
9、Actually, I do know I need to drag myself away from the online world sometimes, especially because real life can be just as interesting.
10、1 I like to set goals for myself.
2When I set out to do something, I do my best to achieve it.
3I tend to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of each term.
4My aim is to do well in every subject this term.
5My target is to prepare myself for my degree in biology at university.
6To achieve all I want, I must use my time well.
7After school, I try to use any possible time to revise the things I have learnt during the day.
8What she tries to achieve is to prepare herself for university.
9I’m always the first person to get to my class.
10I usually find time to do my paperwork and preview the lessons.
11、I am always attentive in all classes and think actively ,so that I can have more free time to do other things that I’m interested in after school.
12、As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
13、Write the aspects mentioned in the left column in Activity 4.
14、Dr. King ends his talk by advising people who become too stressed and can’t function properly to seek professional help.
15、1After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired.
2Bringing with him lots of books, clothes, and two pairs of trainers, Zhang Tian travelled to the village with an eager heart.
3Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
4I have to get up very early in the morning and often go back home late, feeling tired.
5In the afternoon, I stay in my office, doing lots of paperwork or working on the computer.
16、1Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
2Living in the village was also more challenging than he had thought.
3They enjoy playing football in the playground, as well as singing songs they’ve learnt.
4He has enjoyed working with the children.
5Going or yum cha or dim sum is a practice that has become increasingly popular in the world
17、He was inspired by them to go and teach where he was needed the most.
18、However, not everything lived up to Zhang Tian’s hopes.
19、1 He could only shower every three or four days.
2At the moment, we meet twice a week and we’re preparing to attend a competition.
20、1 It is not surprising that PE is the kids’ favourite subject!
2 What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read, speak and write in English. 3He feels so happy that he followed his heart when choosing what to do with his life, even though it may not be what others expected of him.
4Although he had only intended to stay for one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year. 5Your life is what you make it.
6I look forward to hearing all about what’s happening with you soon.
21、1People believe that an English Duchess first introduced the idea of afternoon tea.
2It is believed that the custom began thousands of years ago when tea houses started cropping up along the Silk Road to provide rest for weary travelers.
3Later, it was discovered that tea aids digestion, so tea house owners started offering snacks with their tea and yum cha was born.
22、1Afternoon tea parties soon became popular social occasions, which is a trend that continues today.
2The most popular time to go for yum cha is late morning---or what is known in the West as brunch.
23、1Also, as I live close to public libraries and bookshops, I always have a good book to read.
2People who live in the country say that city life is stressful because of all the noise and traffic, but I like being in the middle of things.
3I live in a city for now, but thanks to our island holiday, I’m sure I could be just as happy living in the country.
4I’ve been moving from one city to the next because of my dad’s job.
5Due to the stress, I cannot sleep well at night.
6But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study.
24、1By the end of the week, I loved living in a rural area.
2I didn’t miss going online because I was too busy connecting with nature.
25、1You don’t need to visit zoos when there are animals all around you.
2 You don’t need to visit museums, cinemas or community centres because you can explore forests, caves and beaches. 3I think I will need to play more ports.
26、1Now, how to spend the next three years more wisely is a new challenge for me.
2My job is to take care of people’s health.
3It was my dream to become a volunteer teacher.
4It is exciting to work with kids.
5Besides, it is inconvenient to go outside because the public transportation is not well connected.
6But it is always so hard for me to chat with new classmates.
7My usual routine is to read the news before eating breakfast.
8And when I get home, I’m usually too tired to do anything.
27、1One thing I really want to change is the time I spend in the digital world and it’s time to get out of it and make a difference in the real world.
2It supports children who struggle to read and write and they have volunteers who spend time with children who need help.
3But it is not surprising that being a in the village can be challenging.
4It’s not surprising that he won the race, but I was surprised that he broke the world record.
28、1I spent hours surfing the web, watching films and chatting with friends online rather than in person. 2It usually takes me 20 minutes to get home by bus.
3Then it takes half an hour for me to get to the office.
29、Parents report that their children are just watching this series and neglecting everything else, using Escape to a New Life as an excuse for not completing homework, or refusing to revise for exams, citing a need for a happier and less stressful life.
30、She no longer completes he homework saying it doesn’t matter as she just wants to “escape to a new life”.
31、Paediatrician, Dr. Elisa Carhart who specializes in child mental health, says that TV can influence a young people’s decision in life, but believes that if a young person reacts as strongly as Charlotte, it’s likely there are other reasons for the change in her behaviour.
32 1Being a doctor means I have to make correct decisions all the time, which puts a lot of pressure on me.
2Although being a doctor keeps me very busy, with little time for leisure, I have no regrets as I love solving problems and I get to help people recover from illnesses and injuries.
3On the plus side, I get to travel a lot to different countries for matches and of course, hearing people cheer you on is great.
33、Quietude promotes learning, frugality cultivates virtue. One can’t show high ideals without simple living; one can’t have lofty aspirations without a peaceful state of mind.
静以修身，俭以养德。非淡泊无以明志，非宁静无以致远。
本句出自诸葛亮《诫子书》。（课本P94）
34、The Summary of the Reading Text---I’m a … digital native of Lesson 1, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 10:
Joe is a “digital native”. He does lots of things online, for example, chatting with his friends. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict”, because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with online friends. They are also worried that he may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
35、The Summary of the Listening Text---The Topic of Stress ---The Interview of Lesson 2, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 13:
Dr. King is an expert on stress. In his talk, he believes everyone suffers from stress at some point in their lives, from teachers, doctors and factory workers to newspaper editors. However, some jobs may be more stressful than others, like some positions in the police or the military. Dr. King thinks there are different causes of stress. But more often than not, it’s due to pressure from work or study. Students with lots of homework can feel very stressed when they don’t have enough time to finish everything. Dr. King also discusses social pressure and how to some extent it can also cause stress. In particular, shy people can find social situations very stressful---like going to parties. Dr. King also suggests some ways to reduce stress and tension, for example, you can organize your work or studies, you must eat well and exercise often and you can also talk to people about your problem. Dr. King ends his talk by advising people who become too stressed and can’t function properly to seek professional help.
36、The Summary of the Reading Text---Your Life Is What You Make It of Lesson 3, Unit 1, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 16:
Inspired by the teachers from small villages, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher after he graduated from university.
However, the teaching and living conditions were more challenging than he had thought. The playground was dusty and the power and water supplies were unstable.
Besides English, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school---music, art and PE. The kids’ school lives are now more attractive and interesting, and the school is now full of laughter and music. The contribution he made to the village made him very popular among the villages. He also decided to stay for another year.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Sports and Fitness
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1I prefer to play sports with friends rather than exercise by myself.
2I would rather do anything other than exercise.
2、1One’s health and wellness are dependent not only on diet, but also on sport and exercise.
2That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal n the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
3、Paul’s favourite player was Tyrone Bogues, a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets, although we actually agree that they are both champions.
4、1When we weren’t playing on the court which was next to our building, we were watching a game on TV.
2Paul’s favourite player was a guy who played for the Charlotte Hornets.
3Bogues was only 1.6 metres tall, which made the shortest player ever in the NBA. 4He was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
5Paul was someone who worked really hard for the team.
6This week, The Lions were playing our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect.
7Paul didn’t know he‘d soon get the chance that he’d been waiting for.
8And clearly, all the extra hours that he’d spent practicing alone paid off.
5、Paul knew that being shorter than other players meant that he had to practice more.
6、The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points.
be about to do sth. be to do sth. be going to do sth.
7、1“I don’t think I can play anymore, coach,” I said quietly as the doctor put an ice pack on my knee.
2“Well,” said the coach as he hit Paul on the shoulder, “you’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!” 3A player must bounce the ball as he or she moves down the court.
8、The team gather around, looking worried.
9、1Paul was a basketball who was usually on the bench being a replacement.
2His favourite player was a guy who was also only 1.6 metres tall.
3He played in the team which was called The Lions.
4He helped his team win the game which made him a hero.
10、1Have you found the keys (that)/(which) you lost?
2We stayed at a hotel (that)/(which) Tom recommended to us.
3The people who/that work in the office are very friendly.
4What’s the name of the man whose car you barrowed?
5The man (who)/(that) I was sitting next to on the plane talked all the time.
11、Context is the situation, language or information that is related to something and helps you to understand.
12、Audiences are reminded to turn off the phones or put them on silence.
13、1When taking photos during the match, please turn off your flash.
2Don’t drink too much while running.
3Make a list of the feelings you may have when playing or watching sports.
4Don’t read every word when looking for specific information.
5Please turn off your flash when taking photos.
6You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
7Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
14、You are prohibited from hitting the other person with your head, shoulder or arm.
15、Focus on function: Expressing Emotions(1)
1I feel disappointed when my team loses. 2And I feel awkward failing PE exams.
16、1As people often say, any exercise is better than none.
2You are also somebody who worries about getting sick.
3Besides, anybody who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
4Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress.
5It’s never too late to start getting into running and exercising ---after all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible!”
6Later, Esteban, who won the bronze medal, tried to give his medal to Navarro.
17、1Scanning a text means reading it as quickly as possible to find specific information. 2Offering me the prize was worth more than what I did for him.
18、Nothing gives one more satisfaction than realising that all the sweat and hard work were worth it in the end.
19、1There will be times when you want to give up.
2That’s when I realized that running is a great way to make friends and kill time when you’re alone and there’s nothing better a good run to clear your head when things get stressful.
20、1Ismael Esteban, in third place, was just ahead of his competitor, Agustin Navarro, only 300 metres to the finishing line. 介词with的复合结构
2Esteban had been cycling as hard as he could for hours and with the finishing line in bight all the cyclists began to speed up to cross it.
3The two cyclists reached the finishing line with Esteban ahead on foot, Navarro just behind him.
21、Navarro had let Esteban finish in third place, while he came fourth.
22、1If so, how much time do you normally spend practicing in a week?
2If left alone, the younger members of the species are more physically active.
3Think about what you consider first and last when choosing a fitness activity and give reasons.
23、Coaches can have children imitate what mature dancers do and children are often able to do that. have/make/let sb. do sth. get sb. to do sth.
24、The real goal of encouraging children to participate in physical activity is not to look for talented athletes but to encourage children to have fun being active.
25、Martial arts are often referred to as either soft or hard.
26、1The most popular martial arts today originated in Asia, especially in China.
2But did you know that its roots are derived from Fujian Province?
27、In the 14th century, a community of Chinese migrants from Fujian settled in what was then the Kingdom of Okinawa.
28、1The Chinese migrants used to gather in a park to enjoy cultural activities---one of which was Kung fu.
2This soon caught the attention of local youths, who started learning Kung fu from their Chinese neighbours.
3They adopted a training methodology from a Chinese military manual called Ji Xiao Xin Shu written by the famed Chinese general, Qi Jiguang, who had himself defeated Japanese pirates.
29、What are the main reasons why people learn martial arts?
30、Spin classes are a safe and effective way to work out---it doesn’t matter how much you weigh, how old you are, or how fit you are.
31、It’s great for beginners or people recovering from an injury because of its low impact---that means it won’t hurt your joints.
32、1You have to wear a helmet when riding in case you fall off the bike.
2Wear gloves and mouth guards in case something happen.
33、1My favourite sports star is a tennis player who is energetic and skilful.
2She is a talented tennis player who has won many awards.
3That year, she not only won the silver medal in the Australian Open but also won the gold medal in the French Open which are both world-class tournaments.
4She is an excellent player whose fans all support her and wish her the best.
34、1My uncle was a fan who tried to attend every game. 定语从句
2The baseball team which my cousin plays for is doing really well this year.
3I am a friend of the girl whose brother is such a great baseball player.
4My cousin has the ball that was used during last year’s championship.
35、1I enjoy doing sports that are competitive.
2I like meeting people who are fun and interesting.
3I often listen to music which is popular at the moment.
4I have a friend whose brother won a TV talent show. 定语从句
36、I suggested that she keep a journal of all her new activities, and how she felt about them and about herself. 虚拟语气
37、It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
38、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Underdog of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 32: 《教师用书》P62
Paul was a basketball player on the team, The Lions. He loved basketball so much. Paul was shorter than most basketball players; in fact he was only 1.6 meters. One of his NBA favourite players was Tyrone Bogues who was also the same height.
Paul had to practice much harder than others because of his height. He was always very determined and focused but unfortunately the coach never picked him for the team. Recently, Paul finally got his chance. During a game against The Lions’ biggest competitor, The Bears, a player on the team was injured and Paul pleaded with the coach for a chance. The coach was unsure but allowed him to play. Paul proved that he was skilled and talented by scoring shot after shot. When the game ended, the coach told Paul that he had earned his place on the team.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1 第一册 /Module 1 模块1
Unit 3 第三单元 Celebrations
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、I love celebrating the Mid-autumn Festival. It is celebrated on the 15th day of the eighth lunar month. We usually celebrate it by having a family dinner, eating moon cakes, chatting and enjoying the moon.
2、1Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family.
2First, the house was cleaned from top to bottom.
3Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to our front door.
4It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
5Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
6Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
7Most of the Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
3、1My host mother Mrs. Chen said this was to sweep away the dirt of the past year and get ready for the next year.
2 Mrs. Chen said that it was to scare away the monster Nian.
3Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
be to do sth.
4One of their favorite family traditions is to make jiaozi. 动词不定式短语充当表语。
4、It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
It is believed/said/reported/suggested/proved/hoped/thought/discovered/......that+真正的主语从句。
5、Children were covering their ears but with an expectant look on their faces.
介词with的复合结构
6、1 Fireworks were being let off across the city, suddenly lighting up the night sky.
2We then sat together to enjoy a big dinner, wishing everyone a happy new year.
现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
3Our grandchildren run around shouting and playing. 现在分词短语，充当伴随状语。
7、1Tom Jenkins is a 16-year-old exchange student living in Nanjing.
2Xu Gang is a 28-year-old computer engineer working in Shanghai.
3Li Yan is a 70-year-old grandmother from Heilongjiang.
8、1I usually start planning my trip home to Shanxi weeks before Spring Festival, as train tickets or flights have to be booked as early as possible.
as=because=since 原因状语从句
2As I get older, coming home and being with my entire family is the most important part of it.
3We always have jiaozi during this time, as they mean something special on this occasion.
4Great fun is also enjoyed in the kitchen as jiaozi are being made.
5As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class, and then for the whole school. （九年级全一册U4P27阅读课文）
9、1Every year, the moment I got on the train, I am surrounded by Shanxi accents---I know that I am heading home to my family.
2We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
the moment=as soon as 时间状语从句
10、1I don’t get to travel back to Shanxi very often, so when I get home , my parents will fill me in on what’s been happening---who has got married or had children or gone to university.
2However, what we eat isn’t the most important thing.
3What’s important is who we eat it with.
4We think about what the children would like to eat, what we need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared.
11、1Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
2Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
动名词的复合结构，充当主语。
3Listening for specific information means to listen for specific words like names, numbers or dates.
12、1Tens of thousands of visitors are being attracted by the Lantern Show in Datong.
2Traditional lanterns and ice lanterns are mixed to create a special and happy atmosphere
3The ancient walls in this city were rebuilt by the government last year.
4The Lantern Show was organized by the government under the ancient walls for the first time this year.
5More people are expected to visit in the coming days.
13、1On Christmas Eve, Granny took a seat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. 2I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents.
14、1I still remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us.
2That was also the day Granny moved in.
3I loved the bit that went “Thumpety-thump-thump......Frosty go!”
4“That’s the most beautiful tree I’ve ever seen.” Granny said.
5Each year, I took out the music box she gave me.
6Inside I keep Granny’s paper hat and the letter she helped me write that Christmas. 7Now I’m the one who makes sugar biscuits each year.
8Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
9Can you find any hints in the story that suggest Grandma was in poor health condition?
10It is a wonderful birthday celebration and I’ve got the best gift I have ever received.
11I checked the special gift I had made for Grnadpa.
15、1I remember Granny sitting on my bed and singing softly until I fell asleep.
2I remember catching her eye through the window.
16、It was a music box with a ballet dancer inside. 介词with的复合结构，充当后置定语。
17、1When I write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny made an effort to help me. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语。
2We put on silly paper hats and had a big turkey with potatoes, followed by Christmas pudding. 过去分词短语充当伴随状语。
18、1David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
2Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
3I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
so......that...... ，“如此......以致于......”，结果状语从句。
19、When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型
B1U2 Workbook P85
20、1The whole family had been preparing for it for quite some time.
2For weeks I had been working on this, listening to Grandpa’s stories, selecting his favorite music and collecting photos from the family album. 过去完成进行时态。
21、1Dad was nowhere to be seen.
2“That seems to be done right----” he began. 动词不定式的被动式。
22、The shape of jiaozi is also similar to the currency used in ancient China, so it is believed that they will bring wealth and prosperity.
23、As well as being a writer, he was also a mathematician and photographer, amongst other things.
24、1 “At least,” she corrected herself, “a beautiful scarf, I should have said ---no, a belt, I mean---I beg your pardon!”
should have done sth. should not have done sth.;
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.;
need have done sth. need not have done sth.;
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth. ;
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.;
2It must have been a long flight for her! (Reading and Writing P89)
25、1She began to wish she hadn’t chosen that subject.
2 “If only I knew,” she thought to herself, “which was neck and which was waist!”
虚拟语气
26、When he did speak again, it was in a deep growl. 助动词did，强调谓语动词。
27、1“It’s a scarf, child, and a beautiful one, as you say.”
2“They gave it to me,” Humpty Dumpty continued thoughtfully, as he crossed one knee over the other and wrapped his hands round it.
3Alice couldn’t help smiling as she took out her notebook, and worked the sum for him. 4“To be sure I was” Humpty Dumpty said happily, as she turned it round for him. 5As I was saying, that seems to be done right.
6As it was an informal party, I wore a T-shirt and jeans.
7Mind you, he looked pretty handsome himself as you entered the reception together. (Reading and Writing P89)
8The starter of Eight Treasure Chicken was delicious, as was the main meal of fried prawns and rice which came afterwards. (Reading and Writing P89)
9I have to admit that I had tears in my eyes as we said goodbye to you and James as you left on your honeymoon. (Reading and Writing P89)
As 一词用法小结
28、1I’d rather see that done on paper. 2 Dad was nowhere to be seen.
3 That seems to be done right.
29、1I’m too excited to fall asleep.
2I felt excited but also a little nervous because I didn’t know the rules for attending a party held by someone from England.
30、1When I entered David’s house, what caught my eye first was the word “Welcome” , made from many colorful balloons.
2It was one of the best parties I have ever attended.
3And I loved the way you had done your hair. (Reading and Writing P89)
4You know the one that come all the way from Australia for the wedding. (Reading and Writing P89)
31、1The Water Splash Festival is celebrated among the Dai people in Xishuangbanna. 2Water is splashed everywhere to wash away the old and welcome the new.
3Buckets of water are carried around the streets.
4The festival is related to Buddhist traditions.
5Over three days, Buddha statues are washed, dragon boats are raced and rockets are launched in celebration.
32、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
1His clerk, poor Bob Cratchit, was working, when Scrooge’s nephew came in.
2That evening, Scrooge was sitting by the fire at home when a ghost appeared.
33、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
1Later two men came to the office, asking for money for the poor. 现分短，伴随状语。
2I am wearing these chains.
3He was a large man wearing a green robe. 现分短，后置定语。
4He was dressed in black.
34、Literature Spot on PP71-73, U3, B1
“In that case, I’m afraid I’m going to...increase your salary! Merry Christmas! ”
in this case in that case in any case in no case in case of fire/emergency
in case+从句
35、Projects 1, 2 and 3 on PP74-76, U3, B1
1You may check by the end of the semester to find out whether you have stuck to your plan.
2Who are the most famous or important athletes that play this sport?
3Think about how you will organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form.
4You are going to make a presentation on how different cultures celebrate special occasions or events.
5Identify specific aspects of the celebration that interest you and your group.
6Gather your research and decide which special aspect of the celebration you would like to highlight.
36、There is a lot of meaning attached to the colors and decorations at a Chinese wedding. (P86)
37、We felt very excited the moment the ceremony began. (P86)
the moment=as soon as 引导时间状语从句。
38、Now that you have grown up, you must stop this inappropriate behavior.
now that “既然，因为”；once“一旦”，引导条件状语从句。(P87)
39、Workbook on Page 87 L3 U3 B1
4The Passive Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1The moon cakes are being made with bean paste.
2She was being shown around New York yesterday morning.
3She is said to be one of the greatest living writers.
4This is an imitation of the painting because the original was destroyed.
5The roofs of many houses in the area were blown off by strong winds.
6The foreign guests were given a warm welcome by the children
7The film is being translated into several foreign languages.
8She was invited to give a speech at the conference by one of the former students.
40、1I was so worried that I had mascara running down my cheeks. (Reading and Writing P89)
2The music had everyone on the dance floor the whole night. (Reading and Writing P89)
41、Looking forward to spending time with you when you get back.
42、Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
43、While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
44、The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
45、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: （3Underline the writer’s memories of her grandma and tell your partner.）
《教师用书》P112
※Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas.
※Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey.
※The writer sat on her granny’s lap and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite song over and over.
※Granny and the writer left a plate of sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas, and put a stocking at the end of bed. Granny sat on the writer’s bed and sang softly.
※Granny gave the writer a music box with a ballet dancer inside.
※Granny laughed so much that her paper hat fell off.
46、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: （5Use the subjects, verbs or verb phrases and adverbial phrases to make sentences ）
《教师用书》P114
※The writer and Cousin David raced around the garden.
※Cousin David couldn’t swallow the pudding.
※The writer and Cousin David rolled a snowball.
※Granny gave the writer a music box with a ballet dancer inside.
※The writer caught Granny’s eye through the window.
※The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
※The writer hung decorations on the branches.
※Granny and the writer stuffed the turkey.
※Granny took a seat by the fire.
47、The Summary of the Reading Text---Memories of Christmas of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 60: (4Read the story again and complete the timeline)
In the middle of November on a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. Granny made an effort to help the writer write a letter to Father Christmas telling him about the present I wanted.
In December, Granny and the writer made sugar biscuits and stuffed the turkey. Granny had the patience to sing the writer’s favourite Christmas song over and over.
On Christmas Eve, Granny and the writer left sugar biscuits out for Father Christmas. Granny and the writer put a stoking at the end of the bed
On Christmas Day, the whole family, together with Auntie Kath and Cousin David, had Christmas lunch. The writer opened the presents on her best behavior.
48、The Summary of the Reading Text---A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens of Literature Spot , Book 1 必修第一册 on page 71:
Scrooge’s nephew invited him for Christmas dinner. Jacob Marley appeared and told Scrooge about the three ghosts. The Ghost of Christmas Past showed Scrooge his life when he was young. The Ghost of Christmas Present showed Scrooge the Cratchit family’s Christmas dinner. The Ghost of Christmas Future showed Scrooge what was going to happen to him. Ebenezer Scrooge enjoyed Christmas Day and started to be generous. Bob Cratchit arrived late on the day after Christmas.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4第四单元 Information Technology
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、1Think about not just the individual sounds , but also think about the overall feeling of the sentence. not only......but also......
2Focus on the mouths of native speakers and pay attention to your own mouth positions as you’re practicing sounds.
3Practicing individual sounds is more important than practicing stress.
4A baby watches his mother’s mouth closely when she speaks, because he wants the combination of the visual information and what he’s hearing.
5Children repeat themselves to build muscle memory and to develop the fine and subtle changes in mouth position needed for speaking a language.
2、1In practicing, it would make no sense to sing the song from start to finish over and over.
2It’s easy for your English to be natural and clear when you’re hardly moving your mouth at all.
3、1I use apps to buy things online.
2The First Industrial Revolution used water and steam power to mechanize production.
4、These digital identities, known as avatars, are a key part of how people use the Internet to communicate and express themselves.
5、Focus on language: Past Future 过去将来时态 The future in the past
1Yet, very few people knew that future avatars would have such a wide variety of forms and uses. 2When people started creating their own avatars, they discovered that they were going to have the power to create new identities that did not look or act like their real selves at all.
3When Internet users realized that their avatars would be seen by many people, not just their friends, they started having more than one avatar.
6、各种从句
1They also experiment with things like different hairstyles---which says a lot, perhaps, about what they want to look like.
2Some users worry that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world.
3The use of several avatars can be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online.
4They look forward to a time when their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds.
5As we know, important social skills are developed through direct contact with other people.
6How many followers do I have? ---though we know that the number of “likes” or followers cannot compare to having long-term and rewarding friendships.
7Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be.
8And with online communication you can never be 100 percent sure that the people you are chatting to are being honest about who they are.
9Because of this, going online can be particularly dangerous for people who are easily influenced or too trusting.
10You can stay in touch with friends no matter where you are or what you are doing.
11There are so many online tools you ca use to be creative.
12To me, this is a very thought-provoking argument, as it points out the benefits of online friendships.
13As Eileen Kennedy Moore, an authority on the subject, points out, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”.
14This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today.
15Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
16That’s why I believe that books about foreign cultures of imaginary worlds are the best.
7、1Listening for key words helps you understand the conversation better and find the answers to questions more quickly.
2Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact.
3Talking to people online or having a friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real-life communication.
4In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centred because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers.
8、1Before listening, read the questions carefully.
2While listening, pay attention to the words related to the questions.
3If so, list them below.
4It also makes the art accessible to the world while protecting the original artworks for the future.
5A tool that tracks and shows your pulse rate while you exercise.
6But some classmates expressed concerns about online safety when using avatars.
7When reading an article online, it’s important not to skim too much, so that you can understand the full context.
8When browsing social media, people often see photographs and stories showing beautiful holidays, fun parties and fashionable clothes.
9、1While the Internet can bring people closer together, it can also harm friendships.
While 句首=although=though. “虽然，尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
2While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy
3While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. 九年级 全一册 U9P67课文。
4Usually, children play with lanterns while adults sit together chatting and enjoying the moon. while “而，然而”，对照、比较、转折。B1U3P50TT
10、According to a parenting expert, Denise Daniels, communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or show kindness to others.
it 形式主语；more difficult 宾语补足语；for children to concentrate or show kindness to others 动词不定式的复合结构充当真正的宾语。
11、It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
（课本P94）强调句句型
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
It was Shan herself who did it/who changed her life. 强调句型 B1U2 Workbook P85
12、1Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can be in contact at home and also where you are on the move. 现在分词短语充当方式方法状语。
2Walking into the China Pavilion at Expo 2010 in Shanghai, people were amazed by the sight of a huge digital painting.
3You can see the wind blowing through the trees and across the water.
4Since then, she has been addicted to the Internet, using different kinds of software applications on her mobile device.
13、各种从句：
1Digital technology allows today’s artists to express their ideas in ways that ancient artists would not believe possible.
2Information Technology has developed in ways that people would never have imagined.
3Dunhuang Caves, which are protected ancient treasures in the Gobi desert in a remote part of Northwest China, are filled with invaluable paints and sculptures.
4The good news for art lovers who cannot travel and for the caves themselves is that scientists have created a 360-degree, 3D digital projection of the caves
5What students dislike is that in order to use apps these days, they are often required to set up an account and put in personal information.
6Then, something happened that changed how she felt about online communication.
7At first, my father had some concerns that she was spending too much time in virtual world, but now he sees how happy she is.
8We are all very proud of her as she has proven that it’s never too late to learn a new skill.
14、过去将来时态：课本P24
1Nobody at that time imagined that 20 years later people would have phones in their pockets and would use them for many functions other than just making calls.
2At that time, even scientists didn’t realise that one day people would be able to connect with family and friends anywhere through video chats.
3And most certainly, people back in the1980s wouldn’t understand that clothing and delicious food would be sent to their homes by simply using an app on the phone.
15、Nearly one third of the students have tried apps with the latest technologies like VR, AR and MR. 分数的表达方式。
16、1She thought online communication wasn’t worth spending time on and it made people more self-centred. be worth doing sth.
2All her friends seemed to spend about 90 percent of their time talking to friends on the Internet and only about 10 percent talking to them in real life. 百分数的表达方式。
3She spends a lot of time each day exploring websites and chatting with other people online.
17、From then on, neither of them criticized anyone for having online friendships.
neither; either; either... or... ; neither... nor... ; not only...but also...; both...and...
18、I agree with it saying that your choice of avatars says a lot about your personality.
19、He dressed them in fancy clothes with beautiful hairstyles and they all act more or less like him.
20、My mother had never used a mobile phone until she received one for her birthday this year. not/never......until......句型。
21、1In my opinion, playing computer games is one way to escape from reality.
2Having games on my mobile phone can make it difficult to focus on my homework.
22、过去将来时态：课本P79
1She would become the next big thing in the technology world.
2Her first app would become one of the biggest selling in the world.
3People would appreciate the fact that they wouldn’t have to spend so much time searching for products they wanted.
4I knew I would be able to make a successful app.
23、However, for young people today it is considered completely normal to share pictures of their lives and interact online every day.
24、Fans of social media point out that the world has never been so connected as it has allowed people to make friends, learn about the world and celebrate life.
25、They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became. the more......, the more...... 句型。
The more you read, the faster you’ll be. 九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation
26、1There are a number of reasons for this.
2The number of “likes” and comments on their posts can make them anxious about their popularity.
27、For those looking at these pictures and comparing them to their own lives, they can end up feeling sad and depressed.
28、Of course, there is also the problem of “cyber bullying” where people become victims of bullying online when others make negative or cruel comments about them.
29、We don’t have to disconnect from the Internet to live a happy life, but we should realize that the pictures we see and stories we read are only part of a bigger picture.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Avatars of Lesson 1, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 11:
Avatars are digital identities that you use to represent yourself online. You can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create your own images. Although avatars haven’t been around for long, they are widely used.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that they are spending too much time in virtual world that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a positive light.
31、The Summary of the Reading Text---Internet and Friendships of Lesson 3, Unit 4, Book 2 必修第二册 on page 17:
Some people believe that the Internet has many negative aspects. Talking to people online or having friendship with someone you only talk to on the Internet isn’t a replacement for real life communication. While it can connect you with other people who use a smart phone, face-to-face contact with others is important to help you maintain healthy relationships. This argument is thought-provoking because it shows that people still need face-to-face communication with others today. In addition, spending too much time on the Internet can make you self-centered because you can become obsessed with popularity and gaining followers. Finally, you need to be careful with various websites because you can never be 100 percent sure that anything you read online is true.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5第五单元 Humans and Nature
第二部分 经典句式剖析
1、关系副词引导的定语从句：
1That was the day when it took only six hours to break my body and soul.
2One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands where we often risked going and got more fish than others.
3As you can see, the reason why I’m here to tell the story is that I made the right decision.
4I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. tie...to...; be tied to...
5Is there a shop nearby where I can buy some sweets?
6We can go there on Sunday when few people go to work.
7He didn’t tell me the reason why he was so upset.
8I will never forget the day when I joined the People’s Liberation Army.
9I was born in a city/town/village where there is a famous mountain called Mount Kongtong.
10I will never the reason why he quitted school when he was in Grade Eight.
11My story happened on a dark night when the sky suddenly clouded over and we were in a terrible storm.
12Find a shelter where you can stay.
13Some things I liked were exciting scenes---especially the one where the horses are attacked by a pack of wolves.
14List the reasons why people enjoy the film Wolf Toterm.
15I began my day as normal and decided to go with my friend to a beach where we usually surfed.
16He managed to pull us both away from the whirlpool and back to the beach where the other surfers were.
17His bravery and quick thinking was the reason why I survived that day.
18Neither of them had ever been in such an extreme situation before, using just a compass to find the area where the kind of frog they wanted to study lived.
19Some people are beginning to make plans in preparation for the end of the world, when massive natural disasters occur and cause extensive damage.
2、It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
3、1The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P31 课文
2Find safe shelter the moment you see a storm approaching. 课本P82
3The moment I heard the word I became very frightened. 课本P84 汉译英
4I felt great sadness the day my friend moved to another country.
the moment=as soon as “一......就......”，引导时间状语从句。
比较状语从句：
1It may appear strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it.
2Now I have told you, and I cannot expect you to believe me any more than the fishermen did.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4、I felt sick, as if I was falling from a mountain top in a dream.
5、1The first, the larger the bodies were, the more rapidly they fell.
2Generally, the further south you go, the cooler it will be.
3They found that the more time people spent on social media, the more unhappy they became.
4The more you read, the faster you’ll be.
九全一册U1P2---Role-play the conversation the more......, the more...... 句型。
6、1Some time after I left the boat, with my brother in it, it was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool. 介词with的复合结构。
2That leaves the wolves with nothing to eat so they start attacking the farmer’s animals.
7、1I began to think how amazing a thing it was to die in such a way, and how wonderful it was to see the power of nature.
2The main character quickly sees how easy it is for humans to upset the natural balance of the environment.
3Yes, the book and the film really show how important it is for humans to protect the environment.
4It was very tough to watch but it was amazing to see how brave the professional teams are when they help to save people who are in trouble.
8、1Why did the storyteller survive while his elder brother didn’t?
2One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm.
3While he was on the way to Antarctica, he received a massage from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen which said he was going south, too.
4I had swum far from the shore when the danger became clear.
5They were feeling cheerful as they sailed down the great river.
6But just as they started to feel really sad and worried that their would be a failure, they saw the frogs they had come to look for.
7All of their worry was forgotten as they enjoyed the view of the frogs jumping over the water.
8As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!” B1U1P9
9After all, as the saying goes, “Everything is possible.” B1U2P39
10They go whenever and wherever they are needed.
9、1Trained dogs are used to help search for anyone who is still alive.
2We use search and rescue vehicles and trained dogs to look for anyone who is still alive.
use sth. to do sth. , sth. be used to do sth. ; used to do sth. , used to be... ;
I used to get up early and read English aloud for an hour every morning when I was young.
I used to be a farmer in my home village.
be/get/become used to sth. , be/get/become used to doing sth.
I am a strong swimmer and very used to swimming in the sea.
10、1Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September,1911.
2The most important thing is to protect yourself as much as you can.
3Their role is to save lives and provide medical help to people in disasters.
4Mr. Wang’s advice is to move away from things that can break or fall.
5Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole.
6Their goal is to reduce suffering and loss and save as many people as possible.
7If that happens, my advice is to stay home.
8In the rescue attempts, our first and most important goal is to save lives.
9If you want to become fit and health, my advice is to try different sports and activities to see which on you enjoy the best. 课本B1U2P46
11、1He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis.
2Putting on our shoes in the morning is getting slower and slower.
3The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking.
4Scott spent some of his last hours writing.
5Even Amundsen was moved by Scott’s death saying “Captain Scott left a record, for honesty, sincerity, for bravery, for everything that makes a man.”
6Practice maintaining, interrupting, and ending a conversation in the following situations.
7Stop your car as soon as you can, but avoid stopping near a building or under a tree.
8The car’s metal body can protect you from falling objects.
9Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive.
10Why do we avoid doing what we love to do? 为什么不去做我们热衷的事情呢？ 课本P97
12、1They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag.
2The news of Scott’s death shocked the world.
3Why was the world shocked by Scott’s death?
4The two students were shocked at the lecture on nature. 课本P29
13、1Rescue teams try to save people trapped under buildings.
2Scott had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the great courage shown by Scott and his men made them heroes.
3Annaud actually had wolf clubs specially trained for the film.
4In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
5Professional organizations save people trapped in natural disasters.
14、1Read the text again if necessary.
2If possible, find a strong shelter nearby which will cover your whole body.
3When in the water, they are swallowed by fish and other animals and then enter the food chain.
15、1Stay away from anything that can break or fall.
2Move away from anything that can fall.
3I admire the way the film crew took such good care of the animals.
16、1In fact, it’s a common saying that in New Zealand, you can get four seasons in one day!
2As a result, a decision is made to kill the wolves, ignoring the warning that wolves protect the grassland from the invasion of hares, rats and other animals.
that引导同位语从句。
3Even more concerning is the fact that the plastic has also been found in drinking water across the world. that引导同位语从句。
17、In fact, one third of the country is made up of national parks, which are full of hiking trails and beautiful campsites. 分数的表达方式。
18、1New Zealand is home to nearly 5 million people, 31 million sheep and 10 million cows.
2Moa birds were native to New Zealand.
3New Zealand is home to more species of penguins than any other country.
4 New Zealand is also home to the world’s largest insect---giant weta.
19、If people hadn’t taken the meat, the wolves would have left the farmer’s sheep alone.
虚拟语气，与过去事实相反的假设。
20、1Thanks to their work, lots of people were able to survive natural disasters.
2Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from aches or tension that you may be suffering due to stress. B1U2P37
3Some natural disasters are due to human activities, such as floods, drought and landslides.
4Because of this, al the athletes were given tips on how to survive on a track during a storm.
课本P82
5Because of this, in the not too distant future, we may experience large-scale natural disasters.
课本P83
because of thanks to due to owing to on account of
21、1Yes, every second counts, so that as many people as possible can be saved.
so that=in order that “以便，为了，目的是”，引导目的状语从句。
2These pieces are called micro plastics and are so small that the are invisible to the naked eyes and are very difficult to remove from the water. 课本P85
so...that... , “如此......以致于......”，引导结果状语从句。
22、关系副词引导的定语从句：课本P83
1There have been news reports of a bad landslides near the place where they live.
2The place where they live is quite remote, which is the reason why they have no Internet access.
3The bad weather is most likely the reason why the phone lines are down.
4I remember the time when my sister was in Japan during an earthquake.
23、Micro plastics come from a number of different sources.
a number of the number of
24、need to do sth.
1We need to find a solution to remove micro plastics from our oceans.
2We also need to introduce new taxes and other means to encourage companies to choose environment-friendly ingredients and recyclable packaging for their products.
3We need to take personal responsibility, too.
25、1Almost every country across the world agrees that we cannot continue using so much plastic in our lives.
continue doing sth. continue to do sth. To be continued （未完待续）
2We all have the freedom to choose how we spend our money and what kinds of business and products ( / ) we support.
26、1It’s Up to Us Too.
2It’s up to you to decide whether you will take part in the coming school sports meet or not. It’s up to sb. ; It’s up to sb. to do sth.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Sea Story of Lesson 1,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册 on page 33:
(课本33页,L1,U5,B2)
The storyteller experienced a Moskoe-strom which broke his body and soul. One day, he was out fishing with his two brothers when the sky suddenly clouded over and they were in a terrible storm. A huge wave covered the boat and his younger brother fell into the sea. The boat went over the edge into the whirlpool and they went round in circles. They storyteller felt there was no escape but observed that round objects fell down more rapidly, tube-shaped objects of equal extent fell down more slowly. So he tied himself to a barrel to help himself float. He tried to make his elder brother understand, but he was too frightened and stayed in the heavy boat. Finally, the storyteller survived the storm.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text---Race to the Pole of Lesson 3,Unit 5,Book 2必修第二册on page 47: (课本47页,L3,U5,B2)
The polar summer of 1910-1911 was very special for at least two people: Roald Amundsen from Norway and Captain Scott from the UK. Both of them had the ambitious goal of being the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen started his journey earlier and his team arrived first after nearly two month’s travelling. To celebrate this, he planted his country’s flag at the South Pole. Scott and his man arrived later and were saddened when they learned that Amundsen had beaten them. Departing Antarctica proved to be deadly for Scott’s team: they didn’t make it back to the UK alive. Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. In the end, the world was moved by the great courage shown by Captain Scott and his men.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6第六单元 The Admirable
1、1I think my uncle is someone I admire.
2What qualities of people they admire are mentioned by the speakers?
2、Relative Clauses 定语从句
1She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s.
2A scientist who was on the Nobel Prize Committee called Hans Forssberg explained that “the discovery of artemisinin has led to the development of new drug which have saved the lives of millions.”
3Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a dep knowledge about traditional practices.
4In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
5The reason why this was difficult was that the team had limited resources.
6They did dot have enough staff, and the laboratory in which they worked had poor air quality.
7The medicine (that/which) they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
8Even though Tu Youyou is not interested in fame, she has become a scientist whose work is internationally renowned.
9In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team whose goal was to find a cure for malaria.
10We climbed to the top of the mountain from which we had a beautiful view.
11David is my friend with whom I often play tennis.
12He has 20 books, only two of which are interesting.
13This is quite an interesting job for which I really want to apply.
14Tu Youyou is the scientist whose discovery has led to the development of new drugs which have saved millions of lives.
15Sequencing is the order in which things happen.
16Choose a person whom you regard as a history maker for China.
17Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
18The story of Christopher Reeve’s life is one that is almost impossible to imagine---from a wildly successful Hollywood career, to the horror of life-threatening injury; Reeve experienced both. 课本P58L3U6B2.
19He fell into a depression which lasted for many months.
20For the years that followed he focused his attention on his goal of one day walking again.
21What I do is based on powers (that/which) we all have inside us.
22His positive attitude inspired many people who were stuck in illness.
23You’re not going to be able to experience every single thing that can happen to others, but you can use your imagination to think about how it might feel and use that understanding to empathize with them.
24John has devoted his spare time to working with organizations which help disabled people.
25It is a job that calls for a special blend of skill, talent and bravery, as well as great physical and mental strength.
26The knowledge that we can gain from exploring space is invaluable.
27Among them was Sharon Christa McAuliffe, a second school teacher, who was going to be the first teacher in space.
28Throughout history, we can find examples of inspiring young people who showed courage and hope in times of extreme hardship.
29This was a time when the German Nazis were killing Jews.
30“I don’t think of all the misery,” she wrote “but of the beauty that still remains.”
31Of all the people who had hidden in the annexe, only Otto Frank, Anne’s father, survived.
32Today, the annexe building in Amsterdam where Anne and her family hid is a museum called Anne Frank House.
33We should search online and find admirable people who have different types of strengths.
34I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice.
35She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize.
36In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year.
37The medicine (that/which) they discovered was artemisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
38From 1978 to1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful.
39Are there any other things about apps (that) you want to explore further?
40Think about ways in which you and your group can help, and decide your research topics. 课本P75 Project 5
41Find out as much as you can about each person and the reasons why you admire them.
42Think about how to organize and rewrite your information in a way that suits your chosen form. 课本P76 Project 6
43There have been, and still are, many admirable people---people who display the characteristics of wisdom, strength and courage. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
44Mahatma Gandhi is another famous person who was admired all over the world.
45He was a very kind person who gave time and money to charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
46Do you prefer the way (that) Chen Xi or Li Zhen started the speech and addresses the students?
47Write the name of the students whose speech you prefer.
48Who has a quote that reminds you of Martin Luther King who fought to win equal rights for all people?
49Who used the words that meant the same as “Be optimisti, c and always try to brighten someone’s day.”? 课本P88U6B2 Workbook
50Guido, an exuberant and cheerful Italian-Jewish waiter, gets married to Dora, who is not Jewish.
51The prize is a real tank in which they can leave.
52Here he is referring to the tanks belonging to the allies that he hopes will eventually come to save them from the concentration camp when they win the war.
53 I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films (that) I have seen---one that I will never forget. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
3、状语从句的省略问题：
1When thanking the Committee for the honor, Tu Youyou said, “This is not only an honor for myself, but also recognition of and encouragement for all scientists in China.”
2When listening, pay attention to words related to order and sequence.
3The training is always tough, but we all do our best, since we all want to earn a place on the team when playing against other schools. 课本B1U2P46
4While horseback riding, he was thrown off his horse and broke his back.
5It’s important to use linking words where necessary. 课本B2U6P63 Writing Help
4、同位语从句:
1However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret.
2Tu Youyou was noted for her bravery in being a scientist during a difficult time for science in China, her ability to use old wisdom and new methods to achieve her goals and the fact that her work bridged the Eastern and Western worlds, saving millions of lives.
3There is no doubt that he was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
4I have a dream that one day, on the red hills of Georgia, the sons of former slaves and the sons of former slave-owners will be able to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.
5I have a dream that one day, even the state of Mississippi, a state sweltering with the heat of injustice, sweltering with the heat of oppression, will be transformed into an oasis of freedom and justice.
6There’s no doubt that courage is important.
5、1Today, Tu Youyou continues to conduct research despite her age.
2Despite these losses, the team did collect a heavy load of rocks, which proved to be useful for scientific research later. 课本P47U5B2
3Despite hundreds of failures, she kept on doing research with limited resources.
教师用书P103B2.
4Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. 课本P62U6B2
6、You have one minute to persuade the committee to include Tu Youyou.
7、形容词后接宾语从句：
1The girl is certain that Gandhi was one of the most important figures of the 20th century.
2The boy is uncertain that Gandhi inspired Martin Luther King.
3The boy is uncertain that Gandhi did not win the Nobel Peace Prize.
4I’m pretty sure he didn’t.
5I am afraid that he won’t come to class on time.
6With the progress of new medical research, I’m confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
7Yes, I’m certain that courage is important.
8I’m certain/sure that some may actually have weak bodies, but they have great intelligence or courage in difficult situations.
9I’m not sure if that’s true.
10I’m sure that he was a great actor. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
11I’m pretty sure it was during the 1990s. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
8、Thus, not only is he known as a superhero in the Superman films., but he is also regarded as a superhero to many in real life.
not only......, but also...... .
9、1His injuries were so severe that he had no movement or feeling in his body at all and even needed a machine to help him breathe.
so...... that...... “如此...... 以致于......”，结果状语从句。
2Jenny’s injuries were so severe that she had to spend months in hospital.
3His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive.
4At first, he was so depressed that he wished he was dead, but with the support of his family and friends, Reeve decided to live again. 课本P86L3U6B2 Workbook.
10、Having once been a healthy and successful young man to being trapped in a broken body was like a living nightmare to him.
11、宾语从句中套有宾语从句
He admitted that during the early stages of living with his injury, he wished that he was dead and even thought of ending his life.
12、强调句型：
1It was only due to the ongoing support of his wife, parents and friends that he eventually found the will to live again.
2It is these skills that enable us to develop lifelong friendships.
B2U4L3（课本P94）强调句句型
3He believed it is the character of a person that is important and not the color of one’s skin. 课本P86U6B2 Workbook
4It was Shan herself who did it. 强调句句型 课本 P85U2B1 Workbook
5It is this rich diversity and the delicate balance between all the different forms of life that make life possible on our planet. 强调句句型 衡水金卷先享题 语法填空 U1B1
6 When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind. 强调句型 B1U3L3P59
13、过去分词短语充当后置定语：
1He engaged in a wide range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle and made remarkable progress.
2He undertook an intense exercise programme designed to help him rebuild muscle.
3Gather the ideas offered by your classmates in the survey. 课本P74 Project 4
4It is a story set in 1939 at the start of World II. 课本P89U6B2 Workbook
5They are in love and have a son named Giosue.
14、manage to do sth.=succeed in doing sth.
Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career by directing, producing and even starring in films.
15、现在分词短语充当结果状语：
1Reeve became a passionate and energetic advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, raising millions of dollars in support of medical research.
2He soon gained a reputation for raising awareness for good causes.
动名词短语充当介词的宾语。raise awareness for “提高对......的认识”
3现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
He visited sick children in hospitals and worked with organizations such as Save the Children, speaking out about health, education and child protection to help those most in need.
4He also flew the flags of China and the United Nations, symbolizing China’s wish to explore and use space peacefully. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
5When YangLiwei climbed out of the spaceship, he smiled and waved to the crowds waiting for him. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
6On 4 August, 1944, the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there were sent to labor camps. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
7Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. 现在分词短语充当后置定语
8Observing the natural world can help us understand bigger ideas. 动名词短语充当主语
9Eventually, Guido hides Giosue, all the while pretending it is a game and they are playing hide-and- seek. 现在分词短语充当伴随状语
16、be busy with sth. ; be busy doing sth. ; be busy with doing sth. ;
too......to......结构。
1So you can see, I’m too busy with living to think of giving up!
2I thought 21 hours was too short t stay in space.
17、might have done sth.
1What might have they said to Reeve?
2After Reeve became an advocate for people with back injuries and disabilities, what might he possibly have said to his audience?
3What might Reeve’s doctor have said to Reeve directly after the accident and when he managed to return to his film career?
18、1You’d better maintain a positive attitude no matter how much you lose.
让步状语从句。
2Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and became well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
3When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help.
19、see/hear/watch/observe/notice... sb. do sth.
see/hear/watch/observe/notice/feel/find... sb. doing sth
Million of people around the world, including many students in primary and secondary schools, watched the disaster happen live on TV.
20、表语从句：
“The good news,” she wrote ,“is that you don’t know how great you can be, how much you can love, what you can accomplish, and what your potential is !”
21、部分否定
Listen, not all admirable people are like supermen in films.
22、关系从句（定语从句）课本P70 U6B2
1The Vikings were a group of people who came from Scandinavia.
2By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live.
3982 AD was the year when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west. 4According to the old stories, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he committed a murder, from which he got into trouble.
5Eric the Red reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed.
6In the year 1002, when Eric the Red‘s son Lief was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Lief discussed his plan.
7He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as Newfoundland, in Canada.
23、关系从句（定语从句）课本P87U6B2
1I can’t remember the reason why I did this.
2Reeve worked with organizations that/which help people most in need.
3Look at my sofa for which I only paid 100 dollars.
4She remembered the time when she first met Maggie.
5My grandfather is a man whose life has been an inspiration to me.
6Martin Luther King is a great man who/that fought to win equal rights for black people in the US.
7Tu Youyou discovered the drug that/which is used to treat malaria.
8He is a person of whom I am very afraid.
9This is the place where she lives.
24、强调谓语动词：
He did work again and raised lots of money for charity. 课本P87U6B2 Workbook
25、As一词的用法比较
1As they are preparing for Giosue’s fifth birthday, Guido and Giosue are arrested and taken to a concentration camp.
2I completely agree, as it is one of the most beautiful films I have seen---one that I will never forget.
26、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 62:(课本62页,L1,U6,B2)
On 7 December, 2015, Tu Youyou was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin, a life-saving drug for malaria.
Tu Youyou majored in medicine in university and later studied Chinese medicine with experts in the field.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was given the mission to set up a team to find a cure for malaria. When worldwide scientists failed to find a cure using modern chemicals, Tu Youyou turned to Chinese herbs for help. Despite their limited resources and hundreds of failed experiments, they found a possible chemical. In order to test the medicine, Tu Youyou and her team tested the medicine on their own bodies. They finally discovered the most effective drug to cure the disease.
Although Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize and become well-known, she is uninterested in fame and prefers to continue her research.
27、The Summary of the Reading Text--- A Medical Pioneer of Lesson1,Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 67: (课本67页,L1,U6,B2)
I think Tu Youyou is someone that I admire and she would be my choice. She is the first Chinese female scientist who was awarded the Nobel Prize. After her graduation from university, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. In 1969, She was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria---a disease that killed millions of people every year. It was not an easy task. Scientists over the world had tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. And Tu Youyou’s team had limited resources and they did not have enough staff. Tu Youyou studied ancient Chinese medical literature and visited experts in traditional Chinese medicine. Tu Youyou and her team used modern research methods to investigate the Chinese herds one by one. After hundreds of failed experiments, they eventually came across a promising chemical. The medicine they discovered was artimisinin, which has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
28、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Superhero Behind the Superman of Lesson 3，Unit 6,Book 2 必修第二册 on page 68: (课本68页,L3,U6,B2)
In our English class, I read an amazing story about Christopher Reeve. He was born in 1952 to a
novelist father and a journalist mother. From 1978 to 1987, he was given the opportunity to star in four Superman films which were very popular and successful. A terrible accident in 1995 changed the course of his life forever. While horseback riding, he broke his neck. As a result, he had no movement in body and couldn’t even breathe without the help of a machine. His injuries were so severe that many doctors believed he would not survive. At first, Reeve’s disability made him very depressed but eventually, he decided to recover as best he could. He undertook an intense exercise program designed to help him rebuild muscle. Alongside this, he became a passionate and energetic advocate for others suffering similar injuries and raised millions for medical research. He inspired many people with his commitment to recovery and his desire to help others. For that reason he is regarded by many as a superhero in real life, as well as on film.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7第七单元 Art
1、名词性从句： 一、宾语从句
1Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window---the night sky with clouds, stars and a moon.
2His unusual use of colour has led experts to think that Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
3He also thought The Starry Night was a failure.
4In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him.
5Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
6Some feel that the paintings look dark and troubling.
7As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
二、主语从句 1What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
2What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
三、表语从句 1However, the fact remains that The Starry Night is now one of the world’s most famous paintings.
2What makes it striking is that it shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream.
3What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds.
4His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their sense of reality.
四、同位语从句
that引导同位语从句
※ 阐述详解
that引导同位语从句时，常跟在某些抽象名词
（如fact,hope,desire,thought,suggestion,idea,news,problem,possibility,chance,doubt,
question等）之后，对前面的名词起补充解释说明的作用。
※ 充电堡
（1）在某些名词（如demand, wish, suggestion, request等）后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词用“should+动词原形” ，should可以省略。
（2）同位语从句也可以由连接代词who, what, whose, which,连接副词how, when, where, why或从属连词whether来引导。
1If the audience stands up and applauds at the end of a performance, it is regarded as a sign that they love the performance. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N3)
2The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 4 N6)
2、定语从句1He also took a drug that can make people see yellow spots.
2 Many experts say that The Scream is connected to Munch’s mental health problems, which caused him a lot of pain.
3The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
4Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
5The one person in the room who didn’t hear the symphony ---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
6After all, what use is a conductor who could not hear his orchestra---even if he is a musical genius?
7What’s the first thing many people notice in this painting?
8 What’s the last thing many people notice in this painting?
3、过去分词短语充当后置定语和原因状语：
1It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night.
2Magritte was a painter inspired by his thoughts and ideas.
3Inspired by his struggle with deafness, the composer produced some amazing pieces.
4、may have done sth.
1Van Gogh’s mental illness may have affected his sense of sight.
2What may have inspired the painter?
5、as一词的用法：
1His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality.
2As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
3The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years.
4As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats.
5Before a big performance, the performers backstage are usually anxious as it is stressful waiting for the performance to start. (B3 U7 Wb. P79 Ex. 3 N1)
6、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1It is hard to believe that Van Gogh only sold one painting during his lifetime.
2The reason why Magritte painted in this way was that he wanted to challenge how people see the world.
3Looking at the paintings, we don’t know whether it is night or day.
4The fact remains that Munch’s The Scream is one of the best-known paintings ever made.
5It is unclear whether Van Gogh wanted to paint yellow sports or that was what he really saw.
7、名词性从句(P11 L1 U7 B3)
1Xu Beihong was important in modern Chinese art in that he developed the tradition of combining poetry with painting.
2The reason he held several exhibitions in Asia and Europe was that he wanted to promote Chinese art.
3The reason it is a favourite of many art lovers was that it was painted so skillfully with dark and light colours.
8、Language Focuses in the Reading Text of Lesson 3, Unit 7, Book 3 on page 14-page 15名词性从句
1Everyone knows that Ludwig van Beethoven is a musical genius but few might know how he created Symphony No. 9 in D minor and how its first show went.
2At 54 years of age, he didn’t know that this would be his last symphony.
3As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
4Beethoven was afraid that the performance would be a disaster.
5Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who got a surprise.
6Most of them had no idea that he was deaf!
9、“not……until……”句型的强调句型
It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
10、现在分词短语充当伴随状语
1He proceeded with the composition until his death in 1827, writing more than 130 musical works, including his Symphony No. 9 in D minor.
2Writing the piece had taken several years.
3For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score.
4 The whole time, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
11、begin to do sth. continue to do sth. continue doing sth. hesitate to do sth.
1But then he began to lose his hearing.
2But in the end he continued to write music.
3But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score.
4 The audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly.
12、if引导什么从句？可以用哪个单词替换？
1Could you tell me if this kind of film would be acceptable?
2I wonder if you could also give me more information about how apply to be part of this festival?
13、1I appreciate your help and look forward to hearing from you.
2Having afternoon tea was a social ritual for many upper-middle-class women in France.
14、1These videos reveal some techniques employed by famous pianists.
2The effect of the painting is achieved by techniques used in French impressionism.
Language Focuses in the Texts in the Reading Clubs 1 & 2 on page 21---page 23 of U7,B3 15、1Zhang Daqian，born in 1899 in Sichuan Province, was one of China’s most brilliant and popular artists.
2Born into an artistic family, Zhang Daqian was first taught how to paint by his mother and siblings.
3Graffiti is writings, drawings or marks made on walls in public places.
4Today, graffiti is often a mixture of writing and pictures, usually signed with a tag, which is a signature unique to an artist or group.
161Not only was he extremely productive ---it is said that he created an average of 500 paintings a year---but he was also able to master a variety of painting styles ,ranging from detailed portraits to expressive landscapes.
2It is said that the two artists admired each other.
3It is believed that graffiti in its modern form first became popular in the United States in the 1960s.
17、Some think it is a crime if done without a property owners’ permission, while others see this as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression.
181New Yorkers used to see the graffiti on the wall of poor neighborhoods and subway trains as something threatening and as an example of urban decay.
2Kel Rodriguez, who used to paint New York subway trains, now works as an art director for one of the biggest newspapers in the United States.
191What makes one of his works special is that in the painting there is a tiny insect near the Chinese cabbage.
2It is interesting that Qi Baishi’s style of painting often leaves the audience guessing the meaning of the work and makes them use their imagination.
3What makes his painting highly valued is his style of painting.
20、Picasso gave Zhang 600 works in total, all of which were his imitations of Chinese paintings 定语从句
21、名词性从句
1I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing works of art.
2I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure.
3I’m glad you liked it. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
4I was worried that you couldn’t understand the story because at times the language was very confusing. (形容词后可接宾语从句)
5It’s a pity that I couldn’t understand the whole story.
22、1It was my first time going to a concert.
2It’s amazing to be surrounded by music in a theatre.
23、The performance was such a success that the audience did not hesitate to clap and cheer loudly.
24、After attending the concert I think I now know why Beethoven is regarded as one of the world’s greatest composers.
25、Ex. 4, P79, Wb, U7,B3 名词性从句（《教用》P150）
1It is unknown what the number of artists involved in the exhibition was.
2It is our concern that we may destroy some pieces of historic art.
3Who the author of this masterpiece is remains a mystery.
4The company made the announcement that a new factory would be built in this area. 5It is his idea that the less you smoke, the better your health will be.
6His view was that art should shock the viewers and challenge their thinking.
26、Over the years of his performing and writing , it was clear that Mozart was far more gifted and talented than others in his field, although at times he found that people showed hesitation to support him financially.
27、Radio, television and the Internet have made it easier for sounds to travel across cultures, and styles have become more mixed.
28、If there is one thing the history of popular music has shown, it is that good musicians will always create new music from the different styles they hear.
29、The Summary of the Reading Text---Masterpieces of Lesson 1,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 24: （课本24页,L1,U7,B3）
I think the three paintings we’ve just learnt about, The Starry Night, The Scream and The Empire of Light are all amazing artworks. I wondered about what inspired the painters to make such amazing work of art.
The Starry Night shows the night sky with massive circles of white and yellow, I couldn’t believe that Van Gogh thought the painting was a failure. In the painting The Scream, the figure is letting out a loud scream. That made me uneasy. What a powerful painting! Did Munch know that he had created such an unforgettable painting for so many people? As for the third painting, The Empire of Light, some find this painting to be dark and troubling , but I found it to be rather calming.
I think different people may have different reactions to paintings, but all in all, I really like all three of these works.
30、The Summary of the Reading Text---Beijing Opera of Lesson 2,Unit 7,Book 3必修第三册 on page 78: (课本78页,L2,U7,B3)
Beijing Opera is a national treasure of China. Actors play one of four roles: sheng, male roles; dan, a female roles; chou, clown roles and jing roles. In the early days, Beijing Opera was most often performed on open-air stages in markets, streets, teahouses or outside temples, The music had to be played loudly and performers had to sing with sharp voices, in order to be heard over the crowd. They had to wear bright costumes in colourful patterns to attract the audience’s attention. Symbols play a very important role in Beijing Opera. Many body movements can represent complex actions. For example, when a lady is riding in a carriage, the performer actually walks with a flag on each side. Four generals and four soldiers refer to an army of thousands. In other words, every action and movement in Beijing Opera is important.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8第八单元 Green Living
1、Most people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
2、Well, say you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up.
(详见课本P101,课文注解1)
3、1How can it matter if I leave one little tap running, one little light on or leave a little piece of litter on the road.（陈述语气）
2Of course, it wouldn’t matter if there were just a few people in the world. (虚拟语气)
3However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society. (虚拟语气)
4、过去将来时态的被动语态/虚拟语气的被动语态
1Millions of gallons of water would be wasted;
2Millions of lights would be left on;
3 Millions of pieces of litter would be dropped.
5、1The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people, from pre-school to university students, so they can help to build a future that is secure and live together in peace with nature.
2What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
6、强调句型
It is by acting together, in this exciting way, that we can involve thousands---millions---of people, and this is what is going to change the world.
7、Dr. Jane Goodall believes that the most important thing is that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference.”
8、现在分词短语或过去分词短语的语法作用
1Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall.
2Inspired by her example, he began to work harder.
3As I walked down No. 1 Street, I saw volunteers encouraging people to join in.
4Inspired by the message of the project, many people felt that we should act now, as we have seen an increasing number of highly polluted days this year.
5While recently, many have become more concerned about environmental protection, there are still some who haven’t, thinking that someone else will deal with the problem.
6However, if everybody had that attitude, we would never see any environmental problem solved in our society.
9、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Text of L3,U8,B3 on page 36---page 37
1They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were.
2They were hopeful that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport.
3People would leave the bike in the place where they finish their journey, so that someone else could then take it and use it from there.
4In 1999, the “white bikes” returned to Amsterdam---this time with a computer tracking system to record their every move. 介词with的复合结构
10、Writing Workshop--- A Survey Report---on page 40 of U8,B3
1As the diagram shows, the percentage of those who felt that they needed to help protect the environment is as high as 90%.
2Around 90% had tried to recycle waste such as glass, metal and paper, and more than two thirds (70%) had tried to cut back on the use disposable packaging, such as plastic honey bottles, and butter and yoghurt containers.
3To sum up, it seems that almost all who took part understood the need to help take care of the environment.
11、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Reading Texts of Reading Clubs 1& 2 on P43---P45 of U8,B3:
1In Europe, Sweden is setting a great example when it comes to recycling.
2Where most people see a problem, e few clever individuals have seen opportunities.
3If the waste is not disposed of properly, it can lead to disease, pollution and other environmental issues.
4Other human activities, such as construction and the burning of waste, also contributes to air pollution.
5You can easily contribute to reducing air pollution by only using a car to make journeys when it’s absolutely necessary. If it isn’t, try using public transport instead.
6Global warming has already caused a wide range of problems.
7This resulted in the flooding of the River Po near Turin in Italy.
8In Hong Kong, it is predicted that the three existing landfills will be full within the next decade.
9They believe that, although recycling waste is effective, the most effective way of solving the problem of overflowing landfills is to encourage people to take responsibility for reducing the waste they produce themselves.
12、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, Book 3
1In addition to her research, she also contributes greatly to green living.
2She has said that many people suffer from what is known as “Just-me-ism”.
3Bike-sharing in cities has huge benefits because it helps cut down the number of cars on the road, which reduces pollution and leads to cleaner air.
4It also saves money as users don’t have to pay much for it.
5I have to admit that as it is a new idea, there are some problems.
6We just need to be patient as they are still not perfect at the moment.
7For example, in some cities where bike-sharing system are in place , some people have damaged the bike on purpose, which increases costs.
8There are too many people driving on the road.
9It’s frustrating to see fuel wasted.
10 That’s really annoying.
11When stopped in a traffic jam, I always feel annoyed.
12Do you know that cars produce more air pollution while stopped in a traffic jam than when they are moving?
13Despite the good rain this week, the drought has not yet been broken.
14It is convenient to use “white bikes” as they save time.
15People in o, ur city like to use “white bikes” as they feel they save energy and help the environment by reducing pollution.
13、Verb-ing and –ed Forms on P84, Workbook,U8,B3
1The police are examining the evidence collected during the investigation.
2Some kids discovered the stolen money hidden in a garden shed.
3The police are busy working on this motorway, fining people for speeding.
4I’ve often met people collecting shells on the beach.
5The escaped prisoner hiding in a forest near Nottingham was seen yesterday in a village shop.
6Fined for speeding, some drivers risk losing licenses.
14、She had her mum sit on the arm of a chair and started to work.
have sb. do sth. 句型
15、They say that, in particular, the last 50 years has seen a huge increase in the quantity of greenhouse gases being released into our atmosphere from factories and vehicles, and that this increase is speeding up the process known as global warming.
16、Much of this has been attributed to human activities, such as increased industry, agriculture, the felling of forests, the rise in transport and the burning of fuels.
17、The melting of the polar ice caps will have dire consequences, with sea levels rising, causing flooding in low lying areas, such as islands and coastal cities. 介词with的复合结构
18、So, how can we stop this from happening?
stop...from...; keep...from...; prevent...from...; prohibit...from...; ban...from...
19、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Roots &Shoot of Lesson 1, Unit 8, Book 3必修第三册on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U8,B3)
Roots & Shoots is an institute established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. The purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people who suffer from just-me-ism. Those people don’t think their actions such as leaving the tap running while brushing their teeth can have negative effects on the environment. In fact, these actions are very harmful. Therefore, Roots & Shoots hopes to involve millions of young people in building a secure future so that we can live in peace with nature. Dr. Jane Goodall believes every individual matters. What we need to do is to take action and act together to make the world a better place.
20、The Summary of the Reading Text--- “White Bikes” on the Road of Lesson 3, Unit 8, Book 3
必修第三册on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8,B3)
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999, the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has now pedaled its way around the world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 3必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 9第九单元 Learning
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1He prefers to study alone in a quiet place so that he can concentrate and keep the details in his head.
2He who learns but does not think is lost. He who thinks but does not learn is in great danger.
3He laughs best who laughs last.
4He who has never been to the Great Wall is not a true man.
2、need to do sth.
1We need to train ourselves to be better learners ---to actively take part in the learning process and reflect on what we have learnt.
2They attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea.
3If you try to find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems, you will increase your chance of learning something.
4They refuse to learn or ignore what is said because of who the speaker/writer is.
3、suggest doing sth. 、risk doing sth.
1I suggest doing five things to take an active role in your learning.
2If you keep paying too much attention to it, you risk missing important information.
3You might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all.
4Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
5In short: Do not stop being curious.
6It is true that we cannot help disliking some people---this is human nature, after all.
4、Your inner voice experience your personal opinions, while the outer voice tells you about opinions from what you hear or read.
5、If you find your inner voice difficult to control ,you can argue with it as most active learners do.
6、practise doing sth.
1I think “arguing with your inner voice” is the most useful, because it makes me consider the other side of argument.
2When I’m reading a book or listening to my teacher, I try to forget what I’ve learnt before or what I think about the book or the person giving me the information and practice concentrating on the information itself.
3At the beginning, I found it difficult to do this and I couldn’t help questioning the ideas I was reading or hearing.
4But now I’ve learnt to avoid listening to my inner voice all the time and sometimes I even argue with it.
5He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China.
(九年级全一册，U53a课文P35)
7、manage to do sth.
1Recently, I’ve managed to become a more active learner.
2On the other hand, I also attempted to ask as many questions as I can.
语法小结：A suggest doing sth.
suggest/keep/risk/end up/try/cannot help/advise/avoid/can’t stand/don’t mind/enjoy/start/like/practice/regret/remember/finish/imagine/miss/escape doing sth.
B manage to do sth.
need/attempt/try/refuse/decide/agree/promise/expect/want/start/help/like/manage/regret/seem/remember/hope to do sth.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1My tip for learning English is to read simplified classic works because they can increase my knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
2Dr. Smith’s advice is to increase your knowledge of English beyond the classroom.
3Just memorizing the rules is not helpful.
4His advice is that when you learn a grammar rule, you should try to use it in speaking and writing activities.
2、1This is because when we experience things for the first time, we often have strong feelings of fear or excitement.
2As a result, we remember them much better, as retelling events helps fix experiences in our memories.
3When remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
4As most of us do not have amazing memories like them, when memorizing detailed learning materials, we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
5Asking questions about what we learn also helps with memorization.
6Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known.
7Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review
the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
3、1It has been proved that some people have a photographic memory. 课本P59
2No one has proved that there are people who really have photographic memories.
课本P58
3No one has been proved to have a photographic memory.《教师用书》P104
4、A good strategy to increase memory is to review the material you are trying to remember often ( periodically).
5、Writing information down clearly makes it easier for you to review it later.
6、Retelling events helps fix experience in our memories.
7、1The stranger the picture, the better.
2The more you read, the fast you’ll be. (九年级全一册，Unit 1 P2 2d Role-play the conversation)
3The more you listen, the easier it is to catch on. (课本P103)
4The more she learns, the more she wants to learn.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1That is to say, most of us will have to make an effort when trying to remember things.
2Getting to know the secrets of our memory means learning not only the facts about it, but also the ways to improve it. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
3When acquiring new knowledge, I’ll try to make connections with what I have already learnt.
4For example, this means going over what I’ve learnt soon after learning and before going to bed.
5You can never teach an old dog new tricks.
2、1Living in a foreign country sounds exciting, but it’s not always easy to fit in with another culture.
2I spent a few months (in) studying at a language college in Beijing.
3I really wanted to practice speaking Putonghua whenever I had a chance, but the people I met were often more interested in practicing their English than in helping me practice my Chinese!
4I kept telling him that I knew the way myself, but he insisted on taking me there.
5But I’m used to ordering my own meal.
6What cultural difficulties did the students face when studying abroad?
3、1A closer look at the reading tests, shows the interesting fact that girls are outperforming boys in reading and that this is associated with girls’ greater enjoyment of reading.
2However, not all countries had such an obvious trend.
3And there were a few countries and regions that scored very highly in boy’s reading enjoyment , for example, in Albania,... and Thailand where at least 80% of boys enjoy reading , although these positive numbers are matched and passed by girls who reported an even higher level of reading enjoyment (90% or higher).
4There were clear differences in the choices boys and girls make when deciding on what to read.
5While reading in all forms is certainly beneficial and should be encouraged, the low numbers of boys reading for enjoyment and their limited choices when they do, is evidence of an issue that needs to be addressed. While=Although=Though
6Given that in OECD countries, two in three boys only read newspapers for pleasure proves that there is work to be done.
7The PISA study has helped show a clear pattern in gender when it comes to reading.
8Do you think the evidence in the article is strong enough to explain the finding that girls outperform boys in reading? 同位语从句
9As a mountain climber, Aron is used to taking risks. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
10On April 26, 2003, he found himself in a very dangerous situation when climbing in Utah.
（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
11So he used his knife to cut off half his right arm.（八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
12This means being in a difficult situation that you cannot seem to get out of. （八年级 下册U1 P6 2b课文）
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Book 3
1、1Now that I am an established writer, people often ask my opinion about the best age to start writing. now that 既然 因为 since 既然 因为 once 一旦 既然
2Sometimes, my classmates argued with me about my posts, while others agreed with my ideas.
3My principal even told me that reading my blog had left a deep impression on him and helped him understand many aspects of students’ lives.
4However, he also suggest that I concentrate more on my studies.
5When I first attempted to write a novel, I struggled to think of a story, but believe it or not, it ended up being based on one of my blog posts.
2、1For example, try reading more than just the course-books.
2Secondly, if you are having trouble with unfamiliar words, try thinking about the context in which the words are spoken.
3Unfortunately, just memorizing the rules is not enough.
4I would recommend learning the rules and not worrying if you make small mistakes while practicing.
3、Unfortunately, not all of us are born with amazing memories, but with daily practice we can all significantly improve our brainpower. 部分否定
4、I can’t wait to get over there. I can’t wait to visit you.
5、1That is to say, remembering the word letter by letter is not the best way to learn English.
2What I suggest is to read, read and read.
3If you are planning to come to Poland as a tourist, you will have plenty of interesting places to visit. People who enjoy hiking should consider going to the mountains, in the south of Poland. You don’t have to book accommodation in advance as you will certainly manage to find a local person who will offer to put you up at a very reasonable price.
4If you love sailing and you don’t mind being bitten by mosquitoes, you can go to the lakes in the northeast. You can either choose to stay on a boat or go camping and practice cooking on an open fire next to a lake.
5The coast in Poland is cold but it’s beautiful. If you can’t stand staying in a crowded seaside town or can’t afford to pay for a big hotel, arrange to stay in one of the small coastal villages. You certainly won’t risk meeting too many people if you decide to go for a long walk along the beach.
6、1When we have a conversation with someone, we use various expressions to show the other person that we are paying attention to what he/she is saying.
2For example, if someone tells us about something that we find fascinating or enjoy hearing about, we may remark, “Interesting”.
3These phrases show that we are listening and encourage the other person to give us more details.
4Zhang Ming’s teachers encourage him to study quietly.
5Asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning.
6An effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that are already known
7、1 It’s never too old to learn. You can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
2Now I’m about to graduate from university with a bachelor’s degree in Computer Engineering by distance learning. be about to do sth. when 从句
3I decided to give myself a second chance by studying for a degree in the evenings and on weekends, while keeping a secure full-time job.
4Frankly speaking, the last four years have been hard, but it’s been worth it as I have a new job offer!
5In the past, if someone had worked for a company for over 20 years, they would have stayed there until retirement！ 虚拟语气
6I think that getting laid off will prove to be the best thing that ever happened to me.
7 So many people think that after you retire, all you can do is switch off your brain and bury everything you’ve ever learnt, but that doesn’t have to be the case.
五、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Active Learning of Lesson 1, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U9,B3)
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 block us from learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 disagree with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 gain more knowledge about a topic. 4 In a word, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 try to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 deep within every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 on the basis of first impressions.
There are many things we can do to become better learners. We all have two voices. Our inner voice tells us personal opinions and our outer voice deals with others’ opinions and things we have heard. If we listen to our inner voice too much, it can 1 get in the way of learning. If your inner voice is difficult to control, you can 2 argue with it. One of the best ways to promote active learning is to ask questions. This helps you 3 achieve a higher level of understanding about a topic. 4 In short, we should never stop being curious. Active learners also 5 attempt to question the world around them and understand the truth 6 at the heart of every idea. Finally, as active learners, we should never form opinions about people 7 based on first impressions.
六、The Summary of the Story in Shakespeare’s play Lear King, Unit 9, Book 3必修第三册
on page 71---page 73: (课本71-73页,U9,B3)
King Lear explains that he is going to divide his kingdom among his three daughters. King Lear asks his three daughters to tell him how much they love him. The two older daughters (Goneril and Regan) tell their father that they love only him. The youngest daughter (Cordelia) explains that she will give her love to her father (King Lear) but also to her future husband. King Lear gives Cordelia’s share of the kingdom to the two older daughters. Cordelia asks her father to explains her honesty to the King of France. The king of France understands Cordelia’s feelings and wants to marry her.
Many people think that King Lear is one of Shakespeare’s best plays. It is a story of madness, death and suffering. King Lear is old but not wise. He loves his two daughters who secretly hate him. He hates the only daughter who really loves him. As the story develops, he comes to realize that he has made a terrible mistake.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 1第一单元 Relationships
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 1, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、现在完成时态
1I haven’t seen Mr. Jenkins since I left school, but I often think about him.
2I’ve read a couple of Graham’s books and seen him on TV.
3However, I have not done as well with all my students as I have with Graham.
2、过去完成时态
1Before Mr. Jenkins taught me, science had simply been a subject full of strange words to me.
2I had heard stories about his bad behavior.
3He was very bright and he had done very well in science subject.
4I knew I had chosen a job with a lot of stress but I love what I do.
5The film had begun when they arrived at the cinema.
6The police arrested the man who had broken into a jewellery shop.
7The whole class cheered for John because he had won an award.
8The whole class cheered for John because he had run the fastest on Sports Day.
9My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had hit a stone halfway.
10The dog hid under the sofa because it had eaten the family’s dinner.
The dog hid under the sofa when it had been scared.
11A car crashed into a tree because the driver had fallen asleep.
A car crashed into a tree because it had broken down.
12The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a pay rise.
The Smiths went on a round-the –world trip because Mr. Smith had got a promotion.
3、定语从句
1The only thing I can remember from school maths is that the angles of a triangle add up to 180 degree!
2That was really the first time I tried to explain science to an audience and now it’s my job!
3As John Dewey, the famous educationalist, said, “Education is not preparation for life; education is life itself.”
4、either too also
I had no idea what hydrogen was, and I didn’t really want to know, either.
5、used to do sth.
1He used to explain things which seemed difficult with lots of practical examples and in simple language.
2I used to teach him!
6、表语从句
1The problem was that I lacked confidence in myself.
2The thing about being a teacher is that you have access to children’s minds when they are open eager to learn.
7、虚拟语气
1Often when I’m preparing a program, I think about how Mr. Jenkins would have done it.
2Sometimes I think, if only I could call him and ask for his opinion!
8、catch/find sb. doing sth.
Once I caught him and his friends seeing who could jump the farther off the school stage.
9、no such thing as
I think it’s important to understand that there’s no such thing as a good or bad student.
10、主语从句
If what I do as a teacher can help turn a child like Graham into such a successful adult, then I know what I’m doing is worthwhile.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、alone、lonely
1Mark never stops socializing with his friends online. But he’s also never felt more alone.
2Yet the truth of the matter is: I feel lonely.
3My friends try to drag me away from my phone, but as soon as I’m alone again, I’m desperate to get back to the online world and the intense activity that it provides.
4I constantly feel depressed, dissatisfied and alone.
2、According to research, over two-thirds of young people find it easier to make friends online than it is “in real life”.
3、I’m way beyond a shy or reserved person, but I’m wired up every day, like most of my friends. 课本P99注释
4、1Since I spend so much time socializing online, I keep delaying things that are important in real life.
2Some spent the dinner bending over their phones, texting friends online but ignoring the ones who sat right in front of them.
3On a family holiday last summer, my sister spent all her time complaining that she needed to charge her phone.
4When it was charged, she just spent hours reading about her favorite pop star.
5、1It’s funny that my friends and I chatter online so much, but we end up having nothing to say when we meet.
2And the extraordinary thing is nobody thought this was rude.
3What is really worrying is that no one I know, including myself, could go cold turkey.
课本P99注释
6、部分否定
Not once did she lift her head to enjoy the view outside her window.
7、I can’t even imagine going without social networking for a week---think of all the important appointments, invitations and news updates you would miss!
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1As you may know, we are running a school-wide public speaking competition, and the final will take place at the lecture hall on 10 May (9 am-12 pm).
2Would you have time to attend a short at the Student Union Room at 4 pm on 8 May so that we can introduce you to the other judges and discuss the details?
3If you have any questions, please do let me know.
2、1Peer pressure can happen when we are influenced to do something that we would not usually do because we want to be accepted by our , peers.
2Peer pressure can influence how people dress, how they talk, what music they listen to, what attitude they adopt and how they behave.
3People who are low in confidence and unsure of themselves may be more likely to seek their peers’ approval by going along with risky suggestions or choosing the “wrong” path. be likely to do sth.
4Unfortunately, some bullies are popular and may even lead the peer group, which means others are less likely to challenge their behaviour. be likely to do sth.
5Teenagers want to be liked, to fit in and to be accepted, which means peer pressure can be powerful and hard to resist.
6The most important thing is to build up self-confidence, so that it is easier to say “no” to the peer group.
3、1They feel more comfortable alone and enjoy ideas and thinking.
2When feeling bad or stressed, introverts look inside themselves for energy and motivation.
3Extroverts prefer to be surrounded by people rather than be on their own.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 1,选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、过去完成时态
1Tina phoned the emergency services and told them what she had just seen.
2A doctor from the Ambulance Service told Tina that he had sent an ambulance.
3Having found the needle, Tina did what the doctor had told her--- to inject her teacher in the leg.
4And because she had done everything she could before the ambulance arrived, her teacher was saved.
5She didn’t tell anyone what had happened.
2、English was never my favourite subject until I joined Mr. Wu’s class.
never/not ……until......句型，“直到……才……”
3、Last month, I was asked to make a presentation in class, something that I would have hated doing before. 定语从句 虚拟语气 hate doing sth.
4、过去完成时态（课本P79U1B1选择性必修第一册 Workbook）
1I hadn’t been there for three years.
2I spent a happy hour sitting a café thinking about the good times I had had there as a student. 3As I was enjoying the coffee, I suddenly saw a familiar face --- it was Mr. Young , who had taught me music in my senior secondary school.
4I thanked him for what he had done for me.
5、Either you are doing something well or you aren’t!
either…or…; neither…nor…; both…and…; not only… but also…
6、1Some young people do have difficulties in maintaining a balanced life when it comes to the Internet.
2Most young people are capable of controlling their lives when it comes to being connected and being offline.
7、各种从句
1The reality is that nobody is perfect and we need to realize that we should find ways to live happier and less stressful lives.
2If we want to show someone we love them, we need to first respect who they are and show them we accept them for who they are.
3We might have friends who are crazy about sports, while we prefer reading.
4By being humble when you make a mistake, you can fix any problem you may have caused and also show that you are a mature person.
5So, try and follow the advice and you will find that you have happier and stronger relationships with your friends and loved ones.
6Respecting the fact that others may not appreciate our hobbies and interests.
同位语从句
五、The Summary of the Reading Text---How Do We Like Teachers’ Feedback? of Lesson 2,Unit 1,Book 1选择性必修第一册 on page 13: (课本13页,L2,U1,B1---录音原文 课本P105)
Matt Dickson interviewed three students about their feelings of English teachers’ feedback. The first student thinks his teachers’ feedback is negative and makes him lose confidence. But he understands her intention. The second student thinks the feedback from her teacher is more effective even though it is more demanding for her teacher. She can raise further questions about anything she doesn’t understand. The third student thinks his teacher often gives very general comments. But he wants to know where his strengths and weaknesses are. He thinks feedback should be specific. For example, the teacher can highlight his mistakes and say things like “You need to work on the past tenses.”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修 第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 2第二单元 Success
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、Three famous English Proverbs
1A journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step.
2The longest journey begins with the first step.
3God helps those who help themselves.
2、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1Do you think being a millionaire means success?
2For a lot of people, becoming a millionaire is a symbol of success and they set this as a ultimate goal.
3They spend half of their time dreaming up ways of getting rich and achieving the success they expect, and the rest of their time thinking about all the things they will do once they become rich.
4Some continue to worry about money when they become millionaires---they worked hard to become wealthy, but then they need to continue making money so they don’t lose the sense of success they have achieved.
5There is a small garden outside with a few fruit trees, which Jason enjoys taking care of.
6He was tired of being regarded as living a successful life, as a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
7I felt very guilty being a rich man without doing anything.
8Sure, many people think that “success” means having millions in the bank or a well-paid job. mean doing sth. mean to do sth.
9He discovered that having only a little money made him free.
10For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
3、同位语从句
There are certainly no signs that Jason is a rich and successful man!
4、各种从句
1What I want is to live simply and be helpful to others.
2It’s a kind of satisfaction and a real sense of success that I had never felt before.
3Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
5、动名词短语充当主语、表语或宾语
1Having money is wonderful but my family is more important to me.
2I find helping homeless people is not easy.
3Mary’s hobby is collecting stamps.
4Telling Davy your ideas will help him understand you.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、动名词短语充当主语或宾语
1I think being ambitious in what you do is a top secret of success.
2For about five years, when he was a teenager, he spent 10,000 hours (in) working on a basic computer.
2、For more than 50 years, Yuan Longping has devoted his life to rice production.
devote…to…
3、not only…but also… not only… but…as well
1His research has not only helped China find a way to remove hunger but also contributed to world peace and social progress.
2Alibaba has not only become the biggest online sales company in the world but it changes people’s shopping habits as well.
3She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
4Success is not only how we achieve success, but also how we sustain it.
4、He was worried that I had no longer become fun to train with and that I was in danger of being left with only a world championship medal and no one to share it with.
5、1I could have become angry or defensive.
2When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
3Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.
4However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
can/could have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
may/might have done sth. may/might not have done sth.
should have done sth. should not have done sth.
ought to have done sth. ought not to have done sth.
must have done sth. can/could not have done sth.
need have done sth. need not have done sth.
6、what-structure/what结构
1Don’t they know what it takes to get there?
2I knew elements of what he was saying were right.
3I was pushing the limits and extremes beyond what most thought were healthy.
4Call it unhealthy if you want, but that is the way I roll, no matter what it is I’m applying myself to.
5Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
6What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
7It is important to know how to identify what information is accurate (true) and what is inaccurate (false).
8 But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
9What I would like to do in the future is nursing.
10But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
7、1From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play.
2I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games.
3In the words of the British tri athlete Alistair Brownlee, even if it means getting injured , I’d prefer to have three or four outstanding years of winning stuff than having ten years of being average. mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
8、动名词短语
1Being a professional athlete is no different.
2Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
9、各种从句
1If you want to be an Olympic champion, it’s all about that little extra thing (that) you have done in your preparation that will set you apart from your competitors.
2Was she clear about why she had chosen to be an athlete?
3Identify the reasons why the writer was able to get to the top.
4What are the three most important reasons why the writer was able to get to the top?
5What makes an Olympic champion stand out from other competitors is the special talent she or he has.
6She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
7They stop doing everything that leads up to success after they achieve it.
10、定冠词和零冠词（课本P39）
1Why do Olympic athletes push themselves to the limits?
2I miss / birthday parties, ruin family holidays and skip nights out.
3“We’re worried about you,” said my friend from across the table.
4Don’t they know how hard it is to be at the top in sport?
5…because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown / Johannesburg.
6I was born with an enormous amount of / drive and determination.
7I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys.
8But if your dream is to be the best and reach the winner’s platform, you had better be totally committed to your sport.
9How far is it from the capital city?
10Did you see the last episode of Heroes?
11I’ve bought a new phone. The phone’s got a fantastic camera.
12Who is the best singer at the moment?
13All children should do / sports when they are at / school.
14Is that the house where you grew up?
11、In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1She has been a volleyball star for more than thirty-five years and has contributed greatly to the sport, which has made her the most popular figure in China volleyball history.
2She is loved not only because of her devotion to her career, but also because of her
huge influence on the sport of volleyball.
2、1By the time Huang moved back to China in 2008, he had been living and working in the UK for 15 years. 过去完成进行时态
2He had a good job and a life there, but he gave it all up to return to home, driven by the idea that he needed to contribute to his country. 同位语从句
3Huang was named lead scientist on China’s deep earth exploration program, developing advanced cameras that can see through the Earth’s crust so that it can be analyzed without having to dig into it.
4Huang’s dedication contributed to China’s lunar probe Yutu being landed on the moon in 2013 and the launch of the spacecraft Shenzhou-11 and Tiangong-2 in 2016.
3、1When the world-famous writer J.K. Rowling gave a speech at a Harvard University graduation ceremony, some may have been a little surprised by the topic she chose: “The Benefits of Failure”.
2Rowling’s first novel was rejected by 12 publishers before it was finally published, yet paradoxically, it was this experience that helped her to succeed: “Failure taught me things about myself that I could have learnt no other way.” It was……that…… 强调句型。
3However, it was, in his view, “the best thing that could have ever happened to me.”
4But what Gates learnt from this experience helped lay the groundwork for the global success that is now Microsoft.
5But his poor English prevented him from becoming an actor.
6After being accepted for a directing major, Lee spent six years looking for opportunities to direct a film, but was only asked to look after filming equipment.
7He then spent most of his time writing plays which were rejected by more than 30 companies within two weeks.
8This is where the importance of failure comes in: If we can learn how to manage failure, we’ll learn how to succeed.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 2, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1Does having a lot of money mean being successful?
mean to do sth. mean doing sth.
2But to him, no one has lived a better life than he has after he decided to turn his back on his fortune. 比较级的否定式等于最高级。
3When it comes to stories about success, I personally think it’s very motivating to talk about influential people and how they overcame great difficulties in their lives.
4Ever since I was a child, I have been obsessive about basketball, playing it, watching it, talking about it, everything!
5Luckily, it suits my personality as I have always lived my life to extremes and pushed myself to the limits.
2、动名词短语充当主语、宾语和表语：
1Earning money is not the most important consideration in my life. (S)
2I think too many people spend time (in) worrying about trying to reach the top, even if they are not happy. (O)
3What I would like to do in the future is nursing. I know it is not success in many people’s eyes. But for me, helping people to recover is success. (P 、S)
4My mother always told me that achieving my goals was not as important as being happy. I totally agree with her. (S)
3、1He felt shameful and guilty of what he had while others might own very little.
2It is said that when employees get tired, it is because they are not doing something they are passionate about.
3Being rejected affects our self-confidence levels and it might take some time to recover, but eventually we will.
4Somehow the funny part they feel is that in a lot of world games their competitors are not from other countries but are actually their teammates.
5But what really sets the Chinese team apart is their honour and determination to uphold the tradition of keeping their country’s team in the lead.
6Then they thought he might be satisfied with being a millionaire, so they were all utterly shocked when he donated every penny he had made.
4、动名词短语充当主语、表语：
1Her favourite sports are skiing and climbing mountain. (P表语)
2My favourite activity is reading comedy stories. (P表语)
3Smoking cigarettes is very bad for you. (S 主语 单三)
4So, if family is the most important thing for you, maybe finding a husband or wife and having / children is what you would understand success to be.
5For me, travelling around the world and also having a happy family would make me feel happy and successful.
6He was tired of being a person who had everything while many people had nothing.
5、过去完成时态：
1At 16 years old, Sam had always been a relatively good student.
2Neither of his parents had had the opportunity to attend university and for them, Sam becoming a lawyer was their biggest ambition.
3Since he was only a child, Sam had been passionate about computer programming.
4And by the age of 12 he had known three different programming languages.
6、He knew that achieving this goal would make them happy, but the truth was that he wasn’t sure whether he would feel the same.
7、So he preferred staying in with his computer, rather than going out socializing or playing sports.
8、His parents were fine with this, as long as he continued to focus on his studies.
9、One day, while reading an article online about a young technology billionaire called Thomas O’Connor, everything changed for Sam.
10、Thinking that it wouldn’t come to anything, he emailed the CEO, introducing himself and explaining his ideas.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Money vs. Success, of Lesson 1, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 32: (课本32页,L1,U2,B1)
Years ago, Jason was a college professor with a big house. But knowing that many people were living in poor conditions, he felt guilty. Jason decoded to turn his back on his fortune by giving his money to charity and helping homeless people to get on in life. Now Jason lives in a small dormitory room. He appreciates the change. For some people, getting rich is their ultimate goal and a symbol of success, but for Jason, deciding to drop out of this lifestyle made him feel free.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Getting To The Top of Lesson 3, Unit 2, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U2,B1)
It boils down to this: I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. In my attempt to strive for greatness, I made countless sacrifice, living my life to extremes where every workout had a mental intensity that seemed too much for most people. If you are not totally committed to your sport and want to lead a normal life, you can never be an outstanding athlete, let alone an Olympic champion. You may think it is unhealthy or selfish to go to these lengths, but that is the way I roll, no matter what I’m applying myself to.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 1选择性必修第一册/ Module 1模块1
Unit 3第三单元 Conservation
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、由关系副词when、where和why引导的定语从句
1Extinctions , where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history.
(非限制性定语从句)
2In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended.
3There is a long list of reasons why so many species are dying out: air and water pollution, forests being destroyed, factory farming and overfishing.
4For example, we need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected.
5To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
6He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
7I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
2、由关系代词which、that 和who或“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句）
1In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct.
2These include the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, which killed 90% to 96% of all species. (非限制性定语从句)
3And the fifth event, which occurred 66 million years ago, caused the death of the dinosaurs.
(非限制性定语从句)
4Although it is not unusual for species to die out naturally, the rate at which this is now happening is cause for concern.
5A 2015 study by scientists who were based at Brown University and Duke University in the US, looked at how quickly species die out due to natural causes, that is, the “background extinction rate”.
6If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out.
7This would mean we have to significantly change the way we live.
8 In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
9Black robins are the birds that humans saved from extinction.
10 To help them survive, people are restoring their habitats and removing small animals that hunt them, such as mice and cats from the islands where they live.
3、It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
4、Of course, as we humans depend on so many species for our survival, we would also be at risk of dying out.
5、含蓄虚拟条件句：
Without forests, we would have no air to breathe, and without clear water we would be unable to survive.
6、定语从句（限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 课本P55）
1In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out.（非限制性定语从句）
2But nowadays, human activity has affected all types species that we depend on for living.
3We should set up special areas to take care of endangered animals and plants before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species. (定语从句的分隔现象)
4He went to a city where iron was produced in huge quantities.
5The bus which was full of tourists stopped near the Leaning Tower of Pisa.
6Melissa lent me some money, which was very generous of her.（非限制性定语从句）
7The ground is covered with snow and ice, which makes driving very dangerous.
（非限制性定语从句）
8I met the famous professor in the hotel, where the meeting was held.
（非限制性定语从句）
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1 How
1、How often、How soon、How far、How tall、How high、How many、How much、How long、How old、How heavy、 How fast、
1How are you? How do you do?
2How often have you heard these conversations?
3How often do we get stuck in traffic jams?
4How often do we arrive at work or school, stressed out, tired and angry?
2、the number of和a number of 与主谓一致
1By how much has the number of cars gone up in the last 20years? （主谓一致）
2In the last 20 years, the number of cars on the roads has gone up by 25%.
（主谓一致）
3But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. （主谓一致）
4Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy.
5A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
6Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group
7Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
3、1Traffic is one of the major causes of global warming and climate change, as car engines produce various types of greenhouse gases.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
4、1Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars.
2While some people stick to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day. (九年级全一册 Unit 9 P67 3a 阅读课文)
3Taking notes when reading a text is very similar to taking notes when listening.
5、1We often think there is nothing (that) we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic.
2Do whichever of these things that suit you.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1The main argument for factory farming is that, apart from being a lot cheaper than traditional or organic farming, it provides more food for a world population that has already reached seven billion, according to the United Nations.
2As factory farms do not use many workers, the costs are low and the production is high.
3For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
4People who fight for animal rights claim that these animals suffer terrible stress.
5To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves. despite=in spite of
2、Sentence Builder------Linking Expressions （课本P63）
1according to---providing sources of information
According to an institute, “74% of the world’s poultry…are produced in this way”.
2moreover---adding new information
Moreover, factory-farmed animals suffer from fewer diseases.
3on the other hand---contrasting statements
On the other hand, opponents of factory farming say that it is cruel to the animals.
4for instance---giving examples
For instance, many farm animals are kept in small spaces where they can hardly move.
5in addition to--- adding new information
In addition to this, factory farming has a negative impact on the environment.
6in my opinion---summarizing information
In my opinion, we should try to reduce this kind of farming, although we would have to pay more for our eggs and meat.
7to sum up--- summarizing information
To sum up, despite producing cheap food, factory farming is bad for the planet and for the animals themselves.
3、1The official title of “World Heritage Site” is given by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) committee to places in the world that are outstanding examples of cultural or natural history.
2Up to 2019, there are 55 world heritage sites in China, which has the same number of sites in Italy. （非限制性定语从句）
3Besides the temple, visitors can enjoy the grounds outside, where there are more than 1,000 stone tablets and over 100,000 tombs.
4Every year, visitors from all over the world come to admire the mountains, lakes, streams, trees, underground springs and waterfalls, which make Jiuzhaigou Valley an area of outstanding natural beauty. （非限制性定语从句）
5The building that people visit most is the Temple of Confucius.
4、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、现在完成时的被动语态：
1In the last few years, we have seen environmental disasters on a grand scale.
2Thunderstorm, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and forest fires have become increasingly common.
3There have been terrible floods in Asia, Africa, America and Oceania.
4Storms have been getting worse everywhere too, with more hurricanes hitting the US and Central America, （现在完成进行时、介词with的复合结构）
5Reduced rainfall has affected Africa for years, with severe droughts in Somalia and Kenya in 2017, as well as many other zones becoming drier. （介词with的复合结构）
6Volcanic eruptions and earthquakes have always been a threat.
7There have been serious earthquakes in many parts of Asia, Europe, and South America.
8This has mainly been caused by the huge amounts of carbon dioxide produced by factories and vehicles. （现在完成时的被动语态）
9These have claimed more than 1.6 million lives in the last hundred years.
10He warns that the world has not seen the worst yet. （现在完成时的否定式）
5、比较状语从句
1Atlantic hurricanes are 40% stronger now than they were 30 years ago.
2Landslides and earthquakes are even more dangerous now than in the past because around half of the world’s population now live in cities.
6、现在分词短语充当结果状语
1A massive earthquake hit central Italy in August 2016, killing at least 247 people.
2In April 2017, the city of Mocoa in Colombia was hit by a landslide, leaving many dead and injured.
7、A great number of people live at risk from earthquakes too.
8、They build homes from whatever materials they can find.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 3, 选择性必修第一册Book 1
1、1If the rate at which they are dying out continues to rise, millions of plants and animals will become extinct in the next decade.
2They are endangered as their habitats are being destroyed due to human activities.
3Because of conservation efforts, the number of pandas is increasing according to a survey in 2015.
4The number of them is decreasing due to pollution in the river.
5It’s disappointing to see the environment destroyed like this.
6Even though many people are trying to recycle, there is unfortunately still so much plastic waste that ends up being thrown away.
7We really don’t want to see people driving the car when they only need to go around the corner.
2、1A lot of people feel that driving their own cars allows them to have more freedom.
2I think using public transport is worth the effort.
3Relying too much on cars also creates problems such as traffic jams, road accidents and noise pollution.
4Of course, cars are convenient and necessary when travelling long distances.
3、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1Being a marine researcher is something that I’ve always dreamed of.
2I work with a team of scientists, who are all experts in their fields, on an international project.
（非限制性定语从句）
3I’m currently based in Argentina, which is in South America, studying sea temperatures from Antarctica. （非限制性定语从句）
4Unfortunately, there has been a significant rise in temperatures over the 50 years, which is clearly linked to human activity. （非限制性定语从句）
5Polar ice caps that were frozen all year long, even ten years ago are now melting at an alarming rate.
4、1Why not pack a tent? 2Why don’t we just cycle instead?
3 Why don’t we start walking to school from now on.
5、Guy de Maupassant’s The Necklace
（一）现在分词短语充当伴随状语、后置定语或原因状语
1This leaves her unhappy, suffering from what she thinks as a life of poverty.
2Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown costing four hundred francs, knowing he will not be able to afford the hunting gun he had been saving up to buy.
3They walk towards the Seine in despair, shivering with cold.
4Finally, in defeat, he suggests Mathilde writes a letter to Madame Forestier, explaining she will return the necklace after repair, lying that the clasp had broken.
5The next years are horrible for Mathilde, who works like servant, her own servant having been dismissed.
6At first not recognizing Mathilde, Madame Forestier is shocked by her friend’s haggard appearance.
7Dancing with happiness, and passion, intoxicated with pleasure, Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
8One day on the street, Mathilde meets Madame Forestier, still looking lovely.
（二）长句难句复杂句式
1She even becomes jealous of her school friend, Madame Forestier, who has married a wealthy man.
2As Monsieur Loisel places the wrap over his wife’s shoulders, the contrast of the poverty of her wrap with the elegant ball gown is too much to bear and to save any embarrassment she hurries to leave before anyone notices her.
3At last on the quay side they find “one of those ancient night cabs which, as though they were ashamed to show their shabbiness during the day, are never seen round Paris until after dark”.
4The jeweler offers the couple a similar necklace for thirty-six-thousand francs with the understanding that he will buy it back if they find the necklace before the end of February.
5Monsieur Loisel, frightened by the trouble yet to come, by the “black misery” that is about to fall upon him, by the prospect of all the physical sacrifices and the “moral tortures ” he is about to suffer, goes to pay the jeweler thirty-six-thousand francs and collects the diamond necklace.
6The Loisels arrive home at the Rue des Martyrs, and Mathilde’s happiness turns to horror as she sees that the necklace is missing when she looks in the mirror to admire herself one more time.
（三）动词不定式短语：
1She always feels she has “fallen from a higher station” and longs to be part of the upper class.
2Mathilde exists for a time in the world she longs to be part of.
3Mathilde surprises him by refusing to go and throws the invitation onto the floor.
4Monsieur Loisel reluctantly agrees to pay for a gown.
5She agrees to lend it to her for the ball.
6All the man ask her name and want to be introduced to her.
6、1Make sure you have the same number of frames in the cartoon as members of the group.
2Make sure that you have the same number of characters in your play as members of your group.
7、1Scientists say that previously the reasons for extinction have varied but human actions will be to blame for the sixth extinction which has already started to happen.
2It is clear that human activity negatively affects almost every natural thing on Earth, from destroying different species of plants and animals to creating various types of greenhouse gases.
3Now we know that cancer is related to traffic pollution which is why more and more people are becoming sick.
4It is unusual to see him cycle to work. see sb. do sth. see sb. doing sth.
5It’s not quite as fast as cycling but it gets me downtown much quicker than if I take my car.
6More and more people are beginning to do something which suits them and protect the environment.
8、Relative Clauses （关系从句---非限制性定语从句）
1My painting won the first prize, which was quite a surprise.
2I got a low mark in the Science test, which made me angry.
3I met the new doctor last week, who isn’t very kind at all.
4I’m going to a new restaurant with my friend, whose cousin is coming to town.
5The boat entered the deep sea, where the storms can be terrible.
9、1These endangered species are threatened with becoming extinct, meaning they will no longer exist on Earth.
2With rising awareness of how we affect the natural environment, hopefully we can learn to protect these food chain and help them to thrive.
五、1、The Summary of the Reading Text---The Sixth Extinction of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 55: (课本55页,L1,U3,B1)
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinction events on Earth. In the third event, which is known as the “Great Dying”, 90% to 96% of all species died out. Of course, species died out due to many causes. But nowadays, human activity has affected all types of species that we depend on for living. We need to take action to avoid the sixth mass extinction. We should take steps to save endangered animals and plants, and set up special areas to take care of them before the next extinction comes that may wipe out the entire species.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- The Road to Destruction of Lesson 3, Unit 3, Book 1
选择性必修第一册 on page 61: (课本61页,L3,U3,B1)
Many people often get stuck in a traffic jam when they go to work. How annoyed and stressful they often feel! But the problem is that the number of cars is still going up. Traffic pollution has been found to cause global warming and climate change to a large degree.
Too many cars do a lot of harm to the environment and our health. Some advice has been given for people to help protect the environment, for example, using public transport or sharing cars, doing your shopping in the shop just around the corner instead of driving to the other side of town. However, people are addicted to using cars. They make excuses for using their cars, “I need to pick up my daughter. What can I do?”
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 4 Humor 第四单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 What’s so funny? of Unit 4 Humor, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、三种时态：
1Everything had been going wrong for him.
2So, after he had been feeling depressed for over a month, he decided to go to the doctor .
3Finally, after he had been waiting for about half an hour, he was called in for his consultation. 4“Well, I’ve been having a bit of a crisis.”
5“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
6I will be working in the United States for three months.
7This time next week, I’ll be arriving in New York.
2、三种时态：
1The eager fans had been waiting for six hours before they finally got the tickets for the football match. 2I had been looking for that for weeks---where did you find it?
3Mrs. Wang will be staying with her friends when she goes to Hainan.
4As he had been repairing his car all afternoon, he was messy.
5This book is taking me so long that I will be still reading it by this time next year!
6She has been studying English since she left school.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、His humor is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
2、He cannot hide his feelings, except when the waiters asks if everything is fine.
3、When the waiters are not looking, however, he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
4、He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
5、强调句型/强调结构/强调句
But it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
John Lloyd, who worked as a producer for BBC Television, says that one rarely meets someone with such genius, and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 4, Humor 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、One afternoon, hundreds of unlucky passengers, who had been expecting to board a flight to New York, were told it had been cancelled.
2、One unfortunate agent was dealing with the passengers, when an angry man, who had been standing in line for some time, pushed his way to the front.
3、This is probably all it takes to make an image of Charlie Chaplin as the “Little Tramp”, one of the most famous comedy characters in the world.
4、His early films were such huge commercial successes that film companies were falling over themselves to hire him.
5、Making the joke look effortless and simple was part of his genius.
6、“The best definition of humor I ever heard is that it’s getting people in and out of trouble.”
7、From actors such as Charlie Chaplin, who was famous during the silent age of film-making to Rowan Atkinson who plays Mr. Bean on TV and in films, British comedy has never gone out of fashion.
8、1And while there are many popular dramatic actors in Britain, there is something extra special about British comedy and comedians for global audiences.
2Most non-British people see the British as being very reserved, polite and formal and while that is true to a certain degree, British people love to express themselves through humor too.
3While one person might lightly giggle at a joke, another might fall about with laughter.
9、Humor is a part of every culture but it could be said that it is one of core characteristics of British culture.
10、You will often find passengers getting on buses joking with drivers.
11、So now that we have established how important humor is to British people, what exactly makes them laugh?
12、There have been many popular comedy TV programs which have explored the absurdity of people with less money and status attempting to copy the lifestyles of the wealthy and others which humorously explore life for the less well-off.
13、Another area that might be difficult for foreigners to get when it comes to British comedy is “word play”.
14、强调句型：
Sometimes, it’s not just words that have two meanings but also expressions.
15、名词性从句：
Now, whether or not you find these types of jokes funny is personal to you, but the fact that they are easily understood by English speakers of all ages, means that it is very much a part of British comedy.
16、Two other characteristics of British comedy that are unique are joking about topics that would be considered “taboo” in other cultures and humor focused on self-depreciation.
17、长句难句复杂句式：
But the wide range of techniques used by British comedians and comedy writers, from satire, to puns, to self-mockery, means that there is something for every taste in comedy, although the polite British approach to delivering jokes means that sometimes it’s difficult to even tell if it is a joke or not!
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook on page 78---page 82 of Unit 4, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、两种时态：
1He has been talking to a friend and tells her he will be having a drink in the bar at 7 and asks her to join him there.
2The man thinks that maybe the barman has been talking to him, but the barman has been cleaning glasses at the other end of the bar.
3Knowing that his friend will be arriving soon, the man wonders if it is her, but there is no one he recognizes around.
4He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years.
5Even if you have been studying for a long time and feeling sleepy and bored, laughing can make you feel energized as if you had just had a nap!
2、强调句型：
It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
3、几种时态：
1After I sent you the invitation, I had been wondering when I would hear from you.
2We have been practicing extremely hard for months.
3However, we would be playing by the time you arrive.
4I will be looking out for you after the match.
4、An i, nteresting fact about him was that he never swore on stage, which is a far cry from some of the modern comedians. a far cry from 大相径庭，天壤之别，相去甚远。
5、Another interesting fact about him was that he died three days after the rock and roll star, Elvis Presley. 猫王。
6、What can you infer from the fact that Groucho was the host of the quiz show You Bet Your Life? that引导同位语从句。
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---What’s so funny of Lesson1, Unit 4 Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 10: (课本10页, L1, U4, B2)
An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
Sherlock Holmes asked his faithful friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. “Millions and millions of stars,” said Dr. Watson. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, he believed there are millions of galaxies and billions of planets. He deduced that it was probably a quarter past three based on the scientific measurement of time. From the current atmosphere he forecasted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. Watson didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance . Actually he was the amazing clown.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text---My Favorite Comedian of Lesson3, Unit 4, Humor, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 25: (课本25页, L3, U4, B2)
Undoubtedly, one of the funniest and well-known comedians in the world has to be Rowan Atkinson, who is mostly known as Mr. Bean. He has been amusing audiences everywhere with his loveable and silly character for many years. Mr. Bean’s extraordinary actions or tricks seem to have universal appeal to people of all ages and cultures. The uncomfortable and desperate situations he gets himself into are just so ridiculous that it’s impossible not to laugh.
Rowan Atkinson is rarely seen out of character, although generally people know his name and nationality. Contrary to his character on screen, he is highly educated. He received a scholarship to attend secondary school and then obtained a degree in electrical engineering. It was only at university that he discovered a passion and talent for acting.
He has a high reputation among actors but he is very kind and down to earth in real life. His ability to rely purely on his face and body to make people laugh rather than words is such a special talent. Therefore, he is seen as a remarkable comedian in the contemporary acting world.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 5 Education 第五单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 of Unit 5 Education, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1By the time she was seven years old, she still couldn’t speak, read or write and needed to have everything done for her.
2Helen’s parents got a superb teacher recommended to them, a woman named Anne Sullivan. 3Finally, she got the world of words opened up to her.
4We’re going to have a video of the wedding made.
5I’ll have my tyres checked. 6I’ll have the washing machine repaired soon.
7Many years ago Pauline had a portrait painted by a well-known painter.
8Have you ever had your voice recorded?
9Have you ever had your face made up with face paint when you were a kid?
2、As一词用法小结：
1As the water flowed over Helen’s hand, Anne spelt out “W-A-T-E-R” into Hen’s other hand.
2As Anne wrote on Helen’s hand, Helen suddenly realized that the movement of the fingers meant the cool liquid flowing over her hand.
3As Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanded, she asked more and more questions.
4However, one day as she was working on a simple task, she had a breakthrough.
5As she did this, Anne touched Helen’s forehead and wrote the word “think” on her hand. 6As she thought about its meaning again, the sun came out.
3、状语从句：
1Anne spelt words by writing on Helen’s hand so that Helen could get a mental picture of the words. so that=in order that
2Now that Helen grasped the key to language, she was very eager to learn more and use it as much as she could.
4、形式宾语和真正的宾语从句：
“I thought it strange that my teacher could not show me love.”
5、It was the first time Helen had understood such a complex word---a word for something she couldn’t touch.
It/This is the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（现在完成时态）。
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 and Lesson 3 Understanding of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、名词性从句：
1It seems obvious now how we acquire knowledge and understanding.
2It is not surprising that people wanted to believe the primitive ideas as they had been put forward by the great philosopher Aristotle (384-322 BCE).
3People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
4It is still often true today that people don’t want to abandon what they’ve always thought as true.
5It is important to not only describe what it shows, but also tell what lessons are taught.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
Although today we are more used to typing a few key words into a search engine and waiting for the Internet to give us an answer, modern scientists and thinkers are still solving the world’s problems with this type of analysis---luckily for us.
3、定语从句：
1However, in the 17th century when Francis Bacon (1516-1626) suggested that this type of thinking was the way to gain knowledge, he was going against the views of the day.
2At that time, people believed more in the church than in facts and people like Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), who proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”, were often punished by the church with no one coming to their defense.
3In fact, when Galilei proved that the Earth was not the centre of the universe, instead of believing him, people chose to believe views that were almost 2,000 years old!
4We owe so much of our knowledge and understanding of the world to people like Bacon and Galilei, who were brave enough to step out from the shadows of conventional thought in order to find the kingdom of knowledge that today’s civilization is built upon.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop, Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 5, Education 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、状语从句的省略问题：
1However, when looking at it more closely, I see something interesting.
2It is important to use the present tense when describing and commenting on the picture. 3They need to see pictures and images when learning.
2、have/get/find/…… sth. done He has his back turned to us.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1The overall message (that/which) we can take from this picture is that it is important to have routines and timetables, as they can help us stay organized, but sometimes routines can control us, rather than us controlling the routines.
2It is important not to become too preoccupied with routines and schedules, because they can make us blind to what is in front of us.
3Technology has become more and more important in how people learn: the Internet, videos and tablets have exposed us more to English in the classroom, as many classrooms have Internet access, video facilities and interactive whiteboards.
4One interesting thought is that there may no longer be a need for translators as, though not perfect yet, we already have software to do it.
5For instance, one of its principles is that children are unique individuals who must be free to learn without being criticized or restricted.
4、强调句型：
It is the child that controls the pace, topic and lessons, not the rest of the class or the teacher.
5、as一词用法小结：
1Children are encouraged to repeat activities as often as they wish.同级比较状语从句
2The furniture is light so they can arrange it as they wish. 方式方法状语从句。
3Maria Montessori wanted to free children’s minds so that they could learn by self-teaching and self-correction. 目的状语从句 so that=in order that
4Her works have been translated into many languages so that people around the world can learn more about the Montessori philosophy. 目的状语从句
5The cabinets are low so that the children can reach them. 目的状语从句
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 5, 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
It/This was the first/second/…… time that 定语从句（过去完成时态）。
2、长句难句复杂句式：
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates the acquisition of knowledge, but also because it promotes an individual’s physical, mental, moral and social development .
3、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1Sam had got/had had his life changed by one amazing teacher.
2He got/had his confidence knocked due to some bad exam results.
3She also had/got her concerns shared by another teacher that Sam might fail many of his subjects if things didn’t change. that引导同位语从句; if引导条件状语从句。
4Sam felt that he got/had his confidence increased.
4、Some of my students have large vocabulary and can spell words well, while others struggle.
5、名词性从句：
1Besides, it was believed that just by following the law, people would become good citizens.
2It is clear now that the true priority of education is to develop the whole person rather than just provide information to learn.
3Of course that is why it is vital that we always keep learning and questioning.
4We should not ignore the fact that pollution is still a serious problem though our environment is getting better and better. that同位语从句; though让步状语从句。
6、have/get/find/……something done句型：
1I must get my broken glasses repaired. 2I had my letter delivered yesterday.
3We are having our house painted next month.
7、They prefer learning activities where everything is explained to them rather than having to read instructions.
8、各种从句/长句难句复杂句式/状语从句的省略：
1To me it seems that a kinesthetic learner has the most fun.
2It turns out that I am a visual learner as I love art and also drama where we have to visualize situations.
3It’s really helpful to understand your preferred style as it can help you design strategies that will help you be successful when learning both now and in the future.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
1、The Summary of the Reading Text---Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2选择性必修第二册 on page 33 : (课本33页, L1, U5, B2)
When Helen was young, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen’s behavior was often unbearable and sometimes she was troublesome, stubborn and angry with a tendency to break things when she was not understood. Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher. Anne’s technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. The precious knowledge she taught Helen gave her hope and joy. From “doll” and “water”, Helen knowledge and vocabulary expanded and this changed her thinking process. As Helen grasped the key to language, she discovered more complex words. Helen now understand the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
2、The Summary of the Reading Text--- Enlightening a Mind of Lesson1, Unit 5, Book 2
选择性必修第二册 on page 46: (课本46页, L1, U4, B2)
Helen Keller was an exceptional girl. When she was a child, she couldn’t communicate because she couldn’t see or hear. As a result of these restrictions, she was often troublesome and badly behaved. Fortunately, Anne Sullivan, who was a superb teacher, was brought in to help Helen.
Anne had a simple technique for teaching Helen vocabulary. Anne would, for example, let Helen play with a doll, and then spell “D-O-L-L” on her hand. In this way, Helen built a mental picture of the word. Anne used this technique for other words as well. For example, she put Helen’s hand in a stream of liquid to teach “water”.
As Helen’s knowledge expanded, Anne started to teach more complex words. However, it was still hard for Helen to learn concepts like “think” because she couldn’t touch them, and Helen was often disappointed. Luckily, one day, she had a breakthrough. She was making necklaces when she made some mistakes. She didn’t know how to fix them, so she stopped to think. When she did this, Anne touched Helen’s head and wrote “think” on her hand. It was the first time Helen had understood such an abstract word!
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 2选择性必修第二册/ Module 2模块2
Unit 6 The Media 第六单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 From Page To Screen of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、It的用法：A、人称代词； B、非人称代词: 天气、日期、时间、距离、情况；
C、形式it: 形式主语、形式宾语； D、强调it
1… but it’s normal to have high expectations when a film of favorite book is made.
2… it is safe to say that great films may be made from not particularly good books.
3Since a typical film is only around two hours long, it becomes a question for screenwriters to decide what is appropriate for the screen d what to leave out.
4It allowed the previously unfilmable to become a reality. (It= CGI=Computer Generated Image)
5One may think that it is the book writer who is in the best position to do film adaptations.
6This can actually be a disadvantage because they may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
7In this situation, it is clear that viewers will not be disappointed!
8For me, anyway, it is always a bad idea to watch a film of a book you love.
9CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has made it possible for the previously unfilmable to become a reality.
2、各种从句：
1There are many times I have been pessimistic about or even disappointed by a film of a book I love.
2This is where I think many film adaptations fall down.
3At other times they are not, and there are instances where writers have been very unsatisfied with the film versions of their work.
4Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone seems to have their favorite.
5A key question is obviously how close to the original the film is.
6Readers of the book have very definite ideas about how characters should look and sound.
3、动名词短语充当主语和介词的宾语：
1Reading a book and watching a film are two very different experiences.
2Finding actors acceptable to film audiences can mean the difference between success and failure.
3Screenwriters have difficulty deciding what is appropriate for the screen.
4For many of today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas is not a successful approach.
5 The top advertisers of today believe that using humor as well as new and unusual ideas to surprise people is important. 动名词短语充当主语, 单数第三人称。
4、It的用法：
1It took Simon two hours to finish his homework.
2It was unbelievable that they made such a film in one month.
3Jason found it interesting to read the new comic book.
4The film is very interesting, and it is obvious that the viewers will not be disappointed.
5I don’t find it easy to learn language. It is only by studying very hard that I improve my English.
6In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
5、状语从句的省略：
1What factors should be taken into consideration when adapting books into films?
2Speakers have their opinions when talking about a specific issue.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Questions About Media and Lesson 3 The Advertising Game of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、1In my opinion, newspaper business will find it much harder to survive in the future.
2For this reason, it’s now normal to see advertisements that consists of pictures or words from experts to show people how good the product is.
2、used to和would:
1Advertising agencies would create a basic type of advertisement known as a commercial advertisement.
2Classic advertisements used to give information about finding certain products.
3From the name you would know what the company sells, where they are located, and the name of the product.
4Advertising agencies used to create this kind of advertising and it could be very effective.
5Ideas that would work in the past genuinely are not as effective now.
6These advertisements have helped to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people, and this has made our society a better place for everyone.
3、be/get used to doing sth.
Because of the boost in advertising, people are used to seeing a high standard of visual design.
4、部分否定：
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit.
5、定语从句：
1It was likely to be the name of a company, part of which might include the name of the place from which the product originated.
2But then they realized that it might not be suitable for a marketplace where products and services are in direct competition with each other.
3Their aim is create something that has never been seen before and that people find interesting.
6、长句难句复杂句式：
1As present-day advertisers often have large budgets, huge amounts of money are spent on applying modern design techniques to make these advertisements as visually attractive as possible.
2They realize that it does not matter how attractive the idea linked with the product is---most people know and anticipate that the main purpose of the advertisement is to make customers buy the product.
3To stand out in a world of competitive advertising, they must combine the highest standard of design with creative ways to make people believe that they “must have the product”.
7、used to和would:
|
Affirmative
肯定句 |
We used to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors would come to see us. |
|
Negative
否定句 |
We didn’t use to live in a crowded flat.
Visitors wouldn’t come to see us. |
|
Question
疑问句 |
Did you use to live in a crowded flat?
Would visitors come to see you? |
8、used to和would:
1We used to live in a crowded flat in New York.
2They would/used to climb the mountain every week.
3She used to have more friends than anyone
4I would/used to buy sweets the size of golf balls.
9、used to和would:
1We used to live in a small town but last year we moved to a big city.
2My primary school teachers wouldn’t give us any homework but they would teach us a lot in class.
3Harrison Ford used to accept the strangest jobs before he became an actor.
4I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I just love it.
5Mr. Smith used to/would watch tasteless TV talk shows all day before he lost his sight.
6When I was a child, we used to live near the coast.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop---A Film Review 影评 and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 6, The Media 选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、either…or… ; neither…nor… :
1The owner of the castle is an abnormal creature, half-man, half- beast, who tells the trader---either one of his daughters replaces him as a prisoner in the castle, or he will die.
2Although it has neither cute characters nor wonderful songs in this version, it speaks to people of all ages.
3The film has neither good special effects nor good music.
4Now when it comes to advertising, often the aim is to try and create an emotion in the person viewing it, either by making it humorous or even sad.
2、The film does, however, have its faults.
3、It must seem a little odd to get a letter from your own mother whom you see every day, but I hope you will read this and take what I have to say seriously.
4、when和whenever引导时间状语从句：
1You even do this when we’re having a family meal in a restaurant or when I’m talking to you.
2You may not realize this, but whenever you feel even slightly bored, you check your phone.
3And if I ask to leave your phone at home when we go out, you sulk and get twitchy, almost as if you’re suffering withdrawal symptoms.
4I have tried to talk to you about this , but whenever I ask you to put down your phone and look at me, you said “in a minute”.
5And it’s so easy to just send a message when I want to chat with them.
5、because引导原因状语从句：
1I bought you a phone for your 12th birthday because you wanted one so much.
2It was weird getting a letter from you, but I suppose you felt this was the best way because I’m always on my phone!
3I suppose I didn’t think there was a communication problem because I spend so much time with you.
4 I spend a lot of time on my phone because I like to keep in constant contact with my friends.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress, Literature Spot and Workbook on page 88 to page 92 of Unit 6, The Media选择性必修第二册Book 2
1、while居中，“而，然而”，表示比较、对照、转折，引导状语从句：
1When we hear that they might be adapted into films, some people feel excited while others are unhappy.
2Some novelists have happily been involved in the film production while others like the American author J.D. Salinger, fought to ensure that their books would never become films.
2、同位语从句：
Often people are pessimistic about the chances that their favorite characters and stories will be shown on screen.
3、be of great interest=be very interesting ; be of great value=be very valuable;
be of great importance=be very important; be of great use=be very useful; be of great of help=be very helpful;
For example, people can upload videos of events they believe are of interest to others.
4、While置于句首，“虽然、尽管”，引导让步状语从句：
1While traditionally, large corporations have been the ones to produce and report on the news, things have changed greatly in recent years.
2While there has been lots of advantages for readers, TV stations and especially newspapers have been negatively affected, as fewer companies choose to pay to advertise through them.
5、it的用法：
1It’s common for people to engage in activities such as micro-blogging where they can share their ideas and opinions on whatever topic they choose.
2Eventually it became clear that this approach was not suitable for situations where companies were directly competing with each other.
3And now it’s common for commercial advertisements to have budget as big as films.
4It is also common now to pay celebrities from films and sports to participate in advertising campaign to further encourage the public to buy a product.
6、as一词的用法小结：
1Advertising has existed as long as people have been selling goods, but it has gone through many changes over the years as economic development has occurred.
2There have been some criticisms and negative views on advertising as people feel that companies are no longed being honest and straightforward.
7、used to和would:
I used to love reading newspapers. Every morning at breakfast I’d read the paper from cover to cover.
8、Language points in Literature Spot from page 71to page 73: 长句难句复杂句式：
1I had done forty of the fifty miles of curving twisting highway before it started to cool off, but it didn’t really get cool until I reached the dam and started along the south shore of the lake past the piled-up granite boulders and the sprawled camps in the flats beyond.
2I wondered who the hell Fred Lacey was and what he wanted and why he didn’t want to stay home or leave a message if his business was so urgent…
9、Summary of No Crime in the Mountains on page 71:
A letter arrived at Evens’ office from Mr. Lacey. Evens arrived in Puma Point and went to the hotel. Evens spoke to Mrs. Lacey on the phone. He spoke to the girl in the phone office. He walked back to his hotel, got into his car, drove around the lake and stopped. He smoked his pipe and watched the boats in the lake. He found the body of Mr. Lacey under the tree.
10、状语从句的省略问题：
1If in groups, how will you divide up your groups?
2If so, what will they be? 3If yes, what are they?
4If not, the company might associate with their bad behavior.
5If at all possible, register at the Indian Head Hotel, and call me at 2306. 课本P72。
11、as一词用法小结：
1I laughed out loud as I read it!
2Some people feel pessimistic about the future of theatre as they feel it is not popular with young people anymore.
3 He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
12、同位语从句：
I saw a musical version of Harry Potter recently that was wonderful and is proof that the theatre world is alive and well!
13、it的用法：
1I found it unusual that they used a cast of new and unknown actors , which is risky, but here it pays off.
2So does that mean it is better to advertise when there are lots of viewers?
3It is hard not to be influenced by ads.
4It is easy to run a good advertising business.
14、used to和would:
1Mr. Loxton used to live in an old house.
2He never used to have time to do maintain on his house.
3The gate which used to be brand-new became old.
4Mr. Loxton would just ignore everything that broke.
5He used to have an old car which he would wash every Saturday.
6But now he has a new car which he wouldn’t dream of washing himself.
7He never used to have any leisure time as he was always busy working.
8In his early days he would dream of having a lifestyle like this---it used to look so appealing.
9I wouldn’t have believed that were possible, would you?
15、While 置于句式，“虽然，尽管”，让步状语从句：
While direct hard-sell ads might be easy to detect---such as those for products endorsed by celebrities---soft-sell ads may be more difficult tosspot.
16、部分否定：
1Not all ads are directed towards the end customer.
2 Not all ads speak directly to customers.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 7 Careers 第七单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 EQ:IO of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1Even if they never see their results, they feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life.
2When they see other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing (that) they can do to change their situation.
3While your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence.
4Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, gives the following description: at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
5For example, have you ever wondered why some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams?
6It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life.
7On the other hand, there is little doubt that people with low EQs often have problems getting on with other people and dealing with difficult situations; hence they have a harder time adjusting in life and in their careers.
8When students were introduced to those who had disabilities, they found that, afterwards, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties.
9To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life requires getting on well with other people and being able to understand and react to situations in the best way possible.
10And the fact that it might be possible to raise EQs means that schools need to make sure that their students are receiving an education they really need, not solely based on IQ but on developing the entire character.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Supported by his research, Professor Salovey suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
2At work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted.
3Professor Mayer, recognized by many as a leading expert in the study of changes to people’s EQs, recently announced the results of a study on senior secondary school students.
4Compared to students who had not been involved in the study, they also showed a better understanding of the disabled students’ feelings.
3、The more……, the more……句型：
A high EQ is necessary for this---the higher the better.
4、Focus on Language: Verb-ed Form---动词的过去分词
Ex. 9 Join the sentences by using the –ed form of the verb.
Example John was accused of stealing money. He was brought to court.---
Accused of stealing money, John was brought to court.
1Jane was scared of the lightning. She refused to go outside. ---
Scared of the lightning, Jane refused to go outside.
2The man was arrested by the police. He felt hopeless. ---
Arrested by the police, the man felt hopeless.
3The two lions were sent to a local zoo. They are reported to have settled down well. ---
Sent to a local zoo, the two lions are reported to have settled down well.
4The medicine is taken in time. It will be quite effective. ---
Taken in time, the medicine will be quite effective.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Career Skills and Lesson 3 Meet the New Boss: You of Unit 7, Careers 选择性必修第三册XB Book 3
1、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1Most people now have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or even staying at one job for very long.
2In fact, planning to work in the same field or industry for your entire working life just isn’t practical anymore.
3The skills you have now are unlikely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career.
4But this is hardly a recipe for great career success.
5Lifetime security from one employer is no longer certain or even likely.
2、祈使句+and+简单句：
Keep doing this, and you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.=
If you keep doing this, you can become an expert or specialist in something one day.
3、What if......句型
What if your job disappears after working for 10 years in the field.
4、长句难句复杂句式：
The truth is that you are the boss of your career, and it is up to you to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
5、would do
1You’d follow your father to sea, onto the farm or into the workshop.
2You’d follow your mother into the kitchen or sewing room.
3You would do the work your parents did.
6、The sentences that show irony: 表达讽刺的语句：
1You might be lucky. These strategies might bring you a nice, comfortable life…
2If you think you can wok eight hours a day and build a career, think again.
3 If you think you can’t be replaced by software or your can’t be outsourced to some robots on the moon, you are wrong.
7、Focus on Language: Negative Expressions: 否定的表达方式：
Complete the sentences with the expressions from the Sentence Builder:
1High grades are no longer enough to guarantee success in a career.
2Keeping the same job for life is not a realistic expectation anymore
3The job you have today is unlikely to be the same as the job you’ll have in 20 years’ time.
4It’s hardly surprising he lost his job: he was always late and never met his deadlines.
5The company has no intention of hiring more staff because it can use robots to do the work instead.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 7 Careers, 选择性必修第三册XB B3
1、长句难句复杂句式：
1I would also like to learn more about the things that are going on in the city, as I feel that it is important to know about the city (which) we live in.
2Moreover, I feel that I can get on well with people from different backgrounds since I have worked with lots of different people on many projects for local events.
3In addition, I am also a good photographer , which might be useful for some of the articles.
4I look forward to hearing from you.
5In your application, say which job you are interested in, why you are the most suitable candidate for the position and give details about yourself.
2、时间状语从句、现在分词短语充当时间状语和伴随状语以及状语从句的省略问题：
1But when you move to a new environment or have to work with some new people, it is not always easy for them to recognize you or respect you immediately.
2Moving to a new working environment, you may need to deal with things that don’t belong to your own field.
3Learning or working in a new working environment, you need to have a good sense of judgment when joining a discussion or making a decision.
4Be confident and make eye contact when talking to people.
5Then, walk in holding your head high and smile.
6When working together with others, it is important that you have a clear vision and a working plan to achieve it.
7When working, don’t focus on what is your work and what isn’t.
8After doing your own work, always be ready to help others.
3、remember to do sth.; remember doing sth.
Remember to look other people in the eye---it’s the key to creating a connection with people.
4、While句首，引导让步状语从句：
While there may be some advantages to work at this time, working at night also brings particular problems.
5、What I’d like to do is working with high school students and helping them with their future.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 7, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、长句难句复杂句：
1Up until quite recently, it was believed that IQ was the most important measure of intelligence and those with high IQs were the ones who got ahead in life.
2Professor Salovey, the expert who invented the term, explains that in the workplace IQ gets you employed but EQ gets you promoted.
3For example, if students who are highly academic and intelligent fail to achieve the grades (which/that) they deserve in exams it may be because they have lower EQs.
4Logical thinking, which is the ability to use our reason well, will be highly useful in the workplace, as it will help us use our knowledge to persuade others.
5And given that people will not stay in the same career for long, we can expect that we will have to go back to education and training at some stage to be qualified to work in another field.
6As the company is determined to find the right candidates, they will ask a lot of detailed questions to find out what you know about the company.
2、过去分词短语的基本用法：
1Given the fast pace of the job market now, 21st century employees are faced with challenges that their parents never experienced.
2Compared to previous generations, standards are set higher for them and they are expected to have more qualifications and a wider range of new and essential skills.
3Required to innovate constantly, 21st century employees need to be ready to adapt to new challenges and roles quickly.
4Thrown into a hyper-connected workplace, today’s graduates will also have to prepare to move around to jobs at different companies.
5Designed to be more dynamic and inspiring, working environments will be more exciting than offices of the past.
6Workers will happily enjoy many extra benefits, such as gyms and games rooms, provided by companies.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1Most people tend to associate good results in IQ tests with intelligence, but believe it or not, there is more to the issue than you may first realize.
2The most important skills are comprehension and critical thinking, both of which help you to become more logical in your work and persuade others to agree with your approaches.
3There is a strong chance that people will regularly train again to learn more skills until they reach the time (that/when) they stop working.
4An increasing number of them will work at start-ups, which will be seen as providing a more dynamic and exciting working environment than their parents would have been used to.
5Alternatively, , you can decide to leave the traditional career path altogether and set up your own company, which means that all the decisions can be made by you instead of your boss or your company.
4、Negative Expressions:否定的表达方式：
1It isn’t common for children to have the same job as their parents anymore.
2There are hardly any jobs that a robot can’t do.
3People with limited computer skills are unlikely to be successful in any career.
4It is no longer strange for people to have several careers during their life.
5The manager has no intention of giving her a promotion because she’s lazy.
5、Reading and Writing on Page 81------Survival of the Fittest
1Between now and the 21st century, citizens of the world’s richest and most advanced nations will find it more and more difficult to keep up with the demand for change.
形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语。
2Now we find ourselves living at the end of the timeline that Toffler imagined and we’re still experiencing rapid changes, not least in the world of work.
find sb./oneself doing sth.; find sth. done
3People will also need to move around more so they can take different jobs at different companies, because this will give them their best chance of climbing the career ladder, as the number of internal promotions falls.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---EQ;IQ of Lesson1,Unit 7 Careers, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 10 : (课本10页,L1,U7,B3)
Most students feel their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, is what determines how well they are going to do in life, but new research suggests that EQ is a better way for predicting success. Professor Salovey says it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be right. Students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to a lower EQ. The association between IQ and EQ is interesting. People with low EQs find it harder adjusting in life and in their careers. Altogether, the results of studies show that a high EQ is necessary for getting on with people and being able to react in the best way. So schools need to be sure to develop a student’s entire character.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Career Skills of Lesson 2, Unit 7,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 13 : (课本13页,L2,U7,XB B3)
Kristy comes to a guidance counselor, Mr. McDougall, for advice on future jobs. Mr. McDougall says there’ll be new jobs related to information technology, bio-technology and green technology. So he advises Kristy to learn different kinds skills. First, he thinks the ability to learn new skills is important because in the future people may have four or five different jobs over many years. Second, using the Internet, learning new IT skills and keeping up with technology developments will be important because these will give people the tools they need in the future. He also mentions languages. More people may speak a second language. Lastly, he says critical thinking and creativity will be crucial in the future.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修第三册/ Module 3模块3
Unit 8 Literature 第八单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 The Last Leaf of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、State Verbs and Activity/Action Verbs: （静态动词和动态动词）
Activity/Action Verbs: go、kick、watch、rain，可以用于任何时态和语态。
State Verbs：不能用于进行时态,通常用于一般现在时。三种主要类型：
1描述感情和态度的动词：love、hate、like、prefer
2表示“思维” 的动词：think、know、believe、understand、remember
3描述感觉感官的动词：see、smell、taste、hear、sound、
4常见的表示“所属拥有”等的动词：have、own、belong 、want、need、mean、cost、seem、appear、wish
5既可以用作静态动词又可以用作动态动词：
(1)Mick looks like his sister. Mick’s looking at his sister.
(2)I have a cat. I’m having a bath.
(3)I think you’re right I’m thinking of going to Spain.
(4)Can you see that man? I’m seeing the doctor.
(5)但是在非常非正式的口语英语会话中：
I’m hating this movie. I’m loving you work. I’m loving your explanations.
(6)A Quiz------Are these sentences correct or wrong?
Number One: Do you prefer jazz or rock music? correct
Number Two: Are you belonging to the football club? wrong
Number Three: I’m having lunch with Kate today. correct
2、现在分词短语的基本用法：
1Greenwich Village is a place where the art people came together, hunting for apartments with north-facing windows and low rents. 伴随状语
2Mr. Pneumonia placed his icy finger on Johnsy; and she lay, barely moving, in her bed staring at a blank wall under her blanket. 伴随状语
3One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain. 伴随状语
4Johnsy lay for a long time looking at it. 伴随状语
5The janitor found him lying in bed helplessly with pain yesterday morning.宾语补足语
6His mother found him watching TV when she came home. 宾语补足语
find sb. doing sth. 发现某人正在做某事
3、see sb. do sth.; see sb. doing sth. 试比较：
1I want to see the last one fall.
2I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. （课本P36 Lesson 3）
4、动名词的复合结构和被动式：
1Sue told him about Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves.
2I struggled against being drawn deeper, deeper down.
5、长句难句复杂句式：
1In November, a cold unseen stranger, whom the doctors called Pneumonia, arrived in Greenwich Village.
2Are there people in the world that foolish to think they’ll die because leaves drop off from a vine?
3 This is not a place in which Miss Johnsy shall lie sick.
4They couldn’t imagine where he had been on such a terrible night.
5Didn’t you wonder why it never moved an inch when the wind blew?
6、不定式的不定式：
1The next morning, Johnsy woke and asked for the curtains to be opened.
2The following day, Johnsy asked again for the curtains to be opened.
7、过去分词的基本用法：
1What’s more, a cold rain was falling, mixed with snow. 伴随状语或后置定语
2And then they found a lantern, still lit, and some brushes. 伴随状语或后置定语
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Poetry and Lesson 3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea of Unit 8, Literature 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在分词的基本用法：
1I saw a black mass disappearing in the east. 宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行。
2“Help, help!” I shouted, swimming towards the boat in desperation.
伴随状语，主动含义、正在同时进行。
3“No; but, being in my master’s service, I followed him.”
4My mouth, opening and closing, filled with salt water. 伴随状语，主动、同时进行
5The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
伴随状语，主动、同时进行
6He was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside. 后置定语，主动含义
2、过去分词的基本用法：
Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. 宾语补足语，被动含义
3、不定式短语充当结果状语的句型：（参见课本P103, so as to do 如此……以致）
If master would be so good as to hold onto my shoulder, master would swim with much greater ease.
4、as if从句：
1It seemed to me as if a cry answered him.
2The blow produced a sound of metal; and, incredible though it may be, it seemed as lf it was made of metal plates.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、I couldn’t say where I was, nor could I imagine.
2、hear sb. do sth.; hear sb. doing sth.
I could hear Ned and Conseil breathing quickly.
3、动名词的复合结构和完全倒装:
Then came the sound of a heavy door opening
4、强调句型：
1It is my insanity that has made me act so badly.
2It was the King who poisoned the wine your mother drank.
5、让步状语从句和动名词的复合结构：
1I appreciate you saying that---even though I should want revenge for what you have done to my father and sister.
2Even though I forgive you personally, for the sake of the honor of my family I cannot accept your apology.
6、状语从句：
1Since Hamlet is the weaker fencer, Laertes will need three more hits than him to win.
2Now that the poison is in your blood, there is no cure.
7、定语从句：
1That was the poisoned wine but there is nothing(that) I can do about it now.
2Please forgive me for everything that has happened.
8、I would prefer to keep playing.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 8, 选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、动名词的复合结构和完成式：
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night.
2、现在分词短语充当原因状语：
Being more advanced than us, they do not want peace but rather to destroy us.
3、As一词用法小结：
1They call their group “Daybreak” as they believe they could start a new chapter in human history.
2The wind moaned through the trees as she wandered lost and lonely through the frost.
3It was as dark as a long winter night without moon or stars.
4As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
4、so……that……引导的结果状语从句：
1It was so dark that she could hardly see a thing.
2But it was so difficult and so painful that she only moved a metre or so before she gave up.
5、形式宾语、宾语补足语和真正的宾语：
She began to walk more quickly but found it difficult to see where she was going in the darkness.
6、find sb./oneself doing sth. 现在分词短语充当宾语补足语，主动、正在同时进行：
She took a step forward, and found herself falling down a hill, rolling over and over.
7、As一词用法小结：
As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke wit a shout.
8、look at sb./sth. doing sth.; feel sb./sth. doing sth.; see sb./sth. doing sth.:
1As he looked at the waves crashing, he felt himself falling backwards and awoke with a shout.
2He could sense some unseen person in the room and was certain that he saw a pair of dark eyes near the door staring at him.
9、动词的非谓语形式（非谓语动词）：
1My advice to anyone hoping to become a writer or a person who writes poetry, is to listen to your emotions and feelings as much as possible.
2Getting out and about in nature is also highly recommended.
3I recommend reading some groups of similar works of poetry from famous poets from different times in history. recommend doing sth.
10、目的状语从句：
On the other hand, some poems are structured so that there is particular attention on some words and not others.
11、结果状语从句：
The man had been at sea for so long that it was hard to remember what land loked like.
12、长句难句复杂句式：
1Excitement had been building among them as Captain McCormick had said that they were a little more than 30 leagues from the island of St. Martins where evidently sunshine, dry land and fresh food awaited them.
2At least that’s what Officer David said he had overheard when the Captain spoke to Commander Barnaby.
3The first light of the sun lit up the sky as daybreak was approaching.
4She loves that even though writers may have lived long ago, they share the same views as those of us who live now.
5McCarthy dedicated the award to his father as he was the one who always encouraged him to become a writer.
6Continuous as the stars that shine and twinkle on the milky way, they stretched in never-ending line along the margin of a bay.
13、介词with的复合结构：
A wonderful night was held for literature fans last night, ending with Mark McCarthy winning the top prize for his latest work Darkness Surrounds.
14、现在分词短语充当伴随状语：
One leaf remained on the vine, bravely holding on in the wind and rain.
15、长句难句复杂句式：
1The beauty of poetry is that the emotions (that/which)the poet is trying to convey are often disguised in images so that the poet can maintain a feeling of privacy.
2The poet describes the sail of his friend’s boat disappearing into the distance while he watches the river rolling by. Watch sb./sth. doing sth.
3The interesting thing about poetry is that anyone reading a poem can have their own views of feelings about it and heated discussions can often arise over what the poet was originally trying to say or express.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
Exercise 4---Read the extract again. Order the events (a-f) on page 37:
1、There was a crash and the professor, who was the narrator, fell from his boat.
2、The professor sank and swam towards the boat, crying for help.
3、Conseil supported the professor and stopped the professor from drowning.
4、A hard body struck the professor. He held onto it and felt that he was being drawn up.
5、The professor’s chest collapsed, but then he woke up and saw his friend Ned, the Canadian.
6、The professor learnt that he was above a metal “island” and then he was drawn into it by eight men coming from inside.
Exercise 5---Pair Work Read again and take notes. Then tell the story to your partner on page 38:
1、A violent crash happened. The professor fell from the boat,
2、Suddenly, he felt himself drawn up to the surface of the sea. He grabbed Conseil’s arm.
3、Around one o’clock in the morning, he felt terribly tired and he sank into the ocean.
4、At this moment, he hit a hard object in the water; The professor woke up and saw Ned.
5、The professor moved himself to the top of the object, It was a human construction.
6、At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly a noise came from inside the boat
7、One iron plate was moved, a man appeared, uttered an odd cry, and disappeared immediately.
8、Some moments later, eight men appeared and drew them into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---20,000 Leagues Under The Sea of Lesson3,Unit 8,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 38: (课本38页,L3,U8, Literature B3)
Exercise 7 Complete the summary with the words below.
The professor was thrown from the boat when it violently crashed. He had no recollection of falling in but, Conseil grabbed him and saved him from sinking. In desperation Conseil cried for help and a human voice responded a cry back, just as the professor became unconscious. He started to drown but was struck by a hard body which drew him up to the surface. He came across Ned, who had also been thrown into the sea. The professor could see the “whale” evidently was a hard iron body and was smooth and solid concluding it to be of human construction. At daybreak a man opened the door and they were drawn down into the machine.
The Summary of the Reading Text---The Last Leaf of Lesson1,Unit 8 Literature, XB Book 3选择性必修第三册in Check Your Progress on page 46: (课本46页,L1,U8, XB B3)
“The Last Leaf” is a beautiful short story written by O. Henry. In the story, the two main characters, Johnsy and Sue, lived in a studio apartment in a three-story building. The author describes the illness “pneumonia” as a person who placed an icy finger on Johnsy making her terribly ill. She lay in bed under a blanket, looking blankly at the wall. The doctor took Sue aside and told that Johnsy had only a small chance of surviving the illness. Sue noticed that Johnsy wasn’t staring at the wall but was actually looking out the window at leaves on an ivy vine and counting backwards. She said they had been falling for days and when the last one fell, she would die.
Sue went to fetch her neighbor Mr. Behrman and told him what Johnsy said about wanting to slip away like the leaves. Mr. Behrman said that was nonsense.
The next morning, Johnsy asked Sue to open the curtains and found that the last leaf remained on the vine, despite the rain and snow having fallen all night. Johnsy came to realize her foolish thought and started to become healthier.
However, Mr. Behrman died from pneumonia. In a snowing and raining night, he painted his masterpiece---a vine leaf on the wall outside of Johnsy’s window.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 3选择性必修 第三册/ Module 3 模块3
Unit 9 Human Biology 第九单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 To Clone or Not to Clone of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、现在完成进行时：
1Dr. Millhouse has been doing research into how the human body reacts in extreme conditions.
2Natural cloning has been going on for generations.
3For example, gardeners have been using a form of cloning when they take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium, such as soil.
2、have sb. do sth.; let sb. do sth.; make sb. do sth.; leave sb. do sth.; get sb. to do sth.
They trained the participants to do special breathing exercises and then had them practice the exercises in extremely low temperatures outside.
3、强调句型：
It is health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver.
4、过去完成时态：
1For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially.
2Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
3There had been a number of failures before they eventually found a way to successfully clone a monkey.
4In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned.
5、现在完成时态：
1After Dolly, scientists have cloned more than 20 mammal species, including camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice.
2However, they have found a similar pattern of health problems with these other species as well.
3This has led to questions such as, “Will this be a major issue for all cloned animals?” “Will it continue to happen forever?”
4In comparison with other species, cloning primates has proved to be “much harder”.
5This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
6Natural cloning has taken place for generations.
7How has the science of cloning developed since the first cloned mammal.
8Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats.
9In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes.
6、动词不定式的完成被动式：
They were the first-ever primates to have been cloned.
7、过去完成进行时：
Dr. Sun Qiang, director of the research team, said they had been wholly devoted to the research and had been taking care of more than1,000 monkeys 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for more than 5years.
8、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason they worked so hard to break this technical barrier was to get animals with edited genes and produce animal models that are helpful for medical research and human health.
2 This successful cloning of primates has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough that might lead to cures for various diseases and may also offer clues on how to prevent the aging process.
3While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns.
4So far, it is unknown what will happen to Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua as they grow up
5As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument.”
6Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
7 It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys.
9、a number of; a large number of; the number of
1With this technology, we have potential to raise a large number of monkeys with identical genes in a short amount of time.
2This could help save research time, reduce the number of animals required for testing.
3An epidemic can affect a large number of people in a given population.
4An epidemic is the name given to an infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of them---usually two weeks or less.
5Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
6The number of deaths is different for every disease.
7Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
8But the actual number of deaths is probably much higher.
9An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
10、Complete the passage with the proper form of the words in brackets.
On Thursday, the Institute of Neuroscience announced it had cloned two monkeys using non-reproductive cells. It is reported that researchers all around world have been conducting tests on animals, such as mice and dogs, for many years but couldn’t find a way to clone monkeys. The news of the successful cloning has attracted attention from around the world. However, cloning primates have also raised ethical concerns. For example, some people have been discussing issues concerning how clones will be treated in society.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in lesson 2 Brain Power and Lesson 3 Epidemics Explained of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、Lesson 2 Brain Power Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
2、完成体:
1Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth.
2Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease.
3Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, it has taken more than a hundred lives.
4 Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
5Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
6Having killed up to 50 million people in 18 months, the Spanish flu is believed to have been the most severe epidemic in history. 现在分词的完成式；动词不定式的完成式。
7Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreak.
8Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
9According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone. 10Has your headache got over yet?
11The price of this drug has gone up twenty cents since August.
12Jordan has come up with some creative ideas for helping the sick.
3、长句难句复杂句式：
1They can be caused by several different factors, such as a virus being carried into an area, or changes in the way (that) people live, like more people living in an area, which increases the chances of them coming into contact with a virus or bacteria.
2Many people fear(that) it could be the next global epidemic, especially as scientists who have gone into detail studying tissue samples from the bodies of people who died of the 1918 Spanish Flu have proved that bird flu is a modern adaptation of that virus.
3Scientists now estimate that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire.
4Families who had only just got through the war now had to bury their loved ones who had died of the disease.
5Then, from 2013 to 2016, there was the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in West Africa, which resulted in a major loss of life in a number of west African countries.
6Despite, or perhaps because of, the epidemics (that/which) the world has faced in recent years, governments worldwide have underlined the fact that they want thorough and systematic medical research on epidemics to get at the causes and come up with cures as soon as possible.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 9, Human Biology选必第三册B3
1、a number of; a large number of; the number of; the numbers of
1An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
2、完成体:
1 According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
2In the last few years, the numbers of larger animals, such as dogs, cats and monkeys have gone down.
3Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) is a system of medical care which originated in ancient China and has evoked over thousands of years.
4It has developed a unique combination of treatments related to helping well-being and the prevention and treatment of disease.
5But with the development of technology, the DNA detective has been used in other aspects.
6It has been one of the key weapons for unsolved cases.
7From Melanie’s body, the police have found a full DNA profile of the killer.
8After 30 years, the criminal had still not been found.
9Experts found that it had belonged to a 70-year old man with a broken nose and a cut above his left eye.
10But they were able to find a book he had owned for decades at Uppsala University.
11What have DNA detectives helped to find?
3、长句难句复杂句式：
Some scientists say the team should not have announced their findings so early---they should have looked more carefully for the DNA from Copernicus’ mother or her relatives to check the results, as it is the mother’s DNA that is passed on intact to her child.
should not have done sth.; should have done sth.; as一词的用法；
it is……that…… 强调句型，强调主语。
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 9, Human Biology选择性必修第三册Book 3
1、完成体;
1Since then, other animals such as goats and camels have been cloned but have also experienced similar health problems.
2In comparison with other species, attempts to clone monkeys have been far more complicated.
3Scientists have located different areas of the brain.
4Epidemics have been occurring as long as humans have been on Earth.
5In human history, there have been some deadly epidemics
6And since then, scientists have undertaken trials on treatments to prevent future deaths.
7Yes, but by November 2014 there had been almost 5,000 deaths.
8They have not developed a vaccine yet, but they have learnt to isolate patients when they have symptoms.
2、长句难句复杂句式：
1The reason why they wanted to break this technical barrier was that monkey cloning might offer clues as to how to cure illness and disease.
2As the technology improves and becomes more accurate there would be even greater benefits.
3While some people see cloning as crucial for medical and scientific development, others have ethical concerns about how it could be used.
4There is a risk that this could be abused by some companies or people.
5Whether it is a blessing or a curse for humanity remains to be seen and depends on how we choose to use it.
6Initially, it was believed that epidemics posed little threat to the modern world, until SARS outbreak in 2002.
3、a number of; the number of
1An epidemic is an infectious disease that spreads rapidly to a large number of people within a short period of time.
2A disease reaches epidemic levels when a certain number of deaths occur as a result of it and this number will be different for each disease.
3In the early 20th century, the Spanish Flu of 1918 was a massive epidemic that killed an estimate of 50 million people, more than the number of people who died in World War I.
4、The Summary of The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 71:
1The writer went outside with her cup of tea.
2The shepherd and his donkey came into view.
3The shepherd used his cane to dismount from his donkey.
4The shepherd tried to show that he wanted a cup of tea.
5The shepherd started to talk louder.
6The shepherd got a bit angry because the writer couldn’t understand.
7The writer gave the shepherd a cup of tea.
8The writer asked the shepherd questions.
9The shepherd started laughing a lot.
5、The Shepherd Andreas of Travel Literature on page 72---page 73::
1独立主格结构：
(1) They appear early one morning while I am sitting outside, my back against the wall of the spitaki, a cup of tea cradled in my hands.
(2) He has a big white moustache, blue eyes, a dandy’s flower stuck in the lapel of his green army jacket.
2长句难句复杂句式：
(1)Where does the path behind the house lead and who lived here and how do you make cheese and are the sheep in the neighboring field yours and what is this place, truly, and how do I go to the mountains behind the house? 连发6个问句。
(2)It is an international assumption that when people don’t hear and understand our language, we think they can’t hear at all.
3现在分词短语充当状语：
(1)Barba Andreas names the plants for me, pointing with his cane and leaning down to pluck off the chamomile blooms.
(2)Sitting on a milk crate, he lifts his bad leg up to rest on a stone.
(3)Finally, smiling but clearly frustrated, he grabs the tea-pot with one large hand.
(4)He slaps his knees, guffawing.
6、Workbook of Unit 9, XB Book 3 （选择性必修第3册）on pages 88---pages 92:
1动名词短语的基本用法：
(1)Finally, and probably the most difficult for me was joining some new clubs. 表语
(2)Making new friends and learning new skills keep the brain active. 主语
(3)Living in poor or unhealthy conditions or working in hospitals and other health facilities also pose a risk to people. 主语
(4)Increasing the speed of your runs quickly teaches your body to burn fat as fuel. 主语
(5)Participating in shorter races to build up to the marathon is a good idea. 主语,单三。
(6)So, living to 150 might be a realistic expectation for teenagers today thanks to future scientific advances. 主语
2Exercise 4---The Perfect Complete the sentences with the perfect form of the verbs in brackets on page 89
(1)The cyclist has been performing impossibly well for several competitions, raising the suspicions of the judges.
(2)He has been representing his country at international events for over a decade and continues to impress everyone.
(3)Scientists had discovered even more ways to improve physical performance over the past ten years.
(4)I have been trying to qualify for the swimming team for three years, but I still can’t quite make the cut.
(5)She had finished five seconds earlier in the event, so she was chosen for the Olympic team.
7、Diseases come on horseback, but go away on foot. 病来如山倒，病去如抽丝。
8、部分否定： Not everyone can run a marathon.
9、the number of；a certain amount of
1Gradually build up the number of miles you run so you can improve endurance without injury.
2There is a certain amount of destiny with the genes you are born with but also you can help yourself by ensuring you stay fit and healthy for longer.
10、长句难句复杂句式以及省略句：
Painkillers such as ibuprofen are not recommended for runners as they can increase the risk of lung and heart problems if used too much.
11、Reading and writing---How to live to 150! on page 91-page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3:
1The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to scientists.
2Worldwide life expectancy has more than doubled in the last 200 years.
3Longevity is one of the modern world’s great success and science is beginning to find evidence that our genes have a lot to do with whether we will live a longer life.
同位语从句，宾语从句。
4Thirdly, where you live can influence your life. 主语从句
So try to live somewhere peaceful and quiet where you get on with your neighbors.
定语从句
5Scientists believe that having small amounts of things we would normally classify as harmful might be good for us, such as chocolate, coffee or sunbathing! 主语
12、Exercise 11 Complete the statement from a scientist based on the information in the text on page 92, Unit 9, XB Book 3选择性必修第3册：
“Improvements in health and lifestyle mean that life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years . We believe the first person to live to 150 may have been born.
We have identified a “longevity gene” that is common in people who live to an old age. We are now conducting experiments on mice by giving them the gene and observing their life span. If we can successfully do this, then we may be able to provide gene therapy to humans and ensure everyone can live a longer life than they currently do.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---To Clone or Not to Clone of Lesson1,Unit 9,XB Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page :54 (课本54---55页,L1,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Natural cloning has taken place for generations. An example of this is identical twins. A sheep called Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned artificially. Since Dolly, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned including camels and goats. In 2018, China announced that two monkeys had been cloned. In comparison with other species, scientists have had to work hard to break the technical barriers to get primates with edited genes. Scientists say that this major breakthrough offers the potential to create monkeys with identical genes to give more accurate research results and perhaps lead to cures for various diseases. Whilst scientists insist (that) it is crucial to continue research, others raise moral concerns and worry that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Brain Power of Lesson2,Unit 9,Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 57: (课本57页,L2,U9, Human Biology XB B3)
Exercise 5 Complete the summary with the words from the lecture:
The brain consists of grey and white matter. It weighs just over a kilo. It uses 20% of the body’s energy. It contains over one hundred billion cells which make up nerve cells. These nerve cells are connected by electrical impulses. There are more possible connections in one brain than there are atoms in the universe. Scientists have mapped different areas of the brain that are responsible for different functions. There are also different areas for different types of thinking, such as learning your own language and learning a foreign language.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Epidemics Explained of Lesson 3,Unit 9, Book 3选择性必修第三册 on page 62: (课本62页,L3,U9,Human Biology XB B3)
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease over a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which differs for different diseases.
Professor Jim Smith conducted a study to compare the bird flu epidemic which occurred in 1997 with other deadly epidemic in our history . He found that the earliest epidemics took place as early as 500 to550 CE, which killed half of the population in that particular area. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asia and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu epidemic broke out in 1918, also known as the Spanish Flu, killing 50 million people. This aws considered the most severe epidemic in human history. The 1997 bird flu which claimed over 100 lives was an adaptation of the Great Flu of 1918.
At the start of the 21st century, there were two major epidemics: SARS and EVD. The more recently discovered SARS disease infected about 8,000 people. According to official records EVD has killed more than 11,310 people in West Africa alone.
Globally, researchers are coming together to try to identify the causes for epidemics and help to find effective treatments.
2022年11月15日星期二下午3点40分许，平凉二中办公楼211室
2023年2月18日星期六下午3点45分许，甘肃信雅达公司1017室
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
XB Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 10 Connections 第十单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 How Closely Connected Are We? of Unit 10, Connections 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The most important thing is that we are always there for each other whenever one needs some help or just a bit of encouragement.
2“Six Degrees of Separation”refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people.
3强调句型：
It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”.
4Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
2、被动语态和被动式：
1The concept was first talked about as long ago as in the 1920s.（一般过去时态的被动语态）
2In the 1950s, an attempt was made by two scientists to prove the theory mathematically. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
3Once the parcel had been received by this person, he/she would send the parcel onto a contact of theirs until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person.
（过去完成时态的被动语态、情态动词的被动语态）
4Amazingly, it only took between five and seven people to get the parcels delivered, and once released, the results were published in the bimonthly magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
5Its name was used as the title of a play and then a film. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
6Then, more films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
7For example, the Oscar-winning film Babel is based on the concept of “Six Degrees of Separation”. （一般现在时态的被动语态）
8The lives of all the characters were closely connected, although they did not know each other and lived thousands of miles apart. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
9Soon the game was being played in university across the United States.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态）
10This became known as the “Columbia Small-world Project” （一般过去时态的被动语态）
1192 percent were connected by only for stages, or five degrees of separation.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
12How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels? （情态动词的被动语态）
13All of the packages in Milgram’s experiment were delivered to the right people after passing through the hands of between five and seven people. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
14The results of Milgram’s experiment were published in the magazine Psychology Today. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
15We were given the task finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. （一般过去时态的被动语态）
16We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. （一般过去时态的被动语态、过去完成时态的被动语态）
17While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar.
（过去正在进行时态的被动语态、一般过去时态的被动语态）
18Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to.
（一般过去时态的被动语态）
19After all the letters were exchanged several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letters with chains of five or six people in each case.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Community Spirit and Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables of U10, Connections选择性必修第四册B 4
1、情态动词+动词不定式的完成式：
1 “No boy! But there must have been a boy.” Insisted Marilla.
2I might have expected it.
3I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.
4 I might have known nobody really did want me.
2、被动语态：
1She couldn’t be left there alone.
2Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said.
3Marilla had been wondering where Anne should be put to bed.
4When Marilla came up for the light, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor.
3、现在分词短语的用法：
1Sitting down on a chair by the table, throwing her arms on it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily.
2“Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head, revealing a tear-stained face.
3“You’re not eating anything,” said Marilla sharply, eying her as if it were a serious problem.
4She lit a candle and told Anne to follow her, which Anne did, taking her hat and bag from the hall table as she passed.
5She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes, placed them neatly on a yellow chair, and then, taking up the candle, went over to the bed.
6And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
4、倒装句：
1Burst into tears she did.
2In one corner was the bed, a high , old-fashioned one of dark wood.
3Midway between table and bed was the window, with an icy white curtain over it.
4To bed went Matthew. And to bed, when she had put her dishes away, went Marilla, frowning most resolutely.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going
to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、被动语态：
1On 21 September, the first Community Street Festival in our city was held on Redwood Street.
2The performers were rather good and well received by the public.
3The festival was well organized
4The majority of Beijing’s Hutong were built between the 13th and 19th centuries during the Yuan, Ming and Qing Dynasties.
5Because the houses were built facing each other around courtyards, the families who lived there were an important part of each other’s life, no doubt sharing recipes, borrowing mops, and burning fragrant incense together.
6They supported each other when help was needed and shared the joy and sorrow of everyday life.
7Because of the hutongs, courtyards were joined together for miles around creating a network of people working, playing and living together---a real community.
8Many new hutongs were quickly built to house the increasing population but these were poorly made.
9The turning point came when the People’s Republic of China was set up.
10Conditions were improved a great deal.
11The agreement must be completely honored.
12Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
13A promise has already been made by me to heaven!
14It is true that the debt has not been paid.
15Justice must be done. The agreement must be honored.
16You will only have what is owed you according to the guarantee.
17The offender’s life can only be saved by the Duke.
18He will be punished with death.
2、现在分词短语的用法:
1The festival was highly successful, attracting over 10,000 people from over 20 communities.
2People attending the event were mainly families.
3The acts appealing to children were particularly popular.
4There were also many outlets serving food and drink.
5The man sitting next to you was loud, spilt his drink on you, and made fun of your team.
6When learning about another person’s abilities and competences, the positive information gets weighed more heavily.
7The hutongs not only link Beijing’s streets and communities but also its past and present, showing that Beijing is truly an ancient yet modern city.
3、强调句型：
But often it is the hutongs that have the strongest impressions, as they offer travelers a rare view into Beijing’s past.
4、动名词短语充当主语：
Caring more about the very negative, immoral things is a direct result of the comparative rarity of those bad behaviors.
5、形式宾语和真正的宾语：
They were then able to place guards at the entrances of hutongs, which made it easier to keep an eye on people’s movements.
6、从句长句难句复杂句式：
Bassanio is successful in wooing Portia and they agree to marry, but then Antonio receives news that his ships have been lost at sea and it will be impossible for him to give Shylock a pound of his flesh.
7、倍数的表达方式：
1Yes, I can offer the court twice the amount of Antonio’s debt.
2If that is not enough, I can pay ten times the amount.
3Shylock, you have been offered three times the amount of the loan.
4Accept three times your money.
5Pay me three times the amount of the debt.
8、have/get/find sth. done
Can I not even have the loan returned to me?
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 10, 选择性必修第四册Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Many of you may be familiar with the idea that all of us are connected to everyone else by an average of about six people.（同位语从句）
2It is the idea that we all know everyone else in the world through about six people. （同位语从句）
3Back then we knew all of our neighbors’ names and we relied on the fact that they would help us out when we needed some help. （同位语从句）
4Research highlights it is far more satisfying to physically laugh out loud in real life rather than to replace the act with a typed representation of laughter such as “haha” or “LOL”.
5I got so annoyed when people check their phones for social media updates while we are spending time together.
2、被动语态：
1It was first mentioned in the 1920s by an Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy who discovered social network.
2They were given a parcel as well as the name, job and location of a stranger somewhere else in the country.
3That person in turn did the same until the parcel reached the person it was supposed to.
4The results were released and published by a magazine called Psychology Today.
5She was sent to a house belonging to Marilla and Matthew.
6Marilla was frozen in amazement as she expected to be sent a boy.
7Marilla told Anne that she could stay with them until the matter was investigated.
8Anne was very emotional when she heard she might be sent back.
9I saw an email that was sent to me from a woman whose name was not known to me.
10I was emailed by lots of people I didn’t know last year.
11This email was intended to be read by someone else with the same name as me!
12Because in the email I was invited to go to a school reunion for people who had left school twenty years ago! Before I was born!
13Her email was read by a school girl!
14 Her email was received by the wrong person.
15The email would now be resent to the right person.
16I recently signed up to a bimonthly newsletter that is emailed on the first and last Friday of every month.
17This small sample of people were then sent a package to pass oh to a stranger by sending it to someone they know.
18Most of the households were made up of young families like ours.
19I was shocked to read this and as it had never been told to me that I had other family members.
20At first I was stuck in one place with shock.
21When the results of our research were analyzed, ……
22Because this experiment had been attempted before, ……
23We were shocked to see how many things in the flat had been broken or damaged by……
24The positive effects of this community on its people were confirmed by……
25My parents were being looked after in a care home in the community where they had always lived.
26But the next morning we were woken up at 5 am by trucks/lorries collecting garbage/rubbish outside.
27We were bound together by living near each other.
28Social media sites have been blamed for most of the world’s social problems from feeling disconnected and lonely to having difficulty forming meaningful relationships.
29Don’t become too focused in the online social life you’ve created for yourself.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---How Closely Connected Are We? of Lesson1, Unit 10, Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page11 : (课本11页, L1, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
The Description of a “Six Degrees of Separation” Experiment
We were given the task of finding out whether the “Six Degrees of Separation” theory worked at our school. We were told about the “Small-world” experiment in the United States, where packages had been sent from one person to another with the aim of getting it to a stranger in the end. While the idea behind this experiment was being discussed in our group, it was suggested to us by our teacher that we try something similar. So we did. We couldn’t send parcels, but we could letters. Ten volunteers were chosen to take part and they were asked to write a letter of introduction to another person in the school that they didn’t know and then to choose someone who they thought was connected to that person to give it to. After all the letters were exchanged several times, several times, seven out of the ten target people did receive their letter with chains of five or six people in each case! We think this means that our experiment was a success and it supports the theory.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Anne of Green Gables of Lesson3,Unit 10,Book 4选择性必修第四册 on page17 : (课本17页, L3, U10, 选择性必修XB B4)
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to send a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears and proceeded to cry loudly. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. When she tried, the girl revealed a tear-stained face and told her she was in the depths of despair. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne was still upset and crying.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 11 Conflict and Compromise 第十一单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Living in a Community of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、情态动词./Modal Verbs：
1Ma Ming, drummer for the rock band “Storm”, had to pack his bag.
2They couldn’t relax or read a book without plugging their cars.
<, DIV>3We told him that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property.
4We had to take action.
5I don’t have to do my own washing
6He could no longer tolerate it.
7We dared not go onto our balcony.
8We could hardly get rid of the smell of fish.
9I couldn’t stop him.
10During the day, she had to go to work.
11So she could only study in the evening.
12To help her get focused, I dared not turn on the TV loud as she always studied late.
13I think she ought to have enough sleep.
14I dare not sleep without the light on now.
15
2、现在分词短语的用法：
1Being single, Ma Ming often held parties at night.
2Ma Ming’s neighbors said they were being driven mad being exposed to such noise.
3、虚拟语气：
The flat-owner said if he had known that Ma Ming was a drummer, he wouldn’t have rented the flat to him.
4、动名词短语的用法：
1Why does Mr. Smith recommend staying in a library?
2Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health.
3Otherwise he didn’t really mind having to leave the flat.
4Living in a hotel means the hotel staff makes the bed every day.
5、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1He’s bitter over the fact that people thought of his music as “noise”. （同位语从句）
2Mckay’s wife, Laurence said that, while Mckay is usually a peaceful and pleasant person, he had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
3She added that it wasn’t only the water falling onto their balcony from Smith watering his plants that bothered them, but also the way (that) he cleaned his fish tanks.
4We’d be sitting there happily reading our newspaper, when suddenly so much water would come from above that we’d be as wet as if we had showered with our clothes on!
6、被动语态：
1 They were being driven mad
2 He had been driven to this act of violence by literally getting wet just once too often.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Dealing with Conflict and Lesson 3 War Memories of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册
XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Do Chuc is a 48-year-oldVietnamese farmer whose two daughters and aunt were killed by American soldiers in My Lai that day. （定语从句）
2He and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village and ordered all civilians out of their homes. （并列分句）
3Together with other villagers, they were marched a few hundred metres into the village square where they were told to sit. （定语从句）
4Then he watched in surprise as the soldiers set up a machine gun. （时间状语从句）
5One of their men, speaking in English, said that he had worked in England for dome years and that he was fed up to the neck with this war and would be glad when it was over. （宾语从句、时间状语从句）
6We told him he wasn’t the only one who was fed up with it （定语从句）
7The German officer asked Bill if we would like some beer and they brought them over to us. （宾语从句）
8The officers came to an understanding that we would celebrate Christmas in temporary peace until midnight.（同位语从句）
9Just before midnight, we all decided not to start firing before they did.
（时间状语从句）
10One of their men shouted across in English and asked how we had enjoyed the beer.
（宾语从句）
11We replied that we were very grateful and spent the whole day chatting with them.
（宾语从句）
12I got a phone call from the chief nurse, saying, “You’ve got a patient there who is going to get an award . Make sure that the ward looks good.” （定语从句、宾语从句）
13“Let’s clean up the ward because we’ve got VIPs coming in.” （原因状语从句）
14When he was waking up after the surgeon had finished, he whispered, “Don’t you remember me, ma’am?” （时间状语从句）
15But really I didn’t because there were so many of them. （原因状语从句）
16The general was coming to give him the award because he happened to be number 20,000 to come through this hospital. （原因状语从句）
17They had this little ceremony, where they presented him with a Purple Heart and a watch. （非限制性定语从句）
18As the general handed him the watch, “from the army, to show our appreciation, ” the kid more or less threw the watch back at him. （时间状语从句）
19If I remember correctly, I started sobbing and I think (that) he was crying , too.
（条件状语从句、宾语从句）
20That was the only time (that) I let somebody see what I felt. （定语从句、宾语从句）
21It took a lot for him to do that, and it sort of said what this war was all about to me.
（宾语从句）
22We were walking slowly back to the base at about midnight, talking about the evening, when someone mentioned South Africa’s famous wild animals. （并列分句）
23We were chatting about stories (that/which) we’d heard when suddenly my friend, Bob, begged us to be quiet. （定语从句）
24I stayed there till morning when I climbed out and walked back to the base.
（时间状语从句）
25They thought (that) I’d been eaten! （宾语从句）
26I swore that I’d never go thinking and then walking in the wild at night again.
（宾语从句）
27Discuss the ways in which war causes suffering. （定语从句）
2、介词with的复合结构：
Two of our men then threw their equipment off and climbed out of the trench with their hands above their heads as our representatives.
3、have/get/find sth. done
This time he’d had both his legs blown off---he was all-of-about 20years old.
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1In many countries, there are already laws which do not allow advertising for tobacco products like cigarettes. （定语从句）
2If children see fewer advertisements on TV of people doing these activities, they are much less likely to try to copy their behavior. （条件状语从句）
3A reason why people are against the idea is that making the products creates jobs and brings in large amounts of tax. （定语从句、表语从句）
4The money invested in making these unhealthy products could be used for more worthwhile business, such as those that improve our environment. （定语从句）
5Furthermore, it is not right to make money from activities which harm human health.
（定语从句）
6The case of an American woman, Terri Schiavo, whose husband won a legal battle to have her taken off life support machines after she spent 15 years in a coma-like state, has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue that surround the care of coma patients. （定语从句、时间状语从句、定语从句）
本长句可以缩略为：The case has exposed the many sensitive legal and medical issue。
7Even though 15 years had passed, Terri’s parents still believed that her coma was only temporary. （让步状语从句、宾语从句）
8Her husband disagreed and said that Terri would not have wanted to live on in this state. （宾语从句）
9Others claimed that life is sacred, which no one has the right to end , but many would say it (that) was the right thing to do for Terri.
（宾语从句、非限制性定语从句、宾语从句）
10Terri fell into a coma when a heart attack robbed her brain of oxygen, causing permanent harm. （时间状语从句）
11Even though the patient may seem to be “awake” at times, their brain remains unconscious and cannot be woken up. （让步状语从句）
12Although doctors don’t fully understand comas and the process of recovery, it is generally agreed that a patient’s chances of recovery decline the longer they stay in a coma. （让步状语从句、真正的主语从句）
13Therefore, after 15 years it was very unlikely that Terri would ever recover.
（真正的主语从句）
14Even in less severe cases, doctors admit that they don’t know if or how well patients will progress. （宾语从句、宾语从句）
15When there is a minimum of harm to the brain and the coma is brief, patients often return to normal but with some loss of memory or other brain functions.
（时间状语从句）
16When the harm to the brain is worse and the coma is longer , some patients recover slowly while others show little or no progress over a period of years.
（时间状语从句、并列分句）
17Perhaps it’s not surprising that Roslyn Darch of Houston felt annoyed when she tripped over a little kid running around a furniture store, and broke her ankle.
（真正的主语从句、时间状语从句）
18The owners were clearly surprised at the size of Roslyn’s payout, particularly since the child (whom) she tripped over was her own son. （原因状语从句、定语从句）
19Some argue that this is just greed---that the amount of money is far too much for the injury suffered---and besides, it’s not the shop’s fault that a mother can’t control her child anyway. （宾语从句、真正的主语从句）
20Others would say that it’s good to see the law taking the side of the individual against the big corporations, for a change. （宾语从句）
21Take the example of the hundreds of smokers who have received millions of dollars from the tobacco companies, after saying (that) they were responsible for the terminal illness (that/which) they had developed because of smoking.
（定语从句、宾语从句、定语从句）
22Whatever you think, the compensation culture which has emerged in recent years is spreading, and it will affect all of us. （让步状语从句、定语从句）
23A group of overweight New York teenagers sued a giant fast-food company, claiming that they had not had enough warning that a diet of burgers, fries and milkshakes would make them fat. （宾语从句、同位语从句）
24The parents of a 19-year-old English school girl successfully sued her school for ￡42,000 compensation when she failed to get a top grade in a university entrance exam.
（时间状语从句）
25However, the drink was on the floor because York had thrown it over her boyfriend 30 seconds earlier, during an argument. （原因状语从句）
26If you think that going on holiday is a good way to get away from all this trouble, think again---millions of people complain to the British Tourist Authority every year, and many receive some form of compensation. （条件状语从句、宾语从句）
27We recently had a claim from someone who said (that) their holiday was ruined because they didn’t get on with their travelling companion.
（定语从句、宾语从句、原因状语从句）
28And we regularly get complaints from holidaymakers travelling abroad who say (that) the locals don’t speak English. （定语从句、宾语从句）
29We knows where it will end? （宾语从句）
30Some say (that) there should be penalties for excessive claim, or that there should be a limit on payouts. （定语从句）
2、强调句型：
And it’s not only claims for physical injuries that are keeping the lawyers busy.
3、be/get/become used to sth./doing sth.
Staff at a famous company is used to dealing with requests for compensation following poor weather , cancelling flights and lost luggage.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Progress and Workbook of Unit 11, Conflict and Compromise 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1There have been so many conflicts in modern history that have led to loss of life.
2It was about World War I, where millions of young men spent years in mud trenches fighting each other.
3He was interviewed as an elderly man and was weeping as he spoke about it.
4Although it was a tough documentary to watch, I feel (that) it gave me an appreciation for the value of peace.
5The first we knew of it was when we heard bells ringing and people running into the streets.
6Others were telling each other that it was a day that would go down in history.
7I was so angry (that) I couldn’t believe (that) he would dare do something like that!
8He was surprised as he didn’t realize (that) he had hurt me so much.
9The first thing (that) you should remember is that people who bully have low self-esteem.
10One night, I heard some noise and when I looked out the window, I saw that it was a van.
11I work in the area of conflict resolution for business and individuals which means I help fix (resolve) disagreements that arise.
12When asked to help resolve a conflict, the first thing (that) I do is to ask (inquire) about what has led to the problem.
13Then I can see clearly where they disagree and identify (detect) who might be wrong.
14Usually I find that even things that seem complicated can be overcome.
15Although Zambia is a very peaceful country, I was aware that there are other countries in Africa, where there have been a lot of violence conflicts.
16Since it got independence from France in the 1950s, there have been many violent conflicts between the government and rebels who do not want the leaders in power.
17This is a good thing as it ensures that there are many different cultures and backgrounds all working towards the same goals.
18We monitor cities and villages to ensure that no conflict is occurring, help bring supplies of food and medicine to those who need them and write reports on everything (that) we do and see.
19When they see my role and how others respect me, I hope (that) they feel that they also deserve to be respected and treated equally to men.
2、情态动词：
1The woman has to/ought to lock her doors at night because there have been many break-ins in her neighborhood.
2The man couldn’t believe how often his neighbors played music loudly at night.
3You don’t have to agree with my point of view if you feel strongly against it.
4The government has to/ought to introduce a ban on smoking in all public places, including parks, to the public’s health.
5When I saw someone throwing an old TV away on the street, I dared not confront them about it, but I wished I had been braver.
6You should try to understand that your parents are worried about your safety.
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---War Memories of Lesson 3, Unit 11, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 39: (课本39页, L3, U11, XB B4)
Story A
Do Chuc’s family were marched into the village square, watched the soldiers set up a machine gun, and then the shooting started.
Story B
On Christmas Day, the soldiers on the frontier celebrated Christmas together. They greeted each other and shook hands. They were all fed up to the neck with the war.
Story C
The young soldier had both his legs blown off. He was given/was awarded a Purple Heart and a watch for being number 20,000 to come through the hospital.
王臣相北师大版王蔷主编普通高中《英语》教科书解读讲义
Book 4选择性必修第四册/ Module 4 模块4
Unit 12 Innovation 第十二单元
一、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in the Topic Talk and Lesson 1 Scientific Breakthroughs of Unit 12 Innovation 选择性必修第四册 XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1The Internet is an invention that I cannot live without as I use it every day for study, fun and communication.
2If you had to choose the single most important discovery of the 20th century, you would have a real problem on your hands.
3Communications changed with the introduction of mobile phones, and the way (that) we correspond went from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages.
4Einstein then showed in his “theory of reality” that not even time, mass of length are constant---they change according to our experience of them.
5He double-checked and saw a blue mould in the dish around which the bacteria had been destroyed.
6With 18,000 tubes, thousands of circuits and 6,000 switches, it used so much energy that when it was turned on, the lights in the local town went out!
7In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
8Without the breakthroughs of these pioneers in science and technology, whether lucky or planned, the world as we know it today would be a completely different place.
9I really don’t know what I want to do when I leave school.
10My mum is a biologist, but it seems to me that all (that) she does is looking at bacteria through a microscope.
2、have/get/find sth. done
With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently.
3、介词with 的复合结构：
1With computers talking to one another, it would enable government leaders to communicate with each other.
2Human life on this planet has been transformed into a “global village”, with all the different countries linked in the chain of common interests.
二、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Lesson 2 Aha and Lesson 3 Stephen Hawking of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Hawking was famous, not just for his brilliant work in theoretical physics and cosmology, but also for overcoming the challenges of ALS (a disease that affects muscle control).
2At the age of 21,when Hawking spent his first year at the University of Cambridge, physicians discovered (that) he had a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS.
3In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him.
4Soon his doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment that allowed him to speak.
5However, as his illness became worse, he lost the use of his hands.
6Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
7Hawking believed that the birth of the universe (the “Big Bang”) created many small black holes.
8His theory was that there was a sort of hole in the centre of a black hole.
9However, many people could not really understand what he had written.
10Hawking argued that we should look for a different way to discover the deepest secrets of the universe.
11Instead of trying to find one big new explanation, scientists should put together all the ideas that they already have.
12He said (that) it had not prevented him from having a family, and being successful in his work.
13My expectations were reducing to zero when I was 21.
14And he believed (that) this was because of the help (that/which) he received from his family and a large number of people and organizations.
15While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined.
16Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person.
17He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
18However, in spite of not being able to talk, he was still able to communicate by raising his eyebrows when someone pointed to the right letter on a spelling card.
19What’s the most serious problem that’s ever happened to you?
三、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Writing Workshop and Viewing Workshop and Reading Clubs 1 and 2 of Unit 12, Innovation选必第四册XB B4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1James Watt was an engineer, scientist and inventor, who was born in Scotland in 1736.
2One day when he was 12 years old, he was sitting in his family kitchen watching a kettle boiling water.
3As the water boiled, the steam made the top of the kettle bounce up and down.
4He thought deeply about what was happening, as steam was only water but seemed to be powerful enough to lift a kettle top.
5He reflected further on the process, estimating how much power could be created by a larger amount of water.
6This was a great improvement on the Newcomen steam engine, which was commonly used at the time.
7Steam engines helped to power factories that started the Industrial Revolution.
8In the area of transportation, steam engines were used to power trains and boats, helping people to travel greater distances in much shorter times.
9Because of the invention of paper, China was one of the first nations to start producing historical records, maps and literature.
10Early Chinese scientists discovered how they could make something explode.
11This invention made it much quicker and easier to reproduce written work and led to the first ever mass-production of books and literature.
（形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
12In the West, magnetism was not discovered until the 15th century.
（……not……until……句型）
13One regulates almost everything (that) we do, another affects the way (that) we eat, and the last has changed the very look of our cities.
14Refrigerators as we know them today work very differently.
15Compressed gases in a metal coil inside the refrigerator stuck the heat out of the surrounding air as the gases expanded.
16Now it is a common object in most homes and people would find it difficult to imagine living without it. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
17But it wasn’t until 1857 that a man called Elisha Otis designed and built a machine
that used hydraulics to carry people between the floors of a building.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型、定语从句）
18In 1880, a German inventor, Werner von Siemens, introduced the first electric powered elevator---and the lift, as we know it today, was born.
19Elevators have changed not only our lives by making it possible to live in bigger and taller buildings, but also the city skylines. （形式宾语、宾语补足语、真正的宾语）
20Modern Chinese cities like Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong would look very different indeed if the elevator hadn’t been invented.（虚拟语气）
21Next time you rely on any of these inventions, be grateful and think about the science and imagination that have gone into them and how much they have changed our everyday life.
四、Key Structures and Typical Sentence Patterns in Check Your Pro, gress and Workbook of Unit 12, Innovation选择性必修第四册XB Book 4
1、从句长句难句复杂句式：
1Every great idea needs someone who has an incredible vision and is willing tobe a pioneer.
2100 years ago, could people have imagined that there would be an International Space Station orbiting the Earth? （can/could have done sth.）
3There are so many amazing scientists and scientific discoveries that it is hard to choose the most important one.
4He showed us that mass, energy and time are not constant, which changed our entire understanding of the universe.
5Einstein changed our understanding of ourselves and the universe around us, but it was Alexander Fleming, who, I think, changed the quality of our lives.
6His discovery that blue mould, a form of penicillin, could kill bacteria, saved millions of people around the world. （同位语从句）
7It wasn’t until 1990 that Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
（……not……until……句型的强调句型）
8The doctors were not sure at first what was wrong as it was such a rare illness.
9 Although I am prevented from doing a lot of things (that) I would like to do, I discovered that I really enjoy maths, science and astronomy.
10What I mean is that it’s good to have time to do nothing, to just sit and feel bored.
2、Literature Spot--- The Martian Chronicles---the colonization of Mars by Earth people ---地球人殖民火星
1And every morning you could see Mr. K eating the golden fruits that grew from the crystal walls, or cleaning the house with handfuls of magnetic dust which , taking all dirt with it, blew away on the hot wind.
2Afternoons, when the fossil sea was warm and motionless, and the wine trees stood still in the yard, and the little Martian bone town was all enclosed, and no one drifted out their doors, you could see Mr. K himself in his room, reading from a metal book with raised hieroglyphs over which he brushed his hand, as one might play a harp.
（3个用and 连接的并列的时间状语从句、定语从句、时间状语从句）
3 And from the book, as his fingers stroked, a voice sang, a soft ancient voice, which told tales of when the sea was red steam on the shore and ancient men had carried clouds of metal insects and electric spiders into battle.
4Mr. and Mrs. K had lived by the dead sea for 20 years and their ancestors had lived in the same house, which turned and followed the sun, flower-like, for ten centuries
5In the distance she heard her husband playing his book steadily, his fingers never tired of the old songs.
6Quietly she wished (that) he might one day again spend as much time holding and touching her like a little harp as he did to his incredible books.
7She lay back in a chair that moved to take shape even as she moved.
3、动名词的复合结构：
The evidence gathered so far, has led to many experts suggesting(proposing) that a human mission to Mars should be attempted.
4、recommend +that宾语从句
1They have recommended that countries work together to provide investment and expertise.
2Physicists also recommended that alternative fuel and energy sources would need to be researched.
5、同位语从句：
If humans can reach Mars and the theory that water is hidden deep in the planet proves true, then it would be the greatest scientific achievement in history.
6、while
1While I was sitting on the beach, it just came to me.
2His new idea succeeded in adapting DNA and genes to “turn off” certain bad ones while keeping the healthy parts active.
7、As an additional benefit, we find that people who have diabetes, another chronic illness, could also benefit from the treatment.
8、Ever since my parents bought me a microscope for my birthday, I’ve just been hooked on science.
9、It’s amazing that many scientists seem to have had an incredible “ahs moment”.
10、He perceived the universe in a way that I think only Einstein had before.
11、She designed a mobile phone app that allows people with learning difficulties to improve their reading skills.
12、Many users of the app have said that they prefer using it instead of other more traditional methods.
13、Reading and Writing---A Profile of Elon Musk
Workbook, P91---P92, Unit 12, XB Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on P91---P92 (课本91---92页, Workbook, U12, B4)
1Using his own fortune, Musk founded his company that designs rockets and space vehicles.
2Musk also received contracts from NASA and the US space agency, thus making history by proving that the concept of commercial space exploration was both possible and affordable.
3The company is named after Nicolai Tesla, the Serbian American inventor and physicist, who is best known for designing the AC electrical system.
4By creating opportunities to explore new planets, Musk believes that in the event of a major catastrophe on Earth, there would be the potential for the human race to continue elsewhere.
5According to Musk, “I came to the conclusion that we should aspire to increase the scope and scale of human consciousness in order to better understand what questions to ask. Really, the only thing that makes sense is to strive for greater collective enlightenment.”
五、Summaries of the Reading Texts of this Unit
The Summary of the Reading Text---Stephen Hawking of Lesson 3, Unit 12, Book 4 选择性必修第四册 on page 60 (课本60页,L3, U12, B4)
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942. He studied at University of Oxford and Cambridge, but at the age of 21, he was diagnosed with a serious disease. However, he finished his studies and got a job at the University of Cambridge and continued his work in theoretical physics and cosmology . While his reputation for his work spread, his physical ability declined. In 1985, after an operation, he started to use speech-generating equipment to help him talk. However, Hawking never ceased his studies and he continued to develop his theories on black holes. Hawking believed that he was not an unlucky person. From his diagnosis at 21 he regarded everything since then as a bonus. He was proud of his family and his work, and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年3月6日星期一下午4点30分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室完成电脑录入
第五编 校本教材系列之四
《五三书北师大版王蔷主编普通高中教科书<英语>课文梗概/课文语法填空》
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》
北师大版《高中英语》必修 第一册
Unit 1 Life Choices Lesson 1 Lifestyles 必修 B1 P5 课文语法填空
It’s September. Joe and Li Ying have been invited to write about their daily life in senior secondary school.
Joe is a “digital native” and he does lots of things online, including doing all his schoolwork, chatting with his friends, watching films, reading news and shopping. He also plays computer games and tennis on the screen. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict” because they think he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with his online friends. They are worried that he can’t tell if/whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter” and she studies with a clear goal. Studying is definitely a big part of her life. She always pays attention to all classes and thinks actively, so that she can do other interesting things after school. She likes biology most among all the subjects and likes reading all kinds of books. Meanwhile, she is active in running and voluntary work. Every day she does her homework when she is free at school and tries to use any possible time to revise what she has learnt after school. She uses her time well to achieve all the goals she has set.
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It 必修 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Zhang Tian was inspired by wonderful teachers from small village and applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school after graduation. Before he went to the village, he imagined exciting things about living and teaching in a village. But when he arrived, he found the school was much smaller than he had expected and that the living conditions in the village were also more challenging than he thought . Every day, he worked hard and felt tired. Teaching in Guizhou Province has been quite an experience for him.
To make school life healthier and livelier, Zhang Tian introduced more subjects to the school. Now the students do well in English and their school lives are more attractive and interesting, which makes Zhang Tian feel satisfied. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also brought changes to the village. He made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the village.
Unit 2 Sports and Fitness Lesson 1 The Underdog
必修第一册 B1 P31 课文语法填空
Both Paul and I were huge fans of the NBA, and we used to play on the court which/that was next to our building. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was only 1.6 metres tall, which made him the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was only 1.6 metres tall too, and he used Bogues as his inspiration, practicing very hard. Although Paul tried out many times for making our school basketball team, our coach was not so sure, so Paul was still usually on the bench, which was really tough on him.
Our team was playing our main competitors this week. During the competition, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee hurt badly, which made me give up the game. The last quarter was about to begin, and my team was behind by 10 points. With our team’s suggestion, our coach permitted Paul to play the game. All the extra hours that Paul had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot. When the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. Because of his excellent performance, Paul was praised by his coach and earned his place on the team.
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness
必修第一册 B1 P39 课文语法填空
I do believe that long-distance running is of great benefit to you.
You do not need a gym membership or any special equipment . Keep it up, and you will know yourself, and see what you are capable of.
As is known to us all, running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. Running increases the flow of blood and oxygen to your brain. It not only makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body, but also strengthens your immune system and reduces the risk of serious health problem. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up.
You’d better warm up and cool down properly before and after running in order not to hurt yourself. A warm-up gets your blood flowing and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
I hope this will be helpful to you.
Unit 3 Celebrations Lesson 1 Spring Festival
必修第一册 B1 P56 课文语法填空
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival---the spirit of family---has largely been kept. Most of the important Spring Festival traditions are still being practiced by people across the country.
To Li Yan, a retired grandmother in Heilongjiang Province, Spring Festival is still about the joy of a family gathering. She loves to be surrounded by her entire family. Weeks before Spring Festival, she starts to make preparations for the young people’s homecoming.
For the younger generation, returning home to spend Spring Festival with parents is no easy task. Flights have to be booked as early as possible. Usually tickets are hard to get, and the journey would be tiring. But all the efforts pay off when the whole family sit together around a hotpot, filling each other in on what’s been happening.
The festival even attracts foreigners. Tom Jenkins, who is an exchange student in Nanjing, spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He joined them in sweeping away the dirt of their house and attaching the Chinese character Fu to their front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives. Everything is so interesting to him, but the best part is to let off fireworks, which is expected to scare away the monster Nian.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas
必修 B1 P64 课文语法填空
When I think about what makes Christmas so magical, it’s my memory of Granny as well as gifts and Father Christmas that comes to mind.
I can well remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On a cold, windy day, Granny moved in. She was sick, but I failed to notice it. Granny made an effort to help me with my letter to Father Christmas. With her hand shaking slightly , she wrote “Father Christmas, the North Pole ”on the envelope.
In December, we made sugar biscuits, stuffed the turkey and sang Christmas songs. Granny had the patience to sing my favorite part over and over again. On Christmas Eve, Granny watched as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung most of the decorations on the branches.
On Christmas morning, I was on my best behavior as we opened the presents. Later, Granny gave me a special gift---a music box with a ballet dancer inside. After breakfast, as I played, Granny stayed inside by the fire. I remember catching her eye through the window. I called and asked her to join us, but she just waved. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a lot of laughter
A few weeks after that Christmas, Granny passed away. I think of her often. Each Christmas, I make a G-shape sugar biscuit and take out the music box, in memory of Granny.
The Summary of the Reading Text---Spring Festival
of Lesson 1, Unit 3, Book 1 必修第一册 on page 54:
Tom Jenkins spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. A week before the festival, the host mother Mrs. Chen began preparations. She swept up the dirt of the house from top to bottom to make it ready for the new year. She also attached the Chinese character Fu upside down on the front door to welcome happiness. Tom also learnt that playing fireworks was to scare away the monster Nian.
Xu Gang usually books the ticket of trains or flights for his trip home weeks before Spring Festival. When he gets on the train, he is surrounded by Shanxi accents. When he gets home, his parents always fill him in on what happened to the people he knows Being with his entire family is the most important part of Spring Festival for him.
Li Yan and her husband are retired. They start preparing for their family’s return weeks before Spring Festival. When everyone gets home, their house buzzes with activities. One of their favourite family traditions is to make jiaozi.
Family being together is one of the spirit of Spring Festival throughout history.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第二册
Unit 4 Information Technology Lesson 1 Avatars 必修 B2 P4 课文语法填空
Avatars are digital images that you use to represent yourself online. The first simple avatars appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s and by the late 1990s they had been used in online chats. People started creating their own avatars that didn’t look or act like their real selves. Avatars let you express yourself and they give you lots of room for creativity. Most people create avatars that/which have similar features to their personalities and that look more or less like them and act like them. In most web chats, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images, or create freely their own images. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users are worried that they are spending so much time in virtual worlds that they are becoming afraid of meeting people in the real world. The use of several avatars can also be a risk, as people can use avatars to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships 必修 B2 P10 课文语法填空
People have different ideas about how the Internet affects friendships.
Some people think the Internet can harm friendships. Firstly, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face contact---images really cannot replace a real- life smile or hug. Secondly, lots of the content posted on social media is shallow or trivial. Thirdly, online relationships may not be what they appear to be. Going online can be particularly dangerous for people that/who are easily influenced or too trusting. In my opinion, face-to-face communication is the best way to maintain healthy relationships.
Others believe the Internet can help develop friendships in many ways. Firstly, the Internet makes communication much more convenient. Secondly, the Internet has also made communication more fun. You can share photos, videos , news stories, and websites with your friends online. Thirdly, online communication can actually bring people closer to each other. Whenever someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately provide useful suggestions or information. Finally, I believe the Internet brings people closer together and makes communication with friends more convenient and interesting.
Unit 5 Humans and Nature Lesson 1 A Sea Story 必修 B2 P27 课文语法填空
About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror broke my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm.
It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of the whirl pool , I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that smaller and tubular objects went down more slowly than other objects. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape.
As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognize me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole必修 B2 P33 课文语法填空
On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey to Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organized food bases in preparation for their journeys. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole. They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary: “Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing ---and goodbye to most of our dreams.”
The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realized their hopeless situation: “We are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess…” Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours writing. He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott’s death shocked the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage shown by Captain Scott and his men made them heroes.
Unit 6 The Admirable Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer 必修 B2 P54 课文语法填空
At the Nobel Prize Lecture on 7 December, 2015, an 84-year-old Chinese woman walked slowly on to the stage. She began to talk about the life-saving drug, artemisinin, which she had discovered with the help of her team in the 1970s. The woman was Tu Youyou, the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize for her work.
Tu Youyou was born in Zhejiang Province, China, on 30 December, 1930. She studied medicine in Peking University Health Science Centre. After graduation, she became a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Science. Later, she studied Chinese medicine for two and a half years with experts in the field from whom she gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices.
In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria which killed millions of people every year. Across the world, scientists had been trying to find a cure. They tested more than 240,000 chemicals with no success. However, Tu Youyou had an idea that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. She researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malarial cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herbs one by one. They overcame many difficulties and at last Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the test was a success. The medicine they discovered, artemisinin, has now become the most effective drug for fighting malaria in the world.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind the Superman 必修 B2 P60 课文语法填空
Christopher Reeve starred in four Superman films from 1978 to 1987. He spent his spare time visiting sick children in hospitals and doing many other good things, and soon gained a big reputation. However, while he was riding a horse, he fell off the horse and broke his neck. Due to the support of his wife, family and friends, he found the will to live again. In order to recover quickly, he engaged in a range of exercises designed to rebuild muscle. Shortly after, he managed to return to his film career. His positive attitude inspired many people who/that were stuck in illness. He will be remembered as a superhero forever.
Reading Club 2 Anne Frank and Her Diary 课本P66
必修 B2 P63 课文语法填空
During World War II, Anne Frank’s family had to hide in an annexe to escape the Nazi Holocaust. To keep busy, she wrote in her diary. Unfortunately, on 4 August, 1944 , the annexe was discovered and everyone hiding there was sent to labour camps. The diary was originally written in Dutch. Since then, it has been published in at least 67 languages. Today, the annexe building where Anne and her family hid is a museum. Although Anne’s life in hiding was extremely difficult, her diary reveals her positive attitude. She wrote in her diary “The good news is that you don’t know how great you can be …and what your potential is.”Bringing us so much, her diary will be left in our hearts forever.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》必修 第三册
Unit 7 Art Lesson 1 Masterpieces 必修 B3 P4 课文语法填空
In 1889 Van Gogh painted The Starry Night using his unusual way. At that time he stayed at home for his mental illness which some experts thought affected his sense of sight. The drug that he took made people see yellow spots. Unfortunately, Van Gogh only sold one painting in his lifetime. Though he thought The Starry Night was a failure. It is now one of the world’s best paintings.
In 1893, Edvard Munch was suffering a lot of pain because of his mental health problems. He painted The Scream, which shows a thin figure with an expression of fear---the figure’s mouth is wide open and letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about what inspired him to paint the picture.
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of Light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. What is strange is that above the house and the tree, we see a daytime sky full of brightness and soft white clouds. It seems like quite a mysterious scene. Magritte was inspired by his thoughts and ideas. The viewers have different reactions to The Empire of Light. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the paintings was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius 必修 B3 P10 课文语法填空
Ludwig van Beethoven was a German composer. He is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. One day in February 1824, at his little house in Vienna, Austria, Ludwig van Beethoven sat back in his chair and smiled. The famous German composer’s ninth symphony was finally completed. As he proudly signed his name at the bottom of the page, Beethoven tried to imagine how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
At a very famous theatre in Vienna, the audience didn’t hesitate to applaud loudly as the famous composer walked out onto the stage for the first time in 12 years. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about in front of the orchestra, waving his arms wildly in the air, and madly turning the pages of his score. Finally, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, and the audience jumped to their feet, clapping, cheering and waving their hats, but Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. It was not until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, took his arm and turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
However, most of them had no idea that he was deaf! The one person in the room who/that didn’t hear the symphony---and never would---was the very man who composed it.
Unit 8 Green Living Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots
必修 B3 P29 课文语法填空
If you leave the tap running while you brush your teeth, leave a light on when you go out or you drop a piece of litter and can’t be bothered to pick it up, you are probably suffering from what is known as “Just-me-ism”. You might think it is no big deal. “How can it matter if I leave a little piece of litter on the road?”But what if millions of people think the same? Then our world would be piled with litter and run short of natural resources at the same time. See? “Just-me-ism” is harmful!
To inspire young people to take action for the environment, animals and their community, Roots & Shoots was established in the early 1990s by Dr. Jane Goodall, a scientist who’s the world’s best-known expert on wild chimpanzees. In addition to her research, she has been whole-heartedly committed to environmental protection. The whole purpose of Roots & Shoots is to educate young people so they can help to build a future that/which is secure and live together in peace with nature.
Dr. Jane Goodall is convinced that: “Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. ”So her institute Roots & Shoots is all about educating people to play their part in making the world a better place. And you cannot be absent.
Lesson 3 “White Bikes”on the Road 必修 B3 P35 课文语法填空
Why is Amsterdam a good city foe cycling?
The idea of “white bikes” began about 50 years ago. And ever since then, people in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling. Flat and therefore convenient for bikes , Amsterdam is a good city for cycling. Because of its convenience for bicycles, Amsterdam has become very popular with cyclists---an amazing 38% of all trips are made by bike. That’s how it gets the nickname “the City of Bicycles”.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea that it would be better for both people and the environment if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in many areas around Amsterdam for people to use free of charge. Soon after, however, problem came up and the “white bikes” all disappeared---thieves stole them all in a matter of weeks! But in 1999 the “white bikes” returned with a computer tracking system to record their every move! Thanks to the ideas and efforts of many people, you can now enjoy clean air and easy transport in central Amsterdam.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bikes” programs. Both the locals and tourists like to use shared bikes because bike-sharing is a cheap and easy way to save energy, reduce air and noise pollution, and enjoy the benefits of exercise in cities.
Unit 9 Learning Lesson 1 Active Learning 必修 B3 P54 课文语法填空
While sometimes the human brain can learn by itself, we need to actively take part in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. We are supposed to take an active role in our learning.
Your inner voice expresses your personal opinions. If you pay too much attention to your inner voice, you will risk missing important information. Active learners are open-minded, and they are in a better position to make decisions. If you find your inner voice difficult to control, you can argue with it as most active learners do. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer after all. What’s more, asking questions is the easiest way to promote active learning. The answers will lead you to further learning, and the very act of working out questions will help you to achieve a higher level of understanding.
, ; Active learners attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea. Try to find out the source of an idea, and you will increase your chance of learning something. In addition, active learners do not judge people based on first impression or personal feelings. We needn’t assume that some people are always right because of who they are or just because they are your friends.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memory 必修 B3 P60 课文语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections. Childhood memories are often very emotional ; therefore, we remember them much better. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions.
A person with a photographic memory could remember every detail of something, but most of us do not have amazing memories. Asking questions also helps with memorization. Another effective technique to remember things is to group similar ideas or information together so that they can be easily connected to things that/which are already known.
Forgetting the new words is natural for many people. One of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically, especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, however, the brain starts to get smaller. By middle age, our memory is significantly worse than when we were young.
教育科学出版社 首都师范大学出版社
《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers 选必 B1 P5 课文语法填空
Before Graham went to Mr. Jenkins’ class, he was not very good at most school subjects. After Mr. Jenkins taught Graham, Mr. Jenkins explained difficult things with lots of practical examples and in simple language. Mr. Jenkins made Graham feel that he had his own strengths. Graham began to be interested in the study of the stars and planets. After that, Graham was asked to give a presentation to the class. That was really the first time he tried to explain science to an audience and later it became his job. He became a science writer.
Mr. Jenkins often saw Graham’s books and saw Graham on TV. He was very proud to have taught Graham. Before he taught Graham, he had heard stories about his bad behavior . In the first class when Mr. Jenkins set up an experiment to show how the human stomach worked using acid and an onion, Graham got interested and changed.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far 选必 B1 P13 课文语法填空
Although Mark never stops socializing with his friends online , he’s also never felt more alone. His phone and laptop are never out of touching distance so that he could constantly post update on social media. When he opens his eyes in the morning, he checks through all his social networking apps, reads his emails and answers text messages. He lives in a university dorm with a couple of roommates, but he still feels lonely.
According to research, many young people find it easier to make friends online than in real life. Obviously, they have an active social life, but they are always distracted. They feel phones bring people closer but in fact, their mind is always a million miles away.
Social networking dominates Mark’s life in so many ways. He sets a schedule for himself, but he still scrolls through what his friends post on social media and downloads many things online. He may stop for a while but when he is alone, he’s desperate to get back to the online world, chasing after the next song.
Friends seem to be near him but in fact, they are so far away from him.
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success 选必 B1 P26 课文语法填空
A lot of people have great determination to become a millionaire. They have in mind all the things they will do once they become rich. Actually, some millionaires continue to be worried about money, so they strive even harder. However, there are some people who don’t want to be a millionaire, of whom Jason Harley is an example. Jason Harley was a millionaire sixteen years ago, but he was tired of being a person who had everything in a world where many people had nothing. So he gave all his money away to charities. Jason now lives in a small dormitory room where there is only second-hand furniture. Though he has given away all his money, he lives a happier life than before. When asked whether there were any things he missed, he replied that success is not measured by how much wealth you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top 选必 B1 P34 课文语法填空
Ever since I was a girl, I have been pushing my limits, living my life to extremes and putting extra efforts to set myself apart from my competitors. Some of my friends and family members are concerned about me and my health, which makes me angry and defensive sometimes because they don’t know what it takes to be a champion.
To be honest, I have fears as a professional athlete on a daily basis, thinking about not being the top. I am always tired. I also know that I frequently ruin family occasions for my training.
However, it boils down to this: If my goal is to be the best, I had better be committed to my sport, even if it means getting injured. Doing what we do as athletes makes us outstanding. Call it imbalanced or abnormal if you want, but these are not the words for anyone striving for greatness.
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction 选必 B1 P52 课文语法填空
Extinctions, where entire species are wiped out, are not unusual in our Earth’s history. In fact, over 90 percent of all species that ever lived are now extinct. In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended, including the third mass extinction, known as the “Great Dying”, and the fifth event. The reasons for extinctions are varied. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
A 2015 study by scientists found that human activity is causing species to die out 1,000 times faster than normal. It is clear that human activity has negatively affected all other species on Earth, including animals and plants.
If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out and we would also be at risk of dying out. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and take action to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction 选必 B1 P60 课文语法填空
With so many roadworks on the road, quite often we are stuck in traffic jams. That’s why we often get to our office tired and annoyed. Over the last decades, the number of cars on the road has gone up by 25% in Britain, and vehicle accidents have also increased greatly, which result in lots of deaths. Besides, too much traffic means too much air pollution.
To keep such a bad tendency under control, we ought to take action immediately so as to make a difference. Instead of driving our cars, we can walk or take a bike for short journeys. In addition, we can use public transport or share our cars with others. Also, we are supposed to think before we set out. Is it necessary for us to go there? Can we buy things in the shop around the corner? In this way, we can contribute a lot to our Mother Earth. So, don’t just sit around and complain! Do whichever of these things that suit you.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far
选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
甘肃省基础教育课程教材中心 北京师范大学出版社
《京师好题天天练》 北师大版《高中英语》选择性必修 第一册
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction
选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第二册
选必 B2 P5 U4 L1 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
(A) An art collector noticed a cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store. He realized that it was an antique and very valuable. He decided to buy the cat and offered to pay 200 dollars in the end. Then he asked the store owner to throw in the saucer, but the owner refused to give it away for he had sold 68 cats because of this lucky saucer.
(B) Sherlock Homes asked his friend Dr. Watson what he saw from the sky. Based on his knowledge on astronomy, Watson believed there were millions of galaxies and billions of planets. From the current atmosphere, he predicted that it would be a beautiful day the next day. He didn’t realize that someone had stolen their tent.
(C) A middle-aged man who was depressed went to the doctor. The doctor examined him and found almost everything was OK. The doctor thought that what the man needed was a good laugh and suggested a circus performance which had an amazing clown. Actually he was the clown.
选必 B2 P13 U4 L3 课文语法填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Today we’ll introduce Rowan Atkinson, who is an English comedian.
He was born on 6 January,1955 and spent his early years on the family farm with his parents and three older brothers. At primary school, he had already shown admirable acting talent. When he was 13, he earned a scholarship to a boarding school. Then he went to Newcastle University and got the highest mark in his years at the university. Later, he studied in Oxford where he got his master’s degree in electrical engineering, which may explain why he is interested in fast cars.
One of the roles played by Atkinson in his comedy is Mr. Bean, who is very popular in Britain. Mr. Bean is liked internationally as the awkward, clumsy but always amusing figure. The popularity of Mr. Bean makes Atkinson famous all over the world.
选必 B2 P30 U5 L1 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
When Helen was in her childhood, she lost her sight and hearing. With these severe restrictions to her communication, Helen often behaved unbearably. She was sometimes troublesome, stubborn and angry, and had a tendency to break things when she was not understood. For Helen, Anne Sullivan was a superb teacher, whose technique was simple and straightforward. She put an object into Helen’s hand and spelt out the word on her other hand. With this method, from “doll” to “water”, Helen got the world of words opened up to her. With Helen’s knowledge and vocabulary expanding, her thinking process changed as well. As she grasped the key to language , she discovered more complex words. Although trying to learn words was a gradual and sometimes painful process, Helen was always enthusiastic about learning. Helen finally understood the beautiful truth of the word “love”.
选必 B2 P38 U5 L3 课文语法填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
Bacon ‘s true interest was not the inefficient working style of the government, but the worthy search for knowledge. Galileo Galilei proved the idea that “the Earth is not the centre of the universe”. The church and many people tended to ignore the facts and didn’t want to challenge what they had always comfortably believed.
It is not surprising that people wanted to believe these primitive ideas. At first, people approved of Galilei’s studies and urged him to continue, but later when he proved Aristotle wrong, they grew angry and put him in prison. People make the assumption that if someone important and respected says that something is right, then it must be so.
选必 B2 P55 U6 L1 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
The source material for a film may be taken from classic novels, short stories, comic books and stage plays, as well as non-fiction such as biographic and autobiographies, even those written by ghost writers. All can work well, but why do many adaptations and indeed remakes fail with both cinema audiences and critics?
Firstly, because of the time limit, the adapted film is always found not close to the original story. Besides, the selected cast may not satisfy readers as they have their own imaginations about the characters. What’s more, some books are really unfilmable for technical reasons. In spite of the challenges, there have been some highly successful films made from popular books, such as Jaws, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. Maybe the best proof of a successful adaptation is the James Bond series, the majority of which has been adapted from the 007 novels of Ian Fleming. Perhaps unusually, audiences seem to accept that the actors who have played James Bond have changed so often, although everyone has their favorite.
选必 B2 P63 U6 L3 课文语法填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
An advertisement uses words and pictures to persuade people to buy a product or service, or to believe in an idea. Generally speaking, there are two main types of ads, which are commercial ads and public service ads respectively. Commercial ads are paid for to advertise a product or service, and the features of the public service ads are as follows: Firstly, they often run free of charge; secondly, they are meant to educate people about health, safety, or any other problem that has an effect on public welfare; thirdly, don’t play tricks on people; lastly, they aim at teaching and benefiting people, helping us lead better lives. Of course, we also should pay attention when seeing ads. For one thing, be aware of the skilful methods which are used in ads to try and sell us things. For another, avoid falling for the tricks some advertisements play.
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第三册
选必 B3 U7 Careers L1 EQ: IQ 课文语法填空 P5
Most students think that their IQ is what determines how well they will do in life, but new research into EQ shows that success does not only come from a high IQ.
Professor Salovey, who invented the term EQ, states that the IQ gets one person employed while the EQ gets one promoted. Supported by his research, he thinks that someone’s character might really matter more than their IQ for their future success.
People with high EQs are open to new ideas and have a positive attitude to life. However, the people with low EQs often have problems getting on well with other people.
Most social scientists agree that the EQ is related to education. They found that when students were introduced to those disabled people, they had some changes. They were more willing to help people in trouble than before and they could understand others’ feelings easily.
To get ahead in the world and lead a happy successful life, a high EQ is necessary.
选必 B3 U7 Careers L3 Meet the new boss: You课文语法填空P13
With the time going, people have no intention of following in their parents’ footsteps or staying at one job for a lifetime. In fact, planning to work in the same field for the entire working life is not practical anymore. The skills are unlikely to be related and help you through your entire life. If you only finish what you are asked to do, this will not be the secret of great career success. You’ b better keep looking for smarter ways to do your work. You’re supposed to be a risk taker and an innovator. Keep doing this and you’ll become an expert in your field.
What if your job disappears after you have worked for a long time? You can go back to the classroom and learn again. You have to prepare for developments and changes before you are thrown out of a career. It is entirely your choice to learn, or to be forced to learn. In short, if you want to succeed in a 21st century career, you will have to learn new basic skills. The fact is that you are the boss of your career and you are the person who decides your future.
选必 B3 U8 Literature L1 The last leaf 课文语法填空 P26
A young girl named Johnsy fell ill and was dying of Pneumonia. She watched the leaves fall from a vine outside the window, insisting that when the last leaf dropped, she would die. Mr. Behrman was an artist, who had been claiming that he would paint a masterpiece, even though he had never even attempted to start . Sue told him that Johnsy claimed that when the last leaf dropped off from the vine, she would die. Mr. Behrman took this as foolishness, but decided to help. One day there was just one remaining leaf. The next morning, Johnsy wanted to see the vine, to be sure that all the leaves were gone, but to her surprise, there was still one leaf left. Johnsy believed that it was a crime to want to die. She regained her will to live, and had a chance of making a full recovery. Unfortunately, Mr. Behrman died of Pneumonia. Actually, the last ivy leaf was Behrman’s masterpiece.
L3 20,000 leagues under the sea 课文语法填空 P34
I fell from the boat because of a violent crash. I struggled against being pulled deeper, deeper down. Suddenly I felt myself quickly drawn up to the surface of the sea. It was Conseil! I grabbed my faithful Conseil’ s arm with one hand, swimming with much greater ease.
Nevertheless, our situation was no less terrible. I had almost run out of strength. I was getting colder and colder, then I sank.
At this moment, I was stuck by a hard body, and then I felt that I was being drawn up until I was brought to the surface of the water. I saw a face that/which I was familiar with. “Ned” I cried.
Ned was able to find safety almost immediately upon this island in the sea. Or, precisely speaking, on this large whale made of steel. That is to say, this monster was man-made. We searched all over the outside for an opening but in vain. At last this long night passed. Eventually, eight strong men with their faces covered appeared noiselessly, and drew us down into their machines.
选必 B3 U9 Human Biology
L1 To clone or not to clone? 课文语法填空 P52
Natural cloning has been going on for generations. An example of this is identical twins. There had been attempts to clone animals artificially before a sheep named Dolly was cloned successfully in 1996. After Dolly, scientists have cloned many other mammal species. Among the successful cases, the cloning of two long-tailed monkeys was an outstanding one. The huge breakthrough is crucial for scientific advancement, especially in medicine. For example, we can treat various diseases by using the technology. However, cloning causes a great deal of disagreement and strong emotions. Some people show their concern that the technology might be abused by some organizations.
Nowadays, we still don’t know what will happen to the cloned animals as they grow up. Researchers insist that the science of cloning should be further explored and advanced. Whether the cloning is a blessing to mankind depends on mankind. Science is often referred to as a double-edged sword, increasing our wealth and comfort while leaving people in fear of potential dangers like human cloning.
选必 B3 U9 Human Biology
L3 Epidemics Explained 课文语法填空 P60
An epidemic is the rapid spread of an infectious disease within a short period of time, causing a large number of deaths, the number of which is different for every disease.
Professor Jim Smith found that one of the earliest epidemics happened as early as 500 to 550 CE, which killed half of the population. The same epidemic, called “The Black Death” returned in the 1330s in Asian and spread quickly to Europe. Some hundred years later, the Great Flu broke out in 1918, killing 50 million people, which was the most severe epidemic in history. The 1997 bird flu, an adaptation of the Great Flu, claimed over 100 lives. The SARS epidemic began in 2002, and infected about 8,000 people over nine months. From 2013 to 2016, the most widespread outbreak of the Ebola Virus Disease resulted inn 11,310 deaths in West Africa alone.
Epidemics have been happening for as long as there have been people living on Earth. They are still the common issue the world has faced in recent years, so all the countries need to work together to get at the causes and come up with effective treatments for epidemics as soon as possible.
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第四册
选必 B4 U10 Connections
Unit 10 Lesson 1 How closely connected are we? 课文语法填空
“Six Degree of Separation” refers to the theory that any person on Earth can be connected to any other person through a chain of no more than five other people. Up to now, it has experienced some stages that are as follows:
In the 1950s, two scientists attempted to prove the theory mathematically, but failed. In 1967, Stanley Milgram tried using a new method to test the theory, calling it the “small-world problem”. In 2003, Columbia University tried to recreate Milgram’s experiment on the Internet known as the “Columbia Small-world Project”. In 2011, an experiment at the University of Milan analysed the relationship between 721 million social media users and found that 92 percent were connected by only four stages, or five degrees of separation.
Above all, think about it for a minute: How might you be connected to the driver of the bus you regularly take or the person who delivers your parcels?
Unit 10 Lesson 3 Anne of Green Gables课文语法填空
When Matthew arrived with the little girl, Marilla froze in amazement because Mrs. Spencer promised she was going to bring a boy. When Anne grasped the meaning of their conversation, she burst into tears. Marilla had no idea how to comfort her. Marilla asked Anne to stay for the night and she would investigate the affair. When they sat down for dinner, the girl told Marilla she was in the depths of despair. Later she brought Anne to a little bedroom. Anne undressed and dived down into the bedclothes. Marilla said she would return for the candle as she dared not leave it for the child to put out. When she returned, she said “Good night” a little awkwardly but not unkindly. Anne cried herself to sleep.
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第四册
选必 B4 U11 Conflict and Compromise
U11 L1 Living in a Community 课文语法填空
Ma Ming often held parties and played drums in the middle of the night, which seriously disturbed the peace in the neighborhood. Ma Ming’s neighbors quickly realized they were in trouble when Ma Ming moved in. Getting enough sleep is important for people’s health and, after such a chorus of complaint, the community council convened（召开） a meeting and gave Ma Ming a warning that he ought to cease drumming or leave the property. Ma Ming finally left for Shanghai. He was very sad because he felt that the residents were prejudiced against him and thought that his music was “noise”. But the residents were happy that they could return to normal life because of his departure.
U11 L3 War Memories 课文语法填空
A group of American soldiers ordered several hundred Vietnamese villagers of My Lai to march to the village square and then killed them. Do Chuc was a survivor because he was covered by a pile of dead bodies.
During Christmas Day on the frontier, British and German soldiers stopped firing and celebrated Christmas in peace. They spent the whole day chatting and were fed up with the war.
A young soldier, whose legs were blown off in a battle, was given an award because he happened to be the 20,000th to come through that hospital. At the ceremony, the young man refused to take the award given to him by the VIP---a general, saying it was not going to help him walk. Seeing the sight, the writer, a nurse, admired him for his bravery to tell the truth, because she the same way about the war.
教育科学出版社《5年高考 3年模拟》 北师大版《高中英语》 选择性必修 第四册
选必 B4 U12 Innovation
U12 L1 Scientific Breakthroughs <, /FONT>课文语法填空
The world changed completely with a number of amazing discoveries and breakthroughs in medicine, communications, transport and our knowledge of the world and space in the 20th century, so it is important to choose the most important discovery. However, it is possible to single out a few pioneers of the period.
There is no doubt that Albert Einstein was one of the 20th century’s premier’s scientists, whose discovery showed how a small piece of mass could produce an unbelievable amount of energy. In 1928, another important finding was made by biologist Alexander Fleming. He discovered penicillin, which Fleming perceived could be used to kill bacteria. During World War II, the US Navy was looking for ways of improving the accuracy of their missiles and with the joint effort of Eckert and Mauchly the world’s first computer was born. With the development of computers, people expected to get more things done efficiently. In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web which enabled computers all over the world to communicate with each other.
These pioneers of the 20th century were all dedicated to improving the quality of human life on Earth. Without their work, the world would be a completely different place.
U12 L3 Stephen Hawking 课文语法填空
On 14 March, 2018, one of the world’s most influential scientists, Stephen Hawking, died at his home in England, aged 76.
Stephen Hawking was born on 8 January, 1942, in Oxford. He was discovered to have a rare disease at the age of 21 when he was studying at the University of Cambridge and was expected to live for a few years. In the early stages of his career, his illness got worse, but he was allowed to do research only rather than teach, which was easier for him. He first lost his speech because of an operation and then the use of both hands.
Although Hawking’s physical abilities declined over decades, he never ceased his studies and he developed a number of new ideas about black holes.
In spite of his disease, Hawking was quite optimistic and didn’t consider himself an unlucky man.
2022年12月15日上午9点25分许 甘肃信雅达外语教育1017办公室
第六编 校本教材系列之五
《<京师好题天天练>配套练版北师大版王蔷主编普通高中教科书<英语>课文梗概/课文语法填空》
《京师好题天天练》配套练版课文故事梗概
2022/8/5星期五下午5点12分许GSXYD1017Room
必修第1册 第1单元 第1课 第12页 阅读课文填空
Joe is a “digital native”. He does lots of things online, for example, chatting with his friends. Joe’s parents are worried that he may become an “Internet addict”, because he plays computer games all the time and chats too much with online friends. They are also worried that he may not be able to tell whether these friends are real friends. In fact, Joe knows he should spend more time enjoying real life.
Li Ying is a “go-getter”. Studying is definitely a big part of his life and she aims to study well in every subject and her target is to prepare herself for her degree in biology at university. She loves reading various books. Meanwhile, she takes an active part in sports, which makes her excited. She uses her time very well, As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
必修第1册 第1单元 第3课 第27 页 阅读课文填空
After graduation, Zhang Tian applied for and became a volunteer teacher in a village school. He imagined all sorts of exciting things about living independently and teaching in a village. However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected. The playground got dusty on windy days and muddy on rainy days. Living in the village was also more challenging than he had thought. But he decided to stay and deal with the challenges. To make school life healthier and livelier for his students, he introduced more subjects to the school ---music, art and PE. It’s been a tough year, but he has enjoyed working with the children. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read, speak and write in English, and they become more confident in learning. Besides teaching, Zhang Tian also made a great contribution to the village, so he became very popular among the villagers.
必修第1册 第2单元 第1课 第51页 阅读课文填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both huge fans of the NBA. My favourite player was LeBron James while Paul’s favourite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul was also shorter than other players. Paul knew that he had to practice more than other players on the team. However, our coach had little confidence in him. So Paul was actually on the bench, being just a replacement . Everyone knew Paul had real skills and he desired to play for the team. Later, The Lions played The Bears, whose record had been perfect that season. During the game, a player and I crashed into each other and my knee was badly hurt. I had to give up the game. So Paul got the chance that he had been waiting for. Clearly, all the extra hours that he’d spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot and when the game ended, our team had won by 2 points. After the game, our coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said that Paul had earned his place on the team.
必修第1册 第2单元 第3课 第66页 阅读课文填空
Hi Jeremy,
Thanks for your question. I think long-distance running benefits you a lot. You just need a pair of good running shoes. It is the best way to know yourself and to see what you are able to do. Running makes your heart stronger and allows more blood to flow around your body. Running can also strengthen your immune system and reduce the risk of suffering from serious diseases as well as common illnesses like colds. In addition, anybody who is feeling down can run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run can provide relief from aches or tension because of stress. Before running, you can do a warm-up to get your body prepared. And you should jog slowly for ten minutes after a long run.
For more information, please click here.
Best regards.
必修第1册 第3单元 第1课 第91页 阅读课文填空
Tom Jenkins is an exchange student living in Nanjing. He spent his first Spring Festival with his host family. He helped the hostess prepare for it by doing various activities and learned a lot about its culture, such as cleaning the house, letting off fireworks and putting up the Chinese character Fu. Xu Gang bought gifts for his parents and chatted with them about what had happened. They usually have tasty hotpot. But he thinks what is important is who we eat with. For him, it is important to spend the festival together with his family. Li Yan is a retired grandma and she gets everything ready for her grandchildren and children. Making dumplings is great fun in their family. Although she thinks some original customs have changed, the spirit of the festival remains unchanged.
必修第1册 第3单元 第3课 第103页 阅读课文填空
I still remember the last Christmas Granny spent with us. On Christmas Eve, we hung most of the decorations on the Christmas tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I’ve ever seen.” Granny said and she sang a song to us. Before bed, she left a plate of biscuits out for Father Christmas. My stocking was filled with small toys and sweets on Christmas morning, and there were presents under the Christmas tree. Granny gave me a music box with a ballet dancer inside. We raced around the garden and rolled a big snowball to make a lovely snowman, which caught her eye through the window. Lunch was late, but it was a loud and exciting affair. We put on silly paper hats and had a big turkey with potatoes, followed by Christmas pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow. Granny died one week after that Christmas and I will remember her forever.
必修第2册 第4单元 第1课 第11页 阅读课文填空
Avatars are digital images that/which represent Internet users. Very few people knew avatars would have a wide variety of forms and uses in the future when the first simple 2D avatars appeared in the 1980s. By the late 1990s, people had used avatars in web chats. And nowadays, people can choose an avatar from a selection of ready-made images.
Avatars let you express yourself and give you lots of room for creativity. But the use of avatars has also caused a few concerns. Some users worry that if they spend too much time in virtual worlds, they will be afraid of meeting people in the real world. Avatars can also be used to cheat others online. However, many people see avatars in a more positive light. They hope that their avatar will act like a real person and travel around bigger, more exciting virtual worlds in the future.
必修第2册 第4单元 第3课 第24页 阅读课文填空
The Internet can help us develop friendships in many aspects. First, the Internet makes it much more convenient for us to communicate with each other. Using a smart phone, a tablet or a computer, you can connect anyone wherever you are. Second, the Internet had made communication more fun. There are many online tools you can use to make yourself a creative person. Third, online communication can actually make the world much smaller. As long as someone needs help, friends from all over the world can immediately offer help. As Eileen Kennedy-Moore, an expert on social communication, says, online friends “fill holes real-life friends can’t”. However, on the other hand, the Internet can also harm friendships. First, talking online cannot take the place of face-to-face contact. Important social skills are formed through direct contact with other people. Communicating through a screen makes it more difficult for children to concentrate or be kind to others. Second, the Internet can make people self-centered. Some people only care about their online popularity rather than having proper conversations with their friends. Third, online relationships may not be what they seem to be. You can never completely trust the people you are chatting to.
必修第2册 第5单元 第1课 第47页 阅读课文填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word ” Moskoe-strom ” , I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were/was falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool , I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until/before some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white!
必修第2册 第5单元 第3课 第64页 阅读课文填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott (British) and Amundsen (Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8 September, 1911. With dogs pulling the ledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14 December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s team met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17 January,1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulty. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第2册 第6单元 第1课 第88页 阅读课文填空
Tu Youyou is the first Chinese female scientist to be awarded a Nobel Prize. After her graduation from Peking University, she become a member of China Academy of Chinese Medical Sciences. Later, she spent two and a half years studying Chinese medicine with experts in the field. She gained a deep knowledge about traditional practices from them. In 1969, Tu Youyou was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. Scientists across the world had been trying to find a cure for the disease, which killed millions of people every year. Over 240,000 chemicals were tested without success. However, Tu Youyou believed that Chinese herds might hold the secret. And she even researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti-malaria cures. Then Tu Youyou and her team began using modern research methods to study these Chinese herds one by one. It was a hard task because the team had limited resources. After hundreds of failed experiments, they finally came across a promising chemical. To test it, Tu Youyou bravely volunteered to be the first human subject and the rest of her team followed her. The test was a success. They discovered artemisinin, the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria so far.
必修第2册 第6单元 第3课 第103页 阅读课文填空
Christopher Reeve was born in September, 1952. He starred in his first school play when he was eight. He made many successful films, but he is most famous for his Superman films.
Unfortunately, disaster came in 1995 when he fell from his horse and broke his back. The doctors did not expect him to live. However, he made amazing progress. At first, he couldn’t breathe without a machine, but he learned to breathe on his own. He would never walk again but he started a new life with great courage.
The second year after his accident, Christopher returned to his film career. He also raised a lot of money to promote medical research into back injuries. He also wrote a biography about his experiences. This not only drew public attention to research into back injuries but also encouraged a lot of people living with all kinds of problems.
Christopher Reeve died on 10 October,2004. But people all over the world will always remember him as a superhero.
必修第3册 第7单元 第1课 第11页 练语篇 篇章语法填空
Van Gogh painted what he saw from his window. But experts thought his mental illness may have affected his sense of his sight. He thought it was a failure. However, the fact remains that it was one of the world’s most famous paintings.
Edvard Munch painted a thin figure with an expression of fear, which is set on a bridge and against a burning orange-red sky, which makes it striking. Many experts say it is connected to his mental health problems.
Rene Magritte painted the same scene 27 times. His paintings were visual experiments as he tried to play with reality. It has produced different reactions in viewers.
必修第3册 第7单元 第3课 第28页 练语篇 篇章语法填空
Beethoven is regarded as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. In his twenties, he began to lose his hearing, but he continued to write music. Inspired by his struggles with deafness, he produced more than 130 amazing music works, including his Symphony No. 9 D minor.
In February 1824, he added the final notes to the score. The famous ninth symphony was completed. He signed his name proudly and imagined how people would respond when they heard it for the first time.
Before the performance, the backstage atmosphere at a very famous theatre in Vienne was tense. As he walked out onto the stage, the audience did not hesitate to applaud loudly. The theatre’s musical director joined him and together the two men took charge of the orchestra.
At last, the audience was shocked. It was not until one of the singers turned him to face the audience that the great man realized his symphony was a success.
必修第3册 第8单元 第1课 第54页 练语篇 篇章语法填空
It is common for most people to have “Just-me-ism”, which means these people only care about themselves and ignore the environment, animals and the community. So they take it for granted that they leave the tap running while brushing their teeth or leave litter on the road. They think what they do isn’t harmful to the environment.
In order to raise young people’s awareness of the environment Dr. Jane Goodall established an institute called Roots & Shoots in the early 1990s. It is called Roots & Shoots because roots move slowly under the ground making a firm foundation and although shoots seem small and weak, they can break open brick walls. As a scientist who devoted herself to environmental protection, she expected the organization to educate young people about the importance of living together in peace with nature.
Roots & Shoots attaches great importance to each individual. What Goodall considers important is that everyone can make a difference. So all of us can’t be absent in the activities of making the world a better place.
必修第3册 第8单元 第3课 第68页 练语篇 篇章语法填空
People in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling for years. They are particularly lucky because the city is very flat and therefore convenient for cycling. Amsterdam is even called “the City of Bicycles”. Back in the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea of using free shared bikes. They believed that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. However, shortly after setting up the new system, there was a serious problem as all the bikes disappeared. In 1999,the bike-sharing idea returned to Amsterdam. This time they were designed with a computer tracking system. Thanks to the efforts of many people, the idea of “shared bikes” has pedaled its way around the world so far. In China, more and more cities have their own “white bike” programs. Not only the locals but also tourists like to use shared bikes, because it is a cheap and easy way to protect the environment. Although it makes travelers convenient to go anywhere, there is no doubt that there are problems in China, like the theft of bikes and parking issue. Everyone of us will decide where bike-sharing will go in China.
必修第3册 第9单元 第1课 第98页 练语篇 篇章语法填空
We need to train ourselves to be better learners. We can do many things to take an active role in our learning. We all have two voices. If we keep paying too much attention to inner voice, we risk missing important information. If our inner voice is difficult to control, we can argue with it. The easiest way to promote active learning is asking questions, which will lead us to further learning and help us to achieve a higher level of understanding about the topic. Active learners attempt to question the world around them and find out the source of an idea, no matter how crazy it seems. Finally, as active learners, we don’t judge people based on first impressions or personal feelings. Although we cannot help disliking some people, do not forget we can still learn from them.
必修第3册 第9单元 第3课 第120页 练语篇 篇章语法填空
We remember things that have strong connections in our mind, especially emotional connections and things told again and again. So when remembering something new, try to connect it to our emotions and retell what we have learnt to others.
There are some people who do have amazing memories, but most of us do not like them. So we simply need to focus on the important ideas and be curious about what we learn.
It is natural for many people to forget the new words that they learned yesterday. Therefore, one of the golden rules to increase how much we remember is to review the material periodically , especially during the first day after learning.
Our memory reaches its full power at the age of 25. After this age, the brain starts to get smaller. In one way or another, make good use of it.
选择性必修第1册 第1单元 第1课 第15页 阅读课文填空
Unit 1 Relationships Lesson 1 Teachers
选必 B1 P15 能力素养进阶 短文填空
When I was at school, I was poor at most subjects, especially maths. At that time, I thought I had no gift for maths. What was worse, I showed no interest in science, which was completely strange to me. I felt bored when I learnt about maths and science. It was a real headache for me to understand what science was about. I had almost lost heart when Mr. Jenkins became our maths teacher.
Mr. Jenkins could make everything he taught interesting and lively. The way he used to explain difficult things was full of practical examples. Realizing that I was a little lazy and had little confidence in science, Mr. Jenkins encouraged me to find out my strengths by asking me to give a presentation to the class. It was the first time I explained science to an audience. But now it is my job. While working now, I often wish I could get advice from Mr. Jenkins again.
选择性必修第1册第1单元第3课第32 页 阅读课文填空
Lesson 3 So Close, Yet So Far 选必 B1 P32 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Socializing with my friends online is my life. The moment I wake up, I check through all my social networking apps, reading my emails and posting updates, etc. I have 500 friends online and I live with several roommates, but I feel lonely. It seems that I have an active social life, attending parties and playing sports, but I’m absent-minded, because I strongly obsess over my phone.
Social networking is the master of my life. Though sometimes I set deadlines to tear away myself from my phone, I fail again and again. Spending so much time socializing online, I always feel depressed and alone. As a result, I can’t finish what I should do in my real life.
It is common that at parties or at a family holiday, most members fix their eyes on their phones, which they think is normal rather than rude.
What is most worrying is that it is impossible to drop my phone, because I need it for my studies because my teachers and classmates need to contact me. It is a problem that we are so close but really so far.
选择性必修第1册第2单元第1课第58页 阅读课文填空
Unit 2 Success Lesson 1 Money vs Success
选必 B1 P58 能力素养进阶 短文填空
Sixteen years ago, Jason was a college professor with a huge six-bedroom house and a fortune of two million dollars. A few years ago, he knew millions of people died of hunger every year, and there were places with no schools and no teachers. And they didn’t have the chance to learn and get on in life. This worried him a lot and he felt guilty being a rich man without doing anything. Therefore, he gave away all his money to charities. Whenever he had more than two thousand dollars, he would give away small bank notes to homeless people in the streets of local areas.
Now, he lives in a small dormitory room with only second-hand furniture. He also grows some vegetables and a few flowers. He gets his clothes and a lot of other things from charity shops. “I’m much happier, because I am living according to my values. Success is not measured by how much money you have but by how you understand the true meaning of life, ”said Jason.
选择性必修第1册第2单元第3课第78页 阅读课文填空
Lesson 3 Getting to the Top
选必 B1 P78 能力素养进阶 短文填空
I was born with an enormous amount of drive and determination. From a small girl, I would stay in at lunch time just to get ahead on class work rather than go out and play. I would get the bus on my own at ten years old and go to swim 100 lengths of the pool while other kids played pool games; I was the only girl in a rugby club of 250 boys. I have always lived my life to extremes. I think of countless birthday parties and nights out I have missed, ruining a family holiday in France because of the endless search for a swimming pool to train in, almost missing my brother’s wedding because I was too busy hiring a car in downtown Johannesburg and driving through the “ no-go ”areas.
Being a professional athlete is no different. Doing what we do as athletes sets us apart because we are willing to do that extra little bit that might take us to the top.
选择性必修第1册第3单元第1课第109页 阅读课文填空
Unit 3 Conservation Lesson 1 The Sixth Extinction
选必 B1 P109 能力素养进阶 短文填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five times when life on Earth has almost ended. The reasons for extinctions are varied. According to scientists, they include volcanic eruptions, asteroids hitting the Earth from space, changes in sea levels, the decrease of the oxygen content of the sea and global warming. Many scientists say we are now entering the Earth’s sixth mass extinction. This time, human activity will be to blame.
They found that human activity is causing species to die out 1000 times faster than normal. If a sixth mass extinction occurs, scientists who/that have studied the issue believe that up to three quarters of all species on Earth could die out. We need to take steps to save endangered species, including setting up special areas where plants and animals can be protected. We need to change how we work and travel by using cleaner, more natural sources of energy, such as wind and solar energy. We also need to improve our farming methods to reduce water, air and land pollution. In short, if we want to survive, we need to stop destroying the planet that we live on and start to protect it.
选择性必修第1册第3单元第3课第126 页 阅读课文填空
Lesson 3 The Road to Destruction 选必 B1 P126 能力素养进阶 短文填空
We know that cars are bad for us. Here are five easy ways to improve our environment.
Use your legs. In 2014, over 55% of car journeys were under eight kilometers. Instead of taking short car journeys, we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save your money, keep you fit and help you live longer.
Use public transport. Up to 90 people can travel in one bus, while the same number will need at least 18 cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but you can relax, read a book, talk to someone---who knows?
Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner? Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make the journey.
Share cars. If you really have to use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.
Take actions! If your street is full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbors about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for speed limit. Do whichever of these things that suit you. Don’t just sit around and complain.
All quite simple, isn’t it?
选择性必修第2册第4单元第1课第13 页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U4 Humor L1 What’s so funny ?
The middle-aged man felt that he had been in bad luck. He had had difficulty working and his wife left him for another man. After having been feeling depressed for over a month, he went to see a doctor. While waiting in the doctor’s surgery, he noticed a bleeding was looking at his watch nervously, a woman was coughing and sneezing badly and a baby was screaming.
At last, after having been waiting for about half an hour, he was asked to come in and consulted the doctor who was writing a note at her desk. When she asked the man what was wrong with him, he said that he had been having a lot of problems and had been working busily.
Though the doctor noticed the man looking pale, she found that the man was actually very well, except the fact that he had slightly high blood pressure and he was breathing quite heavily.
Because the man was going to work in New York the next week for three months. he asked the doctor what he could do with his problem.
After thinking for a while, she advised the man to go to circus, because she heard that a famous clown named Grock was giving a performance then. But to her surprise, the man told her that he was Grock.
选择性必修第2册第4单元第3课第28页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U4 Humor L3 My Favorite Comedian
An internationally recognized comedy character in films and TV series, Mr. Bean, is famous for using series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on universal body language to survive awkward situations.
One of my favorite episodes describes Mr. Bean in a fancy restaurant where he pretended to be surprised at finding an envelope with a birthday card as if he didn’t know it was there but in fact he places there.
When ordering a meal, he looked astonished at the menu. After counting all his money, he looks from the menu to the money with concern until he orders a dish called “steak tartare”.
Shocked to discover that “steak tartare” is actually raw hamburger, he makes an attempt to eat it, but obviously it tastes truly awful. Which you can judge from the look on his face as he is chewing it. He has to pretend to smile and nod when the waiters ask if if everything is all right but when the waiters aren’t looking, he hides the raw meat anywhere he can reach. So desperate is he that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
选择性必修第2册第5单元第1课第70页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U5 Education L1 Enlightening a Mind
American schools are going high-tech. Many symbols we still associate with classrooms and learning, like chalkboards, pens, notebooks---even classrooms themselves---are quickly becoming outdated.
Let’s take a look at some products that have been introduced to classrooms in the past decade and have the potential to change the educational landscaping the years to come.
Remote Learning
Some schools are cutting down on snow days, thanks to technology. Rather than giving kids the day off when/if weather conditions are too dangerous for commuting, these schools are asking students to follow classroom, lessons online.
Although kids hoping for a snow day may not particularly appreciate these advancements in digital learning, online lessons allow these kids to complete their coursework and still interact with peers. Some students with medical conditions can “go” to school via video conferencing.
eBooks
These “tech books” can also be switched to Spanish or French, Kinney said, which allow some parents who don’t speak English to help their kids with their homework.
Educational Games
In-class gaming options have evolved to include more educational options. Teachers get real-time updates on students’ progress as well as suggestions on what subjects they need to spend more time perfecting themselves.
The Internet and other digital tools have some drawbacks. They’re often distracting, but most developments have exciting implications for the future. Over the last 10 years, technological innovations have made education more interactive, immediate and personalized, and have shown us the potential for more accessible and effective classrooms.
选择性必修第2册第5单元第3课第78页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U5 Education L2 The Objectives of Education
Let’s talk about the objectives of education. For me, education has three main objectives. Firstly, it is to gain knowledge. Obviously, certain kinds of knowledge are necessary not only to pursue certain careers but also to contribute to the world. Besides, education provides another deeper kind of knowledge, which lets us understand how the surrounding world works. It gives us insights into how people think and the attitude we need in order to understand people of different cultures. Secondly, education goes beyond knowledge. In other words, it provides learners with the tools to develop skills, to think for themselves and to continue learning throughout their lives. For example, education can help individuals develop critical thinking skills, which will prevent them from following uncritically traditional ways and will enable them to act based on judgment. Thirdly, education establishes core values and prepares you for social life. It helps you to understand what is wrong and what is right, regardless of whether it’s easy or what others’ opinions are; it also helps you learn how to interact with other people in a civil manner, regardless of nationality, race or class. It make people behave with integrity, regardless of background and circumstances. Eventually education also enables learners to establish the right values and attitudes, as well as form good habits so that they can become responsible citizens as well.
In conclusion, education is important not only because it facilitates individual development , but also promotes social and national development.
选择性必修第2册第5单元第3课第 89页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U5 Education L3 Understanding
China has named 24,126 primary and middle schools across the country special football schools to lead youth football development, according to the Ministry of Education (MOE). It’s required that at least one football class be offered each week in these schools so that they can encourage their students to actively participate in football training and matches.
China aims to have 50,000 schools specializing in youth football by the end of 2025, said Wang Dengfeng, an official 0f the MOE, adding that to realize this goal, the ministry will take various measures that include building school football fields, training football coaches and providing extra funding and policy support. Besides those measures in schools, 47 football training camps have also been built in an effort to promote the sport among young people. And outstanding or gifted players will also have the chance to join in the school teams for regional competitions and even national summer camps.
In the past four years, local education departments have trained about 40,000 football teachers, 8,000 of whom have obtained coaching certificates. Moreover, the country has stepped up its efforts in promoting football in schools it set up a seven-department joint task force, including the education, sport and finance authorities as well as the Chinese Football Association.
选择性必修第2册第6单元第1课第120页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U6 The Media L1 From Page to Screen
Though it is different for people to read a book and watch a film, they still expect a good film to be produced from a favorite book. Though highly regarded books don’t mean good films, great films may be adapted from not particularly good books.
There are various kinds source materials for a film, such as classic novels, short stories , biographies and autobiographies. Unfortunately, many adaptations still fail to get higher ratings.
How close to the original the film is a key question. Because of the short time of a film, screenwriters have to leave out what isn’t appropriate for the screen, and sometimes even change the plot and endings to please producers, directors and test audiences. Another problem is to choose suitable actors, who may greatly influence whether a film can succeed or not. Though technology sometimes fails to make from some books, CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology has improved it a lot. Besides, the book writer may be too close to the material and find it difficult to adapt to a new form.
However, in spite of the challenges, some films made from popular books have achieved great success.
选择性必修第2册第6单元第3课第134页 关键能力进阶 阅读课文填空
XB B2 U6 The Media L3 The Advertising Game
The advertising industry that started with the purpose of promoting and selling goods to people needing them has gone through changes because of the developments of society, economy and technology.
Classic ads used to give information about finding certain products, the location of the company and the name of the product. Though they are effective, they mightn’t be suitable for products and services that are in direct competition with each other. So modern ads consists of pictures or words from experts, which prove how good the product is in order to hold people’s attention. Moreover, some ads apply modern design techniques to make the ads visually attractive.
With the development of advertising, modern ads combine the highest standard of design with creative ways by using the concepts such as freedom, happiness, wealth and success with the purpose of making them stand out in a world of competition. As for today’s advertisers, repeating old ideas isn’t as effective as they used to be. The top advertisers make people notice their products by using humor as well as new and unusual ideas, aiming to create something that has never been seen before.
However, not all advertising is about selling products and services for a profit. Actually some ads contribute to society and welfare. Public ads encourage citizens to participate in improving their neighborhood, protecting the environment, and helping other people. Having sponsored ads to educate the public on fighting AIDS, saving water, helping the poor, giving up smoking, etc., the government tries to increase public knowledge about topics that used to be ignored by most people.
选择性必修 第3册 第7单元第1课第15页 阅读课文填空
XB B3 U7 Careers L1 EQ:IQ
Success Comes with a High EQ
Most students feel that their IQ is what determines how well they are going to do in life. When seeing other students doing better than them, they usually believe that those students have a higher IQ and that there is nothing they can do to change their situation. New research findings show that while your IQ tells you how intelligent you are, your EQ tells you how well you use your intelligence. In Professor Salovey’s opinion, at work, it is IQ that gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He suggests that when predicting someone’s future success, their character, as measured by EQ tests, might actually matter more than their IQ.
Some of the smartest students in your class, who you think deserve good grades, sometimes end up failing exams. Perhaps their failure is because of their lower EQ. People are often mistaken in thinking that those with high IQs always have high EQs as well. Someone with a low IQ is likely to have a high EQ or someone with a high IQ possibly have a low EQ. It is generally believed that people with high EQs are open to new ideas and have positive attitudes towards life. On the other hand, people with low EQs often have problems getting on with others and dealing with difficult situations.
People generally believe that a person’s IQ is determined by birth. Most social scientists agree that EQ has a lot to do with education. In Professor Mayer’s opinion, when students were introduced to those who had disabilities, the non-disabled students were more willing to help people with difficulties. In turn, the disabled students became more positive about life and more willing to try new things.
It is concluded that the results of studies suggest that EQ is as important, if not more important than IQ.
选择性必修第3册第7单元第3课第31页 阅读课文填空
XB B3 U7 Careers L3 Meet the New Boss: You
People in many countries used to follow in their parents’ footsteps in career. What’s more, many people chose to do the same job from graduation until retirement, which lasted until the 1980s. But now most people don’t intend to follow in their parents’ footsteps. Moreover, some of them have no intention of staying at one job for very long. Actually, it is not practical to work in the same field or industry for the entire working life. Above all, the skill you have now are not likely to remain relevant and be enough to help you through your entire career. Maybe working in the same field makes you comfortable and earns a decent salary. But today most of us have to look beyond the little box called “career”. You might keep your job if you finish what you are asked to do, but this is not successful enough. You’d better find smarter ways to do your work. By doing this, you can become an expert or a specialist in something some day. If your job is replaced by some robots, you may have to go back to the classroom and be restrained. In a word, if you want to succeed in career in the 21st century, you will have to develop new essential skills.
选择性必修 第3册 第8单元 第1课 第63页 阅读课文填空
XB B3 U8 Literature L1 The Last Leaf
The Last Leaf is about the story of two young painters in Greenwich Village, Sue and Johnsy, and their neighbor, Behrman. Johnsy suffered from severe pneumonia in the cold November, and her condition became more serious. And she put the hope of life on the last leaf outside the window, thinking that when the last leaf fell, it was the end of her life. As a result, she lost the courage and faith to live. Her friend Sue was very sad; she told the old painter Behrman about Johnsy’s idea. The old painter was hot-tempered, and after nearly 40 years of painting, nothing had been achieved.
But the amazing thing happened: even though the wind outside the house was strong, the last leaf was still there. Johnsy saw that the last leaf was still hanging on the vine firmly, and that the leaf could survive the cold wind. Why couldn’t she? So she regained her life belief and survived. But this is not the end of the story.
The truth has just been opened: it was Behrman who/that drew the picture. On a terrible night, in order to draw the last leaf, he caught pneumonia because of the cold. At the last moment of his life, he finally completed a shocking masterpiece.
选择性必修 第3册 第8单元 第3课 第78页 阅读课文填空
XB B3 U8 Literature L3 20,000 Leagues Under The Sea
The crash was so violent that I have no clear recollection of falling from the boat. I only saw our ship disappearing in the east. I tried my best to swim towards the boat in desperation. I struggled against being drawn deeper in the water. Suddenly I was conscious of being dragged up to the surface of the sea. I grabbed my faithful companion, Conseil. Soon I felt so tired that our presentation depended on Conseil alone. I asked Conseil to leave me and then I heard a human voice. But I was too exhausted to move any more. I was unconscious and woke up soon, and then I found our another fellow, Ned. It was on a large whale that he was saved. He recognized it and moved quickly to the top of the being and kicked it immediately. Incredible though/as it may be, it seemed as if it was made of metal plates. Finally we were lying on the back of a sort of underwater boat. I searched everywhere for an opening, but nothing was found. At last this long night passed. Daybreak appeared. Suddenly, a noise came from inside the boat. A man appeared, uttered an old cry and disappeared. Some moments later, eight strong men, their faces covered, appeared noiselessly, and drew us down into their incredible machine.
选择性必修 第3册 第9单元 第1课 第113页 阅读课文填空
XB B3 U9 Human Biology L1 To Clone Or Not To Clone ?
Cloning is the process of making an exact copy of a plant or animal and developing it either naturally or artificially. It has been going on for generations, For example, gardeners take a cutting from a plant and place it in a suitable medium. For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially. The first successfully cloned animal was a sheep named Dolly in 1996. Dolly grew normally at first, but later she developed an illness. She lived only half the life of the sheep from which she was cloned. Scientists have also found the similar health problem in other cloned animals. In January 2018, the two cloned long-tailed monkeys were announced by Chinese scientists. They were the first-ever primates, which proved to be much harder. The success has led to worldwide praise as a huge breakthrough. This might lead to cures for various diseases and offer clues on how to prevent the aging process. However, cloning continues to be an issue that causes a great deal of disagreement. While some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, others raise moral concerns. They believe it is bound to lead to cloning of other species, and they worry about the ethical questions this raises. Researchers insist that the science of cloning should be further explored and advanced.
选择性必修 第3册 第9单元 第3课 第132页 阅读课文填空
XB B3 U9 Human Biology L3 Epidemics Explained
An infectious disease that rapidly spreads to a large number of people within a short period of time is usually called an epidemic. The epidemic has a long history, which can be caused by several different factors. Each disease can only officially be classified as an epidemic once a certain number of deaths have occurred from the disease. As opposed to more common diseases, the epidemic has a low baseline. With recent press reports drawing parallels between bid flu and killer epidemic of the past , Jim Smith looks at the sometimes depressing history of epidemics for clues about how we can create a more positive future without epidemics.
One of the earliest epidemics on record took place between 500 and 550 CE. It is estimated that up to 50% of the area’s population died from the epidemic, making it one of the main causes of the fall of the Roman Empire. Then it returned to Asia and spread rapidly to Europe, which became known as “The Black Death”. Centuries later, the Great Flu Epidemic of 1918 struck near the end of World War I. Because of the war, more people moved, making the epidemic spread more quickly. Since bird flu first appeared in 1997, more than a hundred lives have been taken. The SARS epidemic started in 2002 in Guangdong Province. The disease spread rapidly and infection rates went up steadily.
Countries will need to work together to do thorough research because teamwork among nations can save lives.
选择性必修第4册 第10单元 第1课 第12页 阅读课文填空
XB B4 U10 Connections
L1 How closely connected are we?
In 1929, the Hungarian author Frigyes Karinthy published a book called Everything Is Different, in which he introduced the idea of friendship networks. In 1967, an American sociologist named Stanley Milgram tried using a new method, which he called the “small-world problem” . He chose a sample of people randomly in the middle of America and asked them to send packages to a stranger. The sociologist told them to send the package to a person who might know the target stranger until the parcel could be personally delivered to the correct person. Amazingly, it only took five to seven people to finish the task. It was this research that inspired the phrase “Six Degrees of Separation”. In the last few decades, films and TV programmes based on the concept were made and broadcast. With the help of the Internet, Columbia University tried to recreate Milgram’s experiment. The experiment involved different target people in 13 different countries. The result confirmed Milgram’s theory further. Most recently, the University of Milan analyzed the relationship between 721 million social media users and found that 92 percent were connected by only four stages, or five degrees of separation.
选择性必修第4册 第10单元 第3课 第28页 阅读课文填空
XB B4 U10 Connections
L3 Anne of Green Gables
Matthew and Marilla applied to adopt a boy from an orphanage as they needed help on their farm. But Marilla found the odd little figure with ugly dress, she froze in amazement. Matthew explained there was no boy, and only her. Since the girl called Anne arrived at the train station, she couldn’t be left there alone. The child remained silent and suddenly she seemed to understand the full meaning. She cried, “You don’t want me because I’m not a boy! I might have known it was all too beautiful to last.” And then she burst into tears in despair. Marilla stepped in to try to comfort the child, promising to investigate the affair. Then came the dinner time, and they all sat down for dinner. But Anne had no appetite at all. Marilla decided to arrange Anne in the small bedroom on the first floor. She told Anne to follow her, and Anne did. Anne noticed the hall was perfectly clean and the little room seemed still cleaner. When Marilla had gone, Anne looked around her sadly. The walls and floor were bare and in one corner was the bed. The whole room felt cold and unwelcoming, which made Anne sad. When Marilla came back, she saw the untidy way the clothing had been thrown on the floor. She carefully picked up Anne’s clothes and placed them neatly.
选择性必修第4册 第11单元 第1课 第65页 阅读课文填空
XB B4 U11 Conflict and Compromise
L1 Living in a Community
Here are two newspaper reports on neighborhood conflicts. Ma Ming, a drummer for the rock band “Storm”, often held parties and played the drum at night. His neighbors were being driven mad for being exposed to such noise. The neighbors had to read with their headsets on and they couldn’t get a full might’s sleep. They were also worried that Ma Ming had a bad influence on the teenagers. In the end, the community council took a vote and asked Ma Ming to cease drumming or leave the property. Ma Ming had to move out of the rented flat after so many complaints. But Ma Ming felt that the neighbors were prejudiced against him and he panned to find a remote house on the edge of the city.
The other story was about James McKay, who was an eighty-year-old retired tailor. He and his wife Laurene lived a peaceful life. Two weeks ago, Smith, who is a keen gardener and also a fish collector, moved into the flat above the McKays. He often cleaned his fish tanks on the balcony, which caused the water to flow onto the McKay’s floor. Sometimes the McKays got as wet as if they had showered with their clothes on. What’s worse, they could hardly get rid of the smell of fish. On Saturday, it was James’ birthday and they were enjoying the starry night outside when Smith emptied one of his larger tanks over his balcony. Both the McKays and the cake were wet through. James was so angry that he wenr up in a flash and hit Smith over the head with his walking stick. Then James was sent to prison. Luckily, Smith has promised to change his way from now on.
选择性必修第4册 第11单元 第3课 第82页 阅读课文填空
XB B4 U11 Conflict and Compromise
L3 War Memories
Do Chuc and his family were eating breakfast when the American soldiers entered the village. They were ordered to leave for the village square with other villagers. When seeing the soldiers set up a machine gun, they became panicked. They begged but it didn’t work. They were shot without any mercy. Chuc was wounded and became unconscious. He was covered by a pile of dead bodies, which helped him survive. Unfortunately, his two daughters and an aunt lost their lives.
Another story happened on the frontier. We were at war with Germany but on Christmas morning we expressed our wishes of having a merry Christmas. We sent two representatives and Germans did the same. We spent all day together and we also talked about the war. Many of us complained we were fed up with the war. The German officers treated us to some beer and we consumed a lot. We were very grateful and enjoyed the whole day chatting with them.
The third took place in a hospital. A phone call from the chief nurse said that a patient, whose legs were blown off, would get an award. We hurried to clean up the ward to welcome the VIPs who happened to be a general and a group of about a dozen people. Then the patient was presented with a Purple Heart and a watch but he whispered that the watch couldn’t help him walk. I went over, took him in my arms, and started sobbing.
选择性必修第4册 第12单元 第1课 第120页 阅读课文填空
XB B4 U12 Innovation
L1 Scientific Breakthroughs
In the last 100 years, great changes have taken place in many fields, especially in medicine, communications and transport. With the introduction of mobile phones, the way we communicate ranged from writing letters to emailing and sending instant messages. We human beings have launched satellite into orbit, making our explorations into space to expand further. Meanwhile, scientists figured out how to split the atom, which was thought the smallest particle of matter in the universe.
Here are some great pioneers of the 20th century. Albert Einstein was one of premier scientists, who was rocking his baby in 1905 when he suddenly got inspiration. He found that a small piece of mass could produce an unbelievable amount of energy. Subsequently, he worked out his “theory of relativity”. In 1928, another important finding was made by biologist Alexander Fleming. When going on holiday, he left a dish of bacteria in his lab. When he returned, he found the bacteria had been destroyed by a blue mould. A few years later, penicillin was being mass-produced. The great discovery brought in the amazing outcome. During World War II, Eckert and Mauchly were dedicated to producing a machine to improve the accuracy of the missiles. In 1946, the huge machine was made.
During Cold War, a “huge network” of computers was invented to communicate. In 1990, Tim Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web, enabling computers to communicate with each other. There is no doubt that our world would be a completely different place without the great breakthroughs.
选择性必修第4册 第12单元 第3课 第134页 阅读课文填空
XB B4 U12 Innovation
L3 Stephen Hawking
Stephen Hawking was born in 1942 in Oxford. At the age of 17, he went to the University of Oxford to study physics. Unluckily, he was diagnosed with a rare, slow-progressing form of ALS at 21. However, he finished his academic lessons and subsequently found a job at the University of Cambridge, where he could do research rather than teach. In 1985, after an operation , he lost the ability of speaking. His doctors developed a piece of speech-generating equipment., helping him to speak. In spite of the declined physical abilities, he never ceased his studies, developing a number of new ideas about black holes. He believed that the birth of universe created many small black holes. In 1988, he wrote a book named A Brief History of Time: From the Big Bang to Black Holes. However, the book was so complicated that many people couldn’t understand it. So he wrote a simpler version in 2005. In his another book, Hawking insisted that we should look for a different way to discover more secrets. Although/Though he studied from the disease, he still considered himself a lucky man. He was proud of his family, his work and he appreciated the help that many people had given him.
2023年2月20日星期一下午4点15分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室。
第七编 校本教材系列之六
《<高中必刷题>教辅资料北师大版王蔷主编普通高中教科书<英语>课文梗概/课文语法填空》《高中必刷题》
总主编 杨文彬 学科主编 陈利民 李娜 周成霞 首都师范大学出版社
英语 高一 1 必修 BS 必修第一册、第二册合订
课文改编填空
必修第一册 Unit 1 Life Choice Lesson 1 Lifestyles P2 课文改编填空
Joe is a “digital native”---he has been using the computer since his childhood.
He does a wide range of things online such as doing homework, chatting with others and reading the daily news. He also shops fpr various necessities online because it is convenient to compare the qualities and prices from different online shops.
However, his parents are worried so his mum keeps telling him to go out with his school friends. According to them there is a danger that he may not be able to tell whether the friends online are real friends.
Li Ying is a go-getter. Secondary school is a new start for her and studying is definitely a big part of her life. She tends to set a goal for every subject at the beginning of every term and she listens attentively in all classes and thinks actively, so that she can have more space time to do other things that she is interested in after school.
Besides, she has a top 10 reading list and she tries to keep it updated. She is also active in sports clubs, which makes her excited to work hard and achieve a team goal together. To achieve all she wants, she must use her time wisely. As the popular saying goes, “Every minute counts!”
Lesson 3 Your Life Is What You Make It P9 课文改编填空
After a long day, Zhang Tian finally got back to his small room, feeling tired. It is typical of him to start working early in the morning and prepare lessons late at night. Coming to Guizhou Province to teach has been quite an experience for him.
He graduated from university and got a teacher’s certificate last year. He was inspired by the idea of living independently away from home. So he applied for and became a volunteer in a village school, imagining all sorts of exciting things.
However, not everything lived up to his hopes. The school was much smaller than he had expected and even the power and water supplies were unstable. The thought of leaving once flashed through his mind, but he quickly gave up on the idea.
In the school, he was the only English teacher while the other two were responsible for maths and Chinese. To make school life healthier and livelier, he introduced more subjects to the school, and the school is now full of laughter and music.
His first year has been tough but enjoyable. What made him feel satisfied was that his students were able to read , speak and write in English, and they became more confident. The contribution he made to the village was great and the villagers treated him as one of them. Although he had intended to stay for only one year, he now feels ready to stay for another year.
必修第一册 Unit 2 Sports and Fitness
Lesson 1 The Underdog P20 课文改编填空
Paul and I were on our school basketball team, The Lions. We were both big fans of the NBA. Paul’s favorite player was Tyrone Bogues, who was the shortest player ever in the NBA. Paul regarded him as his inspiration. Paul once said, ”If Bogues could make it, why not me? ”
However, our coach was not so sure. So Paul was still usually on the bench, being just a replacement, which was really tough on him.
This week, The Lions were playing against our main competitors, The Bears, a team whose record this season had been perfect. It would be a tough game and Paul didn’t know he would get the chance that he had been waiting for.
During the game, I crashed into another player and my knee hurt badly. We were about to lose so the coach agreed to give Paul a shot. Paul rushed onto the court and all the extra hours he had spent practicing alone paid off. He made shot after shot, and the crowd couldn’t stop clapping and cheering.
When the game ended, our team had won by two points. The coach hit Paul on the shoulder and said, “You’ve just earned your place on the team, big guy!”
Lesson 3 Running and Fitness P27 课文改编填空
As people often say, any exercise is better than none, but long-distance running in particular has a lot of benefits.
It is great for beginners---you don’t need a gym membership or any special equipment. There is no better way to know yourself and to see what you are capable of.
Running will help you get fit and prevent diseases. It can strengthen the immune system and reduce the risk of serious health problems. What’s more, anyone who is feeling down can go for a run to cheer themselves up. Even a thirty-minute run will provide relief from any aches or tension.
If you are new to running, here is some advice for you. A warm-up gets your blood running and prepares your body before you exercise. After a long run, you should jog slowly for ten minutes, then walk for five minutes.
Besides, remember the following principles. First, draw up a training plan and set achievable goals. Second, keep running. There will be times when you want to give up, but hang in there and tell yourself that it will get easier with time. All the sweat and hard work will be worth it in the end. Finally, make sure you do not overdo it.
必修第一册 Unit 3 Celebrations
Lesson 1 Spring Festival P38 课文改编填空
It was the first time for Tom Jenkins to spend Spring Festival in China with his host family. Spring Festival is highly valued by every Chinese family. Preparations began a week before the festival. First, the house cleaned from to bottom. Next, the Chinese character Fu was attached upside down to the front door. It is believed that when Fu is put upside down, happiness arrives.
Xu Gang usually starts planning his trip home weeks before Spring Festival , as train tickets or flight have to be booked as early as possible. The moment he gets on the train , he knows that he is heading home to his family. When he gets home, his parents will fill him in on what has been happening ---who has got married or had children or gone away to university. When he was a kid, Spring Festival was all about firecrackers, sweets and decorations. As he gets older, coming home is the most important part of it.
Li Yan and her husband are both retired. Weeks before Spring Festival, they think about what the children would like to eat, what they need to buy and what dishes need to be prepared. They always have jiaozi as they mean something special on this occasion---they are a sign of their wishes for health and happiness in the coming year.
Throughout history, some of the original customs have changed, but the spirit of the festival--- the spirit of family---has been kept.
Lesson 3 Memories of Christmas P45 课文改编填空
The last Christmas Granny spent with us was an unforgettable experience, which began in the middle of November on a cold, windy day.
Granny came to celebrate the Christmas with us. But at that time, I didn’t know she was ill. Most of the time she just sat on the sofa by the fire. When I wrote to Father Christmas telling him about the presents I wanted, Granny tried her best to help me.
On Christmas Eve, Granny sat by the fire as we put up the Christmas tree. I hung the decorations onto the tree. “That’s the most beautiful tree I have seen,” Granny remarked. On Christmas morning, to my surprise, my stocking at the end of my bed was full of presents and there were more under the tree.
After breakfast, David and I played outside while Granny remained inside by the fire., I remember catching her eye through the window.
Although lunch was late, it was a loud and exciting affair. There was a big turkey with potatoes, followed by yummy pudding. David put so much pudding in his mouth that he couldn’t swallow.
Several weeks later, Granny passed away. I miss her very much, especially at Christmas. When it comes to our magical and special Christmas, I think it is not just gifts and Father Christmas that come to mind, it is also my memory of Granny.
必修第二册 Unit 4 Information Technology
Lesson 1 Avatars P60 课文改编填空
Avatars, which people use when exploring the Internet, are the digital identities people created to communicate and express themselves. They first appeared in role-playing computer games in the 1980s. Nowadays, avatars have such a wide variety of forms and uses that they are everywhere.
The avatars people choose say a lot. People tend to create avatars with features similar to their personalities, which look like them to a certain extent. However, nearly all avatars are tall, young and good-looking, for people obviously make improvements and experiment with new things in a more desirable way.
Avatars give people a lot of room for creativity They are enabled to create new identities, from dressing the avatars in fancy clothes to trying being someone of the opposite sex. Many users even have several avatars , each one for a specific occasions ; for example, a sensible one for work and a silly one for fun.
So far, the use of avatars has concerned some people---there are people spending too much time in virtual worlds and cheating online. At the same time , others view it in a more positive light, looking forward to the brilliant future of avatars.
Lesson 3 Internet and Friendships P67 课文改编填空
Do you think the Internet helps or harms friendships? Opinions are varied?
Some hold the view that while/although/though the Internet brings people closer, it harms friendships indeed. First, talking online is no replacement for face-to-face communication. Instead, according to a parenting expert, the Internet makes it harder for children to concentrate or show kindness. Second, in makes people self-centred. Unlike the long-term and rewarding friendships in the real world, people only care about their online popularity. Third, true friendships are built on trust while online friendships may not be so. Sometimes, if you are too trusting, it can be particularly dangerous, because you can’t be very sure that the friends you are chatting with are honest.
However, others believe the Internet helps develop friendships. For one thing, people can stay in touch with friends conveniently ,whether they are at home or on the move. For another thing, chatting online adds more fun to communication and takes less time with videos, photos, and emojis all available. Useful suggestions or information is provided immediately by people , which makes people feel loved and cared for.
必修第二册 Unit 5 Human and Nature
Lesson 1 A Sea Story P78 课文改编填空
The story happened three years ago when we were on our way home from fishing. All at once, we were caught in a storm. With a huge wave covering the boat, my younger brother fell into the sea. The moment my elder brother cried out the most frightening word “Moskoe-strom”, I knew a disaster was falling on us.
Hopeless and terrified, we were going in the direction of the whirlpool. It felt as if I were falling from a mountain top. But when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt calmer than before. Out of curiosity, I observed it and drew three conclusions, which later proved to be life-saving. Having tied myself to a barrel, I jumped into the sea. Not long after that, the boat was pulled into the bottom of the whirlpool.
Shortly afterwards, the storm was over. I floated in the water for a couple of hours until some fishermen picked me up. They were unable to recognize me, for it took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white.
Lesson 3 Race to the Pole P85 课文改编填空
The race to the South Pole began in 1910 when two teams, led by Scott(British) and Amundsen(Norwegian), announced their plans to go south and prepared for it.
Amundsen was the first to leave on 8th September, 1911. With dogs pulling the sledges and all men on skis, they made rapid progress. On 14th December, they reached the Pole successfully. However, Scott’s men met a series of troubles after departure. First, two sledges broke down; then the horses couldn’t stand the cold. Therefore, they advanced slowly. When they finally made it to the Pole, it was already 17th January, 1912.
The return journey was even worse. Apart from tiredness and bad weather, the fact that they were running out of food added to their difficulties. Despite the hopelessness, they still made time to collect rocks, which later proved to be valuable. Then disaster fell on them---two members died first. Then the rest of the team continued their way until, unfortunately, they were trapped in a terrible storm. Nobody survived. Although they didn’t win the race, they were remembered as heroes.
必修第二册 Unit 6 The Admirable
Lesson 1 A Medical Pioneer P96 课文改编填空
Tu Youyou, a Chinese female scientist, was awarded a Nobel Prize for her discovery of artemisinin on 7 December, 2015. When it comes to the honour, she remained modest, insisting that it was not only an honour for herself but also recognition and encouragement for all scientists in China.
Born in Zhejiang Province in 1930, she chose to study medicine. Years of studying traditional Chinese medicine and working with experts in the field enabled her to gain a deep knowledge about traditional practice. In 1969, she was chosen to establish a team to find a cure for malaria. It hit her that Chinese herbs might hold the secret. So she researched hundreds of traditional recipes connected to anti- malarial cures, which was not an easy task. Despite a lack of staff and poor laboratory conditions, they eventually came across a promising chemical after countless failed experiments. The medicine they discovered has now become the world’s most effective drug for fighting malaria.
Although she is internationally renowned for her work, Tu Youyou is not interested in fame. She conducts research as usual and believes that there is a great potential for future advances if the wisdom of both Chinese and Western medicine can be fully integrated.
Lesson 3 The Superhero Behind Superman P103 课文改编填空
Christopher Reeve is indeed a superhero both in the Superman films and in reality, whose life story is beyond our imagination with ups and downs.
He had a passion in/for acting at an early age and finally won the opportunity to star in four Superman films. He had been devoting himself to helping people in need when disaster struck him. A fall from his horse caused severe injuries to his neck. Even breath was impossible without a machine. With the support of his wife, parents and friends, he eventually got rid of despair and found his goal of life again.
After engaging in intense recovery training, Reeve succeeded in returning to his film career. In addition, being energetic and passionate, he never quit his charity cause, from writing positively to encourage people to raising money to promote research into back injuries and disabilities. His confidence and optimism inspired people greatly.
To our sadness, on 10 October, 2004, Christopher Reeve passed away. People will memorialize him as a superhero forever.
BX B3 必修第三册 Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces P2 刷课文改编填空
In 1889 Van Gogh was staying at a home for his mental illness. During this period, he painted The Starry Night using an unusual coloring way, In the painting, the stars and the moon hang bright in the night sky, with a sleeping village and the moon lying below. Some experts inferred that his sense of sight had been affected by his illness. Unfortunately, his unique paintings didn’t gain in much popularity in his lifetime.
The Scream was painted by Edvard Munch in 1893, which shows a striking scene: a thin figure with an expression of fear seems to be letting out a powerful scream. In his diary, Munch talked about his source of his inspiration. “I was walking down the road with two friends when the sun set; suddenly the sky turned as red as blood… Then I heard the scream of nature. ”
Rene Magritte painted a series of paintings, including The Empire of light. It shows a beautiful house lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. The painting meets with different reactions from viewers. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night in the painting was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius P11 刷课文改编填空
Ludwig van Beethoven is recognized as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. In his twenties, he had been very famous for his piano skills, but then he began to lose his hearing. Despite his deafness, he continued his composition until his death in 1827, finishing more than 130 musical works.
One day in February 1824, he sat back in his chair, with his ninth symphony finally completed. But before the premiere of the symphony, he was afraid that it would be a disaster because of his hearing loss.
To his surprise, the audience applauded loudly as he walked out onto the stage. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about, waving his arms wildly in the air and madly turning the page of his score. The theatre’s musical director, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music.
As the final, joyous/joyful note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, cheering and clapping. But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. He didn’t realize his symphony was a success until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, turned him to face the audience.
Beethoven was not the only one who/that got a surprise. The audience was shocked too.
BX B3必修第三册 Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots P26 刷课文改编填空
The majority of people suffer from so-called “Just-me-ism”. That is, you leave the tap running while brushing your teeth, leave a light on when going out or drop a piece of waste and are unwilling to pick it up. It is absolutely wrong, but in your opinion, it doesn’t matter if only one person does it and no one will know it. But if there are millions of people doing like this, resources would be wasted and litter would dropped, which is quite harmful to our environment.
Therefore, to encourage people to take measures to protect the environment, Roots & Shoots was established by Jane Goodall. The organization is called Roots & Shoots because roots can form a firm foundation while seemingly weak shoots can break open brick walls to reach the light. The roots and shoots are you, your friends and young people all around the world, who can change the world into a better place.
Every individual is valuable and useful to the world. Every individual can play a role in our world. It is every individual that/who matters. Now you can make a choice to make a difference to our environment and make Roots & Shoots rooted in everyone’s heart!
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road P35 刷课文改编填空
People living in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling for many years. The idea known as “white bikes” dates back to about 50 years ago. Amsterdam is perfect for cycling because there are plenty of places for bicycle parking and most roads have a bicycle path.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea called “white bikes”. They believed if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre, it would be a/of help to save energy and reduce pollution. Anyone could use the white bikes for short journeys and leave the bikes in the place where they finished their journey. However, problems came up---the bikes were stolen in a few weeks.
In 1999, the “white bikes” came back---this time with a computer tracking system as a way to record their every move. Thanks to the efforts of many people, cycling has become popular and people call Amsterdam “the City of Bicycles”.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have similar programs and people like to use shared bikes which/that are cheap and environmentally friendly. Problems like the theft of bikes and parking problems can arise. Fortunately, people are trying various ways of solving problems.
BX B3必修第三册 Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active LearningAP50 刷课文改编填空
It is assumed that the human brain learns all by itself. But the truth is that we need to train ourselves to learn better---to actively participate in learning and reflect on what we have learnt. There are five things related to active learning.
Listen to the outer voice. Although your inner voice can be of great use, it can get in the way of learning. Therefore, active learners should be open-minded. In this way, they can make better decisions.
Argue with your inner voice. If you find it difficult to control your inner voice, argue with it. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer.
Ask questions. This is the easiest way to promote active learning Be sure to be curious. Asking and working out questions will help you understand the topic better.
Get to the truth. Active learners don’t accept everything they learn. Instead, they attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea, even when the idea sounds completely unlikely.
Focus on the message. It is true that we cannot help disliking some people, but active learners don’t judge people by first impressions or personal emotions. In this way, they won’t miss out on learning opportunities.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memories P59 刷课文改编填空
An expert in memory answers some commonly asked questions about memory.
1、Why can I remember events in my childhood but not what happened last week?
We remember things that have strong emotional connections in our mind. Childhood memories are often emotional and interesting, and funny stories from childhood are often told many times. As a result, we tend to remember them much better.
2、Do some people really have a photographic memory?
There are some people who do have amazing memories, who can remember certain things for a limited time. But so far no one has proved that people really have photographic memories.
3、Why do I forget the new words that I learnt yesterday?
It is natural to forget the newly learnt words. According to the famous forgetting curve presented by Hermann Ebbinghaus, the sharpest memory loss happens during the very early period after learning. Timely review can greatly help us to remember what is learnt.
4、I’m 16, but I sometimes forget things. Is my memory getting worse?
Certainly not. Our memory reaches its peak of power at 25. At that point, we can remember up to 200 pieces of information in a second. After 25, the brain starts to get smaller and our memory is much worse than when we were young.
2022年12月17日星期六下午3点35分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室。
东大街英才书屋 合订本版BX B3 必修第三册 Unit 7 Art
Lesson 1 Masterpieces P2 刷课文改编填空
The Starry Night was painted in June 1889 when Vincent van Gogh was staying at a home for the mentally ill. He painted whatever he saw from his window. The stars and the moon hang bright in the night sky. Beneath the beautiful sky, a sleeping village and a dark, lonely tree can be seen. Unfortunately, his unique paintings didn’t gain much popularity and he only sold one in his lifetime.
The Scream was painted by Edvard Munch in 1893. It shows a thin figure with an expression of fear, which makes it striking. In his diary, he talked about where his inspiration came from. “I was walking down the road with two friends when the sun set; suddenly the sky turned as red as blood…Then I heard the scream of nature.”
The Empire of Light is a series of paintings by Rene Magritte between 1953 and 1954. He painted the same scene 27 times. The Empire of Light shows a beautiful house which was lit by lights from inside, surrounded by the darkness of night. Different reactions have been produced in viewers. Some think that the paintings are dark and troubling.
Others, however, find them calming. As for Magritte himself, he thought that the change between day and night was surprising.
Lesson 3 A Musical Genius P9 刷课文改编填空
Ludwig van Beethoven is recognized as one of the greatest composers in the history of music. In his twenties, he had been very famous for his skills on the piano, but then he began to lose his hearing. Despite his deafness, he continued his composition until his death in 1827, finishing more than 130 musical works.
One day in February 1842, he sat back in his chair, with his ninth symphony finally completed. But before the performance, he was afraid that it would a disaster because of his hearing loss.
To his surprise, the audience applauded loudly as he walked out onto the stage. For more than an hour, Beethoven jumped about , waving his arms wildly in the air and madly turning the pages of his score. The theatre’s musical director, Umlauf stood quietly by his side, skillfully guiding the orchestra through the most amazing piece of music the world had ever known.
As the final, joyous note signaled the end of the symphony, the audience jumped to their feet, cheering and clapping . But Beethoven continued conducting, his head buried in the score. He didn’t realize his symphony was a success until Caroline Unger, one of the singers, turned him to face the audience.
Later, Caroline remembered that Beethoven was not the only one who/that got a surprise. The audience was shocked too.
东大街英才书屋 合订本版BX B3必修第三册 Unit 8 Green Living
Lesson 1 Roots and Shoots P20 刷课文改编填空
The majority of people suffer from so-called “Just-me-ism”. That is, you leave the tap running while brushing your teeth, leave a light on when going out or drop a piece of waste and are unwilling to pick it up. It is absolutely wrong, but in your opinion, it doesn’t matter if only one person does it and no one will know it. But if there are millions of people doing like this, resources would be wasted and litter would be dropped, which is quite harmful to our environment.
Therefore, to encourage people to take measures to protect the environment, Roots & Shoots was established by Jane Goodall. The organization is called Roots & Shoots because roots can form a firm foundation while seemingly weak shoots can break open brick walls to reach the light. The roots and shoots are you, your friends and young people all around the world, who can change the world into a better place.
Every individual is valuable and useful to the world. Every individual can play a role in our world. It is every individual that/who matters. Now you can make a choice to make a difference to our environment and make Roots & Shoots rooted in everyone’s heart!
Lesson 3 “White Bikes” on the Road P27 刷课文改编填空
People living in Amsterdam have been enjoying the benefits of cycling for many years. The idea known as “white bikes” dates back to about 50 years ago. Amsterdam is perfect for cycling because there are plenty of places for bicycle parking and most roads have a bicycle path.
In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea called “white bikes”. They believed if cars weren’t allowed in the city centre, it would be of help to save energy and reduce pollution. Anyone cold use the white bikes for short journeys and leave the bikes in the place where they finished the journey . However, problems came up and they were stolen in a few weeks.
In 1999, the “white bikes” came back ----this time with a computer tracking system as a way to record their every move. Thanks to the efforts of many people , cycling has become popular and people call Amsterdam “the City of Bicycles”.
Nowadays, the idea of “white bikes” has pedaled its way around the world. In China, more and more cities have similar programmes and people like to use shared bikes which/that are cheap and easy. Problems like the theft of bikes and parking problems can arise. Fortunately, people are trying various ways of solving problems.
东大街英才书屋 合订本版 BX B3必修第三册 Unit 9 Learning
Lesson 1 Active Learning P38 刷课文改编填空
It is assumed that the human brain learns all by itself. But the truth is that we need to train ourselves to learn better---to actively participate in the learning process and to reflect on what we have learnt. There are five things related to active learning.
Listen to the outer voice. Although your inner voice can be of great use, it can get in the way of learning. Therefore, active learners should be open-minded and concentrate on what the speaker/writer is saying, rather than what their brain is saying . In this way, they can make better decisions.
Argue with your inner voice. If you find it difficult to control your inner voice, argue with it. Be flexible in your opinions and you might end up agreeing with the speaker/writer.
Ask questions. This is the easiest way to promote active learning, so be sure to be curious. Asking and working out questions will help you to understand the topic better.
Get to the truth. Active learners don’t accept everything they learn. Instead, they attempt to find the truth at the heart of each idea, even when the idea sounds completely unlikely.
Focus on the message. It is true that we cannot help disliking some people, but active learners don’t judge people by first impressions or personal emotions. In this way, they won’t miss out on learning opportunities.
Lesson 3 The Secrets of Your Memories P45 刷课文改编填空
Jemima Gryaznov, an expert in memory, answers some of the most commonly asked questions about memory.
1、 Why can I remember events in my childhood but not what happened last week?
We remember things that have strong emotional connections in
our mind. Childhood memories are often emotional and interesting, and funny events happening when we were young are often told over and over again. As a result, we tend to remember them much better.
2、 Do some people really have a photographic memory?
There are people who do have amazing memories, because they are good at remembering certain things for a limited time. But so far no one has proved that people really have photographic memories.
3、 Why do I forget the new words that I learnt yesterday?
It is natural for many people to forget the newly learnt words. According to the famous forgetting curve presented by Hermann Ebbinghaus, the sharpest memory loss happens during the very early period after learning. Timely review can greatly help us to remember what is learnt.
4、 I’m 16, but I sometimes forget things. Is my memory getting worse?
Certainly not. Our memory reaches its peak of power at the age of 25.
At that point, we can remember up to 200 pieces of information in a second. After this age, the brain starts to get smaller and our memory is much worse than when we were young.
2023年2月4日星期六晚上8点15分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室。
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第一册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
XB 选必第一册 B1 U1 Relationships
L1 Teachers P61 必修第3册和选择性必修第1册合订本 刷课文改编填空
Teachers play an important role in students’ life. I, Graham, was a difficult student in high school. Once my friends and I were caught seeing who jumped farthest off the stage. And I was lazy in most subjects I had no idea what hydrogen was and I did not want to know, either. However, things have changed after I met Mr. Jenkins, whom was used to explaining difficult things with practical examples in simple language/
What great fun his classes were! At one time, he set up an experiment to show us how the human stomach works using acid and an onion. Under his guidance , we built a rocket, poured the fuel into it and then lighted a match to set it off.
To be honest, I was not a willing student, but he encouraged me to find my own strengths , helping to arouse my interest in science---my future job. In his eyes, being a teacher is about making it to students’ minds when we are open and eager to learn. I am so grateful to be a student of him.
L3 So Close, Yet So Far
P68 必修第3册和选择性必修第1册合订本 刷课文改编填空
In modern age, when the Internet becomes an irreplaceable part of our daily life, people spend too much time on phones. We are engaged in reading new messages, answering emails, as well as scrolling through social apps all the time, even when having a shower.
It seems that the Internet brings people closer to each other. However, it brings more depression and loneliness on people. On the one hand, social networking online has dominated most of our spare time, causing us to delay finishing the normal tasks and jobs. Day after day, we will experience a strong sense of dissatisfaction and depression from work. On the other hand, in a real face-to-face communication, we are often interrupted by the never-ending flow of updates in our phones, thus making others uncomfortable. It is not strange that we are bending over the phone, with our eyes fixed on the screen.
Consequently, it is high time that we lifted our heads before we are too addicted to phones.
XB 选必第一册 B1 U2 Success
L1 Money vs Success
P79 必修第3册和选择性必修第1册 合订本 刷课文改编填空
Opinions on success vary from person to person. Many people define a big fortune or a well-paid job as a symbol of success. They dream of becoming rich to achieve a sense of success. However, there are some people disagreeing with them, Jason Harley included.
He, a college professor, was a millionaire with two million dollars sixteen years ago. But he lived a very simple life and gave away all his money to charities, determined to help the homeless. It worried him a lot to live comfortably alone without helping the people in need. Now he lives in a small dormitory where there is only second-hand furniture. It seems that he has given up a lot. Actually, he has gained more instead.
As far as he is concerned, the real sense of satisfaction and success come from the small efforts which make a big difference to others. Success is not measured by money but depends on it that one had figured out the true meaning of life.
L3 Getting to the Top
P86 必修第3册和选择性必修第1册 合订本 刷课文改编填空
Success comes no easy for everyone, especially for a female Olympic athlete.
As one of the Olympic tri-athletes, I have paid a lot in the process of striving for greatness. Due to endless training, I have missed countless important occasions that/which the normal people easily enjoy, such as family holidays, friend parties and even my brother’s wedding. I also take the risk of being separated from my peers owing to the regular absence from the normal get-togethers with them. As a result, I am always wondering whether/if it is worthwhile to make so many sacrifices for the so-called champion.
The answer comes down to strong determination and natural desire for greatness. The desire to be a professional athlete drives me to be totally committed to my sports. Even though the strong intensity of daily training might mean getting injured, I am still willing to prepare the extra little bit for the top. I have made every effort to live my life to extremes no matter what it takes, never thinking about giving up.
XB 选必第一册 B1 U3 Conservation
L1 The Sixth Extinction
P97 必修第3册和选择性必修第1册 合订本 刷课文改编填空
In the last 500 million years, there have been five mass extinctions when all species were almost completely wiped out in Earth’s history.
The reasons for extinctions are varied/various, volcano eruptions, climate changes and asteroids hitting the Earth included.
According to the scientists, it is very likely that the sixth mass extinction is around the corner on account of human activities instead of those normal natural causes. What’s worse , the speed of extinction caused by human activities is 1,000 times faster than normal. Generally speaking, human activities vary from over fishing to factory farming. With a sixth mass extinction occurring, more than three quarters of all species are expected to disappear altogether. As a result, the survival will be put at risk without water, air, forests and other basic living resources.
Fortunately, there are many efficient and immediate steps we can take to avoid the extinction before it is too late, like setting up natural preserve areas for wild animals. We also need to develop greener and more natural resources. In conclusion, small changes make a big difference.
L3 The Road to Destruction
P104必修第3册和选择性必修第1册 合订本 刷课文改编填空
In the past several decades, the number of private cars has gone up at a soaring speed, bringing varieties of problems to both human society and the environment. Take road safety for example, an average of 2,500 people die from vehicle accidents every year. Meanwhile, greenhouse gases emitted into air is the major cause of global warming and climate change. As individuals, is there something that we can do?
Obviously, it is never too lat, e to take immediate action. It is strongly advised to walk or cycle for short journeys and to use public transport as much as possible. If we really have to use a car, sharing cars with others is cheaper and friendlier to the environment. You play an important role in improving the disturbing situation. If your street is filled with heavy traffic, many options are waiting for you, including writing to the papers, asking for a speed limit and going to the city government, as is expected, small personal change will make a big difference to the whole world.
2023年1月28日星期六晚上8点10分许，
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室。
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二上 BS 选择性必修 第二册 《高中必刷题》
课文改编填空
XB 选必 第二册 B2 P2 U4 L1 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 1 What’s so funny?
Life often bears fun and embarrassments, making it charming to taste and explore. Here are three funny experiences in life.
An art collector spotted a cat consuming milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store while he was walking casually on the road. He realized the saucer was so valuable an antique that he offered to pay a high price to buy the cat, hoping the owner would give away the saucer as well, Ironically, the owner refused to throw in this lucky saucer, which had helped him sell 68 cats that week for the same reason.
Sherlock and Watson shared a similar funny experience. One camping night, they woke up with millions of stars shining in the sky. According to the scientific measurement of time, Watson figured out the exact time. From the atmosphere, he forecast a bright day the next day. In the end, he was purely embarrassed to be told that their tent had been stolen.
The same embarrassment also happened to a middle-aged man who had been suffering depression for several months. He saw a doctor. After an examination, he was told everything was right and that what he needed was only a real laugh. The doctor recommended an amazing clown---Grock, and he replied Sadly, “I am Grock.”
XB 选必 第二册 B2 P11 U4 L3 课文改编填空
Unit 4 Humor Lesson 3 My Favorite Comedian
Mr. Bean, a classic character in comedies, is recognized for meeting endless ridiculous situation in his daily life. In one of the most popular episodes, Mr. Bean comes to a fancy restaurant in celebration of his birthday, only to find that the only dish that he can afford is one named “steak tartare”, which is actually a raw hamburger. The moment the dish is served , he attempts to chew it. However, he finds it is too disgusting to swallow, and he has no alternative but to hide his real feelings. During all the dinner time, he occupies himself with hiding the raw meat, and even throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist. What a funny but embarrassing birthday!
Contrary to Mr. Bean, Rowan Atkinson, who played the role of Mr. Bean, lived a normal life. Born into an ordinary family, he was treated in such a strict manner that he stood out well in his study and even attained his degree at Oxford. Besides, he was convinced he would be a successful actor with his talent for acting. Years later, it is obvious that his hard work has paid off in the end.
XB 选必 第二册 B2 P25 U5 L1 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 1 Enlightening a Mind
Have you ever heard some inspiring stories of the disabled? Helen Keller is one who deserves to be mentioned. Helen a well-recognized female author, had several strong restrictions to her body. She could not read or write at her early age, but later she mastered several languages. Anne Sullivan, a teacher at a school for the disabled, played an irreplaceable role in Helen’s growth and achievements. Anne adopted simple approaches to teaching, repeatedly spelt new words by writing on Helen’s hands, and asked her to imitate these spellings. In the beginning, she would not learn the words unless they could be touched, such as water, doll etc. Gradually, her interest grew and she explored complicated and abstract words. In the process of learning the word “think”, she struggled a lot and made breakthroughs by accident when finishing small tasks. As for the word “love”, she felt discouraged after trying many times without understanding it. Despite many failures, Anne kept on encouraging her to try. Helen carried on thinking and suddenly realized it was as beautiful as the sun and clouds. It was Anne that enlightened Helen’s mind and brought a broad world to her.
选必 第二册 B2 P34 U5 L3 课文改编填空
Unit 5 Education Lesson 3 Understanding
As Bacon said, who questions much, shall learn much, and remember much. In history, there are endless questions that promote human civilization to a high degree. In the 17th century when people tended to believe more in religions than facts, great scientists like Bacon and Galilei went against the mainstream view of that period. They searched for the truth of science on the basis of analysis. At that time, the earth was believed to stand still, but Galilei disagreed and was urged to continue his further exploration. Ironically, people grew angry and put him in prison when Galilei proved Aristotle wrong, who was a highly respected scientist. However, anyone is likely to make mistakes, Aristotle and Galilei included. With countless questions raised and solved, our knowledge of the world is increasingly expanded. We appreciate the past great men for their wisdom, for they are brave enough to challenge themselves as well as inspiring the future generations to explore more unknown and brand-new areas, On the whole, a world full of questions is exactly the one that we are fighting for.
XB 选必 第二册 B2 P48 U6 L1 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 1 From Page to Screen
Reading a favourite book is one pleasure; watching an enjoyable film is another. But it is rather challenging to produce a creation in combination with the two. A good book doesn’t guarantee a popular film while a good film may arise from one plain book. It takes a lot for filmmakers to achieve a perfect balance between them.
The source material for a film must be faithful to the original, whether it is taken or adapted from books. Chances are that the film screenwriter makes so many changes that the audience feel far from the book. As a result, the film ends up failing. Also, a success depends on the cast acceptable to the audience. Readers of the book generally visualize their ideal characters, which means they are not likely to accept other images. Besides, if we take technical restrictions into consideration, the result will turn out to be different. Take CGI(Computer Generated Image) technology for example. It allows more unfilmable books to appear on screen. Despite these challenges, it is common to see many highly successful works made from books like Harry Potter.
XB 选必 第二册 B2 P58 U6 L3 课文改编填空
Unit 6 The Media Lesson 3 The Advertising Game
Advertisements play an irreplaceable role in enriching people’s daily life by promoting and selling products to customers. Over the past decades, the types and styles have changed/have been changing constantly to upgrade the advertising game.
The most common advertisements are commercial ones, which simply give basic information of the products. Take “Tsing Tao Brewery” for example. It is easy to get the name of the products as well as the location of the company. Gradually, advertisers find it necessary to combine attractive pictures or words of the experts with the original advertisements. With the advertising booming, those consisting of outstanding designs and creative ideas are likely to be distinguished in the growing competitive advertising market. At present, being visually attractive and repeating old ideas are out of date as the customers have been bored with the familiar strategies to promote products. Therefore/Thus, advertisers have to adopt creative ideas trying to make the customers forget that they are being talked into buying goods by someone. Apart from the commercial advertisements, public advertisements are gaining much attention. For instance, some are educating people on fighting AIDS, while some are calling for saving water.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二下 BS 选择性必修
第三册 、第四册《高中必刷题》合订
课文改编填空
2022年12月19日（星期一）上午9点45分
甘肃信雅达公司1017办公室
XB 选必 第三册 B3 U7 Careers
L1 EQ:IQ P2 刷课文改编填空
Most students believe their IQ, which refers to Intelligence Quotient, determines how well they are going to do in life. However, new research shows success doesn’t simply result from a high IQ.
Professor Salovey says it is IQ gets you employed, but it is EQ that gets you promoted. He may be correct. Some students with high IQs sometimes end up failing exams and this may be due to their lower EQs. The association between IQ and EQ is casual, but it is generally believed that people with high EQs have little difficulty getting on with other people. What’s more, the results of studies suggest that EQ is as important, if not more important than IQ and that it can be improved. If you want to get ahead in the world and get on well with other people, it is necessary for you to have high EQ---the higher the better. The possibility that EQ can be increased means that schools need to be required to develop the entire character of students.
L3 Meet the New Boss: You P11 刷课文改编填空
Before the 1980s, it was quite common for people to follow in their parents’ footsteps by working in the family business or at least in the same field. At that time, there was a strong possibility that most people did the same job from graduation until retirement.
But up to now great changes have taken place. One reason why people don’t tend to have the same profession or work at the same company for their entire working life is that the skills they have now are likely to be out of date very soon. So if you want to have a chance to own your own career, you’d better become an expert or specialist; if you want to be irreplaceable, you have no choice but to learn to be prepared for development and changes. In a word, the truth is that you are the boss of your career, and you are the one to decide what you can do and how well you can do it.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二下 BS 选择性必修
第三册 、第四册《高中必刷题》合订
课文改编填空
XB 选必第三册 B3 U8 Literature
L1 The Last Leaf P24 刷课文改编填空
There were two young artists, Sue and Johnsy, living in Greenwich Village, which is a place for the art people.
One day, a stranger, called Pneumonia, arrived there and placed his icy finger on Johnsy. After the doctor checked Johnsy’s condition, he told Sue that the only chance for Johnsy was to encourage her to think more hopeful things in the future. Then Sue tried to raise Johnsy’s spirits with drawing. However, Johnsy was extremely desperate and firmly held the belief that she would die when the last leaf fell. When the leaves fell, she even counted backwards: “Ten, nine…”
Later, a failed painter, Behrman, knew Johnsy’s longing to slip away like the leaves and considered the idea as a joke. They noticed that it was raining outside and there was only one leaf left. A few days later, Johnsy cheered up for she saw the same last leaf hanging on the tree outside of her window for several times. At last, she found that the leaf was not the last one but a masterpiece which was painted by Behrman, who died on the raining evening.
L3 20,000 Leagues Under the Sea P33 刷课文改编填空
When the boat violently crashed, the professor was thrown away from it and he even couldn’t remember falling from the boat. Suddenly, he discovered he was drawn up to the surface. It was Conseil who/that protected him from drowning.
At about one o’clock in the morning, they cried for help and then got a response. However, the professor began to sink, struck a hard body and then felt he was brought to the surface of the sea. And then he was totally out of consciousness. Afterwards, the professor woke up and saw Ned who was also thrown into the sea.
Then the professor moved to the top of the hard body and found out that it was a boat made of steel. He looked through the outside of it, but found nothing. Finally, this long night came to an end. At dawn a man walked out of the boat and disappeared quickly. Later, eight men appeared and got them down into the boat.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二下 BS 选择性必修
第三册 、第四册《高中必刷题》合订
课文改编填空
XB 选必第三册 B3 U9 Human Biology
L1 To Clone or Not to Clone? P46 刷课文改编填空
For years, there had been attempts to clone animals artificially. The first successfully cloned animal, a sheep named Dolly, lived for only six and a half years. Since then, more than 20 mammal species have been cloned, camels, cattle, deer, dogs, goats and mice included, which have a similar pattern of health problems as well.
Chinese scientists have produced two monkeys with the same gene, Zhong Zhong and Hua Hua. Dr. Sun Qiang, who had been devoting himself to the research, said the research team had eventually found a way to clone a monkey after a number of failures. This huge breakthrough might lead to a novel animal model system, which is helpful for scientists to study human biology and disease.
However, while some people believe it is crucial for scientific advancement, cloning has always been a topic of argument in terms of morality（道德）.
It is insisted by researchers that the science of cloning be advanced to a higher level. As Einstein said, “Science is a powerful instrument. How it is used, whether it is a blessing or a curse to mankind, depends on mankind and not on the instrument. A knife is useful, but it can also kill.”
L3 Epidemics Explained P55 刷课文改编填空
One of the earliest epidemics on record happened between about 500 and 550 CE which was a devastating epidemic that caused up to 50% of the area’s population to die. In the 1330s, it returned in Asia and spread rapidly to Europe and became known as “The Black Death”.
Centuries later, the Spanish Flu, a deadly disease, killed an estimated 50 million victims, which is believed to be the most severe epidemic in history. In the beginning, many people didn’t pay attention to such epidemics and thought they wouldn’t pose a threat until SARS became public concern.
SARS was first reported in Asia in 2002, a vital respiratory illness caused by a coronavirus. The illness spread to Canada, Vietnam and Singapore and lasted until 2003. Since the end of the SARS epidemic, scientists have been doing trials on treatments to prevent any future outbreaks. One of the biggest lessons from SARS was to share the latest information about the virus with the public and other countries in the world as quickly as possible.
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二下 BS 选择性必修
第三册 、第四册《高中必刷题》合订
课文改编填空
XB 选必第四册 B4 U10 Connections
L1 How Closely Connected Are We? P68 刷课文改编填空
With the social development in the information age, the world is becoming so small that we are closely associated with the rest of the world. As is shown in the distinguished theory “Six Degree of Separation”, each of us is connected through a chain of no more than five people.
The theory dates back to the 1920s when the idea of friendship networks was brought in and left an impact on many early impressions of social networks. In 1967, an American sociologist, Stanley Milgram , conducted a distinctive study where a random sample of participants were required to send parcels with limited basic information. While delivering parcels, they had to turn to a potential person who/that they thought might know the target receiver for help. What’s surprising is that it only took five to seven people for them to get the parcels delivered correctly. Consequently, this research greatly inspired the phrase “Six Degree of Separation”.
Later on, the theory and the phrase were still widely adopted and explored in many popular films and TV programmes . Among those explorations, one that deserves mentioning/to be mentioned was “Columbia Small-world Project” in 2001 for the reason that it confirmed the average number of links in the chain was six.
L3 Anne of Green Gables P77 刷课文改编填空
The novel Anne of Green Gables is set on a small farm called “Green Gables” in the 20th century, which tells the stories of a brother, Matthew,
a sister, Marilla and a to-be-adopted girl, Anne.
On the day when Anne was due to arrive, Matthew picked her up at the train station and brought her to the farm. Marilla instantly rushed to the door, only to find whom she planned to adopt proved to be a girl but not a boy. Matthew explained that he had to bring her back as a poor girl couldn’t be left at the station alone. On hearing their discussion, Anne burst out crying stormily. Faced with her tearstained face, the brother and sister were at a complete loss, not knowing how to deal with such embarrassment.
Then came the dinner time. However, Anne was in such low spirits that she had no appetite for the dishes at all. Marilla had been wondering about a place to settle down Anne. Finally, she picked out a perfectly clean but barely furnished room, lit/lighted a candle, and turned down the bedclothes for Anne. After Marilla went out, Anne quickly undressed herself and dived into the bed, shivering and sobbing constantly. What a depressing day it was for this poor girl!
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二下 BS 选择性必修
第三册 、第四册《高中必刷题》合订
课文改编填空
XB 选必第四册 B4 U11 Conflict and Compromise
L1 Living in a Community P90 课文改编填空
The neighborhood conflict is definitely a common topic in our daily life.
Several days ago, Ma Ming, a single drummer, was forced to move out of his rental flat owing to the fact that he was always making too much noise in deep nights. Besides, it was assumed that being exposed/exposure to such noise had a bad influence on the teenagers in the community. Driven mad by the noise, the neighbors turned to the community council for help, which gave Ma Ming a warning and forced him to leave as soon as possible. Ma Ming’s departure was really good news for his neighbors.
James McKay was struggling against the similar annoyance. Smith, a young man who is keen on gardening and fish collecting, lived above the McKays. However, the water he sent over his balcony ended up falling onto his neighbor’s downstairs too often. It is not the water itself but the way he cleaned his fish tanks that upset McKay the most. One pleasant (pleasing) night, the old couple was/were enjoying their birthday cake when a large tank of water with the smell of fish dropped downstairs. McKay was up there in an instant and hit Smith on the head, causing the old man to spend his birthday in the jail. But McKay felt rather good about such an unforgettable birthday.
L3 War Memories P99 课文改编填空
There are lots of conflicts in human history that have led to the loss of life. The following are three episodes of war memories. Do Chuc, a Vietnamese farmer, recalled the tough memories about the American soldiers’ invasion of their village. He, as well as other villagers, was marched into the village square where they were ordered to sit down. Instantly the soldiers set up a machine gun, the villagers were panicked into weeping and praying. Then the shooting started and Chuc was hurt in the leg. Fortunately, he was covered with a pile of bodies, resulting in his escaping from the village an hour later. The second memory came from a British soldier fighting on the frontier. On a Christmas morning, the soldiers of sides were so tired of wars that they came to an agreement to settle down on Christmas. They climbed out of their own trench, distributed beers and food, and celebrated Christmas in peace. As for the third one, it was about a nurse related to a story about a soldier who was robbed of legs in the war. He happened to be No. 20,000 soldier to come through that hospital and thus he would be presented with an award in the ward! However, he had no appreciation at all and threw the award back with rage! What a ridiculous award ceremony!
首都师范大学出版社 英语 高二下 BS 选择性必修
第三册 、第四册《高中必刷题》合订
课文改编填空
XB 选必第四册 B4 U12 Innovation
L1 Scientific Breakthroughs P112 课文改编填空
During the last hundreds of years, the all-around development of the human race has been achieved mainly due to the increasing number of scientific discoveries in many fields. Take the twentieth century for example. It is a must to mention the following pioneers and their achievements, ranging from physics, medicine and communications.
In 1905, Albert Einstein was rocking his baby when he was suddenly inspired. Afterwards, “E=m ”was born! The theory showed how a small piece of mass could produce an unbelievable amount of energy. In 1928, another revolutionary finding was achieved accidentally. Before he went on holiday, Alexander Fleming, a famous biologist, left a dish of bacteria and when he came back, only to find a blue mould in the dish destroying the bacteria around it. As the natural form of penicillin, the mould was later mass-produced to save millions of lives in World War II. At about the same time, with the joint efforts of an engineer and a physicist, the first computer in the world came into existence, meant to improve the military performance of missiles. Several decades later, the world was connected with the World Wide Web.
But for all these pioneers and their dedication, our world would be a completely different one.
L3 Stephen Hawking P121 课文改编填空
Stephen Hawking, a well-recognized scientist in physics in the 20th century, is the author of the scientific masterpiece A Brief History of Time: From the Big Bang to Black Holes. Born in 1942 in Oxford, Hawking went to university to study physics at the age of 17. Unfortunately, he was diagnosed with ALS (a disease that affects muscle control) in 1963 and expected live only for a few years.
In the early stages of his career as a teacher in Cambridge, he was only allowed to conduct research rather than teach due to his physical limitations. As his health got worse, he lost his speech and the use of hands. Though faced with declining physical abilities, Hawking never stopped making advances in science. What surprised the world was his new ideas of black holes. In his theory, he supposed that there was a sort of hole in the center of a black hole and that it might lead to a separate universe. With all his ideas of the universe included, he published A Brief History of Time : From the Big Bang to Black Holes as well as its simpler version.
Despite all these misfortunes in life, Hawking did not feel sorry for himself but felt a strong sense of appreciation for all the support from his families and social organizations.
2022年12月21日星期三下午3点45分许，
甘肃信雅达外语教育1017办公室。
|
or not.③<, /FONT>Many of our young people will be only too happy to work for the company.
